About

Fully compiled "classic" format release notes to simplify searching and specifying specific patches and earlier fixes for customers.
  • 2
    Members
  • 1
    Follower
  • 1
    Branch
Owners
Jhalbig2 (Jhalbig2)rfong (Randall Fong)
Members
Jhalbig2 (Jhalbig2)rfong (Randall Fong)
Followers
Domenic (Domenic)
Branches
  • Main
                        Release Notes for
        P4, the Helix Command Line,
        P4D, the Helix Versioning Engine
        P4P, the Helix Proxy and
        P4Broker, the Helix Broker

                        Version 2019.1

Introduction

This document lists all user-visible changes to:
    * Helix Versioning Engine (P4D)
    * Command line client (P4)
    * Helix Proxy (P4P)
    * Helix Broker (P4Broker)
in 2019.1 release. Release notes for other Perforce
Helix products are available separately on the Perforce
Documentation web page. Developer notes for Perforce API
programming, the Helix Broker and also a separate document
which programmers should read in addition to this release
note document.

Perforce numbers releases YYYY.R/CCCCC, e.g. 2002.1/30547.
YYYY is the year; R is the release of that year; CCCCC is the
bugfix change level.  Each bugfix in these release notes is
marked by its change number.  Any build includes (1) all bugfixes
of all previous releases and (2) all bugfixes of the current
release up to the bugfix change level.

Both 'p4' and 'p4d' will report their version information by
passing the '-V' flag.  Additionally, 'p4' can report the server's
information with the 'p4 info' command.  Version information
includes a release version and a build change number.  The build
change number can be compared with change numbers and patch
information mentioned in the matching version release notes
file to determine if a particular build of a version includes
the change mentioned.

Supported Platforms for p4d, p4, p4p and p4broker

Linux kernel 2.6+ (glibc 2.12+) for Intel(x86, x86_64)
Windows 8.1 for Intel(x86, x64)
Windows 10 for Intel(x86, x64)
Windows 2012 for Intel(x64)
Windows 2016 for Intel(x64)
Windows 2019 for Intel(x64)
Apple OS X 10.12+ for Intel(x86_64)

Important Platform End-of-Life Notice

This notice identifies the platforms that will be placed in
End-of-Life (EOL) status on  October 2020. This applies to p4, p4d,
p4p, p4ftp, and p4broker components of the server release.

The following platforms have entered the Obsolescent phase
in this release:

Mac OS X 10.5, 10.6, 10.7, 10.8, 10.9(x86, x86_64), 10.10(x86_64)
10.11(x86_64)
Linux kernels (glibc < 2.12) for Intel(x86, x86_64)
Windows 2008 for Intel(x86_64), Windows 8 for Intel(x86, x64)

OBSOLESCENT Phase:
Starting with this release,these platforms will no longer be
supported.  Customers will receive full support and patches
for the deprecated platforms during this phase for older
releases. The platforms will remain in this phase until
October 2020 after which they will transition into the
discontinued phase.

DISCONTINUED (EOL) Phase:
Patches will no longer be issued for these platforms. We will
no longer provide technical support to customers with servers
on these platforms

Important security note This release links OpenSSL version 1.1.1a.


Important export note

This product is subject to U.S. export control laws and regulations
including, but not limited to, the U.S. Export Administration
Regulations, the International Traffic in Arms Regulation requirements,
and all applicable end-use, end-user and destination restrictions.
Licensee shall not permit, directly or indirectly, use of any Perforce
technology in or by any U.S. embargoed country or otherwise in
violation of any U.S. export control laws and regulations.

Upgrading the Server

** IMPORTANT UPGRADE NOTES **

  CHANGES TO DISTRIBUTED UPGRADE RECOMMENDATIONS

  For v19.1 onwards of the Helix Versioning Engine (P4D), significant
  schema upgrades performed by 'p4d -xu' will only be performed on
  servers where those upgrades are needed.  This means that metadata
  changes made by upgrades must be replicated and so must be journaled.
  To help prevent mistakes, upgrades will not run if journaling is
  disabled.  If offline databases are in use, upgrades should not be
  performed on them, as the upgrade performed on the live database
  will be journaled and applied during normal journal replay.

  The recommendations for multi-server deployment upgrades have also
  been revised: we are now recommending that all servers are upgraded
  in a single upgrade session.  More information can be found in the
  Helix Core Server Administrator Guides:

    https://www.perforce.com/manuals/p4sag/Content/P4SAG/DB5-83649.html
    https://www.perforce.com/manuals/p4dist/Content/P4Dist/intro.maintaining.html

  -------------------------------------------------------------------

  CHANGES TO UNLICENSED SERVER

  For v16.1 onwards of the Helix Versioning Engine (P4D) the number
  of free users allowed with an unlicensed server has changed to 5,
  the number of clients remains at 20. Previous versions of the
  server will continue to support the 20/20 usage allowance.

  -------------------------------------------------------------------

  BEFORE UPGRADING

  To upgrade your Helix Versioning Engine (P4D), your Perforce license
  file must be current. Expired licenses do not work with upgraded
  servers.

  In addition to your usual checkpointing scheme, always checkpoint
  your server immediately before undertaking an upgrade.

  DOWNGRADING A 2019.1 SERVER IS NOT POSSIBLE

  UPGRADING PROCEDURE IS DIFFERENT DEPENDING ON WHAT YOUR CURRENT
  PERFORCE VERSION IS:

           UPDATE DATABASE SCHEMA vs UPDATE DATABASE FORMAT

  -------------------------------------------------------------------
  ** UPDATE DATABASE SCHEMA

  If your current server version is 2013.3 or above, then this upgrade
  is a UPDATE DATABASE SCHEMA upgrade:

  Unix Platforms

    1. Issue the 'p4d -r <server-root> -J <journal-file> -xu'
       command. This command performs the significant schema
       upgrades, then exits.

    2. Restart your server with your site's usual parameters.

  Windows Platforms

    1. Issue the 'p4d -r <server-root> -J <journal-file> -xu'
       command from a command prompt window. This command
       performs the significant schema upgrades, then exits.

    2. Restart your Helix Versioning Engine (P4D) service.

  Note: Personal DVCS servers will automatically perform any database
        schema upgrades; whilst the upgrade steps described above are
        unnecessary for these servers, they are safe to run.

  -------------------------------------------------------------------
  ** UPDATE DATABASE FORMAT

  If your current server version is 2013.2 or a previous release
  then this upgrade is an UPDATE DATABASE FORMAT upgrade:

  Due to the new btree format introduced in 2013.3 this is not an
  UPDATE DATABASE SCHEMA upgrade. A checkpoint using your old server
  and then a restore using the 2019.1 server is required before the
  internal upgrades 'p4d -xu' (if required) can be performed.

  Note:  If you have made use of the (undocumented) '+T' modifier
  (storing file content in the tiny.db database) this data is not
  checkpointed (and therefore not restored). See 'p4 help undoc'
  for backup/restore procedures for this table.

  Once the database has been restored with the 2019.1 version,
  update your database schema:

  Unix Platforms

    1. Issue the 'p4d -r <server-root> -J <journal-file> -xu'
       command. This command performs the significant schema
       upgrades, then exits.

    2. Restart your server with your site's usual parameters.

  Windows Platforms

    1. Issue the 'p4d -r <server-root> -J <journal-file> -xu'
       command from a command prompt window. This command
       performs the significant schema upgrades, then exits.

    2. Restart your Helix Versioning Engine (P4D) service.

Interoperating With Previous Releases

1. Unless stated otherwise you can intermix any release of Helix
   Command Line (P4) with any release of the Helix Versioning
   Engine (P4D), but any functionality new to 2019.1 requires
   you to upgrade the client and/or P4D. See marks in the notes
   below.

   * -- requires new p4 client program
        including all client applications and derived APIs

   ** -- requires new p4d server program

   *** -- requires new p4p proxy program

   **** -- requires new p4broker broker program

   Any replica servers must be at the same release levels as the
   master server; any functionality that requires an upgrade for the
   master requires an upgrade for the replica, and vice versa.

2. Beginning with 99.2, remote depots will interoperate
   between UNIX and NT.  Beginning with 98.2, remote depots
   will interoperate across (98.2 and higher) releases.
   In 98.1 and before, remote depots will only operate with
   another server of the same release.

3. As of 2005.1, remote depot support for 98.2 and 99.1 servers
   has been dropped.  Attempts by 98.2 and 99.1 servers to contact
   2005.1 servers still works, but the depots will appear devoid
   of files.

Technology Preview features:

Technology Preview features are currently unsupported, might not be
functionally complete, and are not suitable for deployment in
production.  These features are provided to the customer to solicit
interest and feedback, with the goal of full support in future
releases.  Customers are encouraged to provide feedback and
functionality suggestions for Technology Preview features before
they become fully supported.

Important note:

Please refer to:
http://www.perforce.com/perforce/r19.1/user/relnotes.txt
to get up to date GA and post-GA information about this release.

Major new functionality in 2019.1

#1777138 (Bug #96749) **
    Private editing of streams

    Private editing of streams allows a user to modify a stream in
    isolation from other users of that stream, which provides an
    opportunity to test the modifications. In contrast, if edits to a
    stream spec are public, they take effect as soon as the user saves
    the edited stream spec. Prior to this release, a user could edit a
    stream spec privately by using 'p4 stream edit'. This new feature
    is an improvement over 'p4 stream edit' in terms of visibility and
    tracking. A single atomic changelist can contain all the work on
    the stream spec and any associated code changes.  The feature
    includes the -So, -Si, or -Sx options of 'p4 edit', 'p4 submit',
    'p4 revert', and 'p4 resolve'.  These options give you control of
    when your changes will affect other users.  This feature also
    makes it easy to shelve the edited spec so that another user can
    test the changes in an isolated environment. For more information,
    see 'p4 help streamcmds'.

#1770847 (Bug #98025) **
    Background archive transfer for edge server submits

    The 'p4 submit -b' option allows submit from an edge server to
    transfer archive files in the background after the submit has
    committed its metadata. The user submitting the change will see
    the submit complete as soon as the metadata commit is completed,
    and will not have to wait for the archives to transfer.  The
    archives will be pulled from the edge to the commit server using
    internally launched pull threads on the commit server.

    To enable 'p4 submit -b', the new 'submit.allowbgtransfer'
    configurable must be set on all participating servers in the
    installation.  The 'p4 submit -b' behavior can be made implicit
    for any 'p4 submit' run on an edge server by setting the new
    'submit.autobgtransfer' configurable to 1.

    The new 'p4 pull -u -t <target>' command may be used for recovery
    of failed archive transfers.

    See 'p4 help submit' and "Background archive transfer for edge
    server submits" in the P4 Command Reference.

#1776989 (Bug #48387) **
    The Helix Core Server Extensions are a fully-supported alternative
    to triggers. To learn about the advantages of using extensions,
    see 'p4 help extension' and the "Triggers and Extensions" chapter
    of Helix Core Server Administrator Guide: Fundamentals.

#1747154 (Bug #96951) **
    The graph data model now supports Git LFS locks.

    These locks are exclusive and are honored by all 'p4' commands that
    would interact with Git LFS files. Unlike the '+l' filetype locking,
    these locks are taken, released and listed by 'p4 graph lfs-lock',
    'p4 graph lfs-unlock' and 'p4 graph lfs-locks' respectively.

#1743677 * ** *** ****
    Autotune has been enabled by default.

    This functionality enables the TCP stack to manage the size of the
    network send and receive buffers, allowing more efficient use of the
    network, especially over slow high latency connections.
    This behaviour can be disabled in clients, proxies, brokers and the
    server by setting the 'net.autotune' configurable to 0; the default
    is now 1 (enabled).  Clients can set this via "p4 set" or by adding
    the configurable to P4CONFIG files and servers can set this via
    'p4 configure'. 
    On Windows based platforms, send buffer sizes are not autotuned but
    are still manually configurable with the 'net.tcpsize' configurable.

#1743672 (Bug #95158) **
    The new 'db.storage' table replaces 'db.archmap' to provide a link
    count for archive files on the server. This tracking reduces the
    complexity of identifying lazy-copies, allowing +Sn type files to
    now be lazy copied and providing massive performance gains for
    'p4 obliterate' on servers with a lot of integration history.

    Please note that the upgrade from 'db.archmap' to 'db.storage' may
    be non-trivial, although it will mostly be performed in the
    background after the server has restarted, and that the new table
    will also be potentially sizeable.

    This change impacts our recommendations for distributed server
    upgrades. Please refer to the upgrade notes section, which has
    been updated for this release.

Technology Preview features in 2019.1

#1750665 (Bug #21301) *
    The Helix Core Client Extension mechanism allows the client to
    run scripts written in the Lua programming language. See 
    'p4 help clientextensionintro'.

Minor new functionality in 2019.1

#1775358 (Bug #97011) **
    Improved tracking of stream spec edits because the changelist
    number associated with a stream update is included in the spec
    depot records.

#1774452 **
    The definition of the P4LANGUAGE variable has been updated to say
    that it should be set to the language tag and optional region for
    the user.  E.g. if $LANG is 'en-US.UTF-8', set P4LANGUAGE=en-US.
    Note that servers with existing message translations will need their
    message database to be re-seeded with an updated message file.

#1771834 (Bug #92000) **
    'p4 archive' has a new '-z' option, which can reduce disk space
    usage. See 'p4 archive' in the P4 Command Reference.

#1764315 (Bug #96321) **
    Added '-s change' and '--into-only' flags to 'p4 integrated'
    command to refine output.

#1763210 (Bug #96748) **
    'p4 streamlog' displays history of changes to streams. 

#1758544 (Bug #96970) **
    Edge servers may now be chained together.  See "Edge-to-edge chaining"
    in Helix Core Server Administrator Guide: Multi-Site Deployment.

#1756090 (Bug #96667) **
    Added support for utilizing multiple processor groups on Windows.
    Enabled by setting the 'sys.threading.groups' configurable to 1.
    See this configurable in the P4 Command Reference.

#1753991 (Bug #93328) **
    For all server types, the DistributedConfig field of that server
    spec shows a line for each configurable that is set to a non-default
    value. In this field, you can edit the value, add a new line to set
    a different configurable to a non-default value, or delete a line to
    reset that configurable to its default value.    

#1747051 (Bug #96666) **
    'p4 switch' has a new '--no-sync' flag to allow switching streams
    but without immediately syncing the target stream.

#1740349 (Bug #61064) **
    Connections from super users and operators will no longer be refused
    when the connection limit is exceeded. The limit is defined by the
    'server.maxcommands' configurable.
    The new configurable 'server.maxcommands.allow' may be set to 0 to
    disable this.  See "Limiting simultaneous connections" in Helix
    Core Server Administrator Guide: Fundamentals.

#1735885 (Bug #373) *
    The verbose message output from 'p4 -s' now displays the actual
    error level: warning, error or fatal.  Both error and fatal levels
    still cause 'p4' to return 1.  For the case where existing scripts
    depend on the previous behavior, the API level can be set with
    '-Zapi=85' to cause all non-info output to be tagged with error.

#1735085 (Bug #96336) **
    Setting the new 'push.unlocklocked' configurable to 1 automatically
    unlocks files that were locked as part of a push, on push failure.

#1733878 (Bug #66258) * ** *** ****
    Improvements to compression code yield 13-21% faster performance for
    binary files (sync and verify) and checkpoints (creation and replay).

#1726148 (Bug #51996) * **
    'p4 reconcile' has a new '-t' flag that allows filetype changes to
    be detected.

#1723334 (Bug #76162) **
    'p4 -ztag info' now reports an 'unloadSupport' tag with a value of
    either 'enabled' or 'disabled', depending on the existence of an
    unload type depot.

Bugs fixed in 2019.1

#1787364 (Bug #98256) **
    The 'p4d -xu' command no longer actually executes the upgrades
    on a standby or forwarding standby server. The upgrades are
    applied as they are journalcopy'd from the upstream server.
    The 'p4d -xu' command is still required to help prevent
    unintentionally upgrading the server by mistakenly
    starting the server using a binary from a new major release.

#1782963 (Bug #98117) **
    'p4 pull' could fail to replicate spec depot archives due to a
    race condition introduced by a performance enhancement in release
    2018.2. This has been fixed.

#1782803 (Bug #95173) **
    'p4 describe' would report errors when run against shelved
    changelists created by 'p4 switch'.  This has been fixed.

#1781879 (Bug #92961) **
    Successful OTP based 2FA events logged to the auth.csv structured
    log were incorrectly recorded as failures.  This has been fixed.

#1780867 (Bug #97063) *
    Parallel sync now respects the '-C charset' client flag.

#1780019 (Bug #97125) **
    'p4 unshelve' and 'p4 revert' now update syncTime, correcting the
    behavior of 'p4 reconcile -m'.

#1777076 (Bug #98218) **
    Revert of moved file when the moved-from file was deleted at
    the head revision in a edge/commit environment could have had
    unpredictable results due to accessing uninitialized data. This
    has been fixed.

#1775117 (Bug #98350) **
    'p4d -xu' may no longer be run with '-Joff'. Some upgrade steps make
    metadata changes that must be reduplicated, which cannot happen when
    the upgrades are run with journaling disabled.

#1773233 (Bug #97211) **
    Submitting unshelved ktext files with undo actions could cause
    incorrect tamper errors. This has been fixed.

#1772348 (Bug #97898) *
    The 'p4 clone' command could fail when using remote specifications
    with DepotMap paths containing spaces. This has been fixed.

#1768961 (Bug #97460) **
    The 'mandatory' option is now disallowed when creating a
    new standby or forwarding standby server. After the standby or
    forwarding standby server's journalcopy thread has caught up with
    the journal on the server from which it is journalcopy'ing, the
    'mandatory' option can then be set for an HA standby server.

#1768266 (Bug #98019) **
    Stream specs that are not at latest or are being privately edited
    no longer show comments on the fields that were or are being edited.

#1766398 (Bug #97896) **
    Graph depot commands now open a maximum of 128 pack files at the
    same time.

#1765852 (Bug #97211) **
    'p4 fstat' could show an invalid or missing haveRev value when a
    file that was deleted is being re-added. This has been fixed.

#1763055 (Bug #95105) **
    Larger journal fragments will now by default be sent to
    journalcopy. The 'rpl.jnl.batch.size' configurable as defined
    for the server executing the journalcopy (which is generally
    a standby server) can be used to tune the journal fragments
    sent to journalcopy.

#1758633 (Bug #97773) **
    'p4 receive-pack' would downgrade the force push to a new repos to
    a normal push.  This has been fixed.

#1757383 (Bug #96635) **
    P4DEBUG configuration set with 'p4d -v' could be incorrectly parsed
    if a non-numeric value was followed by additional options.
    This has been fixed.

#1745310 (Bug #96271) **
    Under certain conditions a submit from an edge server in an autotune
    enabled environment from an old Windows client application could
    hang.  This has been fixed.

#1743439 (Bug #96758) **
    'p4 failover' now checks to ensure that the standby is suitably
    licensed for its role following failover.

#1742700 (Bug #93206) **
    'p4 reconcile' would fail with 'Opening too many files' error
    when enforcing the 'MaxOpenFiles' group limit, even when the
    command opened less than 'MaxOpenFiles'. This has been fixed.

#1739928 (Bug #95194) **
    'p4 delete' against graph depot files that are in the have exception
    list could remain in the exception list even after the change was
    submitted. This has been fixed.

#1734228 (Bug #96791) **
    Prior to failing over, 'p4 failover' now checks to ensure that
    there are no archive file content transfers that were not
    completed on the standby.

#1732870 (Bug #94976) **
    The 'p4 revert' command now batches its journal work into fewer
    larger transactions, resulting in more efficient replication of
    this command.

#1728271 (Bug #96335) **
    Admin users could not unlock files that had been locked by a failed
    'p4 push'. This has been fixed.

#1726773 (Bug #93725) **
    Virtual streams would incorrectly import from the stream's parent's
    parent when the import path was specified with a single path.
    This has been fixed so that the path imported is from the virtual
    stream's parent.

#1726440 (Bug #96818) **
    A client's have records could be incorrectly overwritten when
    syncing to #have and the client's view included ditto mappings.
    This has been fixed.

#1726251 (Bug #96545) **
    'p4 user -D' no longer implies the '-F' flag. To globally delete a
    user, their client workspaces and remove them from groups and the
    protections table, both flags must be provided 'p4 user -D -F'.

#1723981 (Bug #96826) **
    'p4 failover' no longer hangs waiting for the 'pull -L' thread
    to complete its work if the LEOF had not been advanced to the last
    consistency point journalcopy'd by the standby and either the master
    does not participate in the failover or some mandatory standby is
    not actively journalcopy'ing at the time of the failover.

#1722715 (Bug #92743) *
    Client-side UTF8 validation failed to detect files that terminated
    part way through a multi-byte character.
    This has been fixed.

#1722358 (Bug #96273) **
    Certain DVCS scenarios could lead to an 'Invalid zipfile format'
    error related to rev records counts being off. Improved error
    checking now produces a more comprehensive error message on
    the sending side of the DVCS operation.

#1720213 (Bug #96546) **
    The 'p4 clean' command would incorrectly count workspace
    file updates against the 'MaxOpenFiles' group limit causing
    the command to fail. This has been fixed.

#1718223 (Bug #94828) **
    If characters in a commit short-SHA are all numeric, sync fails
    assuming that the all numeric short-SHA is a change number.
    This has been fixed.

Major new functionality in 2018.2

#1688531 (Bug #95155) **
    The new 'p4 failover' command can be used for failing over a
    master (or edge) server to a standby (or forwarding-standby)
    server that is journalcopy'ing from the master server. Run
    on a standby server, the command orchestrates many facets
    of the failover process, including:

        Ensure that monitoring ('p4 monitor') is enabled
        on the standby server

        Coordinate with the standby server's 'pull -L' thread to
        ensure that the standby server has applied the metadata
        journalcopy'd from the master server

        Verify recently updated classic depot file content

        Move the latest journalcopy into place as the journal
        that will be used following failover

        Enable journaling on the standby server

        Update the configuration of the master server

        Update the serverID of the standby server to the
        master server's serverID

        Restart the standby server as the new master server

    If the master server participates in the failover, the
    'p4 failover' command also orchestrates:

        Quiesce the master server: refuse new commands on the master
        server, wait a fixed amount of time for existing commands
        to complete, and then stall any remaining commands

        Coordinate with the standby server's 'journalcopy' and
        'pull -u' threads to ensure that the standby server has all
        of the latest metadata and file content from the master server

        Stop the master server

    If the 'p4 failover' command is interrupted or encounters an
    error, the command will attempt to undo what has been done up
    to that point. But if the command has stopped the master server,
    that server will not be restarted.

    The standby server must be licensed as needed to function
    as the master server following failover.

    Prior to failing over an edge server, its service user should
    be logged into the commit (or master) server using the file
    specified by the P4TICKETS configurable for each standby of the
    edge server. And if needed, trust with the commit server for the
    service user should be established using the file specified by
    the P4TRUST configurable for each standby of the edge server.

    The 'p4 failover' command might update some of the configurables
    for the master server to ensure that it will function as expected
    when the command starts it in the environment within which the
    standby server was running. The configurables that might be
    updated are:

        P4AUDIT       client.readonly.dir    server.depot.root
        P4JOURNAL     client.sendq.dir       server.extensions.dir
        P4LOG         journalPrefix          server.locks.dir
        P4ROOT        pull.trigger.dir       statefile
        P4TICKETS     rpl.journal.ack
        P4TRUST       rpl.journal.ack.min

    When failing over an edge server, the update of its configurables
    cannot be propagated back to the commit (or master) server since
    the edge server might not be participating in the failover.
    After the failover, the updated configurables for the edge
    server will need to be changed on the commit server.

    In support of the new 'p4 failover' command, three fields have
    been added to the db.server table: Options, ReplicatingFrom, and
    FailoverSeen. The Options and ReplicatingFrom fields are part of
    a server's spec and can be changed using the 'p4 server' command.
    The ReplicatingFrom field is required for standby servers.

    Of particular note is the 'mandatory' option of the Options
    field in the server spec. When set for a standby server, that
    server will always participate in the calculation that determines
    when metadata is replicated to replicas (other than standby
    servers.) That is, metadata must be journalcopy'd to all
    mandatory standby servers before it will be replicated
    to other replicas. If a mandatory standby server is desired,
    it is recommended that it is initially deployed using the
    'nomandatory' option. After the standby server's journalcopy
    thread has caught up with the master server, the 'mandatory'
    option can then be set in the server spec for the standby
    server on the master server.

    If the master server does not participate in the failover,
    the standby server on which the 'p4 failover' command is run
    must be a mandatory standby server. This ensures that replicas
    remain consistent with the master server following failover.

    There are several new files, typically in the P4ROOT directory,
    that contain journal positions related to this new functionality.
    They are the 'stateLEOF', 'statefailover', and 'statepullL' files.

    The 'stateLEOF' file contains the journal position of the
    last transaction replicated to replicas (other than standby
    servers) of the master server. This file is present for all
    standby servers of the master server if at least one of those
    is a mandatory standby server. If the 'stateLEOF' file is present,
    the 'pull -L' thread will apply to the standby server's metadata
    only what has been journalcopy'd through that journal position.
    This ensures the consistency of the metadata on the standby
    servers with the new master server when failover occurs
    without participation of the old master server.

    The 'statefailover' file will be deleted automatically when it
    is no longer needed; it persists after the failover to ensure the
    consistency of the journalcopy for the remaining standby servers.
    So that the 'statefailover' file can be deleted automatically,
    the ReplicatingFrom field must have a value in the server spec
    for all standby (and forwarding-standby) servers defined in
    the master server.

    Additional information is available from 'p4 help failover'
    and in the "Failover" section of the "Backup and recovery"
    chapter in the "Helix Core Server Administrator Guide:
    Fundamentals" manual.

Technology Preview features in 2018.2

#1690230 (Bug #48387) **
    The Helix Core Extension mechanism is a feature that allows
    the server to run administrator-supplied scripts written in
    the Lua programming language, packaged with metadata and other
    resources. The server runs these programs natively, providing
    a portable, versioned runtime with automatic replication and a
    programmatic API. Depot and repo owners may configure Extensions
    to operate on the areas they own without involving the super user.

    The scripting runtime is also available on the command-line client,
    via the 'p4 --script' flag.

    See 'p4 help extension' for further info.

Minor new functionality in 2018.2

#1707299 (Bug #91576) **
    When unshelving an exclusively-locked file by another client,
    "p4 unshelve" reports the error message as a 'warning' rather than
    an 'info'. Output messages for "p4 edit/delete/reconcile/integ" are
    also changed similarly. This change will only affect the message
    type. The command return value will not change. To get the old
    behavior use p4 option -Zapi=[84 or earlier].

#1701226 (Bug #94362) **
    The graph rebase command no longer duplicates commits; commits that
    would have no diff when replayed are now skipped.

#1700123 (Bug #94681) **
    All graph reference triggers will now populate the %refType% and
    %refFlags% placeholders.

#1697842 (Bug #96191) **
    A new 'auth-invalidate' trigger has been added. This is fired when
    a user's ticket is explicitly invalidated by 'p4 logout'.

#1693278 (Bug #95956) **
    The parallel sync 'db.sendq' table may now be partitioned, reducing
    lock contention, by setting the 'client.sendq.dir' configurable to
    a directory under which the per-client tables will be created. The
    specified directory may be set to the same as the have partition
    directory 'client.readonly.dir'.

#1689195 (Bug #96066) **
    'p4 monitor show' now always shows 'pull -L' for the thread
    that applies metadata from a local journal. Showing the '-L'
    flag helps distinguish this thread from other pull threads.

#1685442 (Bug #95168) **
    'p4 undo' is now supported for graph depots.
    See 'p4 help-graph undo'.

#1678111 (Bug #95713) **
    Additional configurables have been added for modifying the
    authentication behavior when auth-check-sso triggers are installed.
    Setting 'auth.sso.allow.passwd=1' will allow client's without the
    client-side P4LOGINSSO trigger configured to fall back to password
    authentication against the database.
    Setting 'auth.sso.nonldap=1' will allow non-LDAP users on an LDAP
    enabled servers to authenticate against the auth-check-sso trigger.
    When 'auth.sso.nonldap=1' is set, non-LDAP users will be required
    to have the client-side P4LOGINSSO trigger configured, unless the
    'auth.sso.allow.passwd=1' is also set.

#1677404 (Bug #95408) **
    The tagged output for 'p4 change -o' now includes a shelveUpdate
    field, showing the last time shelved files on the change were
    updated.

#1676951 (Bugs #43827, #95824) **
    New -D flag in 'p4 user' that deletes the user and all
    the user's clients and reverts all the user's files.

#1676343 (Bug #94823) **
    A new 'action.csv' structured log has been added. This logs user
    initiated events that occur on the server. This log is intended
    to be consumed by downstream tools that would otherwise poll for
    changes.

#1671478 **
    Various compiler upgrades have adopted for better performance and
    security. These changes have yielded a 10% improvement to the
    file commit rate on Linux.

#1666576 (Bug #92539) **
    The default value of 'db.monitor.interval' has been changed to 30
    seconds. This will allow admins to use 'p4 monitor terminate' to
    remove stale processes. Note that 'monitor' must also be set to
    at least 1 in order to use 'p4 monitor terminate'.

#1663100 (Bugs #95230, #95159) **
    Additional configuration data may now be sent to client-side
    P4LOGINSSO triggers by setting the 'auth.sso.args' configurable.
    The value of this configurable will be passed as the %ssoArgs% to
    the client-side P4LOGINSSO trigger. Additionally, the server-side
    auth-check-sso trigger may now use the %email% and %fullname%
    placeholders.

#1644456 (Bug #94149) **
    The graph related output from 'p4 have' has been improved to be
    more readable. The branch and sync'ed commit sha are now on the
    same line.

#1644554 (Bug #94184) **
    Added support for P4IGNORE in graph client

Bugs fixed in 2018.2 patch 1

#1738306 (Bug #3933) **
    'p4 print -o' now handles paths with wildcards to write multiple
    files to the client's filesystem. The wildcards in the -o flags
    argument and the filespec must match.

#1734880 (Bug #97134) **
    Group protections entries containing wildcards in the group name
    could cause a server crash. This has been fixed.

#1733586 (Bug #96791) **
    Prior to failing over, 'p4 failover' now checks to ensure that
    there are no archive file content transfers that were not
    completed on the standby.

#1730693 (Bug #97079) *
    'p4 login' interrupted by ctrl-c no longer hangs.

#1730544 (Bug #96839) **
    Changing the 'ExtRev' field of a configured extension instance
    leaves the previous extension instance to remain as a duplicate.
    This has been fixed.

#1729566 (Bug #97065) **
    'p4 -ztag info' now shows the 'security' tag when any auth-triggers
    are present. Additionally, if the auth-check-sso is configured, an
    'ssoAuth' tag will also be shown, indicating whether P4LOGINSSO is
    required or optional.

#1729420 (Bug #96450) **
    'p4 populate' was incorrectly taking the client's ChangeView into
    consideration. This command ignores the client view, it now ignores
    the ChangeView too.

#1728264 (Bug #96335) **
    Locks taken on files after a failed DVCS push could not be unlocked
    by admin or super users using 'p4 unlock -f' flag.
    This has been fixed.

#1726738 (Bug #96662) **
    Parallel submit could fail to transfer archive content if
    the file transfer threads exit without error. This has been
    fixed by ensuring that archives exist on the server before the
    submit continues and reports success.

#1726440 (Bug #96818) **
    Sying to #have when the client view contains ditto mappings could
    produce the wrong results. This has been fixed.

#1723656 (Bug #96826) **
    'p4 failover' no longer hangs waiting for the 'pull -L'
    thread to complete its work if the LEOF had not been advanced
    to the last consistency point journalcopy'd by the standby and
    either the master does not participate in the failover or some
    mandatory standby is not actively journalcopy'ing at the time
    of the failover.

#1723368 (Bug #76162) **
    'p4 -ztag info' command now shows an 'unloadSupport' tag indicating
    if the server has a depot of type unload. The value will be either
    'enabled' or 'disabled'.

#1722714 (Bug #92743) *
    UTF8 validation would not catch invalid files where the file
    terminated with a partial multi-byte unicode character.
    This has been fixed.

Bugs fixed in 2018.2

#1716935 (Bug #96569) **
    The 'p4 switch stream@change' command now takes into account
    stream imports when syncing files.

#1716652 (Bug #96588) **
    'p4 fetch -t' run against an edge server could crash the server.
    This has been fixed.

#1716320 (Bug #96636) **
    'p4 describe' was not correctly handling graph depot binary files.
    This has been fixed.

#1716305 (Bug #96634) **
    'p4 revert' was not correctly handling graph depot LFS binary files.
    This has been fixed.

#1715880,#1718570 (Bug #96580) **
    Resolve and merge of binary graph files are now handled correctly.

#1715337 (Bug #96120) **
    'p4 undo' uses the current client mapping when placing undone files
    in the workspace. File locations maintained in haveMaps are ignored.

#1714779 (Bug #91876) **
    Obliterating a file in the parent of a task stream incorrectly
    removed the file from the depot. This has been fixed.

#1712648 (Bug #96495) **
    'p4 integ' of a stream with a +S moved file could propagate wrong
    content. This has been fixed.

#1712118 (Bug #86506) **
    Unshelved files, opened for integrate, that were not previously
    sync'ed to the client would be deleted on revert, but the have
    record would remain causing sync errors later. This has been fixed.

#1710647 (Bug #95908) **
    Tamper checking has been restored for merged ktext files.

#1709635 (Bug #96468) **
    A graph merge -n operation with a conflicting file incorrectly
    stated that the merge will succeed. This has been fixed.

#1709629 (Bug #96469) **
    A graph merge -n operation did not clean up correctly, failing
    a subsequent graph merge request. This has been fixed.

#1707891 (Bug #94445) **
    Diff of non-modified graph depot file reported the  wrong
    error message This has been fixed and the message is now
    "file(s) not opened on this client".

#1707354 (Bug #96381) **
    The 'p4 journals' command when run during a checkpoint operation
    could hang the server. This has been fixed.

#1702795 (Bug #95804) **
    The use of import+ in a stream spec to include a graph depot path
    is now blocked instead of being silently ignored.

#1702793 (Bug #94078) **
    Attempting to sync a repo with a badly configured default branch
    now produces warnings for those repos rather than blocking the sync.

#1702779 (Bug #96093) **
    Graph merges that would result in a fast-forward did not cause the
    reference triggers to fire. This has been fixed.

#1702778 (Bug #95055) **
    Edge servers no longer replicate graph metadata that are
    specific to clients on the commit server.

#1702035 (Bug #96312) **
    Processing of stream specs with a large number of exclude and/or 
    isolate paths has been made faster.

#1697165 **
    The second factor authentication functionality has been renamed to
    multifactor authentication. This only affects documentation and
    messages sent to the client; configuration and tagged output have
    not been changed.

#1693712 (Bug #95114) **
    It was possible for 'p4 filelog' to cause a deadlock with other
    running commands. This has been fixed.

#1693683 (Bug #94452) **
    The update-ref graph command did not provide the correct
    value to the %refFlags% field to the graph-push-reference
    and graph-push-reference-complete triggers. This has been
    fixed.

#1693642 (Bug #96127) **
    The graph commands merge and rebase now create new
    changelists associated to the commits they create.

#1692620 (Bug #96039) **
    Files in graph that contain reserved characters could not be
    specified via standard Perforce commands. These characters may now
    be escaped when they are specified.

#1691921 (Bug #96155) **
    Improve the performance of group protections.

#1690833 (Bug #95656) **
    Ensure all clients see stream view changes after 'p4 stream edit'.

#1689825 (Bug #96001) **
    The repo and reference permissions are now correctly checked
    during a graph merge request. It uses the same model as
    submit and receive-pack.

#1689663 (Bug #96020) **
    A graph merge command with more than one repo and a missing source
    component can crash the server. This has been fixed.

#1688338 (Bug #90929) **
    Improved the error message generated when opening a graph file
    in a mixed mode client view that is not of the 'graph' type.
    It now adds the string "file is mapped read only".

#1688292 (Bug #90685) **
    Changed how the graph permissions are checked during a
    'p4 graph receive-pack' command. This copies the methods
    used by submit and avoids checking each individual file
    path where possible.

#1688251 (Bug #94895) **
    It was possible for a superuser to delete a non-empty changelist
    for a task stream. This has been fixed.

#1686860 (Bug #95988) **
    The server no longer crashes when a parallel 'sync -L'
    is interrupted.

#1682979 (Bug #86492) **
    The obsolete 'Backup' field has been removed from the client
    spec comments section.

#1682468 (Bug #73624) **
    Shelving replication performance with forwarding (not edge)
    replicas has been improved. Previously 'shelve -r'
    would cause all of the archives in the shelved change to be
    transferred to its forwarding replica. This has been fixed
    to only transfer files that have changed.

#1681302 (Bug #92509) **
    The -v flag to 'p4 integrate' was moved to undoc in 2016.1. This
    change moves -v out of undoc and back into 'p4 help integrate'
    and the 'p4 integrate' usage message, thus making it no longer 
    deprecated.

#1680899 (Bugs #90782, #85175, #75672, #85342) *
    The command-line client will now run parallel syncs using
    threads instead of forked processes.

#1677801 (Bug #95012) **
    Edge server processing of a large obliterate, prune, or a task
    to development stream conversions can encounter replication
    performance issues with journal hook logging at rpl=4. Journal
    hook logging is now initiated at rpl=5 instead of rpl=4.

#1675879 (Bug #91061) **
    p4 edit/delete/add will show a warning if the user does not
    have write privilege for this file.

#1673954 (Bug #95627) **
    'pull -L' now correctly updates the 'state' file through the
    end of consistency points containing only entries that don't
    actually apply any metadata (e.g. @nx@ and @ex@ entries).

#1673827 (Bug #69353) **
    'p4 pull -u' will stop trying to pull archive content if it
    detects that the content is missing or corrupt on the master.

#1671476 (Bug #95082) **** *** ** *
    The Rpc::Close() P4API function no longer does a blocking
    select(). Use the 'net.maxclosewait' configurable to control
    the timeout (defaults to 1 second).

#1653848 (Bug #95033) **
    A scheduled checkpoint on a 'standby' or 'forwarding-standby'
    server executed when the master server's journal is rotated
    no longer corrupts the prior journalcopy'd journal.

Major new functionality in 2018.1

#1623544 **
    Further Graph Depot enhancements.
    The commands which allow direct contribution to the git data model
    have undergone improvements.  Most notably, submits of changes that
    affect multiple repos are now performed atomically, with the
    resulting changelist recording the resulting commits so that their
    association is not lost.

#1622318 (Bug #10428) **
    'p4d -jr' will now automatically recognize that a checkpoint or
    journal is compressed when restoring either. It is now possible to
    chain compressed and uncompressed checkpoint and journal files
    during restoration in a single command by omitting the -z option.

#1617715 (Bug #92977, #94460, #94461) **
    On-demand fetch of graph depot objects from a master server
    is now supported for 'p4 diff2', 'p4 sync' (including parallel),
    'p4 fstat -Ol', 'p4 print', and 'p4 describe'. This enables
    reliable replication for supported graph depot read-only commands.

#1616256 (Bug #91300) **
    A new command 'p4 admin end-journal' has been added that allows
    a standard or operator user, with super access, to end a journal
    being replicated to a standby server via 'journalcopy' at the last
    replicated consistency point.  The 'journalcopy' thread is stopped,
    and the journal number and the offset of that last replicated
    consistency point is returned.  This feature is required to
    facilitate some advanced failover strategies.

#1603239 (Bug #50063) **
    Stream path definitions may now include a wildcard in the final
    expression of a path, following the last slash.  This is useful
    should you wish to refer to a collection of files, such as -
    path_type pattern/to/....exe  (or) path_type pattern/to/*.txt

#1601670 (Bug #92974) **
    The new command 'p4 graph rebase' has been added to allow rebasing
    of commits within graph depot.

#1596216 (Bug #92976) **
    The non-interactive graph depot 'p4 merge' now supports specifying
    multiple repos, which will be merged atomically.  This ensures that
    if a merge on any repo would fail, none are performed.

#1630915 (Bug #48959) **
    Second factor authentication is now a supported server feature.

    Users can now be configured to require second factor authentication
    on a per host basis.  This involves first enabling second factor
    authentication by adding 3 new auth triggers and then setting the
    2FA modifier on the user's AuthMethod in the user spec (it can be
    used with either 'perforce' or 'ldap').  The new triggers are:

    * auth-pre-2fa   - returns a list of second factor authentication
                       methods that the user may use.
    * auth-init-2fa  - begins the second factor authentication process
                       for a given method.
    * auth-check-2fa - verifies a one-time-password/token/passphrase/etc
                       against the second factor authentication service
                       or checks the status of an ongoing session.

    The output of these triggers is complex. For details and examples,
    see the 'p4 help 2fa' documentation and http://answers.perforce.com/articles/KB/15334

    Please note that not all client applications have added support for
    second factor authentication yet.

Minor new functionality in 2018.1

#1623544 **
    The following commands previously documented as technology preview
    features) are now supported for use in conjunction with the git data
    model: filelog, fstat, non-interactive merge.
    (For more information see 'p4 help-graph').

#1622291 (Bug #77528) **
    The new 'rpl.journalcopy.location' configurable can be
    used to change the prefix of the filepath where the current
    journalcopy'd journal is written. With the default value of
    zero, the current journalcopy'd journal is written directly to
    the filepath with a prefix of the standby server's 'journalPrefix'
    configurable. With a value of one, the current journalcopy'd
    journal is written alongside where the standby server's P4JOURNAL
    would be written, and then rotated to the filepath with a prefix
    of the standby server's 'journalPrefix' configurable. The
    effect of changing the value of the 'rpl.journalcopy.location'
    configurable occurs when the standby server replicates the
    P4TARGET's journal rotation. journalcopy'd journals will
    always have their journal number in the suffix.

#1620269 (Bug #60462) **
    The new configurable 'dm.info.hide', when set to '1', prevents
    'p4 info' from returning sensitive data to unauthenticated users.
    This is primarily aimed at servers running on public networks.

#1620201 (Bug #93347) **
    "p4 graph show-ref" may now be provided with a "-e" or "-E" flag to
    filter the returned references by name.

#1619740 (Bug #92904) **
    "p4 graph tag -l" now lists tags from all repos when no repo is
    specified.

#1619150 (Bug #91132) **
    The new command 'p4 show-permissions' has been added.  This is the
    graph permissions equivalent of 'p4 protects', providing a
    user-centric view of granted permissions.

#1617808 (Bug #94207) **
    The second factor authentication triggers now provide the user's
    email address and full name in the %email% and %fullname% variables.
    The values of these variables come from the user spec.  If user
    modification of these fields in the user's user spec is undesirable,
    setting the new configurable 'dm.user.allowselfupdate' to '0' will
    prevent those fields be being changed by the user.

#1614722 (Bug #92878) **
    The graph depot index table (db.graphindex) now stores a file's
    size, type and LFS OID.  Any previously-indexed graph depot repos
    must be manually re-indexed after upgrade.

#1612161 (Bug #90744) **
    LDAP user auto-creation may now prevent users being created if they
    would have no permissions on the server.  To enable this, the
    'auth.ldap.userautocreate' must be set to '2'.

#1610807 (Bug #93604) **
    Replicas now support syncing LFS files from graph depots.

#1609265 (Bug 90487) **
    A new structured log 'ldapsync.csv' has been added to record the
    activity of 'p4 ldapsync'.

#1608660 (Bug #92975) **
    The graph-push-reference* triggers now pass the original reference
    value in the %oldValue% variable.  When these triggers are fired
    from 'p4 graph receive-pack', the reference type is passed in the
    %refType% variable and the %refFlags% variable is populated with a
    list of actions that are being applied to the reference.

#1595764 (Bug #93545) **
    A new configurable 'auth.tickets.nounlocked' has been added,
    providing a means of preventing 'p4 login -a' from issuing host
    unlocked tickets.  When set to '1', the '-a' flag is silently
    ignored and the users always be issued host locked tickets.
    When the configurable is set to '2', the '-a' flag is explicitly
    disabled and the user will get an error if they try to use it.
    If either value is set, the tagged output from 'p4 info' will show
    unlockedTickets disabled.

#1586092 (Bug #93002) **
    'p4 filelog' is now supported when specifying a graph depot paths.

#1583012 (Bug #92967) **
    'p4 configure set' now validates numeric configurables to prevent
    them from being set outside of their acceptable ranges. Previously
    configurables set outside of the acceptable ranges were silently
    altered to the minimum or maximum values when used; this meant that
    the values reported as being set and the values actually used were
    different.  Configurables already set outside the acceptable ranges
    will continue to be silently altered.

Bugs fixed in 2018.1 Patch 8

#1734993 (Bug #97134) **
    Group protections entries containing wildcards in the group name
    could cause a server crash. This has been fixed.

#1730852 (Bug #92743) *
    UTF8 validation would not catch some invalid files. When
    a file terminated with a partial unicode, the client would not
    detect the error.
    This has been fixed.

#1728426 (Bug #96335) **
    Admin/super user cannot unlock files after failed/rejected DVCS push
    Running p4 -c <client> unlock -f -r //path/to/file
    returns a permission error when done by admin while it should be
    allowed because of the -f option.
    This has been fixed.

#1727238 (Bug #96662) **
    Parallel submit could fail to transfer archive content if the
    file transfer threads exit without error. This has been
    fixed by insuring that archives exist on the server before the
    submit continues and reports success.

#1726525 (Bug #96818) **
    The have table can be corrupted with the use of 'and'
    mapppings set to a specific revision. This has been fixed.

#1726395 (Bug #96469) **
    A graph merge -n operation did not clean up correctly, failing
    a subsequent graph merge request. This has been fixed.

#1726388 (Bug #96468) **
    A graph merge -n operation with a conflicting file incorrectly
    stated that the merge will succeed. This has been fixed.

#1720347 (Bug #96495) **
    'p4 integ' of a stream with a +S moved file could propagate wrong
    content.  This has been fixed.

#1717005 (Bug #96569) **
    The 'p4 switch stream@change' command now takes into account
    stream imports when syncing files.

Bugs fixed in 2018.1 Patch 7

#1714682 (Bug #96120) **
    'p4 undo' uses current client mapping when placing undone files in
    workspace. File locations maintained in haveMaps are ignored.

#1709104 (Bug #96381) **
    The 'p4 journals' command when run during a checkpoint operation
    could hang the server. This has been fixed.

#1707877 (Bug #96312) **
    Processing of stream specs with a large number of exclude and/or
    isolate paths has been made faster.

#1706332 (Bug #96438) **
    A proxy in front of an edge server now allows 'p4 login' to be run
    when 'rpl.forward.login=1' is set.

#1706331 (Bug #96326) **
    On-demand replication of graph files containing reserved characters
    in their paths would fail. This has been fixed.

Bugs fixed in 2018.1 Patch 6

#1703579 (Bug #96370)
    For graph clients, 'p4 add -f filepath' succeeds when
    the filepath contains a asterisk.

#1697902 (Bug #96279) **
    There was a memory leak when checking the permissions
    for graph merge actions. This has been fixed.

Bugs fixed in 2018.1 Patch 5

#1689825 (Bug #96001) **
    The repo and reference permissions are now correctly checked
    during a graph merge request. It uses the same model as
    submit and receive-pack.

#1688292 (Bug #90685) **
    Change how the graph permissions are checked during a
    'p4 graph receive-pack' command. This copies the methods
    used by submit and avoids checking each individual file
    path where possible.

#1692676 (Bug #96039) **
    Support graph files with reserved characters in their paths
    originating from git datasets.

#1692160 (Bug #96155) **
    Improve the performance of group protections.

#1690481 (Bug #95656) **
    Ensure all clients see stream view changes after 'p4 stream edit'.

#1689663 (Bug #96020) **
    A graph merge command with more than one repo and a missing source
    component can crash the server. This has been fixed.

Bugs fixed in 2018.1 Patch 4

#1687110 (Bug #95988) **
    The server no longer crashes when a parallel 'sync -L'
    is interrupted.

Bugs fixed in 2018.1 Patch 3

#1680890 (Bug #95177) **
    Running 'p4 describe' against a changelist involved in a DVCS push
    during a push-submit or push-content trigger execution now
    shows the files associated with that change.

#1679672 (Bug #95740) **
    Improve the performance of graph permissions.

#1677079 (Bug #95668) **
    When a description is passed to a graph merge request, extra
    text is no longer added to the commit comment.

#1676342 (Bug #95293) **
    A proxy in front of an edge server now allows a user to submit 
    sync'ed files.

#1674502 (Bug #95639) **
    'p4 filelog' run against a graph file no longer causes issues
    with successive commands run on the same connection.

Bugs fixed in 2018.1 Patch 2

#1672670 (Bug #94877) ***
    Fix new proxytotals reporting accuracy.

#1672310 ( Bug #95546) **
    Correct errors caused by the '-d' option with "p4 merge --repo".

#1667081 (Bug #95136) **
    Optimize the 'p4 filelog -m1" for graph repos.
    The normal and -ztag output format are slightly different.

#1666512 (Bug #94847) **
    The filesys.checklinks configurable will may now be set to '4',
    providing the same checking as '3' but disallows using '-f' to
    override the check.

#1665939 (Bug #95333) **
    'p4 logparse' could fail to find the structured log file under
    certain conditions. This has been fixed.

#1665779 (Bugs #92403, #95219) **
    'p4 revert -C client' would fail to revert files in the target
    workspace if that workspace was locked or specified a host other
    than the one the command was run from. This has been fixed.

#1665775 (Bug #95317) **
    Graph merges reject non-interactive requests that do not have
    a client mapping. This has been fixed.

#1662526 (Bug #95163) **
    'p4 show-permissions' would fail to show permissions granted at a
    depot level when a repo within that depot was specified. This has
    been fixed.

#1658865 (Bug #95149) **
    The error message produced when a graph merge fails due to a
    file not being in the client view is incorrect. This has been
    fixed.

1651515 (Bug #94778) ** 
    Provide 'p4 pubkeys [-k key -t type]' lookup.
    This option verifies existence of an ssh public key.

Bugs fixed in 2018.1 Patch 1

#1655243 (Bug #95102) **
    The database table (db.haveg) for tracking file-specific revisions 
    in a graph depot now correctly retains entries after a user invokes 
    p4 edit followed by p4 revert.

#1653784 (Bug #95033) **
    A scheduled checkpoint on a 'standby' or 'forwarding-standby'
    server executed when the master server's journal is rotated
    no longer corrupts the prior journalcopy'd journal.

#1651968 (Bug #94668) **
    If a graph depot client workspace is set to 'noclobber' and the 
    user issues the 'p4 sync ...#0' (or 'p4 sync ...#none') command 
    even though one or more 'noclobber' files cannot be removed 
    from the workspace, the output of the 'p4 have' command 
    correctly displays 'File specific revisions' instead 
    of 'File(s) not on client'.

#1650350 (Bug #93996) **
    Graph permissions of at least read level are now required before
    graph depots are made visible to users.

#1649010 (Bug #93650) **
    An interactive graph merge operation incorrectly ignored
    conflicting files outside of the client view. This has been fixed.

#1649031 (Bug #94528, #94911) **
    Graph depot permissions may now be set across all graph depots by
    specifying '-d *'.  Additionally, 'p4 show-permissions' now accepts
    a '-g' flag show permissions that apply to the specified group.

#1646840 (Bug #94877) ***
    Additional logging is now reported by the proxy when track=1
    is set. The new proxytotals line records the number of files
    and the total file size (in MB) transferred to the client from
    the upstream server and from the proxy's cache.

#1645485 (Bug #94825) **
    'p4 fstat' using a revision specification on an opened file
    would hang if the file had ditto mapping. This has been fixed.

#1644841 (Bug #94890) **
    Creation or deletion of a graph branch on a client connected
    to an edge replica is not supported. A proper error message
    is now displayed.

#1644657 (Bug #94670) **
    When a file was not sync (eg: noclobber) and was at a different
    revision than the rest of the graph client workspace, but later
    was deleted (by another user) and the user attempts to edit it,
    a proper error will be displayed.

#1644215 (Bug #94634) **
    'p4 submit' on a graph depot without the "leaveunchanged"
    submit option would leave unchanged files with
    read/write permission. This has been fixed.

#1643679 (Bug #94827) **
    Fixed "p4 switch" for graph to work with branch names that are
    legal, possibly shortened, SHA values.

#1643520 (Bug #94831) **
    A multi-repo graph switch with an empty repo could cause a failure.
    This has been fixed.

#1643295 (Bug #94106) **
    The help text for graph resolve was incorrect. This has been
    fixed.

#1642219 (Bug #93833) **
    Adding support for file with wildcards in 'p4 add -f' in graph.

#1642206 (Bug #94633) **
    Symbolic links not deleted properly in graph client with allwrite
    noclobber.

#1641204 (Bug #94538) **
    Network problems can cause graph submit to process the request in
    the wrong order. This has been fixed.

#1641056 (Bug #94742) **
    Graph 'p4 sync' would schedule an unneeded resolve if a file
    that is being synced is opened for edit. This has been fixed.

#1640625 (Bug #94700) **
    p4 describe on a changelist number containing multiple graph repos
    can sometimes report on only one repo. This has been fixed.

#1638175 (Bug #94493) **
    Graph 'p4 client -d' would not check for opened files before
    deleting the client.  Also the -f option would not revert
    opened files before deleting the client.  These behaviors have
    been fixed.

#1636355 (Bug #94567) **
    A one-off memory leak in a server using an SSL P4PORT is fixed.

#1635754 (Bug #94636) **
    Unrecognized join-join code in p4 sync in some conditions.
    Happens when one file is open for edit and p4 sync would add
    a new file from another submit. The new file will not be added
    to the workspace and the error will be displayed instead.

#1635359 (Bug #94621) **
    Certain server rejectList settings will no longer block replication.

#1634420 (Bug #94470) **
    'p4 client -T type' now correctly sets client type when a client
    template is specified via 'p4 client -t' or the template.client
    server configurable.

#1634347 (Bug #94428) ** 
    Clients configured with 'allwrite' now correctly sync lfs files.

#1634345 (Bug #94255) **
    Running 'p4 add -c' against a file already opened for add in a graph
    depot gave the wrong error.  This has been fixed.

#1634236 (Bug #94599) **
    Running 'p4 submit -c' from a graph client against an existing
    submitted changelist number gave an unhelpful error message.
    This has been fixed.

#1633781 (Bug #94559) **
    Running 'p4 describe' against a pending changelist owned by a graph
    client could crash the server.  This has been fixed.

#1633069 (Bug #93131) **
    p4 grant|revoke permission now disallows '...' in user/group names.

#1633065 (Bug #94342) **
    'p4 switch -d' run from a graph type client now warns before
    deleting a branch that is not merged with its parent (the repo's
    default branch) and in this case requires the -f force flag to be
    passed.

#1632668, #1628823 (Bug #91231, Bug #94494) **
    Deletion of empty repos no longer requires the -f flag.

#1631097 (Bug #94187) **
    'p4 reconcile' run from a graph type client could report the same
    files added twice under certain conditions. This has been fixed.

#1631503 (Bug #94555) **
    'p4 graph show-ref -e nameFilter' now supports '.' in ref names.

Bugs fixed in 2018.1

#1636440 (Bug #94694) **
    p4 sync removed +w (for noclobber client) on lfs file during sync

#1635359 (Bug #94621) **
    Certain server rejectList settings will no longer block replication.

#1630915 (Bug #94537) **
    When 'p4 login2 -S check-auth' is run and the second factor
    authentication service's response is that an external prompt has
    been rejected, the user's second factor authentication status
    remained 'required waiting' when it should have transitioned to
    'required rejected'.  This has been fixed.

#1628184 (Bug #93747) **
    The journalcopy on a Windows standby server from a server running
    on a platform other than Windows is now journalcopy'd correctly.

#1626200 (Bug #91459) **
    'p4 receive-pack' now prevents ASCII control characters from being
    used in reference names.

#1625571 (Bug #93641) **
    'p4 pull --batch' could cause graph depot pack and index archive
    files to be transferred using incorrect filenames, resulting in
    'Blob data not found' errors from 'p4 sync'.  This has been fixed.

#1625540 (Bug #93916) **
    "p4 print -o" is now supported when specifying a graph depot path.
    Previously the '-o' flag was ignored and the file content would
    be output to stdout.  This has been fixed.

#1625385 (Bug #93132) **
    Providing 'p4 receive-pack' with a truncated pack file could cause
    the server to crash.  This has been fixed.

#1624026 (Bug #93453) **
    Parallel sync of from a graph depot via a forwarding replica may
    crash the parallel transfer threads.  This has been fixed.

#1622147 (Bug #94348) **
    Running 'p4 diff2' against 2 files in different graph depot repos
    could cause a crash.  This has been fixed.

#1620977 (Bug #92620) **
    If a sync of a graph file failed, the server would record that the
    sync had completed for the entire commit, preventing further sync
    commands from attempting to retry.  The server now records a list
    of exceptions to the files sync'ed to the have commit so that the
    sync can be retried.

#1620366 (Bug #90502) **
    'p4 resolve' in a federated environment could leave orphaned locks
    after a filetype resolve that changed files from '+l' to filetypes 
    without '+l'.  This has been fixed.

#1619465 (Bug #92050) **
    'p4 dirs' run against a graph depot path would ignore the '-C',
    '-D' and '-H' flags, returning misleading results.  These flags are
    not supported yet when specifying a graph depot path, and now
    return no files instead.

#1619071 (Bug #94219) **
    It was possible that a unicode server running on Windows may crash
    if untranslatable characters were entered in a password when the
    user logging in is configured to use LDAP authentication.
    This has been fixed.

#1618574 (Bug #94247)
    Post-command triggers for spec-updating commands would get internal

: RPC callback function names instead of the user command names. For example: 'dm-UpdateClientSpec' instead of 'user-client' for a 'p4 client' command. This has been fixed.

#1618387 (Bug #94152) **
    Creating and deleting the same label at the same time could result
    in a deadlock, hanging the server.  This has been fixed.

#1617327 (Bug #94225) **
    A memory leak when running 'p4 merge' against a graph depot has
    been fixed.

#1614880 (Bug #94116) **
    A memory leak when running 'p4 shelve -d' without any file arguments
    has been fixed.

#1614541 (Bug #93383) **
    Active LDAP configs may have been skipped on insensitive platforms
    due to the case of the LDAP configuration name not matching.
    This has been fixed.

#1614386 (Bug #5109) **
    'p4 protect', 'p4 triggers' and 'p4 typemap' now require that the
    main list field name is present in the spec, even if the list is
    empty.  This is to prevent accidentally resetting these specs from
    the command line by running 'p4 protect -i' and then using CTRL+C to
    cancel in the input.

#1608123 (Bug #93736) **
    'p4 describe -a' for graph depot no longer attempts to display
    file diff for deleted files.

#1604210 (Bug #90915) **
    The 'p4 reshelve' command would fail to shelve into an existing
    changelist when run against a non-distributed server running with
    a serverId.  This has been fixed.  

#1600842 (Bug 93672) **
    'p4 graph receive-pack' was completing regardless of failing
    graph-push-reference triggers.  This has been fixed.

#1598323 (Bug #89751) **
    'p4 graph receive-pack --discard-archives' could remove pack files
    that were in use by other threads.  This has been fixed.

#1592596 (Bug #92822) *
    'p4 ignores -i' no longer concatenates the current working directory
    to the paths of files specified with absolute files.

#1590591 (Bug #92898) **
    'p4 logout -a' was not clearing the second factor authentication
    state for users who's state were set to persistent.  This has been
    fixed.  

#1589311 (Bug #92744) **
    Files of type 'utf8' containing content that ends with a partial
    utf8 sequence will now correctly result in a translation error
    when attempting to submit from a pre-15.2 client.

#1582091 (Bug #92754, #81128 ) **
    Readonly clients are now allowed to run 'p4 clean' and 'p4 status'.

#1577965 (Bug #93001) **
    'p4 annotate -I' will no longer terminate abnormally if access
    to a branch is excluded within some integration histories.

#1568232 (Bug #91885) **
    Submitting a moved 'utf8' file using a pre-15.2 client no longer
    results in a missing archive.

#1562762 (Bug #92623) ****
    When the p4broker is in router mode, an unresponsive altserver
    might not have its connection error sent to the client.

#1561275 (Bug #92417) **
    A delay in the replication of a consistency point will no longer
    corrupt the journal written by a 'journalcopy' thread.

Major new functionality in 2017.2

#1547263 (Bug #92369) **
    Edge servers now support syncing file content from graph depots.
    Replication for graph depot archives in both pack file and loose
    file formats is supported. New content can be pushed by using 
    the Git Connector or committed with 'p4 submit' or 'p4 merge'.

#1538827 (Bug #90551, #90550) **
    Replication now supports a method for providing external
    transfer of archive data. Pull threads may be configured
    to run with the --trigger option and a pull-archive
    trigger that will perform the external archive file transfers.
    In addition, 'p4 submit' can be configured to use external
    transfer of archives from Edge to Commit servers using ordinary
    edge-content triggers. This edge-content trigger must call
    'p4 fstat -Ob' and an external file transfer command to
    perform the transfer. For details and examples, see 
    http://answers.perforce.com/articles/KB/15337 

Technology Preview features in 2017.2

#1566758 (Bug #92605) **
    Further Graph Depot enhancements.
    The following commands, used in conjunction with the git data model
    are now documented as technology preview features: add, delete,
    diff, edit, filelog, fstat, merge, opened, revert, submit, switch
    and graph tag.  Those commands that would allow changes to be
    committed will require the client workspace's Type field to be set
    to graph.  This switches which data model is writable.
    (For more information see 'p4 help-graph').

#1520950 (Bug #48959) **
    Second factor authentication support.
    Users can now be configured to require second factor authentication
    on a per host basis.  This involves first enabling second factor
    authentication by adding 3 new auth triggers and then setting the
    2FA modifier on the user's AuthMethod in the user spec (it can be
    used with either 'perforce' or 'ldap').  The new triggers are:

    * auth-pre-2fa   - returns a list of second factor authentication
                       methods that the user may use.
    * auth-init-2fa  - begins the second factor authentication process
                       for a given method.
    * auth-check-2fa - verifies a one-time-password/token/passphrase/etc
                       against the second factor authentication service
                       or checks the status of an ongoing session.

    The output of these triggers is complex. For details and examples,
    see the 'p4 help 2fa' documentation and http://answers.perforce.com/articles/KB/15334

Minor new functionality in 2017.2

#1559712 (Bug #50586) **
    A new command 'p4 bgtask' has been added that allows super users
    to remotely run programs on the server, or to run them as startup
    commands.

#1558406 (Bug #75754) **
    'p4 pull -R' provides an easy way to retry failed
    'p4 pull -u' failures.

#1556644 (Bug #88636) **
    'p4 pull -l' (and 'p4 pull -ls') can now be done on commit
    server to list submits occurring in an Edge server that are 
        to be replicated to the Commit server.

#1553712 (Bug #92324) * **
    The filesys.checklinks configurable will now allow directory
    symlinks to be added/reconciled when it's set to the value '3'.

#1538126 (Bug #91517) **
    'p4 pull -u --batch' can use new --min-size and --max-size
    options to assign differently sized files to different pull
    threads.

#1536638 (Bug #92216) **
    All triggers now provide a new 'language' variable that provides the
    user's specified language.  If the user has not specified a language
    the variable will be set to 'unset'.

#1536367 (Bug #80896) **
    'p4 shelve' now accepts the '--parallel' flag, to specify that
    multiple files should be transferred in parallel, using
    independent network connections from automatically-invoked child
    processes. In addition, new configurables net.parallel.shelve.*
    allow 'p4 shelve' to automatically use parallel threads to
    transfer files. Please see 'p4 help shelve' and 'p4 help
    configurables' for complete information.

#1531997 (Bug #29410) **
    The 'p4 describe' command now has a '-a' flag that displays
    the content of added files.

#1519158 (Bug #14944, #15488) **
    The 'p4 changes' command now has a '-r' flag that reverses
    the command output.

Bugs fixed in 2017.2 Patch 1

#1588156 (Bug #92867) **
    p4 describe -n <repo1> <commit-sha> will have misleading
    message when the wrong repo is used for a given commitsha of
    another repo. Rather than "Blob data not found for sha..."
    it will display "Commit <sha> not found in repo"
    This has been fixed.

#1588156 (Bug #92123) **
    p4 describe -n repo <commit-sha> did not specify file name
    between each diff segments. Whenever more than 1 file had been
    changed, there would be no way for a user to know when the
    first diff segment ends and when the next starts.
    This has been fixed.

#1590975 (Bug #93382) **
    The use of clients bound to specific servers were not being
    restricted to those servers in all circumstances.
    This has been fixed.

#1589629 (Bug #92849) **
    'p4 rec -a ...' or 'p4 add ...' could cause the client to
    crash when invoked from the client root and the root
    directory name has an excessive number of ellipses.
    This has been fixed.

#1587659 (Bug #92240) * ** *** ****
    An experimental fix has been made to solve the write/write deadlock
    issue that affected the 2017.1 TCP performance improvements.
    The default behaviour is still for this functionality to be disabled
    until enough reports of the fix's success have been collected.
    To enable and test this fix, the configurable 'net.autotune' must
    be set to 1 on the client, any intermediaries and the server.
    For example, to enable this in P4V, 'net.autotune=1' must be set in
    a P4CONFIG file in P4V's startup directory.

#1587040 (Bug #93117) **
    'p4 pull --trigger' would fail to pull archive files from graph
    depots and would report "Permission denied" errors in the log.
    This has been fixed.

#1586858 (Bug #93136) **
    LDAP based user auto-creation, run against a replica not using
    'rpl.forward.login', would only create the user on the replica
    (not on the master). This has been fixed.

#1584626 (Bug #92894) **
    'p4 -ztag describe -S' would update the shelveAccess date even
    though the shelved content was not displayed. This has been
    fixed.

#1583727 (Bug #93160) **
    'p4 edit -t type' run against a file in a graph depot would not
    update the filetype in the committed tree object. This has been
    fixed.

#1579211 (Bug #92972) **
    The help output of 'p4 help-graph opened' and 'p4 help-graph revert'
    now show graph depot-specific help for those commands (tech preview). 

Upgrade of OpenSSL to 1.0.2m    

Bugs fixed in 2017.2

#1577859 (Bug #93001) **
    'p4 annotate -I' will no longer terminate abnormally if access
    to a branch is excluded within some integration histories.

#1577673 (Bug #92882) **
    Archive file transfer failure from the Edge Server to the
    Commit Server during parallel submit could sometimes be
    undetected. If submit succeeded in this scenario, the
    archives would be missing on the Commit Server. This has
    been fixed to insure that the command fails when the transfer
    fails.

#1573540 (Bug #92777, #92817) **
    'p4 reconcile -a' and 'p4 clean' would fail to detect files
    to add or clean if the command was invoked without arguments
    from a directory containing the '@' character. This has been
    fixed.

#1572571 (Bug #91927) **
    A 'p4 have' without a valid login run through a routing Broker
    could receive a 'restricted to use' message or an 'invalid or unset'
    depending on which replica responded - now it always gets the
    'invalid or unset' error.

#1570784 (Bug #92648) **
    Logins forwarded through a broker to a replica could have the
    replica<->master connection left open if the client dropped at
    the wrong time.

#1568172 (Bug #91885) **
    Submitting a moved 'utf8' file using a pre-15.2 client
    no longer results in a missing archive.

#1567257 (Bug #92360) **
    Graph depot archive data must utilize server.depot.root configurable.
    Caveat: 17.1 -> 17.2 upgrade will require any graph depot archive
    data to be manually moved if server.depot.root had been set prior to
    the upgrade.

#1561151 (Bug #92417) **
    A delay in the replication of a consistency point will no
    longer corrupt the journal written by a 'journalcopy' thread.

#1558115 (Bug #92327) **
    A submit of a +Sn file will no longer cause a failure of
    a concurrent 'clone' or 'fetch' operation.

#1529453 (Bug #91971) **
    Parallel sync performance has been improved for some scenarios
    in which distribution of load across the transmit threads
    was not an issue.

#1526861 (Bug #90476) **
    'p4 sync -r <file>' would error if the file was either the 'to'
    or 'from' half of a moved file.

#1526302 (Bug #90686) **
    Increase receive buffer sizes for the Perforce API to 1 megabyte
    which shows substantial performance improvement for several
    wide area network operations and prevents network hangs in
    some cases.  Old value was 32k.  Can be adjusted with net.rcvbufsize

#1526247 (Bug #90798) **
    'p4 sync' against a repo (graph depot) would not honor the 
    client option 'noclobber'.

#1525293 (Bug #90697) **
    Parallel submit from an Edge Server could corrupt the
    archives of non-ktext files if they contain RCS keywords.
    This has been fixed.

#1523244 (Bug #89630) **
    The 'net.parallel.sync.svrthreads' configurable reduces the number
    of parallel transmit threads used by sync commands when the total
    number of 'user-transmit' threads (from all commands) running
    concurrently in the server would exceed the value of this
    configurable. Server monitoring must be enabled for this
    new configurable to have any effect.

#1521469 (Bug #88774) **
    Errors reported from 'p4 describe -I' and 'p4 change -I' from
    using unknown change identity values were confusing. These errors
    are now more specific and less confusing.

#1519323 (Bug #91682) **
    Setting the 'track' configurable to a value of zero now correctly
    supresses reporting the tracking metrics for 'rdb.lbr' in the
    replica's server log.

#1519279 (Bug #91568) **
    Tagged output for 'p4 shelve' and 'p4 submit' from an edge
    server didn't report the 'change' number when dm.shelve.promote=1
    and security=3 are set on the edge server. This has been fixed.

#1516923 (Bug #91055) **
    The 'annotate -I' command now correctly considers all the needed
    revisions of a depot file that is a "from" file into multiple
    branches as permitted by access through the integration history.

#1506651 (Bug #90330) **
    'p4 copy' could miss needed copies in a complex case of
    moves and earlier copies.

Major new functionality in 2017.1

Graph Depot support * **

    A collection of new features provide direct support for git
    repositories and git workflows using the p4d server. In addition
    to the new server features (outlined below), there is a new
    server component, called the Connector, that is separately
    installable as needed, and provides services which are broadly
    similar to those provided by Perforce proxy and replica servers.

    The new features you should be aware of include:
    - server data model support
    - authentication and authorization enhancements
    - p4 command line access to git versioned files
    - new triggers

    To learn more about the Connector component, please read its
    release notes and documentation. Below is a broad overview
    of the new p4d support; for details, please read the server
    documentation.

    Server data model support:

    A single p4d server new supports storage of versioned files
    using either the classic Perforce data model, or using the
    git data model. The data model to use is specified on a
    depot-by-depot basis: a depot of type "graph" is used to store
    one or more git repositories. The server automatically creates
    a graph depot named 'repo'; you may create additional graph
    depots using the 'p4 depot' command.

    git repositories are named using a hierachical naming scheme
    of the format: //depot/repo/path/name, using the new 'p4 repo'
    command.

    Authentication and authorization enhancements:

    git users accessing the Perforce server must be properly
    authenticated and authorized. When using the HTTPS protocol,
    git users are prompted for their Perforce username and password
    as necessary when they perform clone, push, or pull commands.
    When using the SSH protocol, git users authenticate using
    public key encryption; the appropriate public key for each user
    should be recorded in the server using the new 'p4 pubkey' command.

    Access control for git repositories uses a new set of permissions,
    defined with the 'p4 grant-permission' command. The related
    revoke-permission, check-permission, and show-permission commands
    are also useful for defining and maintaining repository access
    control rules.

    Command line access to git versioned files:

    A client workspace can be configured to access git versioned files
    by mapping paths from repos within graph type depots; non-graph
    depot paths may also be mapped in the same client view.

    The 'p4 sync' command will then sync the specified version of the
    specified files from one or more git repositories and other depots
    to the corresponding location in your client's filesystem. Similarly
    the 'p4 have', 'p4 files', 'p4 dirs' and 'p4 fstat' commands will
    also report on the metadata from git repositories as well as other
    depots. Not all flags for these commands are applicable for graph.

    New triggers:

    Several new trigger types are available to allow administrators
    to define custom policies for access to git repository data, and
    to support advanced workflows such as initiating build/test
    automation activities upon the completion of a git push command.

    Licensing:

    The default maximum repos allowed for a server is 10, to increase
    this limit contact Perforce Sales at [email protected].

    (For more information see 'p4 help --depot-type=graph').

#1434004 * ** ***
    TCP connection changes to improve performance
    over long latency connections.  Significantly more
    information may be in transport now and clients and
    intermediate processes need to handle more data in a
    timely manner.  This new behavior can be disabled in
    clients, proxies, brokers and the server with the
    configurable net.autotune which defaults to 1 (enabled)
    and can be set to 0 to disable.  Clients can set this
    via "p4 set" or P4CONFIG files and servers can set this
    via "p4 configure."  On Windows based platforms, send
    buffer sizes are not autotuned but still are manually
    configuable with net.tcpsize.

#1425396 (Bug #88065) **
    Binary fields in journal records will now be written in
    base64 instead of hex with a few exceptions.  Binary
    objects of length 1 will still be written in hex and some
    md5 digest fields will still be hex.

Minor new functionality in 2017.1

#1487961 (Bug #90210) **
    New server option '--daemonsafe' is like '-d' and forks
    the 'p4d' into the background, but also closes the stdio
    files.

#1486890 (Bug #88954) **
    The utf8 file type was not handled properly by clients older
    than 2015.2 and the p4 java api.  The server now attempts to
    work with these older clients by handling the byte-order-mark
    in the server and having the server produce digests which
    these older clients will expect.  Operation with utf8
    files and these old client will skip proxy caching also.
    These older clients and utf8 filetype will assume the BOM
    is present while clients 2015.2 can adapt to a BOM being
    present or not.

#1459677 (Bug #89065) **
    The 'p4 verify -v' command now supports updates to files which
    have been branched into one or more active task streams. Please
    see 'p4 help verify' for more details about this scenario.

#1458367 (Bug #37069, #89070) **
    The 'p4 move -r' command allows users to rename or change
    the location of files in the depot without opening them
    for edit first.

#1457332 (Bug #89008) **
    The 'p4 remotes' command now accepts the '-u user' flag.

#1453638 (Bug #84442) **
    The --remote-user flag may be specified on the fetch, push, and
    login commands, overriding the RemoteUser field in the remote
    spec for this command.

#1450711 (Bug #88643) **
    A restriction on using the 'p4 renameuser' command in a
    Commit-Edge configuration has been removed: it is now safe to
    use the command to rename a user who owns workspaces and/or
    labels on one or more Edge Servers. Note that unloaded workspaces
    are still not processed by the command, no matter which server
    those workspaces reside on.

#1448666 (Bug #63670) **
    A new type of structured server log audit record format which
    includes the revision's size in bytes is now available. To
    specify the logging of these alternate audit records, change the
    name of your audit log from 'audit.csv' to 'auditsize.csv'.

#1442507 (Bug #69777) **
    Two new security levels have been introduced to enforce stricter
    intermediary checking.  Setting the security configurable to 5 to
    higher will require each intermediary to have a valid authenticated
    service user.  Setting the security configurable to 6 to higher will
    require each intermediary to have a valid server spec, where the
    service user must match the user named in the spec's 'User' field.
    The server spec will be found by matching the intermediary's P4PORT
    with a value in the spec's 'AllowedAddresses' field.  For example,
    if connecting to a proxy on 10.0.0.100:1667, a server spec with this
    IP address and port number in the 'AllowedAddresses' field must
    exist and must have the proxy's service user named in the 'User'
    field.  Errors relating to configuration of intermediaries will be
    logged to the 'route.csv' logfile, if enabled.

#1439069 (Bug #81269) **
    When specifying file paths you can now use the change identity
    from the submitted change spec instead of the actual change number.
    So, for example given a change submitted with an identity:
    'p4 sync //depot/...@30E7C829-08C504-4109-89AA-904D0C2194B8'

#1424268 (Bug #88017) **
    The template.label configurable introduced by change 656580 now
    also applies to a label created via the 'p4 tag' command.

#1526517 (Bug #90686) **
    Increase receive buffer sizes for the Perforce API to 1 megabyte
    which shows substantial performance improvement for several
    wide area network operations and prevents network hangs in
    some cases. Old value was 32k. Can be adjusted with net.rcvbufsize

Bugs fixed in 2017.1 Patch 6

Upgrade of OpenSSL to 1.0.2n

Bugs fixed in 2017.1 Patch 5

#1589832 (Bug #92849) **
    'p4 rec -a ...' or 'p4 add ...' could cause the client to
    crash when invoked from the client root and the root
    directory name has an excessive number of ellipses.
    This has been fixed.

#1588218 (Bug #92882) **
    Archive file transfer failure from the Edge Server to the
    Commit Server during parallel submit could sometimes be
    undetected. If submit succeeded in this scenario, the
    archives would be missing from the Commit Server. This has
    been fixed to insure that the command fails when the transfer
    fails.

#1586874 (Bug #93136) **
    LDAP based user auto-creation, run against a replica not using
    'rpl.forward.login', would only create the user on the replica
    (not on the master). This has been fixed.

#1584718 (Bug #92894) **
    'p4 -ztag describe -S' would update the shelveAccess date even
    though the shelved content was not displayed. This has has been
    fixed.

#1577292 (Bug #93001) **
    'p4 annotate -I' will no longer terminate abnormally if access
    to a branch is excluded within some integration histories.

#1576900 (Bug #92777, #92817) **
    'p4 reconcile -a' and 'p4 clean' would fail to detect files
    to add or clean if the command was invoked without arguments
    from a dictionary containing the '@' character. This has been
    fixed.

Upgrade of OpenSSL to 1.0.2m

Bugs fixed in 2017.1 Patch 4

#1569495 (Bug #92417) **
    A delay in the replication of a consistency point will no
    longer corrupt the journal written by a 'journalcopy' thread.

#1566131 (Bug #91885) **
    Submitting a moved 'utf8' file using a pre-15.2 client
    no longer results in a missing archive.

#1564066 (Bug #92442) **
    'p4 resolve' now has an undoc flag '-dx' which can be used to
    make the 3-way merge algorithm perform more like the unix 
    'diff3 -m' merge.  Typically merge tends to remove duplicate
    lines in adjacent inserts from 'theirs' and 'yours', with this
    flag all the lines in the inserts from both legs of the merge
    will be inserted.

Bugs fixed in 2017.1 Patch 3

#1550695 (Bug #92435) **
    User not able to submit an open stream with a file change
    on a edge server. This is now fixed.

#1549763 (Bug #92443) **
    Users auto-created by 'p4 login' would not have the Update time set
    in the user spec.  This has now been fixed.

Bugs fixed in 2017.1 Patch 2

#1539093 (Bug #92168) ** ***
    The new performance improvements for TCP over long latency 
    connections could cause write/write deadlocks in proxies 
    and brokers.  To mitigate this, the default behavior 
    has been changed to disabled.  It can be re-enabled by
    setting 'net.autotune' to 1. Once enabled, it will work
    for any server configuration that does not have a proxy
    or a broker in the mix.

#1542613 (Bug #92377) **
    Empty repos in graph depot could cause reference erors to be shown
    when running commands like 'p4 dirs' against unrelated paths.
    This has been fixed.

Bugs fixed in 2017.1 Patch 1

#1529412 (Bug #91971) **
    Parallel sync performance has been improved for some scenarios
    in which distribution of load across the transmit threads
    was not an issue.

#1528637 (Bug #85788) **
    'p4 revert -C client <path>' fails to revert moved files.

#1525095, #1524788, #1524323, #1523395 (Bug #91812)
    Graph depot triggers are not honoring trigger Path field for repo submit.

#1519789, #1518201 (Bug #91541)
    'p4 submit' must activate graph-push-* triggers.

#1519789, #1519676 (Bug #91644)
    Mirrored repo should only be able to run post-commit triggers.

#1516824 (Bug #91055) **
    The 'annotate -I' command now correctly considers all the needed
    revisions of a depot file that is a "from" file into multiple
    branches as permitted by access through the integration history.

#1516465 (Bug #90653) * **
    Application locked licenses now work with DVCS.

#1516413 (Bug #91562) **
    'p4 repos -M' could report incorrect number of mirrored repos.

#1514865 (Bug #90330) **
    'p4 copy' could miss needed copies in a complex case of
    moves and earlier copies.

Upgrade of OpenSSL libraries to 1.0.2l

Bugs fixed in 2017.1

#1505154 (Bug #90088) **
    For a specific use case, a branch resolve is scheduled instead
    of a move resolve.  This is fixed by backing out change #1422325.

#1502778 (Bug #89674) **
    Obliterating files from a task stream that is no longer protected
    because it has been unloaded can cause revision inconsistency after
    being reloaded.

#1498792 (Bug #86088) **
    Using 'p4 switch' between task streams and non-task can fail
    if a previous manual switch was done with 'p4 client -s' without 
    subsequently calling 'p4 sync'.

#1489051 (Bug #2170) **
    Submitting a file with the same name as an existing depot 
    directory path (or vice versa) will now be rejected.

#1483947 (Bug #89040) *
    'p4 print -o <a filename in the os temp directory>' will now
    work even if a P4CLIENTPATH is set or the DVCS P4INITROOT is
    set.  This is a new exception to the P4CLIENTPATH feature.

#1481077, #1481305, #1483342 (Bugs #89051, #90160) * ** ***
    SSL connections now allow use of TLSv1.1 and TLSv1.2 in addition
    to the existing support for TLSv1.0.  Clients and servers will
    choose the highest TLS version supported by both ends of the
    connection; thus old clients and old servers will always use
    TLSv1.0, and by default new clients connecting to new servers
    will use TLSv1.2.

    Two new configurables are provided to restrict the allowed TLS
    versions when a new client connnects to a new server:
        ssl.tls.version.min    [default=10]
        ssl.tls.version.max    [default=12]
    These default settings allow TLSv1.0, TLSv1.1, and TLSv1.2.

    Each of these configurables can take one of the following
    values:
        10 specifies TLSv1.0
        11 specifies TLSv1.1
        12 specifies TLSv1.2
   ssl.tls.version.min specifies the lowest TLS version that
   will be accepted, and ssl.tls.version.max specifies the
   highest TLS version that will be accepted.

   Changes to these configurables on a server will not take
   effect until the server is restarted.

   Thus, to force use of a new client, the server can set
       ssl.tls.version.min=11    (or 12)
   because old clients support only TLSv1.0.

   To force the use of TLSv1.1, set
        ssl.tls.version.min=11
        ssl.tls.version.max=11

   To force the use of TLSv1.2, set
        ssl.tls.version.min=12
        ssl.tls.version.max=12

    To allow TLSv1.1 or TLSv1.2 but exclude TLSv1.0, set
        ssl.tls.version.min=11
        ssl.tls.version.max=12

    These configurables are designed to allow the server to restrict
    the set of allowed TLS protocol versions, but they can be used
    by clients as well; this is probably useful mostly for testing,
    although it can be use to prevent connecting to potentially
    vulnerable servers.  When used by a client these configurables
    specify the lowest and highest TLS versions that will be offered.

    Values of either configurable outside of the legal range will be
    treated as if they were pinned to the nearest end of the range.
    Thus values below 10 will be treated as 10; values above 12 will
    be treated as 12.

    Be careful not to set ssl.tls.version.min > ssl.tls.version.max
    because then no clients will be able to connect.  In this case
    you will need to change these settings on the command line, e.g.:
        p4d -c"set ssl.tls.version.min=10"
        p4d -c"set ssl.tls.version.max=12"
    and then restart the server.

    Note that if there are no allowed TLS versions common to the
    client and the server, or if the server is not using SSL, then
    the client will get an error similar to this:

    Perforce client error:
        SSL connect to ssl:host:1666 failed  (Connection reset by peer).
        Remove SSL protocol prefix from P4PORT or fix the TLS settings.

    If the client or server does not offer any protocol versions (eg,
    because the client set ssl.tls.version.min > ssl.tls.version.max)
    then the client will get an error similar to this:

    Perforce client error:
        SSL protocol: error:14077102:SSL routines:
            SSL23_GET_SERVER_HELLO:unsupported protocol:

    There are only two lines in this error message; the actual error
    has the "SSL protocol:" line and the "GET_SERVER_HELLO" line
    on a single line, but they are split here for readability.

#1480537 **
    'p4 protects -m' could incorrectly report a max permission of
    'owner' (owner is not an access permission).

#1480400 (Bug #89648, #89890) **
    The db.sendq entries for a failed parallel sync are now
    immediately removed from db.sendq.

#1479216 (Bug #89781) **
    'p4 depot -f' would allow changing the depot type of a depot
    that is not empty. This has been fixed.

#1475982 (Bug #89723) **
    The rpl >= 2 condition for reporting replication tracking
    metrics has been removed. The replication tracking metrics
    will now be reported when the applicable tracking thresholds
    have been exceeded.

#1473097 (Bug #89657) **
    'p4d -xx' could incorrectly declare "db.workingx/db.revsh
    inconsistencies found," and incorrectly generate jnl.fix records,
    in some situations where multiple shelves existed for the
    same files.

#1471650 (Bug #89336) **
    'p4 add ...' could generate many "Error object passed to database"
    errors and fail to terminate when MaxScanRows or MaxLockTime
    has been reached. This could also happen with 'p4 reconcile' or
    'p4 status'. This behavior has been fixed.

#1469144 (Bug #89527) **
    A 'p4 shelve' command which needed to retry its change spec
    edit operation due to a spec validation error no longer fails
    with "No files to shelve."

#1467328 (Bug #87271) **
    'p4 clients -S //stream/name' now respects the case-sensitivity
    configuration of the server.

#1466515 (Bug #81281) **
    Replica pull threads which receive error messages from their
    master server will now log those error messages into any
    replica structured server logs which record error events.

#1465792 (Bug #16821, #89204) * **
    The configurable 'filesys.checklinks' may fail to prevent files
    from being added when files are symlinks to directories. This
    has been fixed. Also, this configurable is now honored for
    'p4 reconcile' when detecting files to be added.

#1464985 (Bug #89311) **
    The fetch/push/unzip commands might incorrectly declare a
    file conflict for a file which was moved multiple times, to
    different destinations, during its history.

#1463567 (Bug #86424) **
    Edge Servers might halt replicating if an obliterate command
    was run concurrently with a very large populate or submit command.

#1460946 (Bug #88999) **
    The 'p4 export' command now includes any @dl@ or @pk@ journal
    records as part of the journal data export.

#1458557 (Bug #89052) **
    A forwarding replica with lbr.replication=shared will no longer
    attempt to update the (shared) archive area during the file
    transfer phase of a forwarded 'p4 submit'. The cache-on-submit
    behavior is still present for forwarding replicas with
    lbr.replication set to either readonly or cache.

#1455848 (Bug #88980) **
    In replica chaining configurations, replicas which were not
    directly connected to the master server were not processing
    archive deletion operations arising from operations such as
    submission of a binary+S file, deletion of a shelf, obliteration,
    archive depot operations or retype +l commands.

#1449343 (Bug #85596) **
    The 'logparse' command no longer attempts to open an erroneous
    file when the structured log's configurable includes a path.

#1447186 (Bug #84067) **
    The number of fsync() calls for 'rdb.lbr' executed by a replica
    server fetching graph depot packfiles has been reduced. In some
    environments, this can improve the performance of fetching
    graph depot packfiles.

#1446257 (Bug #84067) **
    The number of fsync() calls for 'rdb.lbr' executed by a replica
    server fetching file content on demand has been reduced. In some
    environments, this can improve the performance of fetching file
    content on demand.

#1445640 (Bug #88728) **
    The configurables rpl.awaitjnl.count and rpl.awaitjnl.interval
    were inadvertently swapped; they are now corrected.

#1440527 (Bug #88441) **
    'p4 verify -S //filepath/...@=<shelved changelist>' would scan
    the db.revsh table.

#1439920 (Bug #88350) **
    If an error was encountered when opening an archive file for
    write on the commit server during an edge submit, the commit
    server might crash. The edge submit now reports the error
    encountered and fails gracefully.

#1432576 (Bug #88205) **
    The 'rdb.lbr' tracking metrics are now aggregated to reflect
    larger operations. Since the aggregated metrics might now more
    readily exceed a tracking threshold, the 'rdb.lbr' tracking output
    might be more likely to be written to the server log when the
    'rpl' configurable is set to a value of two or greater.

#1431630 (Bug #88189) **
    The 'rdb.lbr' tracking metrics are now correctly reported
    for the edge server's metadata pull thread when the 'rpl'
    configurable is set to a value of two or greater.

#1425567 (Bug #88085) **
    The number of fsync() calls for 'rdb.lbr' executed by
    the commit server for coordinating the file content fetched
    during a parallel submit though an edge server has been reduced.
    In some environments, this can improve the performance of
    parallel submit through an edge server.

#1424177 (Bugs #26502, #51997, #59889, #69919, #88018) **
    The server now rejects client and branch views that end
    with "...." on one side and "..." on the other.

#1419208 (Bug #67640) **
    A 'p4 sync' command issued to a forwarding replica of a
    forwarding replica will now deliver file content from the
    outermost forwarding replica in the chain, rather than the
    innermost. However, it is now illegal to deploy a proxy to
    ajor new functionality in 2017.1

Graph Depot support * **

    A collection of new features provide direct support for git
    repositories and git workflows using the p4d server. In addition
    to the new server features (outlined below), there is a new
    server component, called the Connector, that is separately
    installable as needed, and provides services which are broadly
    similar to those provided by Perforce proxy and replica servers.

    The new features you should be aware of include:
    - server data model support
    - authentication and authorization enhancements
    - p4 command line access to git versioned files
    - new triggers

    To learn more about the Connector component, please read its
    release notes and documentation. Below is a broad overview
    of the new p4d support; for details, please read the server
    documentation.

    Server data model support:

    A single p4d server new supports storage of versioned files
    using either the classic Perforce data model, or using the
    git data model. The data model to use is specified on a
    depot-by-depot basis: a depot of type "graph" is used to store
    one or more git repositories. The server automatically creates
    a graph depot named 'repo'; you may create additional graph
    depots using the 'p4 depot' command.

    git repositories are named using a hierachical naming scheme
    of the format: //depot/repo/path/name, using the new 'p4 repo'
    command.

    Authentication and authorization enhancements:

    git users accessing the Perforce server must be properly
    authenticated and authorized. When using the HTTPS protocol,
    git users are prompted for their Perforce username and password
    as necessary when they perform clone, push, or pull commands.
    When using the SSH protocol, git users authenticate using
    public key encryption; the appropriate public key for each user
    should be recorded in the server using the new 'p4 pubkey' command.

    Access control for git repositories uses a new set of permissions,
    defined with the 'p4 grant-permission' command. The related
    revoke-permission, check-permission, and show-permission commands
    are also useful for defining and maintaining repository access
    control rules.

    Command line access to git versioned files:

    A client workspace can be configured to access git versioned files
    by mapping paths from repos within graph type depots; non-graph
    depot paths may also be mapped in the same client view.

    The 'p4 sync' command will then sync the specified version of the
    specified files from one or more git repositories and other depots
    to the corresponding location in your client's filesystem. Similarly
    the 'p4 have', 'p4 files', 'p4 dirs' and 'p4 fstat' commands will
    also report on the metadata from git repositories as well as other
    depots. Not all flags for these commands are applicable for graph.

    New triggers:

    Several new trigger types are available to allow administrators
    to define custom policies for access to git repository data, and
    to support advanced workflows such as initiating build/test
    automation activities upon the completion of a git push command.

    Licensing:

    The default maximum repos allowed for a server is 10, to increase
    this limit contact Perforce Sales at [email protected].

    (For more information see 'p4 help --depot-type=graph').

#1434004 * ** ***
    TCP connection changes to improve performance
    over long latency connections.  Significantly more
    information may be in transport now and clients and
    intermediate processes need to handle more data in a
    timely manner.  This new behavior can be disabled in
    clients, proxies, brokers and the server with the
    configurable net.autotune which defaults to 1 (enabled)
    and can be set to 0 to disable.  Clients can set this
    via "p4 set" or P4CONFIG files and servers can set this
    via "p4 configure."  On Windows based platforms, send
    buffer sizes are not autotuned but still are manually
    configuable with net.tcpsize.

#1425396 (Bug #88065) **
    Binary fields in journal records will now be written in
    base64 instead of hex with a few exceptions.  Binary
    objects of length 1 will still be written in hex and some
    md5 digest fields will still be hex.

Minor new functionality in 2017.1

#1487961 (Bug #90210) **
    New server option '--daemonsafe' is like '-d' and forks
    the 'p4d' into the background, but also closes the stdio
    files.

#1486890 (Bug #88954) **
    The utf8 file type was not handled properly by clients older
    than 2015.2 and the p4 java api.  The server now attempts to
    work with these older clients by handling the byte-order-mark
    in the server and having the server produce digests which
    these older clients will expect.  Operation with utf8
    files and these old client will skip proxy caching also.
    These older clients and utf8 filetype will assume the BOM
    is present while clients 2015.2 can adapt to a BOM being
    present or not.

#1459677 (Bug #89065) **
    The 'p4 verify -v' command now supports updates to files which
    have been branched into one or more active task streams. Please
    see 'p4 help verify' for more details about this scenario.

#1458367 (Bug #37069, #89070) **
    The 'p4 move -r' command allows users to rename or change
    the location of files in the depot without opening them
    for edit first.

#1457332 (Bug #89008) **
    The 'p4 remotes' command now accepts the '-u user' flag.

#1453638 (Bug #84442) **
    The --remote-user flag may be specified on the fetch, push, and
    login commands, overriding the RemoteUser field in the remote
    spec for this command.

#1450711 (Bug #88643) **
    A restriction on using the 'p4 renameuser' command in a
    Commit-Edge configuration has been removed: it is now safe to
    use the command to rename a user who owns workspaces and/or
    labels on one or more Edge Servers. Note that unloaded workspaces
    are still not processed by the command, no matter which server
    those workspaces reside on.

#1448666 (Bug #63670) **
    A new type of structured server log audit record format which
    includes the revision's size in bytes is now available. To
    specify the logging of these alternate audit records, change the
    name of your audit log from 'audit.csv' to 'auditsize.csv'.

#1442507 (Bug #69777) **
    Two new security levels have been introduced to enforce stricter
    intermediary checking.  Setting the security configurable to 5 to
    higher will require each intermediary to have a valid authenticated
    service user.  Setting the security configurable to 6 to higher will
    require each intermediary to have a valid server spec, where the
    service user must match the user named in the spec's 'User' field.
    The server spec will be found by matching the intermediary's P4PORT
    with a value in the spec's 'AllowedAddresses' field.  For example,
    if connecting to a proxy on 10.0.0.100:1667, a server spec with this
    IP address and port number in the 'AllowedAddresses' field must
    exist and must have the proxy's service user named in the 'User'
    field.  Errors relating to configuration of intermediaries will be
    logged to the 'route.csv' logfile, if enabled.

#1439069 (Bug #81269) **
    When specifying file paths you can now use the change identity
    from the submitted change spec instead of the actual change number.
    So, for example given a change submitted with an identity:
    'p4 sync //depot/...@30E7C829-08C504-4109-89AA-904D0C2194B8'

#1424268 (Bug #88017) **
    The template.label configurable introduced by change 656580 now
    also applies to a label created via the 'p4 tag' command.

#1526517 (Bug #90686) **
    Increase receive buffer sizes for the Perforce API to 1 megabyte
    which shows substantial performance improvement for several
    wide area network operations and prevents network hangs in
    some cases. Old value was 32k. Can be adjusted with net.rcvbufsize

Bugs fixed in 2017.1 Patch 6

Upgrade of OpenSSL to 1.0.2n

Bugs fixed in 2017.1 Patch 5

#1589832 (Bug #92849) **
    'p4 rec -a ...' or 'p4 add ...' could cause the client to
    crash when invoked from the client root and the root
    directory name has an excessive number of ellipses.
    This has been fixed.

#1588218 (Bug #92882) **
    Archive file transfer failure from the Edge Server to the
    Commit Server during parallel submit could sometimes be
    undetected. If submit succeeded in this scenario, the
    archives would be missing from the Commit Server. This has
    been fixed to insure that the command fails when the transfer
    fails.

#1586874 (Bug #93136) **
    LDAP based user auto-creation, run against a replica not using
    'rpl.forward.login', would only create the user on the replica
    (not on the master). This has been fixed.

#1584718 (Bug #92894) **
    'p4 -ztag describe -S' would update the shelveAccess date even
    though the shelved content was not displayed. This has has been
    fixed.

#1577292 (Bug #93001) **
    'p4 annotate -I' will no longer terminate abnormally if access
    to a branch is excluded within some integration histories.

#1576900 (Bug #92777, #92817) **
    'p4 reconcile -a' and 'p4 clean' would fail to detect files
    to add or clean if the command was invoked without arguments
    from a dictionary containing the '@' character. This has been
    fixed.

Upgrade of OpenSSL to 1.0.2m

Bugs fixed in 2017.1 Patch 4

#1569495 (Bug #92417) **
    A delay in the replication of a consistency point will no
    longer corrupt the journal written by a 'journalcopy' thread.

#1566131 (Bug #91885) **
    Submitting a moved 'utf8' file using a pre-15.2 client
    no longer results in a missing archive.

#1564066 (Bug #92442) **
    'p4 resolve' now has an undoc flag '-dx' which can be used to
    make the 3-way merge algorithm perform more like the unix 
    'diff3 -m' merge.  Typically merge tends to remove duplicate
    lines in adjacent inserts from 'theirs' and 'yours', with this
    flag all the lines in the inserts from both legs of the merge
    will be inserted.

Bugs fixed in 2017.1 Patch 3

#1550695 (Bug #92435) **
    User not able to submit an open stream with a file change
    on a edge server. This is now fixed.

#1549763 (Bug #92443) **
    Users auto-created by 'p4 login' would not have the Update time set
    in the user spec.  This has now been fixed.

Bugs fixed in 2017.1 Patch 2

#1539093 (Bug #92168) ** ***
    The new performance improvements for TCP over long latency 
    connections could cause write/write deadlocks in proxies 
    and brokers.  To mitigate this, the default behavior 
    has been changed to disabled.  It can be re-enabled by
    setting 'net.autotune' to 1. Once enabled, it will work
    for any server configuration that does not have a proxy
    or a broker in the mix.

#1542613 (Bug #92377) **
    Empty repos in graph depot could cause reference erors to be shown
    when running commands like 'p4 dirs' against unrelated paths.
    This has been fixed.

Bugs fixed in 2017.1 Patch 1

#1529412 (Bug #91971) **
    Parallel sync performance has been improved for some scenarios
    in which distribution of load across the transmit threads
    was not an issue.

#1528637 (Bug #85788) **
    'p4 revert -C client <path>' fails to revert moved files.

#1525095, #1524788, #1524323, #1523395 (Bug #91812)
    Graph depot triggers are not honoring trigger Path field for repo submit.

#1519789, #1518201 (Bug #91541)
    'p4 submit' must activate graph-push-* triggers.

#1519789, #1519676 (Bug #91644)
    Mirrored repo should only be able to run post-commit triggers.

#1516824 (Bug #91055) **
    The 'annotate -I' command now correctly considers all the needed
    revisions of a depot file that is a "from" file into multiple
    branches as permitted by access through the integration history.

#1516465 (Bug #90653) * **
    Application locked licenses now work with DVCS.

#1516413 (Bug #91562) **
    'p4 repos -M' could report incorrect number of mirrored repos.

#1514865 (Bug #90330) **
    'p4 copy' could miss needed copies in a complex case of
    moves and earlier copies.

Upgrade of OpenSSL libraries to 1.0.2l

Bugs fixed in 2017.1

#1505154 (Bug #90088) **
    For a specific use case, a branch resolve is scheduled instead
    of a move resolve.  This is fixed by backing out change #1422325.

#1502778 (Bug #89674) **
    Obliterating files from a task stream that is no longer protected
    because it has been unloaded can cause revision inconsistency after
    being reloaded.

#1498792 (Bug #86088) **
    Using 'p4 switch' between task streams and non-task can fail
    if a previous manual switch was done with 'p4 client -s' without 
    subsequently calling 'p4 sync'.

#1489051 (Bug #2170) **
    Submitting a file with the same name as an existing depot 
    directory path (or vice versa) will now be rejected.

#1483947 (Bug #89040) *
    'p4 print -o <a filename in the os temp directory>' will now
    work even if a P4CLIENTPATH is set or the DVCS P4INITROOT is
    set.  This is a new exception to the P4CLIENTPATH feature.

#1481077, #1481305, #1483342 (Bugs #89051, #90160) * ** ***
    SSL connections now allow use of TLSv1.1 and TLSv1.2 in addition
    to the existing support for TLSv1.0.  Clients and servers will
    choose the highest TLS version supported by both ends of the
    connection; thus old clients and old servers will always use
    TLSv1.0, and by default new clients connecting to new servers
    will use TLSv1.2.

    Two new configurables are provided to restrict the allowed TLS
    versions when a new client connnects to a new server:
        ssl.tls.version.min    [default=10]
        ssl.tls.version.max    [default=12]
    These default settings allow TLSv1.0, TLSv1.1, and TLSv1.2.

    Each of these configurables can take one of the following
    values:
        10 specifies TLSv1.0
        11 specifies TLSv1.1
        12 specifies TLSv1.2
   ssl.tls.version.min specifies the lowest TLS version that
   will be accepted, and ssl.tls.version.max specifies the
   highest TLS version that will be accepted.

   Changes to these configurables on a server will not take
   effect until the server is restarted.

   Thus, to force use of a new client, the server can set
       ssl.tls.version.min=11    (or 12)
   because old clients support only TLSv1.0.

   To force the use of TLSv1.1, set
        ssl.tls.version.min=11
        ssl.tls.version.max=11

   To force the use of TLSv1.2, set
        ssl.tls.version.min=12
        ssl.tls.version.max=12

    To allow TLSv1.1 or TLSv1.2 but exclude TLSv1.0, set
        ssl.tls.version.min=11
        ssl.tls.version.max=12

    These configurables are designed to allow the server to restrict
    the set of allowed TLS protocol versions, but they can be used
    by clients as well; this is probably useful mostly for testing,
    although it can be use to prevent connecting to potentially
    vulnerable servers.  When used by a client these configurables
    specify the lowest and highest TLS versions that will be offered.

    Values of either configurable outside of the legal range will be
    treated as if they were pinned to the nearest end of the range.
    Thus values below 10 will be treated as 10; values above 12 will
    be treated as 12.

    Be careful not to set ssl.tls.version.min > ssl.tls.version.max
    because then no clients will be able to connect.  In this case
    you will need to change these settings on the command line, e.g.:
        p4d -c"set ssl.tls.version.min=10"
        p4d -c"set ssl.tls.version.max=12"
    and then restart the server.

    Note that if there are no allowed TLS versions common to the
    client and the server, or if the server is not using SSL, then
    the client will get an error similar to this:

    Perforce client error:
        SSL connect to ssl:host:1666 failed  (Connection reset by peer).
        Remove SSL protocol prefix from P4PORT or fix the TLS settings.

    If the client or server does not offer any protocol versions (eg,
    because the client set ssl.tls.version.min > ssl.tls.version.max)
    then the client will get an error similar to this:

    Perforce client error:
        SSL protocol: error:14077102:SSL routines:
            SSL23_GET_SERVER_HELLO:unsupported protocol:

    There are only two lines in this error message; the actual error
    has the "SSL protocol:" line and the "GET_SERVER_HELLO" line
    on a single line, but they are split here for readability.

#1480537 **
    'p4 protects -m' could incorrectly report a max permission of
    'owner' (owner is not an access permission).

#1480400 (Bug #89648, #89890) **
    The db.sendq entries for a failed parallel sync are now
    immediately removed from db.sendq.

#1479216 (Bug #89781) **
    'p4 depot -f' would allow changing the depot type of a depot
    that is not empty. This has been fixed.

#1475982 (Bug #89723) **
    The rpl >= 2 condition for reporting replication tracking
    metrics has been removed. The replication tracking metrics
    will now be reported when the applicable tracking thresholds
    have been exceeded.

#1473097 (Bug #89657) **
    'p4d -xx' could incorrectly declare "db.workingx/db.revsh
    inconsistencies found," and incorrectly generate jnl.fix records,
    in some situations where multiple shelves existed for the
    same files.

#1471650 (Bug #89336) **
    'p4 add ...' could generate many "Error object passed to database"
    errors and fail to terminate when MaxScanRows or MaxLockTime
    has been reached. This could also happen with 'p4 reconcile' or
    'p4 status'. This behavior has been fixed.

#1469144 (Bug #89527) **
    A 'p4 shelve' command which needed to retry its change spec
    edit operation due to a spec validation error no longer fails
    with "No files to shelve."

#1467328 (Bug #87271) **
    'p4 clients -S //stream/name' now respects the case-sensitivity
    configuration of the server.

#1466515 (Bug #81281) **
    Replica pull threads which receive error messages from their
    master server will now log those error messages into any
    replica structured server logs which record error events.

#1465792 (Bug #16821, #89204) * **
    The configurable 'filesys.checklinks' may fail to prevent files
    from being added when files are symlinks to directories. This
    has been fixed. Also, this configurable is now honored for
    'p4 reconcile' when detecting files to be added.

#1464985 (Bug #89311) **
    The fetch/push/unzip commands might incorrectly declare a
    file conflict for a file which was moved multiple times, to
    different destinations, during its history.

#1463567 (Bug #86424) **
    Edge Servers might halt replicating if an obliterate command
    was run concurrently with a very large populate or submit command.

#1460946 (Bug #88999) **
    The 'p4 export' command now includes any @dl@ or @pk@ journal
    records as part of the journal data export.

#1458557 (Bug #89052) **
    A forwarding replica with lbr.replication=shared will no longer
    attempt to update the (shared) archive area during the file
    transfer phase of a forwarded 'p4 submit'. The cache-on-submit
    behavior is still present for forwarding replicas with
    lbr.replication set to either readonly or cache.

#1455848 (Bug #88980) **
    In replica chaining configurations, replicas which were not
    directly connected to the master server were not processing
    archive deletion operations arising from operations such as
    submission of a binary+S file, deletion of a shelf, obliteration,
    archive depot operations or retype +l commands.

#1449343 (Bug #85596) **
    The 'logparse' command no longer attempts to open an erroneous
    file when the structured log's configurable includes a path.

#1447186 (Bug #84067) **
    The number of fsync() calls for 'rdb.lbr' executed by a replica
    server fetching graph depot packfiles has been reduced. In some
    environments, this can improve the performance of fetching
    graph depot packfiles.

#1446257 (Bug #84067) **
    The number of fsync() calls for 'rdb.lbr' executed by a replica
    server fetching file content on demand has been reduced. In some
    environments, this can improve the performance of fetching file
    content on demand.

#1445640 (Bug #88728) **
    The configurables rpl.awaitjnl.count and rpl.awaitjnl.interval
    were inadvertently swapped; they are now corrected.

#1440527 (Bug #88441) **
    'p4 verify -S //filepath/...@=<shelved changelist>' would scan
    the db.revsh table.

#1439920 (Bug #88350) **
    If an error was encountered when opening an archive file for
    write on the commit server during an edge submit, the commit
    server might crash. The edge submit now reports the error
    encountered and fails gracefully.

#1432576 (Bug #88205) **
    The 'rdb.lbr' tracking metrics are now aggregated to reflect
    larger operations. Since the aggregated metrics might now more
    readily exceed a tracking threshold, the 'rdb.lbr' tracking output
    might be more likely to be written to the server log when the
    'rpl' configurable is set to a value of two or greater.

#1431630 (Bug #88189) **
    The 'rdb.lbr' tracking metrics are now correctly reported
    for the edge server's metadata pull thread when the 'rpl'
    configurable is set to a value of two or greater.

#1425567 (Bug #88085) **
    The number of fsync() calls for 'rdb.lbr' executed by
    the commit server for coordinating the file content fetched
    during a parallel submit though an edge server has been reduced.
    In some environments, this can improve the performance of
    parallel submit through an edge server.

#1424177 (Bugs #26502, #51997, #59889, #69919, #88018) **
    The server now rejects client and branch views that end
    with "...." on one side and "..." on the other.

#1419208 (Bug #67640) **
    A 'p4 sync' command issued to a forwarding replica of a
    forwarding replica will now deliver file content from the
    outermost forwarding replica in the chain, rather than the
    innermost. However, it is now illegal to deploy a proxy to
    a forwarding replica. If you had such a deployment, you will
    need to either (a) reconfigure that proxy to point directly
    to the master, (b) replace that proxy with a forwarding
    replica, or (c) remove that proxy entirely.

forwarding replica. If you had such a deployment, you will need to either (a) reconfigure that proxy to point directly to the master, (b) replace that proxy with a forwarding replica, or (c) remove that proxy entirely.


Major new functionality in 2016.2

#1414787 (Bug #1649) **
    A 'p4 undo' command has been added to simplify the process of
    backing out submitted changes.  See 'p4 help undo'.

r#1379442 (Bugs #2103, #27421, #75239) ** The protections table now supports delegation of control for a specific path to a user or group. A new 'owner' permission has been added which gives users the ability edit a sub-protections table by running 'p4 protect' with the subpath: the path that is granted by the 'owner' protections entry. This will open a protect spec similar to the normal protections table, but will only allow permission levels up to 'admin' to be granted for paths within the scope of the subpath. The sub-protections table will not be shown in the main protections table: the entries in the sub-protections table will be inserted immediately after the 'owner' entry: as such only one 'owner' entry is permitted per subpath. Multiple owners for a sub-protections table can be achieved by with a group. Users with 'super' permission can edit any sub-protections table without needing to be an 'owner'.

Minor new functionality in 2016.2

#1442162 (Bug #16821) * **
    A new configurable 'filesys.checklinks' can be used to prevent
    files being added that have a symlink in their directory path.
    When this configurable is set to '1', trying to 'p4 add' a file
    that is symbolically linked below the client root will fail.
    Setting this configurable to '2' allows the user to bypass the
    check by using the '-f' (force) option.

#1426811 (Bug #88088) **
    Reverse integration credits will no longer be downgraded by submit
    due to the presence of multiple 'merge from' records if the merges
    were from other revisions of the same file.

#1416336 (Bugs #76601, #79465) **
    'p4 ldapsync' has a new '-u' flag that allows users to be created,
    updated and/or deleted based on users found in LDAP servers.

#1408304 **
    'p4 copy -f' and 'p4 populate -f' will no longer copy 'move/delete'
    source revisions into nonexistent targets as new 'delete' revisions.

#1401167 (Bug #86401) **
    Setting the new 'server.locks.global' configurable to 1 makes
    'p4 lock' from an Edge Server take global locks on the Commit
    Server.

#1389236 (Bug #81369) **
    A new 'partitioned' client type has been added.  Like the 'readonly'
    type clients of this type have their own db.have tables that aren't
    journalled; however, these clients do allow files to be opened and
    submitted.  Existing 'readonly' clients can be convtered to
    'partitioned' by updating the 'Type' field.

#1362620 **
    'p4 client' now sports a '--type' (-T) flag that allows the
    user to specify the type of the client to create. The type
    can be 'writeable', 'readonly', or 'partitioned'.

#1351238 ***
    When using 'proxy.monitor.level' and tracking is enabled in
    the proxy, the tracking metrics for the 'pdb.monitor' table
    are reported when they are above the thresholds defined for
    the tracking level specified.

Bugs fixed in 2016.2 Patch 4

1506799 (Bug #90653) * **

    Application locked licenses now work with DVCS.

Bugs fixed in 2016.2 Patch 3

#1497233 (Bug #90088) **
    For a specific use case, a branch resolve is scheduled instead
    of a move resolve.  This is fixed by backing out change #1422325.

#1495504 (Bug #90632) **
    Issuing a 'p4 fetch' that pulls archive content from a remote
    server with 'lbr.autocompress' enabled can corrupt a local
    ktext file if the revision librarian type is mismatched.

Bugs fixed in 2016.2 Patch 2

#1484083 (Bug #89648, #89890) **
    The db.sendq entries for a failed parallel sync are now
    immediately removed from db.sendq.

#1483314 (Bug #89040) *
    'p4 print -o <a filename in the os temp directory>' will now
    work even if a P4CLIENTPATH is set or the DVCS P4INITROOT is
    set.  This is a new exception to the P4CLIENTPATH feature.

#1481077, #1481305, #1483342 (Bugs #89051, #90160) * ** ***
    SSL connections now allow use of TLSv1.1 and TLSv1.2 in addition
    to the existing support for TLSv1.0.  Clients and servers will
    choose the highest TLS version supported by both ends of the
    connection; thus old clients and old servers will always use
    TLSv1.0, and by default new clients connecting to new servers
    will use TLSv1.2.

    Two new configurables are provided to restrict the allowed TLS
    versions when a new client connnects to a new server:
        ssl.tls.version.min    [default=10]
        ssl.tls.version.max    [default=12]
    These default settings allow TLSv1.0, TLSv1.1, and TLSv1.2.

    Each of these configurables can take one of the following
    values:
        10 specifies TLSv1.0
        11 specifies TLSv1.1
        12 specifies TLSv1.2
   ssl.tls.version.min specifies the lowest TLS version that
   will be accepted, and ssl.tls.version.max specifies the
   highest TLS version that will be accepted.

   Changes to these configurables on a server will not take
   effect until the server is restarted.

   Thus, to force use of a new client, the server can set
       ssl.tls.version.min=11    (or 12)
   because old clients support only TLSv1.0.

   To force the use of TLSv1.1, set
        ssl.tls.version.min=11
        ssl.tls.version.max=11

   To force the use of TLSv1.2, set
        ssl.tls.version.min=12
        ssl.tls.version.max=12

    To allow TLSv1.1 or TLSv1.2 but exclude TLSv1.0, set
        ssl.tls.version.min=11
        ssl.tls.version.max=12

    These configurables are designed to allow the server to restrict
    the set of allowed TLS protocol versions, but they can be used
    by clients as well; this is probably useful mostly for testing,
    although it can be use to prevent connecting to potentially
    vulnerable servers.  When used by a client these configurables
    specify the lowest and highest TLS versions that will be offered.

    Values of either configurable outside of the legal range will be
    treated as if they were pinned to the nearest end of the range.
    Thus values below 10 will be treated as 10; values above 12 will
    be treated as 12.

    Be careful not to set ssl.tls.version.min > ssl.tls.version.max
    because then no clients will be able to connect.  In this case
    you will need to change these settings on the command line, e.g.:
        p4d -c"set ssl.tls.version.min=10"
        p4d -c"set ssl.tls.version.max=12"
    and then restart the server.

    Note that if there are no allowed TLS versions common to the
    client and the server, or if the server is not using SSL, then
    the client will get an error similar to this:

    Perforce client error:
        SSL connect to ssl:host:1666 failed  (Connection reset by peer).
        Remove SSL protocol prefix from P4PORT or fix the TLS settings.

    If the client or server does not offer any protocol versions (eg,
    because the client set ssl.tls.version.min > ssl.tls.version.max)
    then the client will get an error similar to this:

    Perforce client error:
        SSL protocol: error:14077102:SSL routines:
            SSL23_GET_SERVER_HELLO:unsupported protocol:

    There are only two lines in this error message; the actual error
    has the "SSL protocol:" line and the "GET_SERVER_HELLO" line
    on a single line, but they are split here for readability.

#1478875 (Bug #89781) **
    'p4 depot -f' would allow changing the depot type of a depot
    that is not empty. This has been fixed.

#1474602 (Bug #89677) **
    'p4 admin stop/restart' could cause a server crash if the
    new configurable 'db.monitor.interval' had been set.

#1473213 (Bug #89657) **
    'p4d -xx' could incorrectly declare "db.workingx/db.revsh
    inconsistencies found," and incorrectly generate jnl.fix records,
    in some situations where multiple shelves existed for the
    same files.

#1471463 (Bug #89336) **
    'p4 add ...' could generate many "Error object passed to database"
    errors and fail to terminate when MaxScanRows or MaxLockTime
    has been reached. This could also happen with 'p4 reconcile' or
    'p4 status'. This behavior has been fixed.

Bugs fixed in 2016.2 Patch 1

#1466749 (Bug #89372) **
    The fix for bug #88792 has caused a regression with changeview
    entries in client syntax when ditto mappings are not present in
    the client map. This has been fixed.

#1465599 (Bug #16821, #89204) * **
    The configurable 'filesys.checklinks' may fail to prevent files
    from being added when files are symlinks to directories. This
    has been fixed. Also, this configurable is now honored for
    'p4 reconcile' when detecting files to be added.

#1465071 (Bug #89311) **
    The fetch/push/unzip commands might incorrectly declare a
    file conflict for a file which was moved multiple times, to
    different destinations, during its history.

#1463745 (Bug #86424) **
    Edge Servers might halt replicating if an obliterate command
    was run concurrently with a very large populate or submit command.

#1458845 (Bug #89052) **
    A forwarding replica with lbr.replication=shared will no longer
    attempt to update the (shared) archive area during the file
    transfer phase of a forwarded 'p4 submit'. The cache-on-submit
    behavior is still present for forwarding replicas with
    lbr.replication set to either readonly or cache.

#1424575 (Bug #87152)
    A new tool has been created to aid in converting a server instance
    to Unicode mode.  Please contact Support for information and
    availability of jnltool.pl.

Bugs fixed in 2016.2

#1455848 (Bug #88980) **
    In replica chaining configurations, replicas which were not
    directly connected to the master server were not processing
    archive deletion operations arising from operations such as
    submission of a binary+S file, deletion of a shelf, obliteration,
    archive depot operations or retype +l commands.

#1454129 (Bug #81273) **
    The diskspace command now supports long filenames on Windows.

#1449303 (Bug #85596) **
    The 'logparse' command no longer attempts to open an erroneous
    file when the structured log's configurable includes a path.

#1445625 (Bug #88728) **
    The configurables rpl.awaitjnl.count and rpl.awaitjnl.interval
    were inadvertently swapped; they are now corrected.

#1439865 (Bug #88350) **
    If an error was encountered when opening an archive file for
    write on the commit server during an edge submit, the commit
    server might crash. The edge submit now reports the error
    encountered and fails gracefully.

#1432514 (Bug #85257) **
    'p4 server -c' prevented users from setting arbitrary
    configuration values which were not specific to the server's
    type. Now any valid configuration commands are supported.

#1432475 (Bug #88205) **
    The 'rdb.lbr' tracking metrics are now aggregated to reflect
    larger operations. Since the aggregated metrics might now more
    readily exceed a tracking threshold, the 'rdb.lbr' tracking output
    might be more likely to be written to the server log when the
    'rpl' configurable is set to a value of two or greater.

#1432037 (Bug #78055) **
    A delete of a stream containing associated unloaded clients
    was not checking for these unloaded clients before completion.
    This operation should be blocked with unloaded clients.

#1431589 (Bug #88189) **
    The 'rdb.lbr' tracking metrics are now correctly reported
    for the edge server's metadata pull thread when the 'rpl'
    configurable is set to a value of two or greater.

#1425966 (Bug #88072) **
    'p4 sync' was not scheduling resolves correctly when a file 
    was open for move/add over an existing deleted file.  Fixed.

#1425400 (Bug #88085) **
    The number of fsync() calls for 'rdb.lbr' executed by
    the commit server for coordinating the file content fetched
    during a parallel submit though an edge server has been reduced.
    In some environments, this can improve the performance of
    parallel submit through an edge server.

#1423738 (Bug #87945) **
    Correct Abort Retry Ignore message from 3rd party memory manager
    on the Linux platform.

#1424102 (Bug #84137) **
    The 'serverlog.file.N' configurable no longer allows invalid
    filenames to be set.

#1422877 (Bug #85923) * **
    'p4 submit -f reopen' could leave files readonly even when
    they have been successfully submitted and reopened. This has
    been fixed.

#1422726 (Bug #87949) **
    Fixed the rev range recorded when running "p4 populate" with a
    revision specifier.

#1422325 (Bug #87928) **
    Fixed a special case where a deleted file produced an unnecesary
    conflict on merge.

#1418462 (Bug #84067) **
    The number of fsync() calls for 'rdb.lbr' has been reduced for
    the most common replication behaviors, such as a replica's
    metadata and archive pull threads. In some environments,
    this can improve replication performance for some operations.

#1417585 (Bug #87802) **
    The very first 'fetch -t' command issued against a server will
    auto-create the 'tangent' depot in that server. Subsequent
    commands issued by that same network session would get errors
    if they referred to the tangent depot.

#1414436 (Bug #87083) **
    If the domain record for a client exists on a commit server
    but not on the edge server (probably due to a network problem),
    this change now makes it possible to delete or reuse the client
    namespace from the original edge server that first created it.

#1412767 (Bug #87638) *
    The 'p4 init' command would write a small number of journal
    records to the end of the file specified by P4JOURNAL, if set.
    The local server initialization is now performed with -J off.

#1411325 (Bug #81360) **
    A 'p4 fetch' command which transferred both a text (RCS) file whose
    archive was already present in the destination server and a lazy
    copy of that file, would leave the lazy copy corrupt. 'p4 verify'
    would report 'MISSING!' and requests for the file's content would
    report 'RCS checkout  failed!'.

#1410971 (Bug #87181) **
    Correct the digest used to ensure that content is transferred
    correctly to commands within triggers (such as a 'change-content'
    trigger) when submitting a shelf. A shelf is implicitly submitted
    to the commit server when a submit is run on an edge server.

#1408027 (Bug #87115) **
    Deleting a client from an edge server when the commit server
    is down would lead to inconsistencies between the servers.

#1407749 (Bug #87327) **
    Deleting a pending change with an Identity, or deleting an empty
    committed change with an Identity, incorrectly failed to delete
    the database record in the db.changeidx table.

#1406560 (Bug #72500) **
    'p4 describe' will now correctly display the working revision,
    rather than the have revision, for shelved files.

#1406440 (Bug #71311) **
    'p4 revert' in a federated environment could leave orphaned
    locks after a filetype resolve that changed files from '+l'
    to filetypes without '+l'. This has been fixed.

#1406332 (Bug #81024) **
    'p4 unload -o' of a client that gets interrupted could cause
    a server crash.

#1404063 (Bug #78359) *
    Parallel submit used with the '-s' client flag now includes
    status output for all errors.

#1401397 (Bug #86837) * **
    'p4 submit -f revertunchanged' will now revert the timestamp
    along with the local file permissions if the modtime option is
    enabled.  Caveat: this may not work when submitting via an edge
    server.

#1398598 (Bug #86401) **
    'p4 lock -g' no longer requires '-c <change>', and now allows
    file arguments.

#1397598 (Bug #86850) **
    It is no longer legal to define a depot named "..".

#1397137 (Bug #86855) **
    Multi-threaded applications using the same connection could
    disrupt the flow control of long running commands like submit.
    This change prevents the server from executing any more callbacks
    as soon as the problem is detected.

#1393673 (Bugs #83614, #84042) *
    The utf8 file type detection has changed.  Now a file
    must have a utf8 byte order mark (BOM) to be detected as
    a utf8 file type even for unicode mode servers.  Also,
    there are new undocumented client side configurations
    which can change utf8 file type behavior.

#1393599 (Bug #85393) **
    'p4 populate' ignored the defaultChangeType configuration
    setting. This has been fixed.

#1391406 (Bug #86555) **
    'p4 clean' was allowed on an edge server using a client not
    bound to that edge server. This has been fixed.

#1390168 (Bug #86435) **
    'p4 server -c' would populate the DistributedConfig field with
    optional settings when the command had run before and had set
    non-optional configuration values already. This has been fixed.

#1390030 (Bug #79678) **
    If the 'StreamAtChange' field in the Client spec was specified
    before the 'Stream' field, it would be ignored. This has been fixed.

#1388564 (Bug #86608) *
    A command-line alias may now use 'p4subst' to replace a pattern
    with the empty string ("").

#1387597 (Bug #86513) *
    Defining a command-line alias for a tagged-mode command fails with
    the error "command did not return a spec."

#1384469 (Bug #86476) **
    Certain formats of structured integrity logs could cause a crash.

#1384202 (Bug #86041) **
    Change handling of utf8 server type files when working with
    clients <= 2015.1.  For these clients, the utf8 type files
    are treated as server type text, so as to avoid any additional
    line-ending.  These files will not have associated BOMs (Byte
    order marks) when they are synced in this case.
    This has no bearing with clients >= 2015.2.

#1382996 (Bug #74886, #86396) **
    'p4 clean' would fail to sync files when needed when they
    are exclusively opened by another client. This has been
    fixed.

#1381955 (Bug #84426) **
    'p4 submit' from an edge server using 'revertunchanged' could
    leave orphaned exclusive locks if all files in the change 
    were reverted and some were exclusively locked. This has been
    fixed.

#1380083 (Bug #86262) **
    Improve performance around structured logs. Log writers will
    now only acquire a shared lock on the 'logrotate' server meta
    lock when there are actually writes to the structured logs.

#1380037 (Bug #85991) **
    Report to stderr (except on Windows), and syslog or
    the event log (as supported by the platform), any errors
    encountered when writing to the server log or a structured log.

#1378294 (Bug #86222) **
    Following a 'fetch -t' command, the 'resubmit' command must be
    used, with the '-R' flag to resume after any merge conflicts are
    resolved, to coordinate the resubmit of the tangented changes. The
    'submit' command now checks for an accidental attempt to submit a
    change that should have been run as 'resubmit -R', and issues a
    message rather than allowing the submit.

#1376147 (Bug #86129) *
    Using a command-line alias for a 'p4 annotate' command displayed
    extra blank lines in the output.

#1369654 (Bug #85547) * **
    Fixed a bug where a "resolve -am" resulting in a lazy copy
    would not set the modtime correctly on the workspace file.

#1368672 (Bug #85680) **
    Improve concurrency around structured logs. Log writers will
    now acquire a shared lock instead of an exclusive lock on the
    'logrotate' server meta lock to block log rotations.

#1367706 (Bug #85767) **
    The push/fetch/zip commands no longer allow an execution which
    would export half of a move operation (a move/delete without the
    corresponding move/add, or vice versa). To export the affected
    changelist, either widen the DepotMap field in the remote spec
    to include both sides of the move, or narrow the map to exclude
    both sides of the move.

#1364433 (Bug #75866) **
    Change 996993 is reverted, as the performance impact was large.

#1364284 (Bug #85659) **
    When integrating into a renamed file, the rename is disregarded
    if it appears to lead outside of the target branch, based on
    the broader branch mapping that can be inferred from the source 
    and target file.

#1355889 (Bug #85346) **
    Fixed a memory leak in 'p4 verify'.

#1354073 (Bug #85278) **
    A command running on a replica could fail to transfer an archive
    file from the master server, reporting that the file was
    corrupted, if the file was a compressed binary filetype and if
    the replica had chosen to transfer the file without uncompressing
    and recompressing it. This problem was introduced by #1020818.

#1352542 (Bug #85157) *
    The MacOSX command line client could fail to complete a parallel
    sync if two or more parallel transfers attempted to create the
    same directory in the filesystem at the same time; the failing
    file transfer would print: "mkdir: /path/to/dir: File exists".

#1341599 (Bug #85012) **
    The error set by a failed post-command trigger might not have
    had the trigger name set properly.

#1341589 (Bug #84809) ***
    Using the 'proxy.monitor.level' configurable when starting the
    proxy could result in significant physical writes to the device
    on which the pdb.monitor file was located. These physical writes
    could degrade performance of the proxy. The physical writes for
    the pdb.monitor file when using the 'proxy.monitor.level'
    configurable have been significantly reduced.

#1341013 (Bug #84992) **
    If an archive file for a local shelf on an Edge Server should
    become damaged or missing, deleting the shelf, or deleting or
    replacing that file in the shelf, will now cancel any pending
    file transfer for that file which was listed in 'pull -l'.

#1337988 (Bug #84848) ** *
    'p4 -Zproxyverbose sync --parallel=...' now correctly displays the
    diagnostic information about which files were delivered from the
    proxy's cache.

#1335377 (Bug #84710) **
    The fix for bug 70118 is generalized, and now applies to all
    server platforms.

#1334631 (Bug #84473) **
    A replica server which has been configured to replicate archive
    files from its master will now correctly replicate the non-lazy-copy
    archive files in any task stream which contains files of type +S.

Major new functionality in 2016.1

#1357095 (Bug #5897) * **
    Ditto (&) mappings are now supported in client views.
    These allow a client to map files from the depot into multiple
    locations in the workspace in a one-to-many fashion.
    Files mapped with this flag are read-only, and may not be open by
    'p4 edit', etc. The same files may also be normally mapped, allowing
    a single copy of the file in the workspace to be openable.
    Each sync'ed copy of the same file has it's own have record, and so
    can be sync'ed to a different revision from the other copies of the
    same file. To sync a specific copy of a file, you must specify the
    path in client syntax.
    Existing clients will be able to sync files mapped with ditto
    mappings. In order for 'p4 fstat' to show details about ditto mapped
    files, p4 must either be updated or the '-zexpandAndmaps' global
    flag must be provided.

#1320223 (Bug #72847, #83427) **
    A new command 'p4 reshelve' copies shelved files from an existing 
    shelf into either a new shelf or one that has already been created.
    The command executes on the server and does not require a client
    workspace. See 'p4 help reshelve'.

#1243015 (Bug #79913) * **
    The p4 command line, run interactively, will now prompt for login
    if a command that requires authentication is run when the user is
    not authenticated. If the login is successful, the original command
    continues.

#1241816 (Bug #81114) *
    The p4 command line now supports a simple, yet powerful,
    command aliasing feature. Aliases are read from your
    ~/.p4aliases file (p4aliases.txt on Windows platforms), and are
    applied to the command you entered before it is sent to the
    server for execution. Full documentation for the aliasing
    features is available on the Perforce website or by issuing
    'p4 aliases help'.

#1214192 (Bug #78800) **
    Provided that both DVCS partner servers are at 2016.1 or higher
    levels, the DVCS fetch/push protocols now support copying a
    shelf from one server to another. Specify the shelf to copy with
    the '-s NNN' flag to 'p4 fetch', 'p4 push' or 'p4 zip'. Copying
    a shelf always results in the creation of a new shelf in the
    destination server; existing shelves, even if similar, are not
    overwritten. The new shelf will be owned by the user issuing
    the push or fetch command, even if the shelf being copied was
    owned by some other user. The shelve-submit and shelve-commit
    triggers in the destination server are run for the new shelf.

Minor new functionality in 2016.1

#1367341 (Bug #84856) **
    'p4 -Ztag info' can report low level TCP connection information
    in a field 'transportInfo' if it is available on the platform.
    This field may have multiple lines of output which may affect
    simple parsers.

#1351675 (Bug #2620) **
    'p4 user -d' and 'p4 group -d' now feature a new '-F' flag.
    This flag removes the user or group members from groups, and
    also removes the user or group from the protection table when
    deleting the user or group. See 'p4 help user' and 'p4 help
    group' for details.

#1340295 (Bug #79558) **
    'p4 switch' now features a '-Rx' flag. This flag controls which
    actions that switch reconciles when changing streams.
    see 'p4 help switch' for more details.

#1339945 (Bug #84841) *
    P4IGNORE files now support escapping '#' comment characters with '\'
    so that filenames beginning with '#' characters may now be ignored.

#1324084 (Bug #53693) **
    'p4 protects' now features a '-M' flag which unlike '-m' applies
    exclusions against the specified path when calculating the maximum
    permission.

#1317819 (Bug #84182) **
    Form triggers now provide a new 'specdef' variable that provides
    the definition for the form's spec.

#1316579 (Bug #52073) **
    The 'route.csv' log can now be defined in order to log the full
    network route of authenticated client connections. Errors related
    to net.mimcheck are also logged against the related hop.

#1315758 (Bug #81357) **
    Entries in the client spec field 'ChangeView' may now be provided
    in client syntax as well as depot syntax.

#1312518 (Bug #76643, #76046) **
    'p4 server -c edge-server|commit-server <serverID>' runs
    configuration commands for edge or commit servers.
    'p4 server -o -l <serverID>' shows current distributed
    configuration settings for a commit or edge server as well.

#1307507 (Bug #11948) **
    'p4 group' now has a 'MaxOpenFiles' field, which can be used to 
    prevent users from accidentally opening too many files in a single
    command. See 'p4 help maxopenfiles'.

#1306511 (Bug #70917) **
    'p4 changes <filepath>#have' now accesses the db.have table
    lockless for the duration of the compute phase.

#1265017 (Bug #5626) **
    'p4 dirs' and 'p4 files' now have a '-i' ignore case flag that
    can be used to list directories/files case-insensitive against 
    a case-sensitive server.

#1261234 (Bug #76243) **
    'p4 labelsync/tag <filespec>' where the filespec is a path that
    does not include a client or label will execute the compute
    phase lockless for the db.rev table.

#1248091 (Bug #77847) * **
    Using 'p4 switch' with DVCS no longer removes your current
    working directory when switching to a branch that does not
    contain that directory.

#1245813 (Bug #75242) **
    'p4 -Ztag change -o' now displays the access time for shelved
    files.  An admin can make use of this information to remove old
    or abandoned shelves.  Note, accessing the shelf in anyway will
    update the access time except for 'p4 describe -s -S <shelf>'.

#1245231 (Bug #81003) **
    The 'p4 remote' option "nocopyrcs" can be set to disable the DVCS
    fetch/push optimization which copies entire RCS ,v files as a
    single file transfer.

#1243936 **
    'p4 integrate -v' has been deprecated, having been made obsolete
    by the introduction of 'p4 populate' in the 2012.1 release.

#1243887 (Bug #63964) **
    'p4 annotate' now features a '-T' flag to align the leading part of
    each line of output to a tab stop.  See 'p4 help annotate'.

#1240991 (Bug #79755) **
    SSO authentication triggers may now be used in with when native LDAP
    authentication is enabled. In this case, users who authenticate by
    LDAP can set a client-side SSO script instead of being prompted for
    a password. Provided that the SSO trigger succeeds, the active LDAP
    configurations are used to confirm that the user exists in at least
    one LDAP server; the user must also pass the group authorization
    check if configured. SSO triggers will not be called for users who
    do not authenticated against LDAP.

#1238714 (Bug #79559) **
    The owner of a shelf can now delete it using the '-d -f' options
    even if there are pending resolves that involve files from that
    shelf.

#1237288 (Bug #79804) **
    The new option '--me' can be used with 'p4 changes' and
    'p4 clients/labels/branches' as a shorthand for '-u $P4USER'.

#1236486 (Bug #80391) **
    Provided that both the local servers and the shared server are at
    2016.1 or higher, DVCS configurations that employ files of
    type +l can now use the new --remote flag on the 'p4 edit',
    'p4 delete', and 'p4 revert' commands to lock +l file types
    exclusively on the shared server, with the locks released
    automatically when the modified files are pushed. Note that
    the shared server must be configured as a Commit Server to
    enable this support, and must set server.allowremotelocking=1.

#1232507 (Bug #79942) **
    'p4 fetch -v' and 'p4 push -v' are now less verbose by default,
    and the new '-O' flag allows you to increase the level of
    verbosity if you choose. See 'p4 help fetch' and 'p4 help push'.

#1232022 (Bug #53806) **
    'p4 verify' now supports the '-A' flag to allow files in archive
    depots to be verified prior to issuing the 'p4 restore' command.

#1231264 (Bug #80305) **
    The native LDAP features now support performing LDAP searches with
    paged results. This is useful when the returned results set could be
    larger than the LDAP server's allowed limits. To enable this, set
    the new 'auth.ldap.pagesize' configurable to a value less than the
    LDAP servers result limit.

#1230024 (Bug #979) **
    'p4 protect' now supports comments (## prefix) which can be 
    either interlaced with protection entries or appended to them.

        ## prevent update to this area of the repo
        write user mike * -//depot/readonly/location/...
        write user * 10.1.1.1 //depot/secret/location/... ## Jeff

    P4Admin comments and 2016.1 native stored comments are currently 
    not compatible.

    A new long option '--convert-p4admin-comments' has been added to 
    the 'p4 protect -o' which will convert any of the P4Admin style 
    comments into the new improved format.  Once saved the 'p4 protect'
    table can be edited and saved with the comments remaining intact 
    (however as of this release you can never go back to the P4Admin 
    tool for your protections after the conversion - and while the 
    protections is only a small part of the admin tool its linked 
    very closely together).

    e.g.   Convert and save:

    p4 protect --convert-p4admin-comments -o | p4 protect -i

#1227849 (Bug #79439) **
    When syncing open moved files (when either open for edit and
    moved in the depot, or open for move and edited in the depot),
    a resolve is scheduled against the revision of the other file
    that corresponds to the revision range specified on the synced
    file.  If no such revision exists, the older behavior (syncing
    to the head revision of an edited file, or the move/add rev of
    a moved file) is used instead.

#1225119 (Bug #78430) **
    'p4 fstat' now displays the working revision (workRev) for opened
    files.  The working revision is usually the same as the have
    revision (haveRev) but may differ if the file is explicitly synced
    to an older revision while open, or implicitly synced as it is 
    opened.

#1223153 (Bugs #78281,#79086) **
    The 'p4 remote' spec now supports the ArchiveLimits: field. This
    field may be used to establish limits on the number of archives
    desired in a DVCS repo. These limits are enforced by the 'p4 fetch'
    command. The typical expected use of this field is for scenarios
    involving a mix of small (source code) files, where all archives
    are retained, and large (media asset) files, where only the N most
    recent archives are retained in the DVCS repo.

#1218702 (Bug #80232) **
    New flag '-s spec' for 'p4 protects' allows the 'super' user to
    run the command using the contents of the file in the spec depot
    rather than the current protections table.  This allows for
    back-in-time browsing of protection spec changes. Note that 
    protects output will be based on current group data and is
    therefore not guaranteed to be completely accurate.

#1217261 (Bug #73699) **
    New flag '-f' for 'p4 dbstat' to show free pages in btree
    files.  Allows admins to view into how full the db files are
    and how much space can be recovered or will be reused before
    the files grow again.

#1214190 (Bug #72880) **
    'p4 renameuser' now supports a -f flag to bypass the checks
    against accidentally merging two unrelated users.

#1214183 (Bug #75237) **
    The 'p4 counter' and 'p4 key' commands now accept the paired
    flags '--from' and '--to'. A command of the form 'p4 counter
    --from=XYZ --to=abc my-counter' sets the counter 'my-counter'
    to the value 'abc' only if it currently has the value 'XYZ'.

#1214182 (Bug #75236) **
    The 'p4 counter' and 'p4 key' commands now accept the '-v'
    argument when setting or incrementing a key. If -v is specified,
    the previous value of the counter or key is displayed as part
    of the command output.

Bugs fixed in 2016.1 Patch 15

#1502576 (Bug #90943, #71311) **
    'p4 revert' in a federated environment could leave orphaned
    locks after a filetype resolve that changed files from '+1'
    to filetypes without '+l'. This has been fixed.

#1497158 (Bug #90745) **
    A particular code path trying to match moved revisions could
    cause integrate/interchanges to crash.

Bugs fixed in 2016.1 Patch 14

#1484097 (Bug #89648, #89890) **
    The db.sendq entries for a failed parallel sync are now
    immediately removed from db.sendq.

#1474546 (Bug #89677) **
    'p4 admin stop/restart' could cause a server crash if the
    new configurable 'db.monitor.interval' had been set.

#1473097 (Bug #89657) **
    'p4d -xx' could incorrectly declare "db.workingx/db.revsh
    inconsistencies found," and incorrectly generate jnl.fix records,
    in some situations where multiple shelves existed for the
    same files.

#1471274 (Bug #89336) **
    'p4 add ...' could generate many "Error object passed to database"
    errors and fail to terminate when MaxScanRows or MaxLockTime
    has been reached. This could also happen with 'p4 reconcile' or
    'p4 status'. This behavior has been fixed.

Bugs fixed in 2016.1 Patch 13

#1466748 (Bug #89372) **
    The fix for bug #88792 has caused a regression with changeview
    entries in client syntax when ditto mappings are not present in
    the client map. This has been fixed.

#1465495 (Bug #16821, #89204) * **
    The configurable 'filesys.checklinks' may fail to prevent files
    from being added when files are symlinks to directories. This
    has been fixed. Also, this configurable is now honored for
    'p4 reconcile' when detecting files to be added.

#1464985 (Bug #89311) **
    The fetch/push/unzip commands might incorrectly declare a
    file conflict for a file which was moved multiple times, to
    different destinations, during its history.

#1463567 (Bug #86424) **
    Edge Servers might halt replicating if an obliterate command
    was run concurrently with a very large populate or submit command.

Bugs fixed in 2016.1 Patch 12

#1459845 (Bug #89040) *
    'p4 print -o <a filename in the os temp directory>' will now
    work even if a P4CLIENTPATH is set or the DVCS P4INITROOT is
    set.  This is a new exception to the P4CLIENTPATH feature.

#1458557 (Bug #89052) **
    A forwarding replica with lbr.replication=shared will no longer
    attempt to update the (shared) archive area during the file
    transfer phase of a forwarded 'p4 submit'. The cache-on-submit
    behavior is still present for forwarding replicas with
    lbr.replication set to either readonly or cache.

#1455848 (Bug #88980) **
    In replica chaining configurations, replicas which were not
    directly connected to the master server were not processing
    archive deletion operations arising from operations such as
    submission of a binary+S file, deletion of a shelf, obliteration,
    archive depot operations or retype +l commands.

Bugs fixed in 2016.1 Patch 11

#1451895 (Bug #88792) **
    A changeview entry in depot syntax which matches a mapping in the
    client's view that is involved an overlay mapping would match all
    depot paths that share the same client path. This has been fixed.

#1448344 (Bug #79551) * **
    Performance of the RSH protocol on Windows been improved in cases
    where a break callback is being used.

#1453353 (Bug #66097) **
    'p4 monitor terminate' can now terminate processes that are 
    blocked waiting for client input.  To enable this type of
    process monitoring set the configurable 'db.monitor.interval'
    to a value in seconds. A value of '30' for example would mean
    that every 30 seconds the process will check to see if its
    been marked for termination.

Bugs fixed in 2016.1 Patch 10

#1445531 (Bug #88728) **
    The configurables rpl.awaitjnl.count and rpl.awaitjnl.interval
    were inadvertently swapped; they are now corrected.

#1447396 (Bug #88717) **
    Concurrent access to the same label was not possible due to the
    incorrect lock mode (exclusive) taken against the labelEntity.

Bugs fixed in 2016.1 Patch 9 for p4api only Please see p4apinotes.txt

Bugs fixed in 2016.1 Patch 8

#1442073 (Bug #16821) * **
    A new configurable 'filesys.checklinks' can be used to prevent
    files being added that have a symlink in their directory path.
    When this configurable is set to '1', trying to 'p4 add' a file
    that is symbolically linked below the client root will fail.
    Setting this configurable to '2' allows the user to bypass the
    check by using the '-f' (force) option.

#1441036 (Bug #87086) **
    When expanding keywords, if one of them is 'Author' then a lookup
    of the change description is required.  This should be lockless.

#1438810 (Bug #88380) **
    Unicode LDAP query results were not being handled correctly on
    Windows servers in unicode mode, which could have caused the server
    to crash. This has been fixed.

Bugs fixed in 2016.1 Patch 7

#1430995 (Bug #88180) **
    'p4 info' is now permittied if the server is running with an
    expired license.

#1430566 (Bug #87773) **
    'p4 integrate' will now do an exhaustive scan of direct credit
    to attempt to establish that no integration is needed prior to
    loading any indirect credits.

Bugs fixed in 2016.1 Patch 6

#1429825 (Bug #88071) **
    'p4 protect' command will now reject invocation from the P4Admin
    tool if (new to 2016.1) '##' comments have been added to the 
    protection table.

#1423363 (Bug #87945) **
    Correct Abort Retry Ignore message from 3rd party memory manager
    on the Linux platform.

#1417623 (Bug #87802) **
    The very first 'fetch -t' command issued against a server will
    auto-create the 'tangent' depot in that server. Subsequent
    commands issued by that same network session would get errors
    if they referred to the tangent depot.

#1416148 (Bug #69001) **
    'p4 license' may now be used to install a new license when the
    server is unlicensed or the license has expired.  The following
    commands are also allowed when running with an expired license:
    'p4 login', 'p4 admin stop' and 'p4 admin restart'.

#1413722 (Bug #87676) **
    Performance for parallel 'p4 submit' through an edge server has 
    been improved by batching file transfers and reducing the 
    contention on the database transfer table.

#1412767 (Bug #87638) *
    The 'p4 init' command would write a small number of journal
    records to the end of the file specified by P4JOURNAL, if set.
    The local server initialization is now performed with -J off.

Bugs fixed in 2016.1 Patch 5

#1411350 (Bug #81360) **
    A 'p4 fetch' command which transferred both a text (RCS) file whose
    archive was already present in the destination server and a lazy
    copy of that file, would leave the lazy copy corrupt. 'p4 verify'
    would report 'MISSING!' and requests for the file's content would
    report 'RCS checkout  failed!'.

#1410893 (Bug #87181) **
    Correct the digest used to ensure that content is transferred
    correctly to commands within triggers (such as a 'change-content'
    trigger) when submitting a shelf. A shelf is implicitly submitted
    to the commit server when a submit is run on an edge server.

#1410428 (Bug #87304) **
    On Windows when running a .exe trigger from the depot, the Server
    may fail to remove the temporary .exe file. This has been corrected.

#1409450 (Bug #87294) **
    'p4 clean' would not delete files that were not present in the
    depot if they were in an area of the client workspace mapped to
    a read-only path: mapped by a ChangeView entry, a ditto mapping
    or mapped to a remote depot. New files under these paths are now
    deleted by 'p4 clean'.

#1407749 (Bug #87327) **
    Deleting a pending change with an Identity, or deleting an empty
    committed change with an Identity, incorrectly failed to delete
    the database record in the db.changeidx table.

Bugs fixed in 2016.1 Patch 4

#1405586 (Bug #87218) **
    Fixed a performance problem introduced by change 1315758 when
    syncing files to a label that contains files outside of the path
    specified, not mapped to the client or excluded by protections.

Bugs fixed in 2016.1 Patch 3

#1404274 (Bug #87179) **
    Fixed a performance problem introduced by change 1227849 when
    syncing a large number of files to #0 with some opened for move.

#1401824 (Bug #87006) **
    Setting dm.changeview.openable=1 will allow files restricted by
    a changeView to be opened with the pre-16.1 behavior. These files
    can be opened and shelved, but cannot be submitted.

#1398982 (Bug #87036) **
    Comments in the protections table no longer cause gaps in the
    tagged output of 'p4 protect -o'. See p4apinotest.txt more details.

#1397598 (Bug #86850) **
    It is no longer legal to define a depot named "..".

#1396903 (Bug #86855) **
    Multi-threaded applications using the same connection could
    disrupt the flow control of long running commands like submit.
    This change prevents the server from executing any more callbacks
    as soon as the problem is detected.

Bugs fixed in 2016.1 Patch 2

#1395783 (Bug #86930) **
    Setting auth.autologinprompt=0 will disable the automatic login
    prompting feature.

#1395197 (Bug #25700) **
    'p4 info' against a server configured to use P4AUTH would always
    return userName *unknown* in tagged output mode. The P4AUTH server
    is now contacted to check if the user exists: this only applies
    for tagged output mode when the '-s' flag is not provided.

#1394382 (Bug #86755) **
    Trying to send a large (>1GB) message to the client would
    cause a communication hang between the client and server.

#1394035 (Bug #86785) **
    A ctrl-C (or client failure) of a 'p4 edit' command against an
    Edge Server could leave orphaned lock records of +l files -
    should the dropped client connection not be caught in time.

#1391673 (Bug #86740) **
    ChangeView mappings for depot paths that are mapped to the client,
    but are partially overridden would cause those overridden paths to
    be considered readonly. This has been fixed.

#1391182 (Bug #86031) **
    'p4 reshelve' failed to copy db.resolvex records correctly. This
    prevented files opened for move from being reshelved and the
    unshelved. This has been fixed.

#1388564 (Bug #86608) *
    A command-line alias may now use 'p4subst' to replace a pattern
    with the empty string ("").

#1387597 (Bug #86513) *
    Defining a command-line alias for a tagged-mode command fails with
    the error "command did not return a spec."

Bugs fixed in 2016.1 Patch 1

#1386575 (Bug #86514) **
    Syncing to an 'autoreload' label could crash the server.

#1386381 (Bug #86524) **
    The server consistency check command 'p4d -xx' now does not
    check for missing db.workingx or db.change records that
    correspond to a db.revsh record. Now db.revsh records may
    exist without these when promoted shelves are used in a
    federated environment.

#1385588 (Bug #86505) *
    On Unix platforms, variables set with 'p4 set' would override
    those set in the environment: this was inconsistent with the
    existing behaviour on Windows. Environment variables now take
    priority over variables set in the P4ENVIRO file with 'p4 set'.

#1384452 (Bug #74886, #86396) **
    'p4 clean' would fail to sync files when needed when they
    are exclusively opened by another client. This has been
    fixed.

#1384027 (Bug #84426) **
    'p4 submit' from an edge server using 'revertunchanged' could
    leave orphaned exclusive locks if all files in the change
    were reverted and some were exclusively locked. This has been
    fixed.

#1383934 (Bug #86041) **
    Change handling of utf8 server type files when working with
    clients <= 2015.1.  For these clients, the utf8 type files
    are treated as server type text, so as to avoid any additional
    line-ending.  These files will not have associated BOMs (Byte
    order marks) when they are synced in this case.
    This has no bearing with clients >= 2015.2.

#1383644 (Bug #85547) * **
    Fixed a bug where a "resolve -am" resulting in a lazy copy
    would not set the modtime correctly on the workspace file.

#1379802 (Bug #86262) **
    Improve performance around structured logs. Log writers will
    now only acquire a shared lock on the 'logrotate' server meta
    lock when there are actually writes to the structured logs.

#1379670 (Bug #85991) **
    Report to stderr (except on Windows), and syslog or
    the event log (as supported by the platform), any errors
    encountered when writing to the server log or a structured log.

#1378660 (Bug #85882 ) **
    'p4 server -c edge-server' now allows configuration of more
    than just three 'startup.' threads. Also 'p4 server -o -l'
    will display them all rather than just the first three.

#1378324 (Bug #86222) **
    Following a 'fetch -t' command, the 'resubmit' command must be
    used, with the '-R' flag to resume after any merge conflicts are
    resolved, to coordinate the resubmit of the tangented changes. The
    'submit' command now checks for an accidental attempt to submit a
    change that should have been run as 'resubmit -R', and issues a
    message rather than allowing the submit.

#1378064 (Bug #85458) **
    'p4 copy' could produce a librarian error when attempting to copy
    a source file that was moved and then deleted.  Fixed.

Bugs fixed in 2016.1

#1378294 (Bug #86222) **
    Following a 'fetch -t' command, the 'resubmit' command must be
    used, with the '-R' flag to resume after any merge conflicts are
    resolved, to coordinate the resubmit of the tangented changes. The
    'submit' command now checks for an accidental attempt to submit a
    change that should have been run as 'resubmit -R', and issues a
    message rather than allowing the submit.

#1378013 (Bug #85458) **
    'p4 copy' could produce a librarian error when attempting to copy
    a source file that was moved and then deleted.  Fixed.

#1369710 (Bug #85876) **
    'p4 submit --parallel' was not supported in a federated
    environment when the commit server is on a Windows platform.
    Trying to do this in this scenario now causes the submit to
    proceed without using the parallel threads. Also this has
    been documented in 'p4 help submit'.

#1368620 (Bug #85851) *
    'p4 clone' was failing to copy the "Options:" values from the
    remote spec on the central server, and was instead using a
    hard-coded "Options: unlocked nocompress" for the 'origin' remote.

#1366865 (Bug #79423) **
    'p4 changes' would ignore a client's ChangeView if the specified
    path matched a sufficient number of revisions, invoking a specific
    optimization. This has been fixed.

#1366778 (Bug #85680) **
    Improve concurrency around structured logs. Log writers will
    now acquire a shared lock instead of an exclusive lock on the
    'logrotate' server meta lock to block log rotations.

#1365819 (Bug #85738) *
    P4IGNORE files inside directories that should have been ignored by
    P4IGNORE were being read, and any reverse rules were being applied
    within that directory. These files are no longer being read.

#1365347 (Bug #85376) **
    Fix for false database corruption error when long descriptions
    are updated concurrent to readers reading the same
    description.

#1364433 (Bug #75866) **
    Change 996993 is reverted, as the performance impact was large.

#1362824 (Bug #85371) **
    'p4 sync --parallel=..' using multiple file arguments could
    fail to transfer some files if any of the file paths did not
    contain enough data to use parallel threads. This has been fixed.

#1357895 (Bug #85404) **
    When LDAP based user auto-creation is enabled, if the 'p4 ldap'
    spec has the 'downcase' option enabled, then the new user will
    be created with a lower case username.

#1356056 (Bug #85346) **
    Fixed a memory leak in 'p4 verify'.

#1355500 (Bug #85298) **
    'p4 sync -r' and 'p4 switch -r' could fail to update a file
    that was open on another client with the new depot path.  
    This has been fixed.

#1354741 (Bug #79424) **
    The server consistency check command 'p4d -xx' now reports
    invalid arguments and allows the user to just provide a
    single table argument to perform all checks for that table.

#1354073 (Bug #85278) **
    A command running on a replica could fail to transfer an archive
    file from the master server, reporting that the file was
    corrupted, if the file was a compressed binary filetype and if
    the replica had chosen to transfer the file without uncompressing
    and recompressing it. This problem was introduced by #1020818.

#1352542 (Bug #85157) *
    The MacOSX command line client could fail to complete a parallel
    sync if two or more parallel transfers attempted to create the
    same directory in the filesystem at the same time; the failing
    file transfer would print: "mkdir: /path/to/dir: File exists".

#1349284 (Bug #83729) **
    Configuring a readonly client by adding the 'Type' field only
    succeeded if it was placed after the 'Options' field.

#1348225 (Bug #85019) *
    The default P4IGNORE rules no longer match directories named the
    same as the value of P4CONFIG.

#1341013 (Bug #84992) **
    If an archive file for a local shelf on an Edge Server should
    become damaged or missing, deleting the shelf, or deleting or
    replacing that file in the shelf, will now cancel any pending
    file transfer for that file which was listed in 'pull -l'.

#1337988 (Bug #84848) ** *
    'p4 -Zproxyverbose sync --parallel=...' now correctly displays the
    diagnostic information about which files were delivered from the
    proxy's cache.

#1335377 (Bug #84710) **
    The fix for bug 70118 is generalized, and now applies to all
    server platforms.

#1334196 (Bug #83965) **
    Removing the client.readonly.dir setting from a server with one
    or more clients of Type: readonly already defined makes those
    clients unusable until the configuration setting is restored. This
    situation is now diagnosed with a more precise error message.

#1333068 (Bug #84451) **
    Issuing control-C during submit from a 2015.2 Edge Server
    using submit.unlocklocked could leave files locked on the
    Commit Server which were difficult to unlock. This has been
    fixed.

#1332907 (Bug #84705) **
    A failed 'p4 fetch' or 'p4 push' operation now removes any
    archive files which it copied to the destination server prior
    to the failure.

#1330870 (Bug #84661) **
    'p4 renameuser' now re-indexes any jobs owned by the renamed user.

#1327174 (Bug #83931) **
    'p4 istat' will now run directly against an edge server rather
    than be forwarded to a commit server.

#1324686 (Bug #75521) **
    'p4 labels -e label.*' would fail to match labels due to the
    processing of '.' adjacent to '*' wildcard.

#1324692 (Bug #84006) **
    'p4 submit' from an Edge Server using revertunchanged would
    leave reverted files writable. This has been fixed.

#1324437 (Bug #84468) **
    A parallel sync via a proxy might not distribute the file transfer
    load across all the transmit threads as fairly as it should.

#1323707 (Bugs #84436, #84437) **
    'p4 journals' now displays the full error message text for
    a failed checkpoint or journal entry. Also, if a checkpoint failed
    due to the checkpoint filesystem being mounted read-only, a
    checkpoint-failed entry is now written in db.ckphist.

#1323224 (Bug #84441) *
    'p4 clone' would mis-handle depot file paths containing spaces.

#1322105 (Bug #84375) **
    The 'SearchBindPasswd' field of the 'p4 ldap' may now be quoted.
    This allows '#' characters to be used in the password without
    being interpreted as the start of a comment.

#1321747 (Bug #84368) **
    All replicas of a Commit Server now accept and process the
    'opened -x' command. Prior to this change, only Edge Server
    replicas did so.

#1321128 (Bug #80987) **
    Selection of a base when merging a move operation was improved
    for a particular case involving a complex sequence of previous
    move operations.

#1319794 (Bug #83748) **
    Servers with structured server logs configured will no longer
    stop responding if a trigger is defined which executes automated
    'kill' commands on server sub-processes.

#1318024 (Bug #75136, #75135, 71853, 85501) **
    Parallel sync and submit commands will not fail when
    net.parallel.max is unset or the requested number of parallel
    threads exceeds net.parallel.max. Instead the command will
    proceed without using parallel threads, or will use the max
    number of allowed threads. In these cases an informational
    message will also be written to the log.

#1315787 (Bug #84128) **
    A server which is configured to use submit.identity=serverid but
    did not have a serverid defined now generates an error at submit,
    instead of generating a malformed changelist identity.

#1313674 (Bug #84022) **
    A replica server which was started up at a moment when its master
    server was down or unreachable would fail to start correctly,
    and would print an incorrect error message about archive filesystem
    configuration in the replica log.

#1313382 (Bug #84023) **
    The 'p4 zip -A' command could fail to include all the necessary
    archive files, leading to an "archive entry missing" error when
    running 'p4 unzip -A' subsequently.

#1313143 (Bug #80887) **
    The 'serverlog.retain.N' configurable now restricts the number of
    rotated logs kept when the 'serverlog.counter.N' configurable is
    also set for the same log.

#1311906 (Bug #83995) **
    'p4 sizes -h/-H' and 'p4 diskspace' could print incorrect values
    for the fractional component of the file or filesystem size.

#1308952 (Bug #1557) **
    'p4 reviews <filepath>' was not honoring exclusion lines.

#1302870 (Bug #81355) **
    Files restricted by a changeView mapping are no longer openable.
    These files were already read-only, but gave no indication until
    submit rejected them. This makes the changeView's read-only behavior
    consistent with remote depots and ditto mappings.

#1263380 (Bug #83500) **
    If the operating system should run out of process resources, and
    if structured server logging was configured at a high enough level,
    the message recorded in the structured server log about the
    exhaustion of process resources was improperly formatted.

#1260940 (Bug #55795) **
    The replica behavior fix for autoreload labels (bug 77558) now
    also applies when lbr.replication=readonly.

#1257690 (Bug #83296) **
    Starting the Server on read only db files incorrectly produced
    a licensing error.  Now an access denied error is produced.

#1255960 (Bug #81403) **
    A DVCS 'fetch -t' command which encounters an internal error
    relocating the conflicting changes will no longer loop forever
    retrying the failed change relocation.

#1247366 (Bug #79908) **
    Propagating attributes could be removed when performing
    'p4 resolve -at' after unshelving into an opened file.
    This has been fixed.

#1245711 (Bug #81034) **
    Now at most one backup thread is allowed in a server at the same
    time.  Multiple backup threads are never useful and can cause
    unexpected behavior.

#1245120 (Bug #81186) **
    With 'peeking' enabled and a very high submit concurrency rate, the
    maxCommitChange counter may get updated in the wrong order by a
    DVCS fetch or push command. The bug might cause some transient
    inconsistency (most likely with aggressive automation that
    tracks submits).

#1244865 (Bug #77040) **
    Large fech/push operations are now more concurrent. Specifically,
    the write lock on the db.counters table is held for a much
    shorter duration.

#1242972 (Bug #81083) **
    When authentication triggers have been configured, operator users
    now authenticate against the auth-check trigger instead of the
    service-check trigger.

#1242773 (Bug #81040) **
    The server.locks.archive configurable introduced by #898102 now
    also applies to the 'p4 restore' command.

#1239015 (Bug #80722) **
    A file which was integrated from a streams depot to a local
    depot, or vice versa, would be placed into the wrong location in
    the proxy cache if it was accessed via the proxy by a command
    such as 'p4 sync' or 'p4 print'. Note that the symptom of this
    bug is in the proxy cache, but the fix is in the server.

#1236537 (Bug #59266) **
    On Linux and other Unix-like platforms, the 'p4 diskspace'
    command was reporting the filesystem's reserved space as used.
    'p4 diskspace' now excludes the reserved space from the display
    of the used space, which more closely matches the behavior of
    the system 'df' command.

#1236012 (Bug #80864) **
    A mistake in the 'p4 remote' file mapping lines will no longer
    allow a 'p4 fetch', 'p4 push', or 'p4 zip' command to generate
    filenames with illegal depot syntax.

#1235448 (Bug #80818) **
    If a fetch, push, or unzip command imported a move/delete revision
    which was created by a pre-2013.1 server, and the revision of
    that file immediately prior to the move/delete revision was an
    integration from a location which was not covered by the remote
    map used by the fetch/push/unzip command, the metadata for the
    move/delete revision could be damaged.

#1234884 (Bug #75212) **
    'p4 configure show server.locks.dir' now shows the correct default.

#1234286 (Bug #80762) **
    'p4 resolve -at' between files with differing charsets will now
    copy the charset metadata even if server.filecharset is not set.
    This prevents the 'copy from' resolve record from downgrading to
    a 'merge from' due to the charset difference.

#1232803 (Bugs #72749,#80586) **
    'p4 configure show', with no additional arguments, would show some
    configuration variables that were not explicitly set, but were
    instead still operating with their default values.

#1228149 (Bug #80494) **
    A change with a missing db.desc record could cause a server crash
    if that change was accessed by a fetch, push, or zip command.

#1227329 (Bug #80379) * **
    On Windows an uninitialized variable could cause a file
    rename to fail.  This has been corrected.

#1225579 (Bug #80086) **
    Correct high ascii character handling when the Windows Server is
    in unicode mode, related to long file name handling.

#1225187 (Bug #74936) **
    A 'sync --parallel' command issued via a forwarding replica would
    complete immediately, but would sync no files.

#1224269 **
    'p4 shelve' now displays the working revision for files being
    shelved rather than the current depot revision; this fixes an issue
    with added files being displayed as '#none'.

#1223845 **
    The default value for lbr.retry.max is now 50.

#1223646 (Bug #80332) **
    If a fetch/push command was issued with a Commit Server or Edge
    Server as the destination of the fetch/push, and the set of files
    being copied included some files of type +l, and the command was
    interrupted or cancelled (e.g., using ^C), then the files of type
    +l were left exclusively locked by a client with an invalid
    client name (the name was wrongly prefixed by a double slash).

#1222063,1304112 (Bugs #80274,#83625) *
    'p4 init' and 'p4 clone' would sometimes display errors twice.

#1214194 (Bug #79836) **
    If rpl.checksum.change >= 1, the 'p4 unzip' command will now
    write changelist checksum journal notes upon completion.

#1214188 (Bug #79814) **
    'p4 sizes //...@=NNN', when used to display the size of files in
    a shelf, could display incorrect data if one or more files in the
    shelf had been replaced using 'shelve -f' or 'shelve -r' and the
    actual content of the shelved file was unchanged.

#1214187 (Bug #79569) *
    The -p flag to 'p4 clone' is now optional; if not specified, clone
    uses the remote server specified by P4PORT in the environment.
    Additionally, when cloning a single filepath, the '-f' flag is
    now optional in front of the path, so the command that previously
    required 'p4 clone -p host:port -f //file/path...' can now be
    specified as 'p4 clone //file/path...' if P4PORT is already set.

#1214184 (Bug #77782) **
    The archive deletion journal records for archives deleted by
    certain shelve and submit command forms are now written in
    individual journal transactions, which can improve the
    responsiveness of replicas waiting for the archive deletion
    to complete.

Major new functionality in 2015.2

#1211694 (Bug #77627) **
    Stream specifications may now be opened and submitted, enabling
    them to be staged on a particular client and tested before
    being submitted atomically in a changelist along with a set of
    files.  See 'p4 help streamcmds' for more information.

#1047057 **
    Improve performance and reduce fragmentation in the 'db.have'
        table by partitioning 'build' clients away from interactive
    users.  This change adds a new type of client 'readonly'.  
    A client is configured readonly by setting the 'Type:' field 
    in the client spec.  Setting a client readonly must happen at 
    client creation time, once set in cannot be modified.
    A 'readonly' client has its own personal 'db.have' database
    table that is not journaled and can be quickly removed. This
    type of client is ideal for the build automation cycle that
    creates a client, syncs, builds then deletes the client.

#998379  * **
    UTF8 server file type added.  Files detected to hold utf8 textual
    contents can be stored as a utf8 file.  These files will have
    BOMs (Byte order marks) removed when stored on the server
    and added back when synced.

Minor new functionality in 2015.2

#1237948 (Bug #75238) **
    'p4 opened -g' in a distributed environment reports files opened
    on the Commit Server. This can be run from any Edge Server in the
    distributed environment to show files that are globally locked.

#1233417 (Bug #12755) **
    'p4 annotate' now supports a new flag '-u'. This flag instructs
    annotate to display the user who modified the change and the date
    when the modification occurred.

#1230546 **
    Added support through the server specification to surface 
    a helix cluster administration server in the server spec
    metadata. The new Server Services Set Name is 
    hxca-server and its server type is admin.

#1216733 (Bug #77058) **
    Added support through the server specification to surface 
    zookeeper servers and the clusterId in the server spec
    metadata.
    New Server Types:
      * identifier
      * admin
    New Server Service Set Names:
      * for type identifier: cluster
      * for type admin: zookeeper-server

#1212286 (Bug #76687) **
    The warning messages issued when 'p4 copy' opens 'move/add' source 
    files for 'branch' in the target (added in change #673961) have
    been disabled by popular request; users who are following 
    recommended branching patterns do not generally need to worry 
    about this situation, and so the warnings were causing more 
    trouble than they were preventing.  Admins that wish to re-enable 
    these warnings for all their users may do so via the new undoc 
    configurable 'dm.copy.movewarn'.

#1211671 (Bug #69771) **
    'p4 submit' from an Edge Server in a distributed environment
    now takes early locks on the files on the Commit Server. Now
    when concurrent submits occur from Edge Servers, the failures
    are reported earlier, resulting in less wasted time and work
    done on Edge Servers for failed submits.

#1210497 (Bug #79997) *
    p4 command line will try to discover a good character set
    to use if P4CHARSET is set to a wide character set like
    utf16.  p4 set will now allow -C and -Q before the 'set' verb.
    Case insensitive platforms now check for setting 'p4charset'
    to problematic values.

#1209881 (Bug #75238) **
    'p4 lock -g -c <change>' can be used to lock files in a
    numbered change on the Commit Server from an Edge Server.
    This allows users in a distributed environment to take global
    locks.

#1206326 (Bug #1194) **
    The label spec now allows a 'group' as the label owner.  When a
    label is owned by a group, any user within the group may modify
    the label spec, and update which files are tagged by the label.

#1203354 (Bug #47288) **
    'p4 depot' now accepts a -t (type) argument to specify the type
    on new depot creation.   Any depot type may be passed on
    the command with this argument, but the type will be ignored
    should the depot already exist.

#1171246 (Bug #77870) * **
   'p4 login' now accepts a remote name specified with the -r argument,
   causing the login to be forwarded to the server specified in the
   remote spec. If a RemoteUser is specified, the login is performed for
   that user.

#1130470, #1143127, #1225282, #1228379 (Bugs #79082, #80368, #80511) **
    There is now a new tunable "server.global.client.views" that
    controls whether or not the view maps of a non-stream client on an
    edge or workspace server are made global when a client is modified.
    By default server.global.client.views=0 and so client view maps are
    never made global, matching the pre-2015.2 behavior.

    If server.global.client.views=1 on an edge or workspace server,
    then client view maps will be made global when a client is modified
    on that edge or workspace server.  If this tunable is 0 on the
    edge/workspace server then client view maps on that edge or
    workspace server are not made global when they are modified.

    Note that the view maps of a client on a replica must be made
    global if that client is to be used as a template on another
    server.

    This tunable can be set globally, in cluster scope, or individually
    for each server.  Normally it would be set globally:
        p4 configure set server.global.client.views=1
    and individual edge servers that don't need global client view maps
    may disable it individually:
        p4 configure set edge1#server.global.client.views=0
    In a DCS cluster the master server and all workspace servers must
    have this tunable set to 1 because this is needed for client
    recovery in case a workspace server fails.  Therefore P4CMGR sets
    server.global.client.views=1 at cluster scope when the cluster is
    created, and this setting should not be changed.

    This change modifies the behavior of Bug #77790, which always made
    non-stream client view maps of an edge or workspace server be
    global when the client was modified; with this change, modifying a
    non-stream client makes its view maps global only when
    server.global.client.views=1 on the edge/workspace server.  This
    allows client maps to be global on most edge servers while keeping
    them local on those edge servers that don't need or want them to be
    global.

    Note that setting this tunable does not immediately make any client
    view maps be global; that happens only when a client is modified
    afterwards.  Clearing this tunable does not delete the view maps
    of any clients, but will prevent subsequent changes to a client's
    view map from being propagated to other servers. If a client with
    global view maps is deleted then its view maps are also deleted
    globally regardless of the value of server.global.client.views;
    this is to prevent orphaned view maps.

#1129505 (Bug #29068) **
    The commands that service users can run now includes: 'p4 logparse',
    'p4 logschema', 'p4 logstat', 'p4 logtail', 'p4 servers'.

#1129944 (Bug #77291) * **
    The 'p4 remote' spec now contains the new field "RemoteUser:". For
    DVCS scenarios where you wish to fetch and push to multiple remote
    servers and you need to use a different Perforce identity for a
    particular remote server, you can specify that identity in the
    RemoteUser field and it will be used by fetch/push commands against
    that remote server.

#1127420 (Bug #29068) **
    The commands 'p4 logparse', 'p4 logstat', and 'p4 logtail' now
    indicate the log number for any structured logs being read. This
    is to assist applications that follow logs across rotations.
    Additionally these commands support referring to the running log
    files with their current log numbers. The log numbers begin at 0.

#1126846 (Bug #76036, #72755, #74831 ) **
    New configurables net.parallel.* allow 'p4 sync' to
    automatically use parallel threads to transfer files. See
    'p4 help sync' and 'p4 help configurables' for complete
    information.

#1100312 (Bug #79497) **
    The 'p4 stream' and 'p4 stream -o' commands now default to
    the current client's stream if no stream name is specified.

#1099310 (Bug #75868) **
    When unloading clients on an edge server, a new flag '-p'
    will promote any non-promoted shelves belonging to the
    specified client that is being unloaded.

#1099331 (Bug #73681) **
    A replica with lbr.replication=cache now supports the use of the
    'verify -t' command to schedule transfer of missing archive files.
    For this to work effectively, such a replica should have one or
    more 'pull -u' threads configured for it (see change 1051994),
    perhaps also using the '--batch=N' flag for those threads (see
    change 1053213).

#1073565 (Bug #76035) **
    New configurables net.parallel.submit.* allow 'p4 submit' to
    automatically use parallel threads to transfer files. See
    'p4 help submit' and 'p4 help configurables' for complete
    information.

#1070966 (Bugs #73912) **
    New trigger types journal-rotate-lock and journal-rotate allow for
    maintenance routines to be run on servers after the journal has been
    rotated, either whilst the database tables are still locked or after
    the locks have been released. These triggers are intended to be used
    on replicas where journal rotation is triggered by journal records.
    The server must be running for these triggers to be invoked; running
    'p4 admin journal/checkpoint' will invoke the triggers, but running
    'p4d -jc' or 'p4d -jj' directly against a server will not.

#1068319 (Bug #78060) **
    The behavior of cluster-only feature of workspace backup
    can be modified by setting a new "Backup" field in the client
    specification. Cluster users can set their client to opt out
    of the workspace backup feature by setting this field to
    the value "disable".  By default, the value of the Backup
    field is assumed to be "enable" for all read/write clients.
        If this field is set to "disable" then that client
    workspace will neither be backed up nor be considdered 
    for auto-unload.  Setting this field has no impact for
    clients not hosted in a clustered workspace-server.

#1067861 (Bugs #40729,#79069) **
    The server will now display the canonical filetype for a file,
    as introduced by change #7724, and will no longer display the
    shorthand alias, for all clients at API level 79 or above.
    So, for example, 'p4 opened' for a file of type 'binary+Sw' will
    now display: '//depot/foo#1 - add default change (binary+Sw)'
    rather than '//depot/foo#1 - add default change (ctempobj)'.
    If your application relies on receiving the shorthand aliases,
    either continue to use the 2015.1 (or older) client API, or get
    the old behavior by setting protocol variable "api" to 78 (2015.1).
    For the command line 'p4' executable, the output can be frozen to
    2015.1 output by using -Zapi=78.

#1067301 (Bugs #78817,#78828) **
    A server with rpl.checksum.change >= 1 will now write changelist
    checksum journal notes when performing the commands: populate,
    fetch, and (inbound) push.

#1066965 (Bugs #76882) **
    'p4d -xu' will no longer run automatically if there are fewer than
    1000 changelists. Upgrades must be run manually unless the server is
    a DVCS personal server; in this case, any upgrades steps are run
    automatically.

#1065023 (Bug #79018) **
    'p4 changes -e changelist#' is now fully supported. This flag
    provides an alternative to 'filespec@change,#head' processing
    and can be much faster.

#1061282 **
    'p4 labels <filespec>' where the filespec is a single or 
    wildcard revision with no range, now runs lockless.

#1056188 (Bugs #75648, #76195, #76632) **
    In a distributed environment, unshelving of promoted shelves into
    open files and branches on a server that the shelf did not 
    originate is now allowed.

#1053213 (Bug #78598) **
    'p4 pull -u' now accepts the '--batch=N' flag, provided that both
    replica and master are running at this release level or higher.
    The --batch=N flag is particularly intended for situations where
    large numbers of very small files are regularly retrieved by a
    replica separated from its master by a high-latency network.

#1052310, 1009333 (Bug #50432) **
    Add the ability to root streams at a deeper level in the depot
    directory hierarchy.  New stream depots contain the 'StreamDepth'
    field for defining the root level of a stream's path (the number
    of slashes found within the stream's Stream field) below the
    depot name. This field accepts a value between one and 10, while
    it defaults to one.

    As new streams are created, the number of slashes of the stream's
    Stream field (beyond the depot name) must match the StreamDepth
    field of the depot.  As the StreamDepth field is defined in the
    depot, all streams of the depot are bound by the same depth.
    For example - a stream depot Tango has the StreamDepth: 2
    which allows for two slashes in the stream specification's Stream
    field beyond the depot name.

        //Tango/core/Rel4.0
        //Tango/docs/DevQ4

    both these streams reflect the above depot StreamDepth field.

    Note the performance implication; the total path to any file
    revision held within a stream are compounded with stream's
    Stream field.

    See 'p4 help depot' and 'p4 help stream' for further details.

#1052216 * **
    'p4 reconcile -k' updates the have list to match workspace content.
    This can be used to reconcile a client's empty or incomplete
    have list with files on the workspace that have the same content
    as their mapped files in the depot.

#1051994 (Bug #78599) **
    It is now legal to configure one or more 'pull -u' threads on
    a replica with lbr.replication=cache. If the replica is an
    edge-server or build-server, 'p4 sync' commands on that replica
    will now use any such 'pull -u' threads to service cache faults.

#1049517 (Bug #78600) **
    A command which is run in a replica with lbr.replication=cache
    will now use a single connection to the master server to perform
    all its archive content fetches.

#1049398 (Bug #78553) **
    On a replica with monitor > 0, the pull threads will now
    periodically update their status; the current pull thread state
    can be viewed via 'p4 monitor show -a -l -sB'.

#1049397 (Bug #78521) **
    The command 'p4d -jd <dumpfile> db.<table>' now works for the
    tables db.sendq and db.revpx.

#1047403 (Bug #77798) **
    New users that are created by authenticating against an LDAP server
    may now have their FullName and Email fields populated from their
    record in the LDAP server. This requires the relevant attributes to
    be named in the LDAP configuration.

#1044999 (Bugs #78470, #77790) **
    Workspaces bound to an edge or workspace server may now be used
    as a template when creating a workspace on a different edge or
    workspace server.  Before using a bound workspace as a template
    on another server you should ensure that its view map has been
    been made global by making a trivial change to the client (perhaps
    to the Description field) and saving it.

#1042495 (Bug #78035) **
    The 'auth.csv' log can now be defined in order to log the results
    of 'p4 login' attempts. Any additional information provided by the
    authentication method is included in the log entries.

#1023845 (Bug #77790) **
    The view maps of non-stream workspaces local to a edge or
    workspace server are now global and so are visible on all nodes
    in a distributed or cluster environment.  Note that client view
    maps are made global only when they are saved (either created or
    modified); the view map of an existing non-stream client bound
    to a edge or workspace server is not made global until the client
    has been saved using a p4d that includes this change.

#1043956 **
    The fetch/push/zip/unzip commands now include revision attributes
    as part of copying submitted changes from one server to another.
    Note that, once a particular revision has been copied to another
    server, using 'attribute -f' to change the attributes on that
    revision will only affect the revision on that server, not on any
    other server to which it may have been copied.

#1042179 **
    The fetch/push/zip/unzip commands now include fix data as part of
    copying submitted changes from one server to another. Fix records
    are only added to the destination server if the corresponding job
    is already present on that server; jobs must be manually copied
    between servers. When fetch/push/unzip copies a fix record into
    the destination server, it runs any fix-add and form-commit (job)
    triggers that are defined for that server and also adds db.logger
    event records if the logger is enabled. The fix-add trigger is
    only run by the unzip command if the --enable-dvcs-triggers flag
    is set.

#1042005 ** *
    Windows long file name support now defaults to enabled.  This
    is equivalent to this tunable setting, "filesys.windows.lfn=1".

#1041784 (Bug #75533) **
    LDAP authentication using the SASL bind method can now optionally
    separate the realm from the username when the username is in either
    'user@realm' or 'realm\user' formats.

#1039642 (Bug #77628) **
    'p4 switch' now supports switching to a point-in-time stream.
    By specifying 'p4 switch stream@change' the command will set
    the stream spec/view creation as of that change and sync any
    files also to the change specified.

#1038646 (Bug #76913) **
    At 'db.peeking=3', 'p4 files <filespec>' will now access
    the rev table in lockless mode, even if not using a
    revision specifier or a revision range.

#1038593 (Bug #78363) **
    'p4 files <filespec>' when using a revision specifier other
    than #head (e.g. @label), or a revision range ending with
    a revision specifier other than #head, will now access
    the rev table in lockless mode. 'p4 files <filespec>@label'
    will now also access the label table in lockless mode. And
    'p4 files <filespec>@change,@change' will now also access
    the revcx table in lockless mode.

#1038497 (Bug #77113) **
    The usernames of members added to a Perforce group by 'p4 ldapsync'
    can now optionally be normalised into lowercase by setting the
    'downcase' option in the LDAP spec.

#1037285 (Bug #78363) **
    'p4 sync <filespec>@label' will now access the label table in
    lockless mode. And at 'db.peeking=3', 'p4 fstat <filespec>@label'
    will now also access the label table in lockless mode.

#1035528 (Bug #71588) **
    An admin may now run 'p4 -c <client> unlock -x -f [files...]' to
    forcibly unlock files of type +l which are not marked orphaned,
    but which can no longer be unlocked by the user who has them opened.

#1032823 (Bugs #65810, #65293, #59656) *
    P4IGNORE can now be set to a list of filenames and paths to files,
    using ';' as the separator on Windows and ':' or ';' on other
    platforms. Earlier items in the list are loaded before later ones.
    If the list item contains a slash character it is considered a path
    and is loaded once, otherwise the item is considered to be a
    filename and the directory tree will be scanned for files with that
    name.

#1032762 (Bug #2194) *
    When loading settings from a P4CONFIG file, if there are additional
    P4CONFIG files higher in the path with additional variables set,
    those additional variables are now loaded too.

#1032758 (Bug #65293) *
    The placeholder '$home' in any Perforce environment variable is
    expanded to the path of user's home directory when that variable
    is used. The user's home directory is taken to be the value of the
    'HOME' environment variable or 'USERPROFILE' on Windows.

#1032190 (Bug #72108) **
    'p4 ldap' now stores LDAP configurations in the new db.ldap table.
    This table is journalled, so LDAP configurations are now included
    in checkpoints and are replicated.

#1029470 (Bugs #72671, #76543) **
    Names of automatic labels can now be used as specifiers in import
    mappings on stream specs and in the 'ChangeView' on client specs.

#1023388 (Bug #76168) **
    A replica may specify rpl.compress=4 to indicate that network
    data compression should be used for the journal pull or
    journalcopy connection between the replica and the master,
    but not for the 'pull -u' connections.

#1020818 (Bug #77708) **
    A replica server with lbr.replication = readonly or cache now
    issues a clearer error message if an archive file is missing on
    the replica and also damaged on the master.

#1020055 (Bug #51182) *
    New client side command 'p4 ignores' reports the mappings computed
    from the rules defined in P4IGNORE files and allows paths to be
    tested against those P4IGNORE rules.

#1015978 (Bug #76105) **
    The 'p4 change' spec now includes two additional fields:
    - ImportedBy: the user who issued the fetch, push, or unzip
      command which imported this change into this server.
    - Identity: the identity of this change.
    These fields are primarily useful for DVCS scenarios, in which
    changelists are copied from one server to another, and help you
    correlate the changelist's basic identity as it is so copied.
    In such configurations, we recommend using the submit.identity
    configurable to enable automatic generation of changelist
    identities by the submit command, unless you have an alternate
    algorithm which you prefer to use for generating universal
    changelist identity values.

#1012383 **
    'p4 fetch' now accepts the -t argument, specifying that conflicting
    work should be moved into a tangent in the tangent depot,
    automatically creating that depot if it doesn't yet exist. The
    tangented changes can then be resubmitted using 'p4 resubmit'. The
    new -t flag replaces the now obsolete -u flag.

#1009476 (Bug #77230) **
    'p4 diff2' now defaults to diffing the current stream (if any)
    vs its parent stream if no other branch view is specified.

#1003898 (Bug #79398) **
    New trigger types push-submit, push-content, and push-commit
    allow for policy enforcement and tool integration for changes
    that are imported into a server via the push, fetch, or unzip
    commands. These new triggers are largely similar in behavior
    to the corresponding change-* triggers. The unzip command only
    runs these triggers if the --enable-dvcs-triggers flag is set.

#991320 (Bugs #56642, #59382, #59911, #67993, #70484, #71465, #71466) *
    Enhancements to the P4IGNORE rule syntax:
    - Unix path separators '/' are now handled on Windows as if they
      were Windows paths. Rules using Unix paths will now work on all
      platforms.
    - Rules with leading slashes apply to files and folders relative to
      the P4IGNORE file containing the rule. For example, '/*.c' will
      only cause C files in the same directory as the P4IGNORE file to
      be ignored.
    - Rules with trailing slashes only affect directories.
    - The '**' wildcard is expanded to the '...' wildcard.

Bugs fixed in 2015.2

#1484153 (Bug #89648, #89890) **
    The db.sendq entries for a failed parallel sync are now
    immediately removed from db.sendq.

#1471146 (Bug #89336) **
    'p4 add ...' could generate many "Error object passed to database"
    errors and fail to terminate when MaxScanRows or MaxLockTime
    has been reached. This could also happen with 'p4 reconcile' or
    'p4 status'. This behavior has been fixed.

#1464985 (Bug #89311) **
    The fetch/push/unzip commands might incorrectly declare a
    file conflict for a file which was moved multiple times, to
    different destinations, during its history.

#1464821 (Bug #16821, #89204 ) * **
    The configurable 'filesys.checklinks' may fail to prevent files
    from being added when files are symlinks to directories. This
    has been fixed. Also, this configurable is now honored for
    'p4 reconcile' when detecting files to be added.

#1463567 (Bug #86424) **
    Edge Servers might halt replicating if an obliterate command
    was run concurrently with a very large populate or submit command.

#1458557 (Bug #89052) **
    A forwarding replica with lbr.replication=shared will no longer
    attempt to update the (shared) archive area during the file
    transfer phase of a forwarded 'p4 submit'. The cache-on-submit
    behavior is still present for forwarding replicas with
    lbr.replication set to either readonly or cache.

#1455848 (Bug #88980) **
    In replica chaining configurations, replicas which were not
    directly connected to the master server were not processing
    archive deletion operations arising from operations such as
    submission of a binary+S file, deletion of a shelf, obliteration,
    archive depot operations or retype +l commands.

#1417603 (Bug #87802) **
    The very first 'fetch -t' command issued against a server will
    auto-create the 'tangent' depot in that server. Subsequent
    commands issued by that same network session would get errors
    if they referred to the tangent depot.

#1412767 (Bug #87638) *
    The 'p4 init' command would write a small number of journal
    records to the end of the file specified by P4JOURNAL, if set.
    The local server initialization is now performed with -J off.

#1411325 (Bug #81360) **
    A 'p4 fetch' command which transferred both a text (RCS) file whose
    archive was already present in the destination server and a lazy
    copy of that file, would leave the lazy copy corrupt. 'p4 verify'
    would report 'MISSING!' and requests for the file's content would
    report 'RCS checkout  failed!'.

Bugs fixed in 2015.2 Patch 10

#1410745 (Bug #87181) **
    Correct the digest used to ensure that content is transferred
    correctly to commands within triggers (such as a 'change-content'
    trigger) when submitting a shelf. A shelf is implicitly submitted
    to the commit server when a submit is run on an edge server.

#1407749 (Bug #87327) **
    Deleting a pending change with an Identity, or deleting an empty
    committed change with an Identity, incorrectly failed to delete
    the database record in the db.changeidx table.

#1379774 (Bug #86262) **
    Improve performance around structured logs. Log writers will
    now only acquire a shared lock on the 'logrotate' server meta
    lock when there are actually writes to the structured logs.

#1379621 (Bug #85991) **
    Report to stderr (except on Windows), and syslog or
    the event log (as supported by the platform), any errors
    encountered when writing to the server log or a structured log.

#1378294 (Bug #86222) **
    Following a 'fetch -t' command, the 'resubmit' command must be
    used, with the '-R' flag to resume after any merge conflicts are
    resolved, to coordinate the resubmit of the tangented changes. The
    'submit' command now checks for an accidental attempt to submit a
    change that should have been run as 'resubmit -R', and issues a
    message rather than allowing the submit.

Bugs fixed in 2015.2 Patch 7

#1376672 (Bug #86041) **
    Change handling of utf8 server type files when working with
    clients <= 2015.1.  For these clients, the utf8 type files
    are treated as server type text, so as to avoid any additional
    line-ending.  These files will not have associated BOMs (Byte
    order marks) when they are synced in this case.
    This has no bearing with clients >= 2015.2.

Bugs fixed in 2015.2 Patch 6

#1365919 (Bug #85680) **
    Improve concurrency around structured logs. Log writers will
    now acquire a shared lock instead of an exclusive lock on the
    'logrotate' server meta lock to block log rotations.

#1364433 (Bug #75866) **
    Change 996993 is reverted, as the performance impact was large.

#1362592 (Bug #85371) **
    'p4 sync --parallel=..' using multiple file arguments could
    fail to transfer some files if any of the file paths did not
    contain enough data to use parallel threads. This has been fixed.

#1362520 (Bug #85376) **
    Fix for false database corruption error when long descriptions
    are updated concurrent to readers reading the same
    description.

#1361611 (Bug #85526) **
    Running 'p4 integ' with a non-existent stream path as the target
    could cause the server to crash. This has been fixed.

#1361611 (Bug #85431) **
    On Windows, parallel LDAP connections could cause a deadlock when
    the TLS encryption method was in use. This has been fixed; however,
    it has been noted that the SSL encryption method performs better
    on this platform.

#1360523 (Bug #75135, #75136, #71853, #85501) **
    Parallel sync and submit commands will not fail when
    net.parallel.max is unset or the requested number of parallel
    threads exceeds net.parallel.max. Instead the command will
    proceed without using parallel threads, or will use the max
    number of allowed threads. In these cases an informational
    message will also be written to the log.

#1361611 (Bug #85526) **
    Running 'p4 integ' with a non-existent stream path as the target
    could cause the server to crash. This has been fixed.

#1361611 (Bug #85431) **
    On Windows, parallel LDAP connections could cause a deadlock when
    the TLS encryption method was in use. This has been fixed; however,
    it has been noted that the SSL encryption method performs better
    on this platform.

#1356487 (Bug #85335) **
    Running 'p4 reconcile' with the illegal syntax '#have' was not
    being rejected.

#1355499 (Bug #85346) **
    Fixed a memory leak in 'p4 verify'.

#1354073 (Bug #85278) **
    A command running on a replica could fail to transfer an archive
    file from the master server, reporting that the file was
    corrupted, if the file was a compressed binary filetype and if
    the replica had chosen to transfer the file without uncompressing
    and recompressing it. This problem was introduced by #1020818.

#1352556 (Bug #85157) *
    The MacOSX command line client could fail to complete a parallel
    sync if two or more parallel transfers attempted to create the
    same directory in the filesystem at the same time; the failing
    file transfer would print: "mkdir: /path/to/dir: File exists".

#1352392 (Bug #84992) **
    Failure from an edge-content or edge-submit trigger during
    'p4 submit' using the 'leaveunchanged' option could cause
    the server to crash. This has been fixed.

#1352019 (Bug #77782) **
    The archive deletion journal records for archives deleted by
    certain shelve and submit command forms are now written in
    individual journal transactions, which can improve the
    responsiveness of replicas waiting for the archive deletion
    to complete.

#1349577 (Bug #84432) **
    Failure from an edge-content or edge-submit trigger during
    'p4 submit' using the 'leaveunchanged' option could cause
    the server to crash. This has been fixed.

Bugs fixed in 2015.2 Patch 5

#1338051 (Bug #84848) ** *
    'p4 -Zproxyverbose sync --parallel=...' now correctly displays the
    diagnostic information about which files were delivered from the
    proxy's cache.

#1335441 (Bug #84810) **
    'p4d -c <command>' uses classic lock order not the new
    lockless lock order.  Fixed.

#1335427 (Bug #84710) **
    The fix for bug 70118 is generalized, and now applies to all
    server platforms.

#1332929 (Bug #84705) **
    A failed 'p4 fetch' or 'p4 push' operation now removes any
    archive files which it copied to the destination server prior
    to the failure.

Bugs fixed in 2015.2 Patch 4

#1323787 (Bugs #84421) **
    'p4 integ' could scan the database table db.locks unnecessarily
    under certain conditions.

#1323707 (Bugs #84436, #84437) **
    'p4 journals' now displays the full error message text for
    a failed checkpoint or journal entry. Also, if a checkpoint failed
    due to the checkpoint filesystem being mounted read-only, a
    checkpoint-failed entry is now written in db.ckphist.

#1323256 (Bug #84441) *
    'p4 clone' would mis-handle depot file paths containing spaces.

Bugs fixed in 2015.2 Patch 3

#1319572 (Bug #74317) **
    'p4 annotate' truncates very long lines. In some cases the output 
    stream is not correctly terminated after the truncation and random 
    data or nulls may be appended.

#1318741 (Bug #84229) **
    'p4 submit' of changes with thousands of files from an Edge
    Server had degraded performance in the earliest releases of
    2015.2 due to inefficiencies from the new global locking
    feature. This has been fixed.

#1318264 (Bug #84035, #84188) **
    In a federated server environment 'p4 unshelve' of moved files
    may cause orphaned exclusive lock entries that show up with
    'p4 opened -x'.

#1318264 (Bug #84194) **
    In a federated server environment when running directly against
    the commit server not all exclusive locks for open files were
    taken.

#1315969 (Bug #84027) **
    Explicit rebuild of havemaps utilising 'p4d -xU BuildHaveMaps'
    would drop all ChangeView fields found in client specs.  This
    has been fixed.

#1313674 (Bug #84022) **
    A replica server which was started up at a moment when its master
    server was down or unreachable would fail to start correctly,
    and would print an incorrect error message about archive filesystem
    configuration in the replica log.

#1313390 (Bug #84023) **
    The 'p4 zip -A' command could fail to include all the necessary
    archive files, leading to an "archive entry missing" error when
    running 'p4 unzip -A' subsequently.

Bugs fixed in 2015.2 Patch 2

#1310642 (Bug #83924) **
    Fixed a rare crash in 'p4 interchanges'.

#1305592 (Bug #83604) **
    Edge servers fail client authentication when net.mimcheck=5.

Bugs fixed in 2015.2 Patch 1

#1258290 (Bug #83276) **
    ChangeViews were not being honored in Stream import+ path
    definitions.  Various commands were not honoring at the designated
    change, and submits to the target were being allowed - when the
    ChangeView should make the target read-only.  This has been fixed.

#1256052 (Bug #81415) **
    Edge servers replicating an obliterate from a commit server
    could write unnecessary journal delete records for local labels.

#1256002 (Bug #81478) **
    Submitting an 'open' stream (new in this release) would lock the
    db.domain table for longer than necessary.

#1255960 (Bug #81403) **
    A DVCS 'fetch -t' command which encounters an internal error
    relocating the conflicting changes will no longer loop forever
    retrying the failed change relocation.

Bugs fixed in 2015.2

#1361611 (Bug #85526) **
    Running 'p4 integ' with a non-existent stream path as the target
    could cause the server to crash. This has been fixed.

#1361611 (Bug #85431) **
    On Windows, parallel LDAP connections could cause a deadlock when
    the TLS encryption method was in use. This has been fixed; however,
    it has been noted that the SSL encryption method performs better
    on this platform.

#1245120 (Bug #81186) **
    With 'peeking' enabled and a very high submit concurrency rate, the
    maxCommitChange counter may get updated in the wrong order by a
    DVCS fetch or push command. The bug might cause some transient
    inconsistency (most likely with aggressive automation that
    tracks submits).

#1244865 (Bug #77040) **
    Large fech/push operations are now more concurrent. Specifically,
    the write lock on the db.counters table is held for a much
    shorter duration.

#1242773 (Bug #81040) **
    The server.locks.archive configurable introduced by #898102 now
    also applies to the 'p4 restore' command.

#1239015 (Bug #80722) **
    A file which was integrated from a streams depot to a local
    depot, or vice versa, would be placed into the wrong location in
    the proxy cache if it was accessed via the proxy by a command
    such as 'p4 sync' or 'p4 print'. Note that the symptom of this
    bug is in the proxy cache, but the fix is in the server.

#1236012 (Bug #80864) **
    A mistake in the 'p4 remote' file mapping lines will no longer
    allow a 'p4 fetch', 'p4 push', or 'p4 zip' command to generate
    filenames with illegal depot syntax.

#1235448 (Bug #80818) **
    If a fetch, push, or unzip command imported a move/delete revision
    which was created by a pre-2013.1 server, and the revision of
    that file immediately prior to the move/delete revision was an
    integration from a location which was not covered by the remote
    map used by the fetch/push/unzip command, the metadata for the
    move/delete revision could be damaged.

#1231617 (Bug #74532 ) **
    A 'p4 client' command of a stream client which generates no views
    due to exceeding map.joinmax1 will now display an appropriate 
    message.

#1228456 (Bug #73450) *
    Concurrent p4 login and p4 logout commands could loose
    tickets in the P4TICKETFILE.  Similar problems are possible
    with concurrent p4 trust commands.  Fixed by creating a
    .lck lock file next to the ticket file to avoid the
    concurrent login problem.  This .lck file will be removed
    if it is several minutes old.

#1228149 (Bug #80494) **
    A change with a missing db.desc record could cause a server crash
    if that change was accessed by a fetch, push, or zip command.

#1227692 (Bug #80086) **
    Correct high ascii character handling when the Windows Server is
    in unicode mode, related to long file name handling.

#1227632 (Bug #80379) * **
    On Windows an uninitialized variable could cause a file
    rename to fail.  This has been corrected.

#1225187 (Bug #74936) **
    A 'sync --parallel' command issued via a forwarding replica would
    complete immediately, but would sync no files.

#1223646 (Bug #80332) **
    If a fetch/push command was issued with a Commit Server or Edge
    Server as the destination of the fetch/push, and the set of files
    being copied included some files of type +l, and the command was
    interrupted or cancelled (e.g., using ^C), then the files of type
    +l were left exclusively locked by a client with an invalid
    client name (the name was wrongly prefixed by a double slash).

#1214354 (Bug #78784) **
    Submitting to a combination of task stream path and Import+ path 
    in the same changelist is not allowed, but not prevented. This
    change catches the combination and rejects the submit, the user
    has to resubmit changes to the filepaths in separate submits.

#1203118 (Bugs #79647, #79739) **
    p4d -jr would mis-handle the revStatus field if replaying db.rev
    journal records written by a 2005.2 or older server, and would
    mis-handle the mount2, mount3, stream, serverid, and partition
    fields if replaying db.domain journal records written by a
    2002.1 through 2004.2 server.

#1202710 (Bugs #44639, #63140, #74807) **
    The verify command now supports the -S flag to specify that
    shelved files are to be verified. This flag can also be combined
    with the -t flag on a replica to schedule the transfer of any
    missing or damaged shelf archives from the master server.

#1199869 (Bug #79507) **
    LDAP connections are now reused were possible to avoid unnecessary
    overhead.

#1172454 (Bug #79504) **
    A submit initiated on an Edge Server which failed due to a
    problem detected after the edge-content trigger had been checked
    could leave the changelist incorrectly marked as "shelved", and
    possibly also as "promoted", on the Commit Server, although the
    changelist was correctly recorded on the Edge Server itself.

#1172019 (Bug #79473) *** ** *
    The Windows support for filenames longer than 260 characters will
    now handle highbit ascii characters correctly.

#1171745 (Bug #75750) **
    The replica server now makes an attempt to detect an
    incorrect configuration of the lbr.replication setting.

#1144449 (Bug #77333) **
    The configurables 'P4NAME', 'db.replication' and 'lbr.replication'
    may no longer be set globally; a serverid must be specified.

#1142007 (Bug #79341) **
    Since change 1017756, in a Commit/Edge configuration, when
    'p4 shelve -d' deleted a promoted shelf, the fix records for
    jobs which were attached to the pending changelist were
    incorrectly removed.

#1130240 (Bug #79361) *
    'p4 reconcile' could crash the client when run with a unicode
    server if filenames have unmapped unicode characters. This has
    been fixed.

#1130149 (Bug #73821) **
    Unloading or deleting clients could leave abandoned shelves on
    servers.  This change allows an admin user to force delete '-df'
    a shelf that has been left in this state.

#1128864 (Bugs #70118,#70738) **
    Windows servers using the serverlog.maxmb setting will no longer
    generate duplicate server log files when rotation occurs under
    heavy load. As a result of this change, server lockfiles under
    the 'server.locks/meta' subdirectory are no longer stored in
    numbered subdirectories, so the lockfiles will be named
    'server.locks/meta/db', 'server.locks/meta/journal', etc.

#1128635 (Bug #79104) **
    Since change 616010, the 'p4 sync' and 'p4 integrate' commands
    have been enforcing the MaxResults limit, if set, on the size of
    the intermediate results of the sync or integrate command,
    which could in some situations mean that the user's MaxResults
    setting had to be large enough to contain their entire have list.
    Now the MaxResults limit is enforced only on the size of the
    final results of the sync or integrate command.

#1127279 (Bug #79353) **
    A 'sync --parallel' command which sync'd any files of type 'binary'
    would write an incorrect value for the 'type' field of the db.have
    record for the binary file(s). This could cause problems later
    when integrating changes into these files from other branches.
    Any workspaces potentially affected by this bug should be sync'd
    to revision #0 and then re-sync'd for all files of type binary at
    their convenience in order to rewrite the db.have records.

#1123323 (Bug #74970) **
    Structured log entries for commands that have passed through a
    proxy now log both the originating client's IP address and the IP
    address of the last proxy server. This is stored in the same format
    as the server log: 'client/proxy'. Setting 'log.originhost=0' will
    cause the structured log to only log the IP address of the last
    proxy server, like previous releases.

#1099636 (Bug #78495) **
    When relocating a client from one edge server to another using
    unload/reload, any unpromoted shelves of the moved client would 
    no longer be accessible on the server they reside.

#1098936 (Bug #77687) **
    The 'p4 init' and 'p4 clone' commands can now be used from a
    directory with a name containing one of the Perforce wildcard
    characters (@/#/%/*).

#1098709 (Bug #74268) **
    For 'p4 sync --parallel', 'min=N' now defaults to 9, and
    'minsize' now defaults to 576 KB.

#1098514 (Bug #76009) **
    The P4Admin depot deletion tool no longer reports the 'Can't snap
    active task stream files' error when deleting an empty depot which
    has no relationship to any active task streams.

#1072106 (Bug #79234) **
    'p4 fetch' and 'p4 push' now correctly purge old archives when
    importing new revisions of a file of type +S.

#1071810 (Bug #71853, #75135) **
    'p4 sync --parallel' and 'p4 submit --parallel' would report
    a misleading error message when the number of threads requested
    exceeds the configurable 'net.parallel.max'. This has been fixed.

#1070381 (Bug #79139) **
    The zip file written by 'p4 zip -A' was missing archive content
    for branched files if the '-r' flag was omitted.

#1070377 (Bug #79171) **
    A 'p4 fetch/push/unzip' command on a highly active server could
    diagnose conflicts incorrectly.

#1070043 (Bug #78498) **
    The temp file created when a trigger is run from the depot
    now preserves the original file extension since some script
    engines refuse to run the file otherwise.

#1069734 (Bug #79181) **
    The error message issued by change 696998 is improved to more
    clearly describe the reason that the file can't be archived.

#1068648 (Bug #79162) **
    Replica servers wouldn't log the completion of some commands that
    run on the replica before being forwarded to the master.

#1068615 (Bug #57220) **
    Protocol variable names are now case-insensitive.

#1065877, #1067450 (Bug #79100, #79035) **
    The configurables 'rpl.forward.all' and 'rpl.forward.login' now only
    affect replica servers. Additionally, replica servers will no longer
    start if P4TARGET is not provided.

#1067300 (Bug #76977) **
    A fetch command which was interrupted before completing could
    leave corrupted RCS archive files on the destination server.

#1065376 (Bug #77360) **
    In a distributed configuration, the 'edit -n' and 'delete -n'
    commands for a file of type +l might incorrectly report that
    the file was opened by another user, though it was not.

#1065313 (Bugs #76987,#77274,#79028,#79029,#79036) **
    'p4 push' and 'p4 fetch' could mishandle file locks. In some cases,
    they would report locking conflicts when no such conflict existed;
    in other cases they would fail to detect locking conflicts. When
    'unlock -r' was used to unlock files after a failed push, it would
    leave them open. 'p4 push' was incorrectly allowing a push to be
    initiated by a workspace which exists in the destination server.
    In some cases, 'p4 unlock -r' could crash.

#1063251 (Bug #78965) **
    'p4 fetch' on a case-insensitive server would fail with a file
    transfer error when fetching multiple revisions of a file of type
    text if the revision names differed in case.

#1061247 (Bugs #78830,#78915) **
    A replica with rpl.checksum.change set to 2 or higher might
    incorrectly write its own journal file under conditions of high
    concurrency on the master, resulting in incorrect behavior and
    problems with replicas of this replica.

#1060249 (Bugs #78781#78812) **
    p4 push/fetch/unzip now correctly detect the conflict if a file
    is moved simultaneously on two different servers to different
    destination filenames.

#1059769 (Bug #78855) * **
    'p4 sync --parallel' now works with certain custom licenses.

#1058411 (Bug #78785) **
    If a replica with rpl.checksum.change set to 2 or higher
    encountered an internal error processing a changelist checksum
    note, it would halt replication. Now, it logs the error but
    resumes replication.

#1057142 (Bug #75822) **
    The commands 'p4d -jd', 'p4d -jv', 'p4d -xv', and 'p4d -xx', if
    issued on a read-only copy of a server configured with one or more
    structured server logs, would issue incorrect messages about
    permissions errors on the structured server log files.

#1056616 (Bugs #26763,#26824,#61456,#70297) **
    Some integer overflow problems in the display of server performance
    tracking data to the server log have been addressed. Tracking log
    data for extremely large queries will now display accurate results.

#1055820 (Bug #72351) **
    A Windows server installed as a Windows Service, which has been
    given a server.id which does not match the Windows Service Name,
    will now use the server.id as its name in preference to the
    Windows Service Name.

#1054521 (Bug #70899) **
    On a server with a spec depot configured, if the spec depot
    archive file cannot be written, the spec revision is now
    marked as purged.

#1054354 (Bug #56725) **
    A 'p4 print' of a binary file, if it did not specify -o, and did
    not go through a proxy or forwarding replica, would send the wrong
    message if the archive file was missing on the server. Instead of
    sending a 'file not found' message to the client, it would send
    "Operation 'client-OutputBinary' failed."

#1054186 (Bug #73951) **
    Shelving a file that is open for integrate from a revision that is
    hidden by the client's ChangeView will no longer produce an error.

#1050954 (Bug #78647) **
    On an Edge Server with submit.unlocklocked=1, a submit which fails
    with "Out of date files must be resolved or reverted" could
    incorrectly alter the resolve state of the open files if the
    conflicting change was submitted simultaneously.

#1050337 (Bug #78593) **
    Spec update commands now enforce filesys.P4ROOT.min and
    filesys.P4JOURNAL.min.

#1047418 (Bug #78444) **
    The replica-specific table db.user.rp is now journaled. This means
    that the table data will appear in checkpoints, journals and
    dumps. The replica pull thread automatically filters out all
    db.user.rp records from its P4TARGET server, which is normally the
    desired behavior, since records in this table are unique to each
    replica's activity. However, for maintaining warm standby replicas
    of other replicas, you can set rpl.replay.userrp=1 for the standby
    replica to disable the filtering and replicate db.user.rp data.

#1046909 (Bugs #77390, #77461) **
    The 'p4 change -d -f' and 'p4 client -d -f' commands now perform
    more argument checking in a distributed configuration. If a client
    is bound to a different server, 'p4 client -d -f' no longer allows
    that client to be deleted, and 'p4 change -d -f' no longer allows
    that client's pending changes to be deleted. In order to override
    these checks, the 'p4 change -d -f' and 'p4 client -d -f' commands
    now accept the '--serverid=X' flag, which can be specified when
    running these commands on the Commit Server to force the deletion
    of clients and their changes which are bound to an Edge Server.

#1046908 (Bug #78471) **
    The 'p4 info' command now includes information about the server
    services, if this server has a 'p4 server' spec, and about the
    replica target, if this server is a replica. This information was
    previously present only when the tagged form of 'p4 info' was used.

#1046060 (Bug #73967) **
    'p4 -ztag servers' could report incorrect values for the 'User'
    field for server specs upgraded from an older release.

#1045565 (Bug #78497) **
    Promoting a shelf, then subsequently deleting it, using the same
    network connection to the Edge Server could fail to properly
    delete the shelf.

#1042783 (Bug #78427) *
    'p4 -P <ticket> sync --parallel' will no longer give authentication
    errors for the file transfer sub-processes.

#1042222 (Bug #68933) **
    Fixed unpromoted changelists being omitted from "p4 changes" output
    for large task streams.

#1042162 (Bug #77612) **
    Fixed spurious "can't purge active task stream files" when running
    obliterate with a narrow revision range across a wide depot path.

#1040989 (Bug #77820) **
    Increased the default value of 'net.backlog' from 10 to 128
    to make the server more resilient to heavy usage spikes.

#1039831 (Bugs #73075, #74961) **
    The revision specifier @client was not working properly for
    clients bound to a build-server.

#1039277 (Bug #78383) **
    A 'p4 describe' command which accesses a remote promoted shelf now
    properly reports any communications-related error conditions which
    occur when retrieving the remote shelf.

#1039178 (Bug #77617) **
    'p4 resubmit' can now resubmit an unsubmitted change which
    involved the oldest non-purged revision of a file of type +S.

#1070355 (Bug #77551) **
    'p4d -i' when run under inetd on unix no longer shows 'unknown'
    for all addresses.

#1037755 (Bug #76982) *
    If a 'p4 sync --parallel' child process encounters an error
    writing files to the local machine, the parent 'p4 sync' command
    now returns a non-zero exit status to the operating system.

#1037679 (Bug #78142) **
    The 'p4 admin resetpasword' command now allows the passwords of
    users who authenticate against the Perforce database to be reset
    when LDAP authentication is enabled.

#1037486 (Bug #76283) **
    Performance of 'p4d -z -jv <file>' is substantially improved.

#1140112 (Bug #71839) **
    When 'p4 shelve -d -c NNN' was used on an Edge Server to delete a
    promoted shelf, an error message 'Change NNN unknown' was
    incorrectly reported in the Edge Server log.

#1037192 (Bug #78009) **
    It is no longer allowed to create a client named
    _____CLIENT_UNSET_____. Any existing client by this name can
    still be used, but you should plan to delete such a client (if you
    have created one) as soon as possible, for it can interfere with
    the use of P4V against this server.

#1036485 (Bug #77069) **
    A 'p4 describe -S' command on an Edge Server which specified more
    than 1 promoted shelf which was created on a different Edge Server
    would fail with an 'Unknown changelist' message.

#1036596 (Bug #77433) **
    In a distributed configuration, 'p4 unshelve' no longer takes
    the global exclusive file lock for a file of type +l which is
    unshelved for add.

#1035121 (Bug #78036) **
    The 'p4 attribute' command is not allowed on a server which was
    created by 'p4 init'; also, when a revision is copied to another
    server by the 'p4 fetch', 'p4 push', or 'p4 unzip' commands, its
    traitLot field is automatically cleared in the destination.

#1034765 (Bug #75636) **
    A server which has a P4NAME, but does not have a server.id file,
    will now read the configuration information from the server spec
    with ServerID = <that P4NAME>, if such a server spec exists.

#1032558 (Bug #78084) **
    'p4 push -n -v' and 'p4 fetch -n -v' no longer report that
    changelists to be pushed/fetched would be renumbered as change #0.

#1032010 (Bug #74056) **
    'p4 sync --parallel' would fail to expand RCS keywords properly.

#1031176 (Bug #76013) **
    'p4d -xx db.working db.have' could create spurious delete records
    for db.working if a file opened for move or delete is subsequently
    moved and submitted by another client and the opened file is
    then synced to the head revision.

#1030772 (Bug #77871) **
    'p4 -ztag pull -l -s' now provides tagged output.

#1030313 (Bug #77559) **
    A build-server replica would incorrectly process the View: field
    for labels, causing the wrong set of revisions to be specified
    by the label.

#1028751,#1204292 (Bug #56707) **
    The presence of a client spec with the same name as the TCP/IP
    address of a replica machine no longer causes that replica to
    issue the error: "Don't know how to translate paths for OS ''".

#1028372,#1028461 (Bug #77558) **
    A replica with lbr.replication=cache was not able to access
    labels using the autoreload option.

#1027668 (Bug #77595) **
    'p4 export -f' now formats the domain type column correctly for
    unloaded clients, unloaded labels, and unloaded task streams.

#1026707 (Bug #77504) ** *
    'p4 -Zproxyload sync --parallel=...' now correctly updates the
    proxy's archive cache without sending files to the client.

#1026534 (Bug #77280) **
    If a change submitted via an Edge Server was rejected by a
    change-submit or change-content trigger on the Commit Server,
    the change's files were modified to read-only mode on the client
    machine rather than being left in writable mode.

#1026233 (Bug #77435) **
    A 'p4 integ' or 'p4 unshelve' command on an Edge Server which
    failed to open a +l file due to a client-side file transfer error
    would leave an orphaned lock record in db.excl.

#1025869 (Bug #77886) **
    A parsing problem with the 'p4d -i' flag is resolved.

#1025619 (Bug #77726) **
    'p4 unsubmit' commands which have multiple arguments, and which
    terminate due to an error while processing an argument other than
    the first, now correctly sync the workspace with all the work
    that was successfully unsubmitted prior to that error.

#1025545 (Bugs #77656, #77672) **
    Audit log records for the push, fetch, zip, and unzip commands,
    in both the structured audit log and the P4AUDIT log, now have
    improved precision and additional detail.

#1025484 (Bug #77626) **
    The 'p4 unsubmit' and 'p4 resubmit' commands are not available
    on an Edge Server, and issuing them against an Edge Server now
    gives an error message.

#1025380 (Bug #77326) **
    'p4 zip' no longer creates an empty zip file if the specified
    fileset is empty.

#1024502 (Bug #77719) *
    The 'p4 init' or 'p4 clone' commands, when they connect to a
    shared server, would cause log records to be written as an
    "unknown" client program and "unknown" program version.

#1011878 (Bug #77507) **
    Integrate now reports "integrated in pending changelist" when
    repeatedly integrating into a moved file.

#1002449 (Bug #77266) **
    On a replica server, 'p4 monitor show' incorrectly displayed
    paused background threads as terminated, and 'monitor show -s P'
    didn't display paused background threads at all.

#996993 (Bug #75866) **
    A replica which has ArchiveDataFilter specified in its server
    spec will now pull archive contents for lazy copied files which
    satisfy the filter.

#996812 (Bug #76749) **
    On a Windows server, a depot with Map: field specified using
    Windows-style path syntax (E:\depot\...) could not be deleted
    with depot -d even though the directory was in fact empty.

#998869 (Bug #73278) **
    A replica with rpl.checksum.change set to 2 or higher might
    incorrectly report that a changelist checksum differed if the
    changelist was submitted by a workspace with SubmitOptions =
    revertunchanged and at least one unchanged file was reverted
    during the submission of that changelist.

Major new functionality in 2015.1

#877419 ** *
    DVCS workflow support has been added to Perforce. Use this new
    functionality to accomplish the following goals:

    1) You can create a 'personal server' that you can use to manage
       versioned content all by yourself, without interacting with
       any other Perforce server unless you want to.

    2) You can copy work between Perforce servers to implement
       various collaboration workflows.

    3) You can rewrite and revise history to discard unwanted
       intermediate information.

    Use the 'p4 init' command to create a new personal repository,
    or use the 'p4 clone' command to create one with files from an
    existing server.  Use the 'p4 switch' command to create new
    streams, and to switch back and forth between existing streams.

    Use the 'p4 fetch' and 'p4 push' commands to copy work back and
    forth between servers, either peer-to-peer or in a hub-and-spoke
    or hierarchical arrangement. Use the 'p4 remote' and 'p4 remotes'
    commands to manage connections to multiple partner
    repositories.

    Use the 'p4 unsubmit' and 'p4 resubmit' commands to rewrite and
    revise history prior to pushing that work to other servers.

    The new fetch, push, and unsubmit functionality is disabled by
    default, even after upgrading your server executable to 2015.1. To
    enable the new functionality, you must set the 'server.allowpush',
    'server.allowfetch', and/or 'server.allowrewrite' configurables
    to enable the desired level of operation.

    New trigger types and trigger variables are available.

    See 'p4 help dvcs' for complete information.

#856900 **
    Compression of db.have table. By encoding the depot path field
    with an offset into the client path field, db.have records have
    been reduced by up to 35%.  Checkpoint and journal files will 
    continue to have the expanded form.  This space saving will 
    happen over time as clients get resynced. Admins who regularly
    restore from a checkpoint will notice this the first time the
    table is restored.

Minor new functionality in 2015.1

#1010616 (Bug #77331) **
    The server spec has a new field, 'ExternalAddress', to specify
    the external address on an edge server that is used for
    connections from a commit server. Although it is an optional
    field, it must be set in the edge server spec in order for
    parallel submit commands to work in a federated environment.

#986989 (Bug #53185) * **
    'p4 submit' now accepts the '--parallel' flag, to specify that
    multiple files should be transferred in parallel, using
    independent network connections from automatically-invoked child
    processes. In order to run a parallel submit, the configurable
    net.parallel.max must be set to a value greater than 1.

#976359 (Bug #76507) **
    The 'p4 unlock' command now includes the -r flag to allow unlocking
    files left locked by a failed 'p4 push' or 'p4 fetch' command.

#969791 (Bug #75172) **
    Peek locking information now reported along with normal
    lock information

#968391 (Bug #74665) **
    'p4 rec' is a now a synonym for 'p4 reconcile'.

#967271 (Bug #75557) **
    Now 'p4 status' displays files already opened in addition to
    files that need to be reconciled.

#966422 (Bug #75520) **
    New command 'p4 admin setldapusers' allows a super user to update
    all non-super, standard users to use LDAP authentication in a single
    command.

#965070 (Bug #76237) **
    Previously 'p4 servers' and 'p4 servers -J' could not be run by an
    operator.  Now an operator can run the 'p4 servers [-J]' commands,
    which allow operators to monitor the replication status of a
    group of replicas.

#964882 **
    'fstat -Oh' is now lockless on db.rev and db.revtx at db.peeking=3.

#964603 (Bug #55582) **
    Previously 'p4 journalcopy' and 'p4 pull' could be run only by a
    superuser.  Now an operator can run 'p4 pull -l -j', 'p4 pull -l',
    and 'p4 journalcopy -l'.  This allows operators to monitor the
    replication status of a replica.

#963443 (Bug #65298, #74627) **
    The new 'mergeany' stream option allows flow rules for 'p4 merge'
    to be ignored for a particular stream.  The default option of
    'mergedown' preserves the previously existing flow rules.  Streams
    created by 'p4 switch' on a personal server use 'mergeany'.

#963085 (Bug #75519) **
    The LDAP automatic user creation feature enabled as part of setting
    'auth.default.method' to 'ldap' has been moved to a new configurable
    'auth.ldap.userautocreate'. In order to allow 'p4 login' to create
    user automatically after successful authentication against an LDAP
    server, the 'auth.default.method' configurable must be set to 'ldap'
    and the 'auth.ldap.userautocreate' must be set to 1.

#962982 (Bug #75562) **
    New simpler syntax for 'p4 merge' with streams.  If no arguments are
    specified, the target defaults to the current stream, and the source
    defaults to the current stream's parent.  A different source can be
    specified with '--from STREAMNAME', which is an alias for '-P'.  The
    stream may be specified as a directory name relative to the current
    stream depot, e.g. '--from main' instead of '--from //Ace/main'.

#962680 (Bug #19474) **
    New command 'p4 ldapsync -g' updates Perforce groups' users list to
    match the members of an LDAP group. This requires LDAP fields on the
    group specifications to be set for any group that is to be
    synchronized with an LDAP group.

#959007 (Bug #75748) **
    The read-only LDAP search user's password is no longer stored in
    cleartext in the LDAP configuration spec files.

#952949 **
    'p4 sync' will now automatically resolve files where the previously
    synced version does not differ from the newer depot revision.

#946084 (Bug #64757) **
    'p4 revert' now supports a new flag '-C client'. This flag allows 
    a user with admin privilege to revert files opened in another
    client.  

#938958 (Bug #4063) *** ** *
    The Windows platform can now support filenames longer than
    260 characters.  The filesys.windows.lfn=1 tunable must be set
    where ever this functionality is required, Client and Server.

#936955 (Bug #75207) **
    'p4 reconcile' will now detect files that are open for delete but
    are physically present on the client, and reopen them for edit.

#930083 (Bug #71699) **
    'p4 interchanges' now reports changes that consist solely
    of 'ignored' integrates if those changes have not yet been
    integrated into the target.

#907436 **
    The new '-r' flag for 'p4 sync' permits pending work to be carried
    over to a different file when the client view is changed.  For 
    example, pending work can be moved to a different stream by running
    'p4 client -f -s' followed by 'p4 sync -r'.

#901864 * **
    'p4 status -s' previews files needing reconcile, but lists
    files to be opened for add in subdirectories rather than
    individually.

#900158 (Bug #68860) **
    'p4 add' now traverses the workspace when given a file argument
    containing '...', similar to 'p4 reconcile -a'.

#897834 (Bug #74382) *
    'p4 -G' now accept marshalled inputs from Python version 3 or 
    later.

#861918 (Bug #72999) **
    An unnecessary update to the db.locks table has been removed from
    the file transfer phase of 'p4 submit'.

Bugs fixed in 2015.1

#1463567 (Bug #86424) **
    Edge Servers might halt replicating if an obliterate command
    was run concurrently with a very large populate or submit command.

#1458557 (Bug #89052) **
    A forwarding replica with lbr.replication=shared will no longer
    attempt to update the (shared) archive area during the file
    transfer phase of a forwarded 'p4 submit'. The cache-on-submit
    behavior is still present for forwarding replicas with
    lbr.replication set to either readonly or cache.

#1455848 (Bug #88980) **
    In replica chaining configurations, replicas which were not
    directly connected to the master server were not processing
    archive deletion operations arising from operations such as
    submission of a binary+S file, deletion of a shelf, obliteration,
    archive depot operations or retype +l commands.

#1419606 (Bug #87773) **
    An optimization in 'p4 integrate' for directly related files
    was broken by change 901775, causing some integrates to take longer
    than necessary in the presence of large numbers of branches.  Fixed.

#1412767 (Bug #87638) *
    The 'p4 init' command would write a small number of journal
    records to the end of the file specified by P4JOURNAL, if set.
    The local server initialization is now performed with -J off.

#1411325 (Bug #81360) **
    A 'p4 fetch' command which transferred both a text (RCS) file whose
    archive was already present in the destination server and a lazy
    copy of that file, would leave the lazy copy corrupt. 'p4 verify'
    would report 'MISSING!' and requests for the file's content would
    report 'RCS checkout  failed!'.

Bugs fixed in 2015.1 PATCH17

#1410678 (Bug #87181) **
    Correct the digest used to ensure that content is transferred
    correctly to commands within triggers (such as a 'change-content'
    trigger) when submitting a shelf. A shelf is implicitly submitted
    to the commit server when a submit is run on an edge server.

#1395561 (Bug #86855) **
    Multi-threaded applications using the same connection could
    disrupt the flow control of long running commands like submit.
    This change prevents the server from executing any more callbacks
    as soon as the problem is detected.

#1379035 (Bug #86262) **
    Improve performance around structured logs. Log writers will
    now only acquire a shared lock on the 'logrotate' server meta
    lock when there are actually writes to the structured logs.

#1378935 (Bug #85991) **
    Report to stderr (except on Windows), and syslog or
    the event log (as supported by the platform), any errors
    encountered when writing to the server log or a structured log.

#1365883 (Bug #85680) **
    Improve concurrency around structured logs. Log writers will
    now acquire a shared lock instead of an exclusive lock on the
    'logrotate' server meta lock to block log rotations.

#1352542 (Bug #85157) *
    The MacOSX command line client could fail to complete a parallel
    sync if two or more parallel transfers attempted to create the
    same directory in the filesystem at the same time; the failing
    file transfer would print: "mkdir: /path/to/dir: File exists".

#1341013 (Bug #84992) **
    If an archive file for a local shelf on an Edge Server should
    become damaged or missing, deleting the shelf, or deleting or
    replacing that file in the shelf, will now cancel any pending
    file transfer for that file which was listed in 'pull -l'.

#1340637 (Bug #77782) **
    The archive deletion journal records for archives deleted by
    certain shelve and submit command forms are now written in
    individual journal transactions, which can improve the
    responsiveness of replicas waiting for the archive deletion
    to complete.

#1337988 (Bug #84848) ** *
    'p4 -Zproxyverbose sync --parallel=...' now correctly displays the
    diagnostic information about which files were delivered from the
    proxy's cache.

#1335377 (Bug #84710) **
    The fix for bug 70118 is generalized, and now applies to all
    server platforms.

#1332907 (Bug #84705) **
    A failed 'p4 fetch' or 'p4 push' operation now removes any
    archive files which it copied to the destination server prior
    to the failure.

#1323224 (Bug #84441) *
    'p4 clone' would mis-handle depot file paths containing spaces.

#1313382 (Bug #84023) **
    The 'p4 zip -A' command could fail to include all the necessary
    archive files, leading to an "archive entry missing" error when
    running 'p4 unzip -A' subsequently.

#1312636 (Bug #76913) **
    'p4 files <filespec>' when using a revision specifier
    other than #head (e.g. @label), or a revision range ending
    with a revision specifier other than #head, will now access
    the rev table in lockless mode. 'p4 files <filespec>@label'
    will now also access the label table in lockless mode.
    'p4 files <filespec>@change,@change' will now also access
    the revcx table in lockless mode. And at 'db.peeking=3',
    'p4 files <filespec>' will now access the rev table in
    lockless mode, even if not using a revision specifier
    or a revision range.

Bugs fixed in 2015.1 PATCH10

#1250127 (Bug #81342) **
    Under certain conditions a 'change-failed' trigger could run while
    the parent 'submit' process was holding locks, this could cause
    a deadlock.

#1249596 (Bug #81329) **
    'p4 changes -s pending' could scan the db.workingx database 
    table unnecessarily when a lot of restricted shelved changes 
    are present.

#1248997 (Bugs #79381, #79384) * ** ***
    With Windows long filename support enabled, submitting a text 
    file with a depot repository name just over 260 characters in 
    length could cause the submit to fail.

#1247146 (Bug #81257) **
    'p4 submit' from an edge server was incorrectly applying the
    shelve configurables 'dm.shelve.maxfiles' and 'dm.shelve.maxsize'
    as part of its file transfer process.

#1244865 (Bug #77040) **
    Large fech/push operations are now more concurrent. Specifically,
    the write lock on the db.counters table is held for a much
    shorter duration.

#1242778 (Bug #81040) **
    The server.locks.archive configurable introduced by #898102 now
    also applies to the 'p4 restore' command.

Bugs fixed in 2015.1 PATCH9

#1240752 (Bug #80943) **
    'p4 integrate' can suffer from performance problems (excessive 
    db.revhx scanning) when using wildcards at a shallow depth.
    This has been fixed.

#1239015 (Bug #80722) **
    A file which was integrated from a streams depot to a local
    depot, or vice versa, would be placed into the wrong location in
    the proxy cache if it was accessed via the proxy by a command
    such as 'p4 sync' or 'p4 print'. Note that the symptom of this
    bug is in the proxy cache, but the fix is in the server.

#1236012 (Bug #80864) **
    A mistake in the 'p4 remote' file mapping lines will no longer
    allow a 'p4 fetch', 'p4 push', or 'p4 zip' command to generate
    filenames with illegal depot syntax.

#1235448 (Bug #80818) **
    If a fetch, push, or unzip command imported a move/delete revision
    which was created by a pre-2013.1 server, and the revision of
    that file immediately prior to the move/delete revision was an
    integration from a location which was not covered by the remote
    map used by the fetch/push/unzip command, the metadata for the
    move/delete revision could be damaged.

#1235330 (Bug #80774) **
    Improve security by increasing randomness in tickets generated 
    by 'p4 login'.

#1234699 (Bug #79472) **
    'p4 copy' will no longer consider invisible charset metadata when
    determining whether two files are already identical.

#1234699 (Bug #80762) **
    'p4 resolve -at' between files with differing charsets will now
    copy the charset metadata even if server.filecharset is not set.
    This prevents the 'copy from' resolve record from downgrading to
    a 'merge from' due to the charset difference.

#1228149 (Bug #80494) **
    A change with a missing db.desc record could cause a server crash
    if that change was accessed by a fetch, push, or zip command.

#1225954,1226981 (Bug #80379) * **
    On Windows an uninitialized variable could cause a file
    rename to fail.  This has been corrected.

Bugs fixed in 2015.1 PATCH8

#1225954 (Bug #80379) * **
    On Windows an uninitialized variable could cause a file
    rename to fail.  This has been corrected.

#1225235 (Bug #74936) **
    A 'sync --parallel' command issued via a forwarding replica would
    complete immediately, but would sync no files.

#1223646 (Bug #80332) **
    If a fetch/push command was issued with a Commit Server or Edge
    Server as the destination of the fetch/push, and the set of files
    being copied included some files of type +l, and the command was
    interrupted or cancelled (e.g., using ^C), then the files of type
    +l were left exclusively locked by a client with an invalid
    client name (the name was wrongly prefixed by a double slash).

#1222805 (Bugs #72888, 80283) * ** ***
    When using SSL with an X.509 certificate whose key size is
    greater than 2048 bits, then servers and clients could crash
    or (possibly) exhibit other incorrect behavior while calculating
    the certificate fingerprint during connection establishment.
    Similarly, 'p4d -Gf' and 'p4p -Gf' could crash while calculating
    the certificate fingerprint.  This has been corrected.

#1218770 (Bug #38284) **
    Fixed a case where 'p4 annotate -i/-I' could perform excessive
    database scans and consume large amounts of memory with a combination
    of extensive integration history and a complex protection table.

Bugs fixed in 2015.1 PATCH7

#1216917 (Bug #80122) **
    Change #1128864 addressing server log rotation issues on windows 
    server platform introduced some instability into the server that
    could cause a recursive loop leading to a crash. 

#1216335 (Bug #80086) **
    Correct high ascii character handling when the Windows Server is
    in unicode mode, related to long file name handling.

#1215896 (Bug #78784) **
    Submitting to a combination of task stream path and Import+ path
    in the same changelist is not allowed, but not prevented. This
    change catches the combination and rejects the submit, the user
    has to resubmit changes to the filepaths in separate submits.

#1215836 (Bug #79924) **
    Extremely rare Btree problem would cause the p4d service to hang
    while database tables are locked.  Fixed.

#1213580 (Bug #79647) **
    p4d -jr would mis-handle the revStatus field if replaying db.rev
    journal records written by a 2005.2 or older server.

Bugs fixed in 2015.1 PATCH6

#1204381, #1028849 (Bug #56707) **
    The presence of a client spec with the same name as the TCP/IP
    address of a replica machine no longer causes that replica to
    issue the error: "Don't know how to translate paths for OS ''".

#1202710 (Bugs #44639, #63140, #74807) **
    The verify command now supports the -S flag to specify that
    shelved files are to be verified. This flag can also be combined
    with the -t flag on a replica to schedule the transfer of any
    missing or damaged shelf archives from the master server.

#1201560 (Bug #79689) **
    Files that have been renamed, copied over from unrelated files, and
    then deleted will now resolve automatically when integrated into 
    other branches where none of those things have happened.

#1178443 (Bug #79473) *** ** *
    The Windows support for filenames longer than 260 characters will
    now handle highbit ascii characters correctly.

#1172450 (Bug #79504, #79402) **
    A submit initiated on an Edge Server which failed due to a
    problem detected after the edge-content trigger had been checked
    could leave the changelist incorrectly marked as "shelved", and
    possibly also as "promoted", on the Commit Server, although the
    changelist was correctly recorded on the Edge Server itself.

Bugs fixed in 2015.1 PATCH5

#1142007 (Bug #79341) **
    Since change 1017756, in a Commit/Edge configuration, when
    'p4 shelve -d' deleted a promoted shelf, the fix records for
    jobs which were attached to the pending changelist were
    incorrectly removed.

#1140112 (Bug #71839) **
    When 'p4 shelve -d -c NNN' was used on an Edge Server to delete a
    promoted shelf, an error message 'Change NNN unknown' was
    incorrectly reported in the Edge Server log.

#1130584 (Bug #79238) **
    Searches for rename history when integrating renamed files will now
    stop once a common ancestor has been found.

#1128864 (Bugs #70118,#70738) **
    Windows servers using the serverlog.maxmb setting will no longer
    generate duplicate server log files when rotation occurs under
    heavy load. As a result of this change, server lockfiles under
    the 'server.locks/meta' subdirectory are no longer stored in
    numbered subdirectories, so the lockfiles will be named
    'server.locks/meta/db', 'server.locks/meta/journal', etc.

#1128635 (Bug #79104) **
    Since change 616010, the 'p4 sync' and 'p4 integrate' commands
    have been enforcing the MaxResults limit, if set, on the size of
    the intermediate results of the sync or integrate command,
    which could in some situations mean that the user's MaxResults
    setting had to be large enough to contain their entire have list.
    Now the MaxResults limit is enforced only on the size of the
    final results of the sync or integrate command.

#1127296 (Bug #79353) **
    A 'sync --parallel' command which sync'd any files of type 'binary'
    would write an incorrect value for the 'type' field of the db.have
    record for the binary file(s). This could cause problems later
    when integrating changes into these files from other branches.
    Any workspaces potentially affected by this bug should be sync'd
    to revision #0 and then re-sync'd for all files of type binary at
    their convenience in order to rewrite the db.have records.

#1126925 (Bug #79178) **
    A new configuration parameter 'rejectList' has been added to
    reject certain application/version combinations from the server.
    For example to reject the 2014.2 version of P4EXP:
    configure set "rejectList=P4EXP,version=2014.2,Operating System"

Bugs fixed in 2015.1 PATCH4

#1099652 (Bug #79317) **
    Fixed a filename resolve base selection issue where a file had
    been moved back and forth on a series of ancestor branches 
    while being intermittently copied over.

#1099588 (Bug #79249) **
    The fix for bug #64713 has caused a regression with 'p4 reopen'
    behavior with default changelists.  Consequently, change #782990 
    has been backed-out.

#1098936 (Bug #77687) **
    The 'p4 init' and 'p4 clone' commands can now be used from a
    directory with a name containing one of the Perforce wildcard
    characters (@/#/%/*).

#1098195 (Bug 79298) **
    Change #771609 introduced a performance regression with
    'p4 filelog' that could cause excessive scanning of db.integed.

#1097831 (Bug #72558) ** *
    On Mac OS X, Perforce variables are no longer retrieved from user
    or system preferences in your Mac preferences folder. The Perforce
    variables on Mac OS X now behave in the same way as they do on other
    Unix-like platforms, including the use of P4ENVIRO files. This means
    that 'p4 set -s' no longer has any effect on Mac OS X.

Bugs fixed in 2015.1 PATCH3

#1078790 (Bug #79275) **
    Fixed a case involving a remerge after various move, delete, 
    re-add, and copies.

#1071011 (Bug #75098) **
    'p4 cstat' now runs (fully) lockless when peeking is set to 3.

#1070381 (Bug #79139) **
    The zip file written by 'p4 zip -A' was missing archive content
    for branched files if the '-r' flag was omitted.

#1070377 (Bug #79171) **
    A 'p4 fetch/push/unzip' command on a highly active server could
    diagnose conflicts incorrectly.

#1070360 (Bug #77551) **
    'p4d -i' when run under inetd on unix no longer shows 'unknown'
    for all addresses.

#1070184 (Bug #79180) **
    LDAP authentication using the SASL bind method now uses /dev/urandom
    instead of /dev/random to avoid depleting the system's entropy pool.

#1069094 (Bug #79106) **
    Running many concurrent 'p4 unzip' processes could cause a server
    crash and potential btree corruption.

#1067856 (Bug #79123) **
    Fixed a case where renamed files might not match up with each
    other during an integrate if they were not branched from each 
    other originally, but were instead subsequently copied over each 
    other in a baseless integrate or copy.

#1067584 (Bug #79110) **
    In a distributed configuration, 'p4 submit -e --parallel' run
    from an edge server would silently ignore valid parallel
    options and would run in non-parallel mode. This has been fixed.

#1066073 (Bug #79045) **
    In a distributed configuration, the command 'p4 switch' could
    error with the message 'Slashes (/) not allowed in <streamname>'.
    This would cause the switch shelf (stash) to not be deleted.

#1065481 (Bug #77360) **
    In a distributed configuration, the 'edit -n' and 'delete -n'
    commands for a file of type +l might incorrectly report that
    the file was opened by another user, though it was not.

Bugs fixed in 2015.1 PATCH2

#1063251 (Bug #78965) **
    'p4 fetch' on a case-insensitive server would fail with a file
    transfer error when fetching multiple revisions of a file of type
    text if the revision names differed in case.

#1062781 (Bug #74254 ) **
    Tagged output for 'p4 submit' from an edge server no longer
    generates duplicate entries for depotFile, rev, and change.

#1062239 (Bug #78917 ) * **
    'p4 submit --parallel' now works with certain custom licenses.

#1062090 (Bug #79018) **
    'p4 changes <filepath>' has been optimized by adding a flag
    to terminate processing at an end point '-e changelist'.

#1061247 (Bugs #78830,#78915) **
    A replica with rpl.checksum.change set to 2 or higher might
    incorrectly write its own journal file under conditions of high
    concurrency on the master, resulting in incorrect behavior and
    problems with replicas of this replica.

#1059780 (Bug #78855) * **
    'p4 sync --parallel' now works with certain custom licenses.

#1059694 (Bug #78818) *
    Usernames containing backslash characters no longer cause 'p4 init'
    or 'p4 clone' to fail.

#1058704 (Bug #78785) **
    If a replica with rpl.checksum.change set to 2 or higher
    encountered an internal error processing a changelist checksum
    note, it would halt replication. Now, it logs the error but
    resumes replication.

Bugs fixed in 2015.1 PATCH1

#1051000 (Bug #78647) **
    On an Edge Server with submit.unlocklocked=1, a submit which fails
    with "Out of date files must be resolved or reverted" could
    incorrectly alter the resolve state of the open files if the
    conflicting change was submitted simultaneously.

#1047834 (Bug #78444) **
    The replica-specific table db.user.rp is now journaled. This means
    that the table data will appear in checkpoints, journals and
    dumps. The replica pull thread automatically filters out all
    db.user.rp records from its P4TARGET server, which is normally the
    desired behavior, since records in this table are unique to each
    replica's activity. However, for maintaining warm standby replicas
    of other replicas, you can set rpl.replay.userrp=1 for the standby
    replica to disable the filtering and replicate db.user.rp data.

#1046060 (Bug #73967) **
    'p4 -ztag servers' could report incorrect values for the 'User'
    field for server specs upgraded from an older release.

#1045565 (Bug #78497) **
    Promoting a shelf, then subsequently deleting it, using the same
    network connection to the Edge Server could fail to properly
    delete the shelf.

#1042871 (Bug #78427) *
    'p4 -P <ticket> sync --parallel' will no longer give authentication
    errors for the file transfer sub-processes.

#1040963 (Bug #78416) **
    The new command 'p4 switch' was incorrectly forwarding when
    executed from an edge server.

#1039853 (Bugs #73075, #74961) **
    The revision specifier @client was not working properly for
    clients bound to a build-server.

#1039277 (Bug #78383) **
    A 'p4 describe' command which accesses a remote promoted shelf now
    properly reports any communications-related error conditions which
    occur when retrieving the remote shelf.

#1039178 (Bug #77617) **
    'p4 resubmit' can now resubmit an unsubmitted change which
    involved the oldest non-purged revision of a file of type +S.

#1037755 (Bug #76982) *
    If a 'p4 sync --parallel' child process encounters an error
    writing files to the local machine, the parent 'p4 sync' command
    now returns a non-zero exit status to the operating system.

#1037486 (Bug #76283) **
    Performance of 'p4d -z -jv <file>' is substantially improved.

#1036596 (Bug #77433) **
    In a distributed configuration, 'p4 unshelve' no longer takes
    the global exclusive file lock for a file of type +l which is
    unshelved for add.

#1036485 (Bug #77069) **
    A 'p4 describe -S' command on an Edge Server which specified more
    than 1 promoted shelf which was created on a different Edge Server
    would fail with an 'Unknown changelist' message.

#1036167 (Bug #76002) **
    Stream 'import+' paths are not being referenced when the stream
    type is virtual.  This was causing warnings on 'p4 edit' and a
    failure on 'p4 submit' of any files within these import+ paths.
    Fixed.

#1035768 (Bug #78164) **
    In a distributed environment, the change-failed trigger now
    runs on the commit server rather than on the edge server.

#1035121 (Bug #78036) **
    The 'p4 attribute' command is not allowed on a server which was
    created by 'p4 init'; also, when a revision is copied to another
    server by the 'p4 fetch', 'p4 push', or 'p4 unzip' commands, its
    traitLot field is automatically cleared in the destination.

#1033794 (Bug #75637) **
    'p4 help administration' now lists the three LDAP related commands:
    'p4 ldap', 'p4 ldaps' and 'p4 ldapsync'.

#1033412 (Bug #78198) * ** ***
    Updated version of OpenSSL to 1.0.1m to address possible
    vulnerabilities: CVE-2015-0287, CVE-2015-0293, and
    CVE-2015-0288.

#1032558 (Bug #78084) **
    'p4 push -n -v' and 'p4 fetch -n -v' no longer report that
    changelists to be pushed/fetched would be renumbered as change #0.

#1032010 (Bug #74056) **
    'p4 sync --parallel' would fail to expand RCS keywords properly.

#1031176 (Bug #76013) **
    'p4d -xx db.working db.have' could create spurious delete records
    for db.working if a file opened for move or delete is subsequently
    moved and submitted by another client and the opened file is
    then synced to the head revision.

#1030772 (Bug #77871) **
    'p4 -ztag pull -l -s' now provides tagged output.

#1030610 (Bug #77873) **
    'p4 protects -u' for a service user was showing protects access to
    content, although service users cannot be used to browse or update 
    a repository.

#1033960 (Bug #78106) **
    In a distributed environment (edge/commit) promoting of shelves
    to the commit server could result in a long duration lock being
    held over multiple commands.  This would be more visible when
    using P4V rather than the command line.

#1033794 (Bug #75637) **
    'p4 help administration' now lists the three LDAP related commands:
    'p4 ldap', 'p4 ldaps' and 'p4 ldapsync'.

#1032558 (Bug #78084) **
    'p4 push -n -v' and 'p4 fetch -n -v' no longer report that
    changelists to be pushed/fetched would be renumbered as change #0.

#1033412 (Bug #78198) * ** ***
    Updated version of OpenSSL to 1.0.1m to address possible
    vulnerabilities: CVE-2015-0287, CVE-2015-0293, and
    CVE-2015-0288.

#1032557 (Bug #76351)
    Performance problems in a distributed environment exhibited by
    'p4 submit' and 'p4 shelve -p' introduced by change 969974 is
    addressed. Specifically, file transfer time was degraded under
    conditions of high latency when submitting or promoting changes
    with many files.  This problem that was introduced in the
    initial 2015.1 release has been fixed.

#1032042 (Bug #74056) **
    'p4 sync --parallel' would fail to expand RCS keywords properly.

#1031202 (Bug #76013) **
    'p4d -xx db.working db.have' could create spurious delete records
    for db.working if a file opened for move or delete is subsequently
    moved and submitted by another client and the opened file is
    then synced to the head revision.

#1030772 (Bug #77871) **
    'p4 -ztag pull -l -s' now provides tagged output.

#1030698 (Bug #77559) **
    A build-server replica would incorrectly process the View: field
    for labels, causing the wrong set of revisions to be specified
    by the label.

#1030610 (Bug #77873) **
    'p4 protects -u' for a service/operator user was showing protects 
    access to content, although service/operator users cannot be used 
    to browse or update a repository.

#1030042 (Bug #77728) **
    The 'min' argument of the '--parallel' options is now correctly
    enforced when submitting through an edge server.

#1029907 (Bug #78113) **
    'p4 switch' and 'p4 switch -l' were taking out an unnecessary
     client lock.

#1029218 (Bug #78099) **
    'p4 fetch' and 'p4 push' no longer cause an "unknown command"
    error when the remote server is a DCS node.

#1028633 (Bug #77558) **
    A replica with lbr.replication=cache was not able to access
    labels using the autoreload option.

#1028018 (Bug #78012)
    Performance problems in a distributed environment exhibited by
    'p4 submit' and 'p4 shelve -p' introduced by change 969974 is
    addressed. Specifically, file transfer time was degraded under
    conditions of high latency when submitting or promoting changes
    with many files.  This problem that was introduced in the
    initial 2015.1 release has been fixed.

#1027765 (Bug #77595) **
    'p4 export -f' now formats the domain type column correctly for
    unloaded clients, unloaded labels, and unloaded task streams.

#1026750 (Bug #77504) ** *
    'p4 -Zproxyload sync --parallel=...' now correctly updates the
    proxy's archive cache without sending files to the client.

#1026544 (Bug #77280) **
    If a change submitted via an Edge Server was rejected by a
    change-submit or change-content trigger on the Commit Server,
    the change's files were modified to read-only mode on the client
    machine rather than being left in writable mode.

#1026312 (Bug #77435) **
    A 'p4 integ' or 'p4 unshelve' command on an Edge Server which
    failed to open a +l file due to a client-side file transfer error
    would leave an orphaned lock record in db.excl.

#1025869 (Bug #77886) **
    A parsing problem with the 'p4d -i' flag is resolved.

#1025589 (Bug #75647) **
    'p4 unload -c' from an edge server now allows unloading of clients
    with promoted shelves.

#1025619 (Bug #77726) **
    'p4 unsubmit' commands which have multiple arguments, and which
    terminate due to an error while processing an argument other than
    the first, now correctly sync the workspace with all the work
    that was successfully unsubmitted prior to that error.

#1025545 (Bugs #77656, #77672) **
    Audit log records for the push, fetch, zip, and unzip commands,
    in both the structured audit log and the P4AUDIT log, now have
    improved precision and additional detail.

#1025484 (Bug #77626) **
    The 'p4 unsubmit' and 'p4 resubmit' commands are not available
    on an Edge Server, and issuing them against an Edge Server now
    gives an error message.

#1025380 (Bug #77326) **
    'p4 zip' no longer creates an empty zip file if the specified
    fileset is empty.

#1024502 (Bug #77719) *
    The 'p4 init' or 'p4 clone' commands, when they connect to a
    shared server, would cause log records to be written as an
    "unknown" client program and "unknown" program version.

#1024419 (Bug #77730) **
    The 'p4 ldapsync' could run on replicas, potentially changing the
    contents of the replica's db.group table. This change restricts
    'p4 ldapsync' so that it may only run on the master; replicas may
    forward the command, if forwarding is enabled. If configured to run
    in the background on a replica, 'p4 ldapsync' will immediately stop.

Bugs fixed in 2015.1

#1017756 (Bug #75344, #77391, #77392, #77395, #77421, #77577,
              #77578) **
    In a distributed installation, fix records for jobs would not
    be global until submit.  This could lead to inconsistent 
    information depending on which edge server you were connected
    to. With this change, all fix record modifications made through
    'p4 change' or 'p4 fix' are distributed to all participating
    servers.

#1012267 (Bug #77505) **
    'p4 sync --parallel' could issue malloc errors when a user enters
    a value for threads that overflows an integer. This has been
    fixed.

#1010386 (Bug #77471) **
    The 'reload -p' command, used to migrate a workspace from one
    Edge Server to another, or between an Edge Server and the Commit
    Server, failed in certain specialized licensing scenarios.

#1008489 (Bug #77390) **
    In a distributed installation, a pending change can be viewed on
    a server other than the server where the change was created. In
    such a situation, the pending change will not display a list of
    open files (the open files are shown only on the owning server).
    The 'change -d' command would incorrectly allow the pending change
    to be deleted if the command was issued on a server other than the
    owning server; this behavior is fixed and the command is now
    rejected with an appropriate error message.

#1004762 (Bug #77358) **
    Fixed a crash that could occur when unshelving moved files to
    a different branch.

#1003603 (Bug #77229) **
    The istat command run against a task stream target was not detecting
    delete actions in the parent stream, while the revisions in the task
    stream had not been promoted.  Fixed.

#1003287 (Bug #77269) **
    On a forwarding replica with server.depot.root set, a submit which
    added new files to a depot with a relative mapping would cache
    copies of those files in the default location under P4ROOT, instead
    of in the directory named by server.depot.root

#1002985 (Bug #76685) **
    Stream 'import+' paths defined in streams whose parent type is
    virtual were not checking for the base (submittable) path of the
    target stream, causing a warning on 'p4 edit' and failure on 
    'p4 submit'.  Fixed.

#1001669 (Bug #77231) *
    P4CLIENTPATH checking would not allow filenames with '..'
    as part of a path component.  Fixed.

#999127 (Bug #77223) **
    Replication threads (pull or journalcopy) using "long poll"
    (-i 0) could sometimes report a failure to open the wrong
    journal file.  Fixed.

#998869 (Bug #73278) **
    A replica with rpl.checksum.change set to 2 or higher might
    incorrectly report that a changelist checksum differed if the
    changelist was submitted by a workspace with SubmitOptions =
    revertunchanged and at least one unchanged file was reverted
    during the submission of that changelist.

#992976 (Bug #77084) **
    'p4 -Ztag resolve -ot' now correctly displays the base for forced
    text merges of binary files.

#992705 (Bug #77031) *
    Client progress indicators now work for values of 1 million and
    higher.

#984381 (Bug #76808) **
    The Perforce Windows Service shutdown time has been been shortened
    from a maximum of 120 seconds to a maximum of 15 seconds.  This
    is bit more friendly to "net stop".

#980686 (Bug #76686) **
    Parallel sync could under some high concurrency scenarios scan
    too many rows from db.sendq. This has been fixed.

#979648 (Bug #76627) **
    Authentication failure occurs attempting to use P4V or
    P4VS clients -> swarm integration in a DCS configuration.

#978994 (Bug #76443) **
    'p4 status' could produce corrupted filenames in its output
    on windows platforms when the command is called with '/'
    as part of the file argument. This has been fixed.

#978936 (Bug #76625) *
    Commands that do checksum verification of client files were always
    reporting symlink files on Windows clients as changed.  Fixed.

#976632 (Bug #76190) *
    If a password was set via P4PASSWD or the -P option,
    ticket lookups would fail.  These ticket lookups are needed
    to check for valid logins on remote servers while
    the local server is logged in via password.  Fixed.

#976629 (Bug #54717) **
    If there was an invalid ticket in the ticket file
    and a valid logged in ticket in P4PASSWD that valid ticket
    was not honored.  Fixed.

#976189 (Bug #76546) **
    Parallel sync's per-thread batch count could under some
    circumstances exceed what was specified in the 'batch'
    argument. This has been fixed.

#975020 (Bug #76277) *
    In some cases p4 set -S Perforce may not display the setting
    for P4PORT.  This has been corrected.

#972184 (Bug #37989) **
    'p4 submit' now checks that if a text file would add new revisions
    to an existing RCS archive file, that that file exists. This check
    can be disabled by setting the new configurable 'lbr.rcs.existcheck'
    to 0.

#971892 (Bug #76371) **
    'p4 integrate' no longer exempts files from searches for renames
    based on the presence of direct credit in the reverse direction.

#969974 (Bug #76351) **
    'p4 submit' from an edge server could succeed even when files
    of type 'ctext' failed to transfer to the commit server. This
    has been fixed.

#968589 (Bug #67075) **
    'p4d -jr -f -s' was not rejournaling delete records when
    the record was not actually deleted.  This causes problems
    when you want to align replicas with a master.  Fixed.

#966093 (Bug #5617) *
    Form files with specifications edited are no longer removed
    in case of several errors.  A new error reporting that the
    file was kept is reported.  Related, the temporary files
    created for spec edits are now created with owner only
    permissions.

#965293 (Bug #61632) **
    The pull and pull -u threads of replica servers no longer retain
    an open file handle to the journal file on the master server
    when they are otherwise idle.

#963201 (Bug #44559) **
    Replica servers will now detect an accidental invocation of
    'p4d -jc' or 'p4d -jj' issued directly to the replica, and will
    refuse that command. The correct way to checkpoint a replica is
    to run 'p4 admin checkpoint' on the replica, then rotate the
    journals on the master server.

#962556 (Bug #75947) **
    Cluster members don't see failover if they are down at the time.
    Added a P4TARGET verification phase during server startup
    to assure that servers are updated with the latest
    failover changes if they occured when the server was down.

#961024 (Bug #76044) **
    'p4 submit' will no longer permit an 'edit' to be submitted to a
    file that is deleted at the head revision.

#960002 (Bug #73909) **
    When a workspace on an Edge Server was used to merge new files into
    a task stream, the workspace's have records were not properly
    updated at the completion of the submit.

#958549 (Bug #75724) **
    Erronious dbopen::get status 1 errors when file altered
    during submit errors are reported.  Fixed.

#952713 (Bug #75810) **
    'p4d -jd' would issue an error message if db.ckphist was read-only.

#949563 (Bug #75718) **
    On an Edge Server, 'p4 print -o' of a remote shelf mishandles the
    name of the output file.

#940873 **
    A server started with 'p4d -i' no longer writes journal note 7
    to its journal when it starts.

#937039 (Bug #75196) **
    The post-user-info command trigger is now available for use.

#936970 (Bug #74245) **
    'p4 stream -d name' should not complete when there are clients
    of the stream.  This protection was failing when only versioned
    clients (containing both Stream and StreamAtChange fields) of
    the stream existed.  This has been fixed.

#936970 (Bug #73130) **
    Deleting a stream-client fails when the underlying stream has
    been deleted and no-longer exists.  To delete this client, first
    unload the client using 'p4 unload -c <client>' followed by 
    delete using 'p4 client -d <client>'.

#933680 *
    'p4 reconcile -m' will now perform digest checks on files whose
    modtime is older (not just newer) than the modtime value stored
    on the server.

#933045 (Bug #73790) **
    'p4 revert -a' now will revert files opened for add that
    are missing from the workspace if they do not have 
    pending integration records.

#930749 (Bug #41230) **
    'p4 duplicate' would sometimes fail reporting corruption
    of the db.integed table.  Fixed.

#929671 (Bug #74935) **
    'p4 configure set' now obeys the filesys.P4ROOT.min and
    filesys.P4JOURNAL.min configurable values.

#928004 (Bug #74855) **
    'p4 interchanges' will now exclude changes that have been integrated
    individually between files that do not share a single common base.

#927254 (Bug #74842) **
    'p4 integrate' will no longer consider a file that has been 
    re-branched over itself to contain new changes relative to
    its parent revision.

#926748 (Bug #74663) **
    If 'p4 reload -c <client> -p <commit>' was used to migrate a
    workspace from the Commit Server to an Edge Server, the command
    would complete before all the database changes made to the Commit
    Server had been fully replicated to that Edge Server.

#909170 (Bug #74645) * **
    Resolving a file and accepting 'theirs' with modtime enabled will
    now set the client file's timestamp to match the depot revision its
    contents were copied from.  Previously the server-side timestamp was
    copied, but the client file would not be updated until the next sync.

#908151 (Bug #72457) **
    Running out of space in the shared memory db.monitor table
    could cause server crashs.  Fixed.

#905967 (Bugs #74263,#74425) **
    Stream clients of task streams can no longer be modified to point
    to different streams while there are opened files in the client.    
    For non-task stream clients, a warning is given when there are
    opened files - which the '-f' (force) flag can override.  Those
    files opened will remain unsubmittable until the stream field is 
    returned to the originating stream.

#904476 (Bug #73913) **
    'p4 reconcile' elapsed time performance has been improved
     when detecting non-textual files to open for edit.

#901775 (Bug #74331) **
    A case involving integrating a delete between two renamed files
    has been improved to no longer provoke a conflict.

#900691 (Bug #73887) **
    The 'p4 renameuser' command can now be used successfully in a
    P4AUTH configuration. In such a case, you'll need to rename the
    user in both servers, by issuing a separate 'p4 renameuser'
    command to each server, in either order.

#899057 (Bug #71623) **
    'p4 populate', when run with fromFile and toFile was not checking
    if the target (toFile) was within a stream and therefore not able
    to update the change field of that stream.

#899077 (Bugs #74233,#74234) **
    Certain file transfer errors were not reliably detected by
    'p4 shelve -p'.

#897653 (Bug #68823) **
    'p4 reconcile', when run through a client of a virtual stream was
    not checking for the base (submittable) path of the target stream,
    causing an unnecessary warning.  This has been fixed.

#892210 **
    'p4 submit' will no longer submit files open for 'add' against
    a head revision of 'edit'.  (See change #19923, which fixed this
    for the case where the head revision was an 'add'.)

#887499 **
    'p4 add' will no longer open files with 'add from' credit (see
    change #252485) when the head revision is a move/delete, since
    this creates a confusing state where one file has two active names.
    Move operations should be undone by using 'p4 move' to move the file
    back into place.

#871535 (Bug #72841) **
    'p4 passwd -O' now requires that -P also be specified.

#862767 (Bug #67527) **
    The following commands no longer take the server.locks/meta/db lock:
    obliterate (without -y), archive -n, and restore -n.

#861031 (Bug #72996) **
    The metadata pull thread in a replica server with db.peeking set
    to 2 or higher might hold clientEntity locks longer than
    necessary, reducing concurrency on the replica.

#860864 (Bug #72994) **
    Certain 'p4 opened' commands could potentially return incorrect
    results on a server with db.peeking set to 2 or higher.

#860522 (Bug #73023) **
    When a background pull thread in a replica receives an error
    message (e.g., an authentication failure) from the master server,
    the background pull thread will now use the -b backoff timer,
    rather than the -i interval timer, to schedule the retry.

Major new functionality in 2014.2

#854976 **
    Introduced in 2013.3, improved concurrency through lockless 
    reads is now the default.  The default (db.peeking) value is 2.
    Lockless reads requires that server locks are enabled, since
    this can cause issues for long duration syncs, the default
    value for controlling the 'sync' server lock (server.locks.sync)
    has been changed to 0 (disabled).
    NOTE: maxlocktime has been changed when peeking is enabled
    (see change 887850). To revert to the old behavior set the
    'db.peeking.usemaxlock' configurable to 1.

#839759 (Bug #3872) **
    Given a data center containing multiple roughly identical Linux
    machines connected by an enterprise-grade LAN and sharing equal
    access to the same enterprise-grade storage server, Perforce can
    be deployed to those machines such that:

    - The overall Perforce installation appears to end-users and
      their applications as a single Perforce server.

    - As servers are added to the installation, it can horizontally
      scale as the number of Perforce users increases.

    - The installation can withstand the loss of the master server
      without the need for immediate manual intervention, and
      without causing extended downtime; the installation will
      automatically fail over to a standby server and continue service.

    To deploy automatic failover support in your Perforce installation,
    you will need to include several new components in addition to
    the p4d and p4broker components:

    - The p4zk process provides cluster coordination services.

    - The p4cmgr toolset provides DevOps support for installation,
      deployment, configuration, monitoring, and administration.

    The p4cmgr toolset will be available in November. 

    NOTE: This is an early release of clustering, and requires 
    Perforce consulting engagement for deployment.

#906143 (Bug #74413) **
    When p4cmgr creates a standby node it initially runs some
    configuration commands; these commands produce a journal.
    This setup journal is independent of the cluster-wide journal
    and it is never replicated.  After setup we rename this journal
    to a name like "journal.2014-10-28T12:47:41.0.bak"; it uses an
    ISO 8601 timestamp to provide a unique name and appends ".bak"
    to indicate that these journal records are of purely historical
    interest.  You may examine this journal file if you wish or you
    may delete it; the cluster software never uses it.

#820746 (Bugs #23901,#39524,#50751,#53891,#65998,#70255,#70256) **
    Users can now be authenticated against LDAP servers like OpenLDAP
    or Active Directory without the need for an external authentication
    trigger. This feature supports identifying users in the directory by
    direct mapping, performing searches or using SASL depending on the
    LDAP server's support. The Perforce Server must be configured to use
    LDAP/AD authentication by creating an LDAP configuration with the
    new command 'p4 ldap' and assigning that configuration a priority
    order by setting the new configurable 'auth.ldap.order.N' with the
    configuration's name. All auth triggers will be disabled when LDAP
    auth is enabled. The new AuthMethod field in the user spec is used
    to decide whether the user authenticates against an LDAP server or
    the Perforce database. This feature is only available on Linux and
    Darwin for Intel(x86, x86_64) and Windows platforms.

#820182 (Bug #41143) *
    P4CHARSET no longer needs to be set for a client to
    connect to a Unicode mode Perforce Server.  Clients will
    now detect the mode of a Perforce Server and remember it
    in the environment by setting a variable name with a
    format of 'P4_<p4port>_CHARSET' to either 'none' or 'auto'.
    The value of 'none' means the server at the given port
    is not a Unicode server, while 'auto' means it is a Unicode
    server.  The 'auto' charset value is also new and it means
    that the client should be examined and a charset value
    selected based on OS specific properties such as a LANG
    environment variable.  Windows and MacOS X clients can
    store this new information in system provided utilities.
    Other platforms, such as Linux, will now set an environment
    file.  The environment file is available on all platforms
    if a P4ENVIRO environment variable is set to a file path.
    P4ENVIRO will default to a file '.p4enviro' in the user's
    home directory for systems which do not have system provided
    facilities.  The p4 enviro file can be shared across platforms.
    The 'p4 set' command can be used to manipulate or inspect
    this new environment facility.  Note that these special
    'P4_<p4port>_CHARSET' values will only appear in 'p4 set'
    output for the specified or current P4PORT value.
    For instance 'p4 -p perforce:4666 set' will report on
    'P4_perforce:4666_CHARSET' if it is set.

#816591 (Bug #51209) **
    A new streams pathType 'import+' allows for the path to be
    updated.  Performs in the same way as 'import' except that no
    warning messages are provided on 'add/edit/delete' and the
    user is able to submit to the import path.

#770674 (Bug #1648) **
    Client specs now support an optional 'ChangeView' field that
    locks certain depot paths to a particular changelist level:

    ChangeView:
        //depot/path/...@1000

    Revisions belonging to files under those paths will not be
    visible if they were submitted after the given changelist.
    Files mapped in the ChangeView may not be submitted.

Minor new functionality in 2014.2

#907715 * **
    The default value for 'net.tcpsize' has been raised from 64K 
    to 512K.  This tunable increases the network buffer size,
    which will provide better performance over high latency 
    network connections.

#898025 (Bug #60850) **
    'p4 unshelve -S' now accepts a '-P' option to specify an
    arbitrary effective parent stream.

#897437 (Bug #73443) **
    'p4 shelve -d -f' will now delete shelved files that are the
    source of pending resolves.  If this happens, the resolving 
    user will not be able to merge content from the shelf; they 
    must either 'ignore' the missing shelf or revert.

#895042 (Bug #73409) **
    An operator user is now allowed to run 'p4 depots'.

#891931 (Bugs #70751,#73910) **
    The new configurable 'dm.shelve.promote' (default 0) can be
    enabled to make edge servers always promote shelved files to
    the commit server (rather than use the -p flag). Generally 
    enabling this configurable is a really bad idea, it will cause 
    a lot of unnecessary file transfers for shelve commands that 
    are not intended for sharing.

#891014 (Bug #73744) **
    The new configurable 'lbr.autocompress' (default 0) changes the 
    default storage method to compressed text (ctext) rather than 
    rcs format (text). To the user the filetype will still show 
    type 'text'. Its a good idea to set this variable when using 
    the commit/edge configurations or sharing archive files between
    servers.

#884941 (Bug #73346) **
    A new trigger variable "argsQuoted" is available that contains
    the command arguments as a percent-encoded comma-separated list.

#872401 (Bug #73246) **
    'p4 obliterate' when used with peeking enabled will now
    be more concurrent with other commands such as 'submit'.

#848368 (Bugs #64910, #72509, #25260 ) **
    The new configurable 'submit.noretransfer' tells submit to
    avoid re-transferring files when retrying a failed submit.
    'p4 submit -c <change> --noretransfer <1|0> allows a user to
    override the configured behavior.

#842946 (Bug #72103) **
    The new 'p4 prune' command allows the owner of a stream to
    remove unmodified files from it, as if with 'obliterate -b'.

#846127 (Bugs #28808,#42312,#62352,#72096) ** *
    The submit and shelve commands, if run from an updated client,
    now perform additional checks to avoid running the server out of
    disk space midway through the file transfer phase.

#841159 **
    'p4 reconcile' will now detect files that are open for edit but
    missing from the client, and reopen them for delete.

#839758 (Bugs #70330,#69700) **
    The new command 'p4d [-z] -jv <checkpoint-or-journal>' can be used
    to verify the basic structural integrity of the checkpoint or
    journal file, including its MD5 digest.

#832025 (Bugs #58201,#65733) **
    The new configurable 'rpl.forward.login' may be useful in certain
    replica configurations, particularly those in which multiple
    replicas are deployed in the same data center as the master.

#835174 **
    'p4 reconcile' will now process multiple file arguments as a
    single batch so that renamed files can be detected when they're
    split across different arguments.

#832294 **
    An optimization to the client/server protocol for the 'p4 sync'
    command should result in better throughput when syncing many 
    small files over a high latency network.

#827569 **
    'p4 verify' has been added to the list of files that can 
    run in lockless mode.

#827124 **
    'p4 describe' has been added to the list of files that can
    run in lockless mode.

#803860 **
    The 'p4 pull' command now accepts the -L flag. It is designed
    for use with standby replica servers.

#801569 (Bug #71136) **
    A replica with rpl.pull.position specified will now include
    notes of type 23 in the replica journal with information about
    replica statefile and timestamp processing. This is useful for
    monitoring replication lag.

#801171 **
    The new command 'p4 journalcopy' is available. It is designed
    for use with standby replica servers.

#893342 ** (Bug #52885)
    By default when the journal is rotated any structured logs are
    also rotated.  When the new dm.rotatelogwithjnl configurable
    is set to zero, log rotation is not performed at journal rotation.

#796127 ** (Bug #52885)
    By default logs are rotated at the same time journals are.  The
    new dm.rotatelogwithjnl configurable can be set to zero to disable
    that.

#795814 ** (Bug #21830)
    The server daemon will write its PID to a file when supplied
    the --pid-file option.

#794236 ** (Bug #71514)
    'p4 interchanges' now has a '-u' flag that filters results
    to a particular user.

#793292 **
    The 'p4 server' spec now includes a User: field, which can be
    used to specify the service user that is expected to be used by
    that server. Also, when the value of the security configurable
    is 4 or higher, the server now applies several additional checks
    when accepting replication requests from a remote server. These
    checks validate the serverid and service user being used by the
    remote replica server.

#790595 (Bugs #53510, #68485) **
    A structured server log may now be associated with a rotation
    counter by defining the serverlog.counter.N configurable, in
    which case the counter will be used to generate the file name
    for the rotated server log. The current value of the counter is
    also returned in the output of 'p4 logtail -l <log>'.

#786582 **
    'p4 pull -l -s' now includes an additional line of output,
    identifying the oldest changelist number which has at least
    one pending transfer.

#785614 (Bug #47379) **
    The configurable 'lbr.verify.script.out' can be set to 0 to
    indicate that files with the +X filetype should not have their
    digest checked when transmitted from the server to the client.

#780804 **
    The 'p4 reload -p' argument can now be specified either as the
    P4PORT of the remote server, or the serverid of the remote server.
    If a serverid is specified, the server spec for that server must
    contain the correct P4PORT value in its Address: field.

#777628 **
    When using 'p4 reload -c <client> -p <port>' to migrate your
    unlocked workspace from one Edge Server to another, it is no
    longer necessary to first issue the 'p4 unload -c <client>'
    command to the remote Edge Server. The reload command will
    automatically issue the 'p4 unload' command for you, and will
    wait for it to complete, prior to reloading your workspace into
    the new Edge Server.

#775711 **
    If the 'monitor' configurable is set to a value of 5 or higher,
    the server will track certain information about database table
    locks in the db.monitor table, and will make it available via
    the new '-L' flag to 'p4 monitor show'. This feature has a
    non-trivial performance impact, so (on platforms where it is
    available), the 'monitor.lsof' feature of change 771259 is
    preferable.

#771259 (Bug #71647) **
    On a Linux server, the new configurable 'monitor.lsof' may be
    set as follows: 'monitor.lsof=/usr/bin/lsof -F pln', varying the
    executable path as necessary for your system. Once set, this
    configurable enables the new '-L' flag to 'p4 monitor show',
    which will include information about locked files as part of
    the monitoring output.

Bugs fixed in 2014.2

#1455848 (Bug #88980) **
    In replica chaining configurations, replicas which were not
    directly connected to the master server were not processing
    archive deletion operations arising from operations such as
    submission of a binary+S file, deletion of a shelf, obliteration,
    archive depot operations or retype +l commands.

#1410626 (Bug #87181) **
    Correct the digest used to ensure that content is transferred
    correctly to commands within triggers (such as a 'change-content'
    trigger) when submitting a shelf. A shelf is implicitly submitted
    to the commit server when a submit is run on an edge server.

#1376860 (Bug #71853, #75135, #75136) **
    Parallel sync commands will not fail when net.parallel.max
    is unset or the requested number of parallel threads exceeds
    net.parallel.max. Instead the command will proceed without
    using parallel threads, or will use the max number of allowed
    threads. In these cases an informational message will also
    be written to the log.

#1373097 (Bug #85991) **
    Report to stderr (except on Windows), and syslog or
    the event log (as supported by the platform), any errors
    encountered when writing to the server log or a structured log.

#1362027 (Bug #85371) **
    'p4 sync --parallel=..' using multiple file arguments could
    fail to transfer some files if any of the file paths did not
    contain enough data to use parallel threads. This has been fixed.

#1361919 (Bug #85376) **
    Fix for false database corruption error when long descriptions
    are updated concurrent to readers reading the same
    description.

#1357677 (Bug #85346) **
    Fixed a memory leak in 'p4 verify'.

#1352542 (Bug #85157) *
    The MacOSX command line client could fail to complete a parallel
    sync if two or more parallel transfers attempted to create the
    same directory in the filesystem at the same time; the failing
    file transfer would print: "mkdir: /path/to/dir: File exists".

#1341013 (Bug #84992) **
    If an archive file for a local shelf on an Edge Server should
    become damaged or missing, deleting the shelf, or deleting or
    replacing that file in the shelf, will now cancel any pending
    file transfer for that file which was listed in 'pull -l'.

#1337988 (Bug #84848) ** *
    'p4 -Zproxyverbose sync --parallel=...' now correctly displays the
    diagnostic information about which files were delivered from the
    proxy's cache.

#1312519 (Bug #76913) **
    'p4 files <filespec>' when using a revision specifier
    other than #head (e.g. @label), or a revision range ending
    with a revision specifier other than #head, will now access
    the rev table in lockless mode. 'p4 files <filespec>@label'
    will now also access the label table in lockless mode.
    'p4 files <filespec>@change,@change' will now also access
    the revcx table in lockless mode. And at 'db.peeking=3',
    'p4 files <filespec>' will now access the rev table in
    lockless mode, even if not using a revision specifier
    or a revision range.

#1242773 (Bug #81040) **
    The server.locks.archive configurable introduced by #898102 now
    also applies to the 'p4 restore' command.

#1239015 (Bug #80722) **
    A file which was integrated from a streams depot to a local
    depot, or vice versa, would be placed into the wrong location in
    the proxy cache if it was accessed via the proxy by a command
    such as 'p4 sync' or 'p4 print'. Note that the symptom of this
    bug is in the proxy cache, but the fix is in the server.

#1225187 (Bug #74936) **
    A 'sync --parallel' command issued via a forwarding replica would
    complete immediately, but would sync no files.

#1213529 (Bug #79647) **
    p4d -jr would mis-handle the revStatus field if replaying db.rev
    journal records written by a 2005.2 or older server.

#1028814,#1204292 (Bug #56707) **
    The presence of a client spec with the same name as the TCP/IP
    address of a replica machine no longer causes that replica to
    issue the error: "Don't know how to translate paths for OS ''".

#1172454 (Bug #79504) **
    A submit initiated on an Edge Server which failed due to a
    problem detected after the edge-content trigger had been checked
    could leave the changelist incorrectly marked as "shelved", and
    possibly also as "promoted", on the Commit Server, although the
    changelist was correctly recorded on the Edge Server itself.

#1127279 (Bug #79353) **
    A 'sync --parallel' command which sync'd any files of type 'binary'
    would write an incorrect value for the 'type' field of the db.have
    record for the binary file(s). This could cause problems later
    when integrating changes into these files from other branches.
    Any workspaces potentially affected by this bug should be sync'd
    to revision #0 and then re-sync'd for all files of type binary at
    their convenience in order to rewrite the db.have records.

#1070355 (Bug #77551) **
    'p4d -i' when run under inetd on unix no longer shows 'unknown'
    for all addresses.

#1065376 (Bug #77360) **
    In a distributed configuration, the 'edit -n' and 'delete -n'
    commands for a file of type +l might incorrectly report that
    the file was opened by another user, though it was not.

#770787 (Bug #76809) **
    'p4 describe' could print an internal error message if describing
    a change on a stream with an import statement using a changelist
    specifier.

#1061247 (Bugs #78830,#78915) **
    A replica with rpl.checksum.change set to 2 or higher might
    incorrectly write its own journal file under conditions of high
    concurrency on the master, resulting in incorrect behavior and
    problems with replicas of this replica.

#1059769 (Bug #78855) * **
    'p4 sync --parallel' now works with certain custom licenses.

#1058411 (Bug #78785) **
    If a replica with rpl.checksum.change set to 2 or higher
    encountered an internal error processing a changelist checksum
    note, it would halt replication. Now, it logs the error but
    resumes replication.

#1050954 (Bug #78647) **
    On an Edge Server with submit.unlocklocked=1, a submit which fails
    with "Out of date files must be resolved or reverted" could
    incorrectly alter the resolve state of the open files if the
    conflicting change was submitted simultaneously.

#1047418 (Bug #78444) **
    The replica-specific table db.user.rp is now journaled. This means
    that the table data will appear in checkpoints, journals and
    dumps. The replica pull thread automatically filters out all
    db.user.rp records from its P4TARGET server, which is normally the
    desired behavior, since records in this table are unique to each
    replica's activity. However, for maintaining warm standby replicas
    of other replicas, you can set rpl.replay.userrp=1 for the standby
    replica to disable the filtering and replicate db.user.rp data.

#1046060 (Bug #73967) **
    'p4 -ztag servers' could report incorrect values for the 'User'
    field for server specs upgraded from an older release.

#1045565 (Bug #78497) **
    Promoting a shelf, then subsequently deleting it, using the same
    network connection to the Edge Server could fail to properly
    delete the shelf.

#1042783 (Bug #78427) *
    'p4 -P <ticket> sync --parallel' will no longer give authentication
    errors for the file transfer sub-processes.

#1039831 (Bugs #73075, #74961) **
    The revision specifier @client was not working properly for
    clients bound to a build-server.

#1039277 (Bug #78383) **
    A 'p4 describe' command which accesses a remote promoted shelf now
    properly reports any communications-related error conditions which
    occur when retrieving the remote shelf.

#1038934 (Bug #78164) **
    In a distributed environment, the change-failed trigger now
    runs on the commit server rather than on the edge server.

#1037755 (Bug #76982) *
    If a 'p4 sync --parallel' child process encounters an error
    writing files to the local machine, the parent 'p4 sync' command
    now returns a non-zero exit status to the operating system.

#1036596 (Bug #77433) **
    In a distributed configuration, 'p4 unshelve' no longer takes
    the global exclusive file lock for a file of type +l which is
    unshelved for add.

#1036485 (Bug #77069) **
    A 'p4 describe -S' command on an Edge Server which specified more
    than 1 promoted shelf which was created on a different Edge Server
    would fail with an 'Unknown changelist' message.

Bugs fixed in 2014.2 PATCH6

#1032010 (Bug #74056) **
    'p4 sync --parallel' would fail to expand RCS keywords properly.

#1031176 (Bug #76013) **
    'p4d -xx db.working db.have' could create spurious delete records
    for db.working if a file opened for move or delete is subsequently
    moved and submitted by another client and the opened file is
    then synced to the head revision.

#1030313 (Bug #77559) **
    A build-server replica would incorrectly process the View: field
    for labels, causing the wrong set of revisions to be specified
    by the label.

#1029766 (Bug #76626) **
    Promoting a shelf could fail erroneously with a message:
    "Files newly opened or reverted during submission."

#1028372,#1028461 (Bug #77558) **
    A replica with lbr.replication=cache was not able to access
    labels using the autoreload option.

#1027668 (Bug #77595) **
    'p4 export -f' now formats the domain type column correctly for
    unloaded clients, unloaded labels, and unloaded task streams.

#1026707 (Bug #77504) ** *
    'p4 -Zproxyload sync --parallel=...' now correctly updates the
    proxy's archive cache without sending files to the client.

#1026534 (Bug #77280) **
    If a change submitted via an Edge Server was rejected by a
    change-submit or change-content trigger on the Commit Server,
    the change's files were modified to read-only mode on the client
    machine rather than being left in writable mode.

#1026233 (Bug #77435) **
    A 'p4 integ' or 'p4 unshelve' command on an Edge Server which
    failed to open a +l file due to a client-side file transfer error
    would leave an orphaned lock record in db.excl.

#1013324 (Bug #77580) **
    When the configurable 'auth.default.method' is set to 'ldap', new
    users may only be created by super users or by automatic user creation
    following a successful authentication against an LDAP server via
    'p4 login'.

#1010386 (Bug #77471) **
    The 'reload -p' command, used to migrate a workspace from one
    Edge Server to another, or between an Edge Server and the Commit
    Server, failed in certain specialized licensing scenarios.

#1008489 (Bug #77390) **
    In a distributed installation, a pending change can be viewed on
    a server other than the server where the change was created. In
    such a situation, the pending change will not display a list of
    open files (the open files are shown only on the owning server).
    The 'change -d' command would incorrectly allow the pending change
    to be deleted if the command was issued on a server other than the
    owning server; this behavior is fixed and the command is now
    rejected with an appropriate error message.

#1007724 (Bug #76835) **
    Promoting a shelf that has a job attached and then subsequently
    removing the job from the change could result in an orphaned
    fix record if the change is later renumbered during a submit.

Bugs fixed in 2014.2 PATCH5

#1004762 (Bug #77358) **
    Fixed a crash that could occur when unshelving moved files to
    a different branch.

#1003295 (Bug #77269) **
    On a forwarding replica with server.depot.root set, a submit which
    added new files to a depot with a relative mapping would cache
    copies of those files in the default location under P4ROOT, instead
    of in the directory named by server.depot.root

#999906 (Bug #76686) **
    Parallel sync could under some high concurrency scenarios scan
    too many rows from db.sendq. This has been fixed.

#999214 (Bug #77223) **
    Replication threads (pull or journalcopy) using "long poll"
    (-i 0) could sometimes report a failure to open the wrong
    journal file.  Fixed.

#998938 (Bug #73278) **
    A replica with rpl.checksum.change set to 2 or higher might
    incorrectly report that a changelist checksum differed if the
    changelist was submitted by a workspace with SubmitOptions =
    revertunchanged and at least one unchanged file was reverted
    during the submission of that changelist.

#979987 (Bug #76552) **
    Standby or edge-servers targeting a standby server did not
    replicate correctly.  Fixed.

#979987 (Bug #76553) **
    'p4 servers -J' against a non-depot standby server reported 0
    for the current journal offset rather than the current journal
    size.  Fixed.

Bugs fixed in 2014.2 PATCH4

#975016 (Bug #76277) *
    In some cases p4 set -S Perforce may not display the setting
    for P4PORT.  This has been corrected.

#974381 (Bug #72457) **
    Running out of space in the shared memory db.monitor table
    could cause server crashs.  Fixed.

#973892 (Bug #76360) **
    'p4 integ -Rdb -Or' through an edge server could leave a db.excl
    (+l) orphaned lock if the resolved action is to branch.

#972359 (Bug #76323) **
    'p4 delete' through an edge server could leave a db.excl (+l)
    orphaned lock if the delete failed due to a 'clobber' failure.

#970590 (Bug #76365) **
    A replica running on a case insensitive filesystem could hang
    during journal recovery in the rare event that a client name
    was changed (by case only).

#967709 (Bug #72432) **
    False database errors on db.resolve should no longer
    occur.

#967708 (Bug #75382) **
    The maximum size of shared memory for monitor table use was
    too small (4096 8K pages).  Now it's 32768 pages for all
    platforms except Windows 32bit where memory address space
    is severely limited.

#965284 (Bug #61632) **
    The pull and pull -u threads of replica servers no longer retain
    an open file handle to the journal file on the master server
    when they are otherwise idle.

Bugs fixed in 2014.2 PATCH3

#960002 (Bug #73909) **
    When a workspace on an Edge Server was used to merge new files into
    a task stream, the workspace's have records were not properly
    updated at the completion of the submit.

#954124 (Bug #75844) **
    In certain chained replica configurations, updates to 'p4 server'
    specs on the master server were not propagated beyond the first
    replica on the chain.

#954068 (Bug #75800) **
    'p4 filelog file[revRange]' where the revRange is really high
    compared to following revisions can excessively scan.

#951087 (Bug #75772) **
    The default value for the 'net.tcpsize' configurable was
    documented incorrectly as 256K (instead of 512K) in
    'p4 help configurables'.

#950290 (Bug #75738) **
    P4IGNORE is no longer applied to files being opened for add from
    an existing depot revision.

#949570 (Bug #75718) **
    On an Edge Server, 'p4 print -o' of a remote shelf mishandles the
    name of the output file.

#949003 (Bug #75687) **
    Labels, clients, or branches with very large descriptions
    could cause internal errors when peeking.  Fixed.

#944004 (Bug #74754) **
    Now we allow the Zookeeper servers to lag behind the boot 
    of the rest of the cluster servers.  Default timeout is 5 minutes
    but it can be changed via the configurable zk.connect.timeout.
    We do not let this value be <= 0 if so, then the configurable
    will be changed to its default value of 300 seconds.

#943720 (Bug #60630) **
    'p4 client -S stream@change name' might use the wrong stream
    parent had the stream been reparented after change.  This has
    been fixed.

#941953 (Bug #75160) **
    When running 'p4 change -f' from a task stream workspace for a 
    non task stream changelist, a database lock error could be 
    observed: 'dbscan db.revtx: no read lock'.

#941449 (Bug #75141) **
    When migrating client workspaces from commit servers to edge
    servers, promoted shelves are no longer accessible on the
    edge server they are bound to.  This change allows 'submit -e'
    to automatically pull metadata and content to the server with
    the correct ownership.

#941282 (Bug #75373) *
    Failed P4CHARSET detection would cause subsequent commands
    to return a failed error code even if they succeed.

#940387 (Bug #75336) **
    The server spec form and 'p4 help server' both now describe the
    'workspace-router' services type as well as grouping the service
    types according to which server type allows them.

#938145 (Bug #75235) **
    'p4 servers -J' for a standby server now reports the length of
    the current journal rather than that of the (length 0) live journal.

#938004 (Bug #74998) **
    'p4 reload -p <port> -f' now works correctly even if the workspace
    isn't currently unloaded.

#937672 (Bug #74698) **
    The replica will now drop and reconnect its TCP connection to
    the P4TARGET server when an error results in the replica's pull
    thread performing a "backoff" sleep.

#937623 (Bug #70919) **
    The filesys.*.min configurables now default to 250MB. Change 846319
    was incomplete.

#937421 (Bug #75144) **
    'p4 help configurables' was missing entries for 'rpl.journal.ack'
    and 'rpl.journal.ack.min'.

#935793 (Bug #74137) **
    Added master generation number check so that an old master
    will not be able to join a cluster after it has failed
    over to a new master.  This change requires that any existing
    users of 2014.2 prior to PATCH 2 of the Perforce cluster 
    feature must remove their Zookeeper data cache on each server.
        * stop the cluster
        * stop zookeepers
        * remove the existing data caches (see zoo.cfg for
          location)
        * restart zookeepers
        * restart cluster

#935654 (Bug #41230) **
    'p4 duplicate' would sometimes fail reporting corruption
    of the db.integed table.  Fixed.

Bugs fixed in 2014.2 PATCH2

#958074 (Bug #75933) **
    LDAP-based authentication against some Active Directory servers
    would incorrectly authenticate successfully when an empty
    password was provided (non-empty passwords would validate only
    if they were correct).  Authentication attempts against an LDAP
    server now fail if the password is empty.  This means that you
    can't use the ldap AuthMethod if you don't set passwords for
    your users.  If you want to use LDAP authentication for users
    without passwords then you should use an external authentication
    trigger.  Note that this is an insecure configuration.

Bugs fixed in 2014.2 PATCH1

#941282 (Bug #75373) *
    Failed P4CHARSET detection would cause subsequent commands
    to return a failed error code even if they succeed.

Bugs fixed in 2014.2

#931334 (Bug #74855) **
    'p4 interchanges' will now exclude changes that have been integrated
    individually between files that do not share a single common base.

#926940 (Bug #74435) **
    Operations transferring many files via a proxy with most
    transfers not cached by the proxy could hang.  Most likely
    to happen with a broker between the proxy and a server.
    Fixed.

#926889 (Bug #74020) **
    When migrating client workspaces from commit servers to edge
    servers, promoted shelves are no longer accessible on the
    edge server they are bound to.  This change allows 'describe -S'
    to automatically pull metadata and content to the server with
    the correct ownership.

#907803 (Bug #74832) **
    Under high concurrency, BTree is corrupt errors might appear
    along with BTCursor::find status 0 messages but the table
    is not actually corrupt.  Fixed.

#895719 (Bug #71795) **
    A better error message is issued when accidentally attempting to
    use a Commit Server-bound workspace on an Edge Server. Also, the
    'p4 clients -s NNN' and 'p4 labels -s NNN' commands now print the
    complete list of clients/labels when NNN is the Commit Server's
    serverid.

#895107 (Bug #73953) **
    If a replica fails to take a checkpoint, an error message about
    the failure is now written to the replica's log file.

#893234 (Bug #73768) **
    'p4 clean' will no longer attempt to take exclusive depot file 
    locks in a distributed environment.

#892218 (Bug #72136) **
    Unloading many clients could cause large db.have tables ( > 100MB )
    to loop allocating pages.

#887850 (Bug #71527) **
    Perforce servers with 'peeking' enabled would still have processes 
    killed by MaxLockTime when not holding blocking locks.

#886584 (Bug #73402) **
    'p4 renameuser' would fail to completely rename the user.

#886135 (Bug #34561,#73503) **
    'p4 resolve' using options to ignore whitespace or line endings
    (ie -dw, -db, -dl) could cause the target of the integration to
    be erroneously recorded as a 'copy' when whitespace differences
    exist and are not copied to the target. This has been fixed by
    recording this condition correctly as a 'merge'. Before this was
    fixed, files that had been shelved in this situation could not
    be unshelved easily.

#883281 (Bug #73071) **
    'p4 client [-o] -S <stream> name' without the -s "switch" now 
    reports an error should the target 'name' client exist with either 
    a different stream, or without a stream defined.  Former behavior
    was to ignore the -S <stream>.

#879410 (Bug #73373) **
    'p4 reconcile' elapsed time performance has been significantly
    improved when detecting files to open for add.

#877872 (Bug #73313) **
    An 'annotate', 'diff', 'diff2', 'describe', or 'resolve' command
    which used the '-db' or '-dw' flags could crash if one of the file
    revisions processed by the command was exactly 65,536 bytes in size.

#877282 (Bug #73316) **
    Spec depot entries now generate corresponding server.locks files
    only if that spec depot entry is stored in RCS format.

#876857 (Bug #73314) * ** ***
    TCP keepalive variables can now be set on Windows with these
    restrictions, due to limitations in the Windows API:
    - net.keepalive.count can not be set.
    - both net.keepalive.idle and net.keepalive.interval must be set
      if either one is set; neither should be set to 0.

#874560 (Bug #71729) **
    Unshelving +l files in a distributed environment could result
    in inconsistent error messages if the user had other files
    opened in his workspace. This has been fixed.

#871169 (Bug #72759) *
    Filetype detection with P4CHARSET=utf8 now detects non-UTF8 files
    as either text or binary in a manner more consistent with other
    charset settings.

#850073 (Bug #72842) **
    'p4 submit' will no longer record revisions with invalid archive
    paths after unshelving an integrated file through a branch view.

#849717 (Bug #42041) **
    The Server will now report the correct Windows error when the
    posix library file descriptor table is depleted.

#849566 (Bug #72816) **
    The Edge Server algorithm for handling the replication of a large
    'p4 obliterate' command is now more efficient.

#846643 (Bug #72162) **
    Commands which must find lazy copies, i.e. obliterate, retype,
    and fstat -Oz, could cause stack overflows when there
    are many branches against the same file.  Fixed.

#846319 (Bug #70919) **
    The filesys.*.min configurables now default to 250MB.

#844511 (Bug #71329) **
    p4 -ztag changes on a Unicode server would report a partial
    unicode character if there were 31 characters and only the
    last one was a utf8 multibyte character.  Fixed to truncate.

#840450 (Bug #72691) **
    The "Connection from <network partner> broken" error message is now
    correctly logged to the server's structured error log, if defined.

#839295 (Bug #72676) **
    'p4 submit -e' of a promoted shelved change from an edge server
    will not copy the files to the commit server since the change
    lives on the commit server and the files are already there.

#836790 (Bug #72535) **
    A replica might fail to perform an on-demand file transfer from
    its master server for a revision with no stored file size or
    digest information.

#835387 (Bug #72437) **
    Repeated updates to shelved files in a short period will no
    longer cause replica servers to stall waiting for the archive
    transfers of the shelved files to complete.

#835083 (Bug #72129 ) **
    The combination of converting a task stream to a non-task
    stream while 'db.peeking' is set would fail due to lock-ordering.
    This has been fixed.

#834034 (Bugs #71960,#72441) **
    In general, you should never need to set the ServerID field in a
    'p4 client' form, but if you do set the field, the server now
    validates it more carefully.

#833834 (Bug #72158) **
    If external authentication is enabled, the 'p4 admin resetpassword'
    command is now refused with an error message. Please use the
    mechanisms of your external authentication system to enforce the
    password reset policy.

#831471 (Bug #72307) **
    Case insensitive servers were matching client roots with
    client paths with a case sensitive match.  Fixed.

#821026 (Bug #72180) **
    Triggers now set %serverip% to IP address rather than to hostname.

#819489 (Bug #72151) **
    'p4 annotate -I' now works correctly with the '-dw' flag.

#817214 (Bug #72119) **
    A readonly replica now allows the command 'p4 clean' to run.

#814054 (Bug #71394) **
    Previously if 'p4 shelve -r' should have resulted in all files
    being removed from an existing shelved change, the command would
    report "No files to shelve" and do nothing. Now the command
    removes all shelved files and deletes the shelved change.

#813973 (Bug #71087) **
    'p4 fstat //...@=change' will no longer scan the db.revsx
    (spec depot) table, since spec depot files do not have changelists.

#813774 (Bug #68895) **
    'p4 diff -du' will now skip deleted files, similar to other
    'p4 diff' options.

#812768 (Bug #71782) **
    Multiple resolves performed sequentially could produce false
    "tampered" errors on submit.  This has been fixed.

#811430 (Bug #71922) **
    A Windows replica server would fail to transfer an unloaded
    client, label, or task stream created by 'unload -z'.

#809156 (Bug #68666) **
    Replica servers now treat the '-n' form of the following commands
    as read-only: add, edit, open, delete, move, rename, unshelve,
    archive, and restore.

#808573 (Bug #71835) **
    The Windows server using an SSL port can crash during
    'p4 admin restart'.

#808325 (Bug #71961) **
    'p4 sync --parallel' would fail with the message "Can't clobber
    writable file" if the file was changed from filetype binary+w to
    filetype binary (or text+w to text) by the revision being sync'd.

#806284 (Bug #71893) **
    A replica with lbr.replication=shared would incorrectly attempt to
    fetch a missing archive file from its master server. Also, it was
    incorrectly using the rpl.verify.cache setting if it was enabled;
    now a shared-archive replica does not validate its archives except
    when told to via 'p4 verify'.

#804390,#834897 (Bugs #71847,#72545) **
    'p4 renameuser' was incorrectly processing group entries,
    protection table entries, and properties if there existed a group
    by the same name as the user being renamed.

#802639 (Bug #71592) **
    In a distributed environment, force deleting an edge server
    client directly from a commit server could leave orphaned
    exclusive locks from that client that could not be deleted.

#801991 (Bug #71750) **
    On Windows, a protects table entry that uses an IPv4 address with
    CIDR notation may not match the correct addresses if it has an octet
    that begins with a 0 digit and has a following octet whose value
    is greater than 7.

#795201 (Bug #68844) **
    'p4 help describe' regarding restricted changelists was confusing.
    This has been fixed.

#794744 (Bug #71525) **
    The 'unload -a' command, in a distributed installation, now
    restricts its scope to clients and/or labels that are owned by
    the Edge Server where the command was run.

#886610 (Bug #63251) **
    The forwarding replica and edge server configurations now accept
    the optional username argument on the 'p4 login' and 'p4 logout'
    commands.

#780053 (Bug #69512) **
    'p4 populate' no longer accepts multiple toFile arguments.

#773380 (Bug #70808) **
    A multi-link chain of forwarding replicas could incorrectly
    re-process certain journal records during a journal rotation.

#771609 (Bug #21726) **
    'p4 filelog' and 'p4 integrated' now filter out integration
    records for which the user does not have 'list' access to both
    the source and target.

Major new functionality in 2014.1

#767722 (Bug #70103) ** 
    Distributed commit/edge servers have been further optimized to 
    work in a data center environment. Edge servers (first introduced
    in 2013.2) are a great way to offload work from the main server.
    The following three improvements make it easier to configure 
    multiple edge servers that can be added to (scale out) as usage 
    increases.

    Shared Archive

    - When the edge server and commit server have access to the
      same storage device for the file content (archive), setting
      lbr.replication=shared has been optimized to reduce network
      content transfer.

    Distributed Shelves

    - Shelving now functions between edge servers. In the shared
      archive configuration (as above) shelves are automatically
      promoted to the commit server and are available on any edge
      server. Edge servers not sharing the archive with the commit
      server need to 'promote' shelves using the new 'shelve -p'
      command. If this is the first time the server has been
      configured as a commit server, all existing shelves will be
      marked promoted. If this installation is already distributed,
      then you must run 'p4d -xf 71917' on the commit server to
      promote the shelves.

    Distributed Changes

    - New to this release, change descriptions and status is available 
      to all edge servers participating in a distributed configuration.

    NOTE: A server configured as a 'commit' server cannot disable 
    'server.locks.dir' that is because these locks are required for 
    shelve consistency.  If you are a customer who has disabled this 
    in the past due to problems with syncs,  you can turn-off the 
    longer duration lock by setting server.locks.sync=0.

#693837 (Bug #62657) **
    Stream 'import' paths may now include a changelist specifier:

    import import/... //depot/import/...@1000

    Clients of this stream will use this changelist to limit their
    view of those files, such that revisions from later changelists
    will be automatically hidden from most commands.  The changelist
    limits that are in effect for a given client are displayed in a
    new read-only client spec field called 'ChangeView'.

#650821 (Bug #31840) **
    The new 'p4 clean' command (equivalent to the new '-w' flag
    for 'p4 reconcile') can be used to restore workspace files to
    match the state of the corresponding depot files.  Files that
    have been added to the workspace but not opened for add will
    be removed from the workspace, and files that have been
    modified or removed without being opened for edit or delete
    will be refreshed to match the version that was last synced.

#708510 (Bug #522, #2121, #2170, #18255, #21302, #24025, #25080,
         #25715, #32821, #55643, #60662, #65728) **
    It is now possible to specify pre/post triggers on most commands.
    A new trigger type of 'command' exists that executes when a command
    matching the specified regular expression (regex) is run.  E.g.

    banner command  pre-user-login      "figlet Hello, %user%"
    nooblt command  pre-user-obliterate "fail command disallowed"
    ide_fn command post-user-(add|edit) "integration_with_ide.exe"

#726410 (Bug #18330) **
    Triggers can now be run directly from the depot. Plain or stream
    depot files with an optional revision number can now be specified 
    when placed within percent signs.  E.g. %//depot/trigger.pl%.
    When a depot path variable is present in the trigger command, 
    the contents of the variable are filled with the path to a temporary
    file with the contents of the depot file.  E.g.:

       chk_path form-in client "perl %quote%%//admin/trigger.pl%%quote%"

    Becomes 

       perl "/tmp dir/some_tmp_named_file"

#711144 **
    The monitor information, the table db.monitor, will now be
    maintained in shared memory by default.  Enabling monitor
    information will require a server restart.  The tunable
    db.monitor.shared can be set to 0 to disable shared memory
    or set to a number of pages of shared memory should the
    default (1Mbyte) be too small.  All changes to this
    require a server restart.

Minor new functionality in 2014.1

#893342 ** (Bug #52885)
    By default when the journal is rotated any structured logs are
    also rotated.  When the new dm.rotatelogwithjnl configurable
    is set to zero, log rotation is not performed at journal rotation.

#793339 (Bug #68848, #71375) **
    The new trigger type 'change-failed' can be used to detect submit
    or populate failure as it only fires upon commit failure and
    returns the change number of the failed submit or populate.

#790634 (Bug #71355) **
    Delete resolves are now ordered after other resolves.

#784208 (Bug #68928) **
    p4d db file use changed which may improve operation on
    Windows platforms with some anti-virus scanners.

#784278 (Bug #64900) * **
    'p4 shelve -a leaveunchanged' shelves only changed files.

#774149 (Bug #70076) **
    'p4 copy' now supports a '-f' flag to force the creation of extra
    revisions for integration bookkeeping purposes.

#770301 (Bug #60662, #69042) **
    The following new variables are available to triggers:

    argc - command argument count
    args - command argument string
    command - command name
    clientcwd - the client's current working directory
    groups - space-separated list of groups the user is in
    intermediateService - presence of a Broker/Proxy
    maxErrorSeverity - empty/error/warning
    maxErrorText - error number and text of error
    maxLockTime - user-specified value
    maxResults - user-specified value
    maxScanRows - user-specified value
    serverpid - the OS PID of the calling server process
    serverServices - 'Services:' field of 'p4 server -o'.
    serverVersion - version string for the server
    submitserverid - id of server where submit originated
    terminated - if the command exited early
    termType - reason for the early termination
    triggerMeta_action - command to execute by trigger
    triggerMeta_depotFile - third field in trigger definition
    triggerMeta_name - name from trigger definition
    triggerMeta_trigger - second field in trigger definition

    The %serverport% trigger variable now includes a transport prefix
    (eg, "ssl:", "tcp6:", or "ssl6:").  Thus "p4 -p %serverport%"
    can be used to connect to the server whether or not the server
    listens on IPv4 or IPv6, with or without SSL.

    See 'p4 help triggers' for all available variables.

#766844 (Bug #70121) **
    The '-T' flag for 'p4 streams' now forces tagged output.

#766646 (Bug #70579) **
    The 'files -A', 'print -A', and 'sizes -A' commands now process
    revision specifiers correctly when accessing the archive depot.

#763331 (Bug #70458) **
    'p4 describe' now diffs text+k files with the keywords collapsed
    so that the diff output is more consistent with 'p4 diff2'.

#758482 (Bug #65107) **
    The metadata pull thread on a replica server may now choose to
    specify '-i 0'. This will reduce the replica lag on that replica
    at the cost of slightly higher resource usage on the master server.

#752276 (Bug #70027) **
    'p4 populate' now uses the command line arguments as the
    changelist description if no description is provided.

#738116 (Bug #39274) * **
    'p4 sync' now accepts the '--parallel' flag, to specify that
    multiple files should be transferred in parallel, using
    independent network connections from automatically-invoked child
    processes. In order to run a parallel sync, the configurable
    net.parallel.max must be set to a value greater than 1.

#728727 (Bugs #68822, #59107) **
    When a replica server replicates a large changelist containing
    new integration history, the table locking is optimized to lock
    revision data in the replica for a shorter period.

#728562 (Bug #67686) **
    Multiple counters may be updated in a single command.
    Please see 'p4 help counter' for details.

#724073 (Bug #30052, #58946) **
    Triggers typically get their parameters via command line variables
    like %formfile% or %client%.  Now when the new triggers.io
    configurable is set to 1, triggers will receive a dictionary of
    key/value pairs sent to their STDIN and can send their dictionary
    response back to the server via STDOUT, similar to how the Broker
    does it.  This new configurable defaults to a value of 0, which is
    13.3 behavior. A future release will change the default to 1.

#723545 (Bug #69286, #69288) **
    An update command submitted via a forwarding replica which is
    interrupted while it is waiting for replication processing to
    complete will no longer cause unnecessary system resource usage
    in the forwarding replica. New system configurables are available
    for fine-tuning these behaviors: see 'p4 help configurables'.

#720626 **
    'p4 unload' now accepts the '-o outputFile' flag. 'p4 unload -o'
    writes the current state of the specified client, label, or
    task stream to the specified file on the client workstation,
    instead of unloading the object from the server to the unload depot.
    The client, label, or task stream remains fully loaded after the
    command is run.

#719619 **
    An administrator may use 'p4 print -U' to display the data from
    an unloaded client, label, or task stream.

#717327 (Bug #40148) **
    'p4 client -d -f -Fs' will delete a client even when it has changes
    with shelved files.  In this case, the shelved changes are
    left intact.

#711631 (Bug #67673) * **
    'p4 reconcile -m' reduces costly digest computation on the
    client when detecting if files are changed outside of Perforce.
    This option can only be used if the files had been synced
    with the +m filetype, or using a client with "modtime" option set.

#710472 (Bug #66978) **
    'p4 fstat' now returns the 'isMapped' field for files that are 
    open for add and mapped in the current client view.

#710347 (Bug #68682) **
    Resolve records are now only considered to be 'pending integrations'
    for the purposes of 'revert -a' and 'revertunchanged' if they are of
    the type that will be written as permanent integration records on 
    submit, i.e. originating from a different file from the target.

#709340 (Bug #65698) **
    Super users can now run 'p4 logout -a USER' to invalidate another
    user's login ticket.

#705255 (Bug #36551) **
    Server command options may now be specified using an alternative
    long-form syntax. For example, instead of

    p4 reopen -c 1602 -t text+F //depot/my/file

    you may now instead use

    p4 reopen --change 1602 --filetype text+F //depot/my/file

    To display the long-form options syntax for a particular command,
    use the '--explain' facility:

    p4 sync --explain

    Or to explain the syntax for just a single option of a command:

    p4 revert --explain -k

    In this release, nearly all options have both a short-form and a
    long-form syntax. The option behaves identically using either
    syntax. Some rarely used options have only a short-form syntax.

#704128 (Bug #65154) **
    Expose the in-use %P4PORT% to SSO scripts so they can distinguish
    between the port used to talk to a broker/proxy and the real
    serverAddress.

#703887 (Bug #62279) **
    Populate now fires change-submit triggers. As with change-content
    triggers, a temporary pending change record is created so that the
    description can be accessed, but be aware that populate does not
    have open files associated with it.

#696966 (Bug #57909) **
    'p4d -jd -z' now adds the '.gz' extension to the dump file if the
    filename doesn't already end with .gz.

#693803 (Bug #67684) **
    'p4 list' now takes the -d flag to delete a no-longer-needed
    temporary label.

#685967 (Bug #65732) **
    The new 'p4 cachepurge' command can be used by an administrator
    to help manage replica servers which must be deployed on machines
    with limited disk space resources.

#679524 (Bugs #26192,#52493) **
    'p4 sizes' now takes the -h flag to request the output be
    formatted in human-readable form.

#676312 (Bug #64123) **
    In a distributed configuration, changes which are pending or
    shelved on an Edge Server are now visible in the 'p4 changes'
    command on other servers in the installation.

#673961 (Bug #67442) **
    'p4 copy' will now give warning messages when source files have
    been moved but the target is not correctly disposed to open them
    for move.  In addition to a warning for each problematic file,
    there is a summary at the end suggesting a course of action to
    correct the problem (e.g. first copying from an earlier change 
    that will provide a better basis for copying the move).

#664438 **
    'p4 merge' will now output scheduled resolves by default.  This
    was previously enabled by the '-Or' flag.

#657309 (Bug #3270) **
    The new 'p4 renameuser' command renames an existing user to a
    new name, updating all the changes, specs, and other objects owned
    by that user. For more information, and some issues to consider
    prior to running the command, see 'p4 help renameuser'.

#656580 (Bug #65730) **
    The configurables template.client and template.label can be set to
    provide a server-wide default client and/or label to be used as a
    template when the new client or label does not already exist and the
    -t argument is omitted from the 'p4 client' or 'p4 label' command.

#656151 (Bugs #42211,#44034) **
    The server.depot.root configurable can be set to modify the
    interpretation of a relative Map: field in all depot specs. Without
    the configurable set, relative maps are interpreted as relative to
    P4ROOT; with the configurable set, relative maps are interpreted
    as relative to the value of server.depot.root.

#654585 (Bugs #19368,#51693,#56354,#68105,#70602) **
    The server now records checkpoint/journal history entries in the
    db.ckphist table. This new table is not part of the main server
    database; it need not be backed up and can be deleted at any time.
    The 'p4 journals' command can be used to diplay information from
    the db.ckphist table.

#644426 (Bug #64836) **
    More keywords are now available with ktext files:

        $DateUTC$ - date of file submission, in UTC.
        $DateTimeUTC$ - date and time of file submission, in UTC.
        $DateTimeTZ$ - date and time of file submission, in the
                       server's timezone, with the timezone information
                       included in the keyword expansion.

#618344 (Bug #64824) **
    'p4 unlock' supports the '-x' flag in a distributed installation to
    enable clearing of orphaned exclusively locked files.

#616600 (Bug #64822) **
    'p4 opened' supports the '-x' flag in a distributed installation to
    display files which are opened exclusively across the entire
    installation.

Bugs fixed in 2014.1

#1455848 (Bug #88980) **
    In replica chaining configurations, replicas which were not
    directly connected to the master server were not processing
    archive deletion operations arising from operations such as
    submission of a binary+S file, deletion of a shelf, obliteration,
    archive depot operations or retype +l commands.

#1352542 (Bug #85157) *
    The MacOSX command line client could fail to complete a parallel
    sync if two or more parallel transfers attempted to create the
    same directory in the filesystem at the same time; the failing
    file transfer would print: "mkdir: /path/to/dir: File exists".

#1341013 (Bug #84992) **
    If an archive file for a local shelf on an Edge Server should
    become damaged or missing, deleting the shelf, or deleting or
    replacing that file in the shelf, will now cancel any pending
    file transfer for that file which was listed in 'pull -l'.

#1337988 (Bug #84848) ** *
    'p4 -Zproxyverbose sync --parallel=...' now correctly displays the
    diagnostic information about which files were delivered from the
    proxy's cache.

#1335334 (Bug #84810) **
    'p4d -c <command>' uses classic lock order not the new
    lockless lock order.  Fixed.

#1242773 (Bug #81040) **
    The server.locks.archive configurable introduced by #898102 now
    also applies to the 'p4 restore' command.

#1239015 (Bug #80722) **
    A file which was integrated from a streams depot to a local
    depot, or vice versa, would be placed into the wrong location in
    the proxy cache if it was accessed via the proxy by a command
    such as 'p4 sync' or 'p4 print'. Note that the symptom of this
    bug is in the proxy cache, but the fix is in the server.

#1225187 (Bug #74936) **
    A 'sync --parallel' command issued via a forwarding replica would
    complete immediately, but would sync no files.

#1213529 (Bug #79647) **
    p4d -jr would mis-handle the revStatus field if replaying db.rev
    journal records written by a 2005.2 or older server.

#1028809,#1204292 (Bug #56707) **
    The presence of a client spec with the same name as the TCP/IP
    address of a replica machine no longer causes that replica to
    issue the error: "Don't know how to translate paths for OS ''".

#1172454 (Bug #79504) **
    A submit initiated on an Edge Server which failed due to a
    problem detected after the edge-content trigger had been checked
    could leave the changelist incorrectly marked as "shelved", and
    possibly also as "promoted", on the Commit Server, although the
    changelist was correctly recorded on the Edge Server itself.

#1127279 (Bug #79353) **
    A 'sync --parallel' command which sync'd any files of type 'binary'
    would write an incorrect value for the 'type' field of the db.have
    record for the binary file(s). This could cause problems later
    when integrating changes into these files from other branches.
    Any workspaces potentially affected by this bug should be sync'd
    to revision #0 and then re-sync'd for all files of type binary at
    their convenience in order to rewrite the db.have records.

#1065376 (Bug #77360) **
    In a distributed configuration, the 'edit -n' and 'delete -n'
    commands for a file of type +l might incorrectly report that
    the file was opened by another user, though it was not.

#1061247 (Bugs #78830,#78915) **
    A replica with rpl.checksum.change set to 2 or higher might
    incorrectly write its own journal file under conditions of high
    concurrency on the master, resulting in incorrect behavior and
    problems with replicas of this replica.

#1059769 (Bug #78855) * **
    'p4 sync --parallel' now works with certain custom licenses.

#1058411 (Bug #78785) **
    If a replica with rpl.checksum.change set to 2 or higher
    encountered an internal error processing a changelist checksum
    note, it would halt replication. Now, it logs the error but
    resumes replication.

#1047418 (Bug #78444) **
    The replica-specific table db.user.rp is now journaled. This means
    that the table data will appear in checkpoints, journals and
    dumps. The replica pull thread automatically filters out all
    db.user.rp records from its P4TARGET server, which is normally the
    desired behavior, since records in this table are unique to each
    replica's activity. However, for maintaining warm standby replicas
    of other replicas, you can set rpl.replay.userrp=1 for the standby
    replica to disable the filtering and replicate db.user.rp data.

#1045565 (Bug #78497)
    Promoting a shelf, then subsequently deleting it, using the same
    network connection to the Edge Server could fail to properly
    delete the shelf.

#1042783 (Bug #78427) *
    'p4 -P <ticket> sync --parallel' will no longer give authentication
    errors for the file transfer sub-processes.

#1039831 (Bugs #73075, #74961) **
    The revision specifier @client was not working properly for
    clients bound to a build-server.

#1039277 (Bug #78383) **
    A 'p4 describe' command which accesses a remote promoted shelf now
    properly reports any communications-related error conditions which
    occur when retrieving the remote shelf.

#1038837 (Bug #78164) **
    In a distributed environment, the change-failed trigger now
    runs on the commit server rather than on the edge server.

#1037755 (Bug #76982) *
    If a 'p4 sync --parallel' child process encounters an error
    writing files to the local machine, the parent 'p4 sync' command
    now returns a non-zero exit status to the operating system.

#1036596 (Bug #77433) **
    In a distributed configuration, 'p4 unshelve' no longer takes
    the global exclusive file lock for a file of type +l which is
    unshelved for add.

#1035769 (Bug #78256) **
    A replica running 2014.2 or later which is connected to an earlier
    master server no longer displays 'Unknown command' when the
    'p4 pull -lj' command is run.

#1032010 (Bugs #74056,#71961) **
    'p4 sync --parallel' would fail to expand RCS keywords properly.
    And 'p4 sync --parallel' would fail with the message "Can't clobber
    writable file" if the file was changed from filetype binary+w to
    filetype binary (or text+w to text) by the revision being sync'd.

#1031176 (Bug #76013) **
    'p4d -xx db.working db.have' could create spurious delete records
    for db.working if a file opened for move or delete is subsequently
    moved and submitted by another client and the opened file is
    then synced to the head revision.

#1030313 (Bug #77559) **
    A build-server replica would incorrectly process the View: field
    for labels, causing the wrong set of revisions to be specified
    by the label.

#1028372,#1028461 (Bug #77558) **
    A replica with lbr.replication=cache was not able to access
    labels using the autoreload option.

#1027668 (Bug #77595) **
    'p4 export -f' now formats the domain type column correctly for
    unloaded clients, unloaded labels, and unloaded task streams.

#1026707 (Bug #77504) ** *
    'p4 -Zproxyload sync --parallel=...' now correctly updates the
    proxy's archive cache without sending files to the client.

#1026534 (Bug #77280) **
    If a change submitted via an Edge Server was rejected by a
    change-submit or change-content trigger on the Commit Server,
    the change's files were modified to read-only mode on the client
    machine rather than being left in writable mode.

#1026233 (Bug #77435) **
    A 'p4 integ' or 'p4 unshelve' command on an Edge Server which
    failed to open a +l file due to a client-side file transfer error
    would leave an orphaned lock record in db.excl.

#1010386 (Bug #77471) **
    The 'reload -p' command, used to migrate a workspace from one
    Edge Server to another, or between an Edge Server and the Commit
    Server, failed in certain specialized licensing scenarios.

#1008489 (Bug #77390) **
    In a distributed installation, a pending change can be viewed on
    a server other than the server where the change was created. In
    such a situation, the pending change will not display a list of
    open files (the open files are shown only on the owning server).
    The 'change -d' command would incorrectly allow the pending change
    to be deleted if the command was issued on a server other than the
    owning server; this behavior is fixed and the command is now
    rejected with an appropriate error message.

#1004762 (Bug #77358) **
    Fixed a crash that could occur when unshelving moved files to
    a different branch.

Bugs fixed in 2014.1 PATCH13

#1003287 (Bug #77269) **
    On a forwarding replica with server.depot.root set, a submit which
    added new files to a depot with a relative mapping would cache
    copies of those files in the default location under P4ROOT, instead
    of in the directory named by server.depot.root

#999862 (Bug #76686) **
    Parallel sync could under some high concurrency scenarios scan
    too many rows from db.sendq. This has been fixed.

#998869 (Bug #73278) **
    A replica with rpl.checksum.change set to 2 or higher might
    incorrectly report that a changelist checksum differed if the
    changelist was submitted by a workspace with SubmitOptions =
    revertunchanged and at least one unchanged file was reverted
    during the submission of that changelist.

#965257 (Bug #61632) **
    The pull and pull -u threads of replica servers no longer retain
    an open file handle to the journal file on the master server
    when they are otherwise idle.

#954124 (Bug #75844) **
    In certain chained replica configurations, updates to 'p4 server'
    specs on the master server were not propagated beyond the first
    replica on the chain.

#949563 (Bug #75718) **
    On an Edge Server, 'p4 print -o' of a remote shelf mishandles the
    name of the output file.

#932013 (Bug #71795) **
    A better error message is issued when accidentally attempting to
    use a Commit Server-bound workspace on an Edge Server. Also, the
    'p4 clients -s NNN' and 'p4 labels -s NNN' commands now print the
    complete list of clients/labels when NNN is the Commit Server's
    serverid.

Bugs fixed in 2014.1 PATCH8

#902281 (Bug #70245) **
    This change improves performance of 'p4 archive' against large
    datasets.  Multiple scans have now been reduced to a single scan 
    of pending integration data.

#901816 (Bug #74020) **
    When migrating client workspaces from commit servers to edge
    servers, promoted shelves are no longer accessible on the
    edge server they are bound to.  This change allows unshelve
    to automatically pull metadata and content to the server with
    the correct ownership.

Bugs fixed in 2014.1 PATCH7

#898102 (Bug #74160) **
    Heavy use of the 'p4 archive' command can block other commands
    due to server locks.  With 'peeking' enabled server.locks.dir
    cannot be disabled.  To turn-off this long duration lock for
    archive set server.locks.archive=0.

Bugs fixed in 2014.1 PATCH6

#893234 (Bug #73768) **
    'p4 clean' will no longer attempt to take exclusive depot file 
    locks in a distributed environment.

#889286 (Bug #72677) **
    'p4 copy' will no longer attempt to exclude source revisions that 
    have previously been marked as ignored.

#886610 (Bug #63251) **
    The forwarding replica and edge server configurations now accept
    the optional username argument on the 'p4 login' and 'p4 logout'
    commands.

#886584 (Bug #73402) **
    'p4 renameuser' would fail to completely rename the user.

Bugs fixed in 2014.1 PATCH5

#882067 (Bug #73412) **
    Replication can be halted due to lock-order issues when the
    configurable rpl.checksum.change is set to a value of 2 or
    more. This problem can only happen if the master server and
    the replica server are both running in lockless mode and
    if two concurrent submits (one with integration history)
    interleave transactions.

#880506 (Bug #71725) **
    The istat.mimic.ichanges configurable controls the reporting
    of revisions between stream and parent.  If set, istat will
    not report cherry-picked revisions already present in the target.
    The default behavior will report any changes not credited, even 
    when the content may already be in the target.

#877872 (Bug #73313) **
    An 'annotate', 'diff', 'diff2', 'describe', or 'resolve' command
    which used the '-db' or '-dw' flags could crash if one of the file
    revisions processed by the command was exactly 65,536 bytes in size.

Bugs fixed in 2014.1 PATCH4

#875393 (Bug #72649) **
    'p4d -xf 71917' could promote unpromoted shelved changes from
    a 2014.1 edge server. This has been fixed.

#874978 (Bug #73263) **
    When using streams the dynamic view generator could crash on
    parsing a very long stream path.

        (Bug #73265) ** 
    This version addresses the SSL/TLS MITM CVE-2014-0224 vulnerability 
    in OpenSSL by linking in version 1.0.1h 

Bugs fixed in 2014.1 PATCH3

#870919 (Bug #73199) **
    'p4 verify' has been added to the list of files that can
    run in lockless mode

#870334 (Bug #72151) **
    'p4 annotate -I' now works correctly with the '-dw' flag.

#870199 (Bug #73184) **
    Highly concurrent server submit operation could cause
    corruption of tables db.integed and db.resolve.  Fixed.

Bugs fixed in 2014.1 PATCH2

#853209 (Bug #72629) **
    'p4 fstat @=<promoted shelf>' from an edge server would not 
    automatically fetch meta-data for a remote shelf unless the -Rs 
    option was specified.

#850073 (Bug #72842) **
    'p4 submit' will no longer record revisions with invalid archive
    paths after unshelving an integrated file through a branch view.

#849654 (Bug #72162) **
    Commands which must find lazy copies, i.e. obliterate, retype,
    and fstat -Oz, could cause stack overflows when there
    are many branches against the same file.  Fixed.

#849566 (Bug #72816) **
    The Edge Server algorithm for handling the replication of a large
    'p4 obliterate' command is now more efficient.

#844664 (Bug #72542) **
    'p4 fstat' will no longer return 'isMapped' twice on files that
    are open for move/add.

#844110 (Bug #72726) **
    A replica with rpl.checksum.change set to 2 or higher might
    incorrectly report that a changelist checksum differed if the
    changelist contained moved files which had previously been moved
    by an earlier changelist (and both moves were lazy copies)

#844029 (Bug #72471) **
    'p4 renameuser' no longer corrupts the user's stored password.

#843871 (Bug #72411) **
    'p4 admin journal' and 'p4d -jj' could incorrectly rotate the
    server's journal on a heavily loaded Linux server, resulting in
    some journal records which were generated after the journal
    rotation being written to the end of the already-rotated journal.

Bugs fixed in 2014.1 PATCH1

#840418 (Bug #72690) **
    'p4 diff2 //file#head //file@=<shelved changelist>' where the
    shelved changelist was 'promoted' in a commit/edge server 
    configuration could crash the server.

#834556 (Bug #72533) **
    'p4 fstat' in a distributed environment (commit/edge) was not
    reporting other server exclusive lock opens.

#827741 (Bug #72275) **
    The maximum line length for an RCS keyword file is now configurable,
    set via lbr.rcs.maxlen.  The default has been increaed to 10M.

#827683 (Bug #72399) **
    The server could crash if it failed to open the journal.

#826998 (Bug #71750) **
    On Windows, a protects table entry that uses an IPv4 address with
    CIDR notation may not match the correct addresses if it has an octet
    that begins with a 0 digit and has a following octet whose value
    is greater than 7.

#826594 (Bug #72180) **
    Triggers now set %serverip% to IP address rather than to hostname.

#826586 (Bug #72298) **
    The mode of the lbr.replication configurable is now reported in
    the tagged output for 'p4 info' when the value is set.

#825277 (Bug #72301) **
    Tagged output for 'p4 shelve -a leaveunchanged' now reports
    the files that have not been shelved due to being unchanged.

#824742 (Bug #71917) **
    Upgrade from a pre-2014.1 commit server will not automatically
    cause promotion of the shelved changes on the commit server.
    'p4d -xf 71917' can be used to promote all shelved changes on
    a commit server.

#824528 (Bug #72062) **
    'p4 shelve -r -a leaveunchanged' resulting in a shelved change
    being deleted could leave an empty shelved change with no
    files. This has been fixed.

#817279 (Bug #71661) **
    'p4 reconcile -n' will no longer take an exclusive lock. In a
    distributed environment this could cause orphaned exclusive
    locks. This has been fixed.

#816430 (Bug #72113) **
    A file that has been moved into the place of a previously
    moved file, and then moved back to its original name, can now
    be merged at the same time as the file whose place it was moved
    into, provided that the current filenames do not conflict.

#816057 (Bug #71614) **
    A streams command may not return all streams when running in a
    long-running connection and a new stream depot and stream are
    created in a more recent connection.  This has been fixed.

#815663 (Bug #72028) **
    Merges into a task stream will now correctly track repeated renames
    in the parent.

Bugs fixed in 2014.1

#834175 (Bug #72533) **
    'p4 fstat' in a distributed environment (commit/edge) was not
    reporting other server exclusive lock opens.

#827741 (Bug #72275) **
    The maximum line length for an RCS keyword file is now configurable,
    set via lbr.rcs.maxlen.  The default has been increaed to 10M.

#827683 (Bug #72399) **
    The server could crash if it failed to open the journal.

#826586 (Bug #72298) **
    The mode of the lbr.replication configurable is now reported in
    the tagged output for 'p4 info' when the value is set.

#825277 (Bug #72301) **
    Tagged output for 'p4 shelve -a leaveunchanged' now reports
    the files that have not been shelved due to being unchanged.

#824742 (Bug #71917) **
    Upgrade from a pre-2014.1 commit server will not automatically
    cause promotion of the shelved changes on the commit server.
    'p4d -xf 71917' can be used to promote all shelved changes on
    a commit server.

#824528 (Bug #72062) **
    'p4 shelve -r -a leaveunchanged' resulting in a shelved change
    being deleted could leave an empty shelved change with no
    files. This has been fixed.

#817279 (Bug #71661) **
    'p4 reconcile -n' will no longer take an exclusive lock. In a
    distributed environment this could cause orphaned exclusive
    locks. This has been fixed.

#816430 (Bug #72113) **
    A file that has been moved into the place of a previously
    moved file, and then moved back to its original name, can now
    be merged at the same time as the file whose place it was moved
    into, provided that the current filenames do not conflict.

#816057 (Bug #71614) **
    A streams command may not return all streams when running in a
    long-running connection and a new stream depot and stream are
    created in a more recent connection.  This has been fixed.

#815663 (Bug #72028) **
    Merges into a task stream will now correctly track repeated renames
    in the parent.

#803197 (Bugs #70703,71826) **
    The tagged form of the 'p4 submit' command against an Edge Server
    was returning messages from the Commit Server in non-tagged form.

#797554 (Bug #71642) **
    Renames that occurred prior to a file being re-added will no longer
    be considered when integrating from that file unless an 'add from'
    record bridges the deletion.

#794583 (Bug #45366, #71436) **
    'p4 -Ztag groups -m' could return less than the -m number of group
    data. This has been fixed.

#792056 (Bug #71418) **
    'p4d -jr -s j1 j2 j3 ...' only re-journaled the database updates
    for the first journal named on the command line.

#790488 (Bug #71314) **
    'p4 unshelve -s <arg> -c <arg2>' would fail to report if the
    shelved change was already committed, but instead would report
    "No such file(s)". This has been fixed.

#784547 (Bug #71137) **
    It was possible to delete a shelf with pending resolves scheduled
    against a different depot file (via unshelve -b).  This has been
    fixed so that the shelf deletion is now blocked.

#783372 (Bug #69572) **
    Stream and StreamAtChange fields of a client specification were
    not being validated during the editor session, which could cause
    other spec data updated during the session to be lost.  This has
    been fixed.

#782990 (Bug #64713) **
    Prevent a file which is already opened in a numbered change
    from being reopened by another user who does not own the change
    but who is sharing the workspace of the owner of the change.  This 
    could have occurred when the '-c' was absent on the reopen command.

#777730 (Bug #70950) **
    A 'p4 revert' command which ran concurrently while a 'p4 shelve'
    command was underway using the same workspace and changelist
    could cause that shelve command to crash, if the shelve command
    included certain undocumented arguments.

#777200 (Bug #70696,#70962)
    With 'db.peeking' enabled in 2013.3, long running (overlapping)
    'p4 sync' operations would block 'p4 obliterate' from running.
    A 'sync -s' or client with the 'allwrite' option during a sync
    can cause a Server fault if max results is hit.  This has been
    corrected.

#775130, #774830 (Bug #70845, #70906) **
    Some merge cases involving files being moved, deleted, and readded
    in unusual ways are now handled better.

#772218 (Bug #70760) **
    A situation in which 'p4 integrate' could give a mapping error
    with a blank path has been fixed to give the correct error.

#771811 **
    The undocumented tunable rpc.deliver.duplex now defaults to 1.
    This means that the behavior described in change 671142 is now
    opt-in, rather than opt-out; you must explicitly set
    rpc.deliver.duplex=0 to enable the change 671142 behavior.

#769878 (Bug #66184) **
    Merges made into a task stream from a stream other than its parent
    will now be 'promoted' and publicly visible.  Note that task streams
    become less lightweight as more files are promoted, so it is recommended
    that task streams only merge/copy to and from their parent streams.

#769770 (Bug #68423) **
    The 'p4 logrotate' command was not correctly rotating structured
    server logs with names that didn't include a file extension (.csv).

#769683 (Bug #34428) **
    The 'p4 logtail' command now reports the file offset correctly
    when run against a Windows server.

#769476 (Bug #64593) **
    The 'p4 pull' command now defaults to '-P serverid' if the replica
    has a serverid and no -P flag has already been specified.

#768121 (Bug #70627) **
    'p4 interchanges' could report extra changes in cases where
    a file had multiple sequential delete revs.  This has been fixed.

#768000 (Bug #70626) * **
    Allow zero line context and unified diff output.

#767850 (Bug #69355) **
    'p4 reconcile -n' and all of its aliases now only require 'read'
    permission on the files in its path to show what needs to
    be reconciled.

#767206 (Bug #70620) **
    It was possible for 'p4 integrate' of a file that was moved in two
    different branches to be matched up with the wrong variant of the 
    file if it had been deleted and re-added in one of the branches 
    prior to being moved.  This has been fixed.

#767009 (Bug #70548) **
    'p4 shelve -c' now gives a 'files not opened in that change' error
    rather than 'no such files' when there are no files to shelve.

#765126 (Bug #69975) **
    The dm.proxy.protects configurable may be used to control the
    behavior of the protections table for connections made via proxies,
    brokers, forwarding replicas, or Edge Servers. For more
    information, please see 'p4 help protect'.

#764636 (Bug #70559) **
    'p4 list -M' on a forwarding replica or Edge Server was forwarding
    the list command to the central server, but was also incorrectly
    creating an empty list on the forwarding replica or Edge Server.

#763622 (Bug #42297) *
    A failed 'p4 revert' on Windows will no longer make the workspace
    file read-only.

#745928 **
    Command arguments in structured logs can now be up to 4096
    characters before they are elided (previously it was 80.)

#758833 (Bug #70224) **
    'p4 submit' from an edge server could hang if the server.locks.dir
    configurable was set to the same absolute path on both the
    edge and commit servers. This has been fixed.

#753081 (Bug #69991,#69986) * ** ***
    Under some unusual circumstances a client network error could
    cause the broker to hang and use 100% of a cpu core. Also, some
    network requests that experienced a transient error were not
    automatically retried.

#752957 (Bug #70168) **
    A performance problem in 'p4 archive' introduced by change 696998
    is addressed. The performance of 'p4 archive' now correctly depends
    on the number of revisions being archived, not on the total number
    of revisions examined by the 'p4 archive' command.

#750787 (Bug #70120) *
    On Mac OS X (and the Darwin build also) syncing a file might fail
    with Operation not permitted because of the user immutable flag
    on files.  We now remove this flag to complete the file transfer.

#749425 (Bug #69604) **
    'p4 istat' in a merge direction did not indicate all outstanding
    changes reported by 'p4 merge'.  Regardless if the the content in
    the target stream was correct, 'p4 istat' did not report identical
    change information reported by 'p4 merge'.

#749946 (Bugs #29923, #70101) *
    UTF16 file detection changed to help block audio files
    from being detected as UTF16.  Files which start with a
    UTF16 BOM (Byte order mark) but which are not valid UTF16
    or do not meet some textual tests will be considered binary.

#744802 (Bug #69776) **
    A server with security=3 which uses a P4AUTH server that has an
    auth-check trigger defined will no longer perform password strength
    checking, since the external authentication system is responsible
    for enforcing password strength requirements.

#740482 (Bug #69603) *
    Conversions between the different Unicode UTF formats allow
    the code positions U+FFFE and U+FFFF now.  These are
    'sentinels' not characters and do not have printable
    forms, but are translatable.

#740373 (Bug #69859) **
    An Edge Server with lbr.replication=cache or lbr.replication=shared
    would incorrectly schedule archive transfer requests in the rdb.lbr
    table.

#738762 (Bug #69824) **
    For the 'p4 describe', 'p4 diff', and 'p4 diff2' commands, 
    specifying a value of N for the -dc[N] and -du[N] flags that is
    greater than 2147483647 is now quietly ignored.

#730272 (Bug #69436) **
    'p4 status' would prefix bad characters on output lines if
    the file argument had leading '.' or '..' characters. This has
    been fixed.

#728082 (Bug #69043) **
    'p4 reviews -C <client>' with an all-numeric field for <client>
    would fail in a distributed environment. This has been fixed.

#727757 (Bug #69257) **
    'p4 submit' will now fail if attempting to submit a branch or copy
    of a revision that has since been obliterated or purged.

#727035 (Bug #69492) **
    The 'p4 servers' command would incorrectly display servers of
    type 'broker' as 'invalid'.

#718736 (Bug #69194) **
    'p4 export -f' against an Edge Server could crash the Edge Server
    if it encountered journal records for Edge Server-initiated submits.

#714378 (Bug #68988) **
    Files that were shelved for 'add'like operations were retaining
    their resolve records (add, branch, or move) when unshelved over
    existing depot files as 'edit' operations.  Since those resolve
    record types do not make sense for 'edit' revisions, they are now
    dropped when those actions are converted to 'edit'.

#709281 (Bug #68824) **
    Updating an autoreload label would write the updated label contents
    to a new unload file rather than rewriting the original unload file
    if spec.hashbuckets had been changed since the label was first
    created.

#707928 (Bug #52982) **
    'p4 obliterate' will now clear the cache used by 'p4 istat' when
    deleting revision records within a stream.  Previously it was
    possible for 'p4 istat' to return stale results after an obliterate.

#707664 (Bug #68752) **
    'p4 counters -m' might display more counters than the -m limit if
    one or more of the system configurables 'monitor', 'security',
    'unicode', 'minClient', or 'minClientMessage' were set.

#704245 (Bug #67904) **
    'p4 fstat -e <shelvedChange> -Rs -Ol" now reports the file size
    and digest of files shelved at the specified change. Previously
    it reported the size and digest of files at the head revision.

#699932 (Bug #19001) *
    The modtime client setting and +m file type modifier now only
    set the file modification time.  Previous versions would also
    set the file access time to the same value as the modificiation
    time.

#698965 (Bug #68292) **
    The diff '-dw' and '-db' flags would fail to ignore whitespace at
    the end of a file that did not end with a newline.

#697571 (Bug #68302) **
    A 'p4 restore' command with multiple filespec arguments will no
    longer halt at the first filespec argument for which no revisions
    can be restored.

#696453 (Bug #65901) **
   'p4 changes -s restricted' and 'p4 changes -s invalid' used to
   return bogus data. Now these commands return an error message.

#687657 (Bug #67951) **
    A rare case where ignore credit could be lost in the process of
    overwriting a change via copy has been corrected.

#685799 (Bug #67698) **
    Integrating and resolving a moved file would sometimes suggest 
    ignoring the move when it had been copied over by another file.  
    This has been corrected.

#672366 (Bug #70860) **
    When a 'copy' content resolve is combined with an 'ignore' filetype
    resolve it will now be recorded as a 'merge' to ensure that the
    copy does not override the outstanding filetype difference.

#659164 **
    'p4 reconcile' will now detect files that have been added to
    the workspace in locations that map to existing (unsynced) depot
    files.

#644128 (Bug #66194) **
    'p4 logstat -l journal' now works as documented.

#642804 (Bug #66179) **
    For some types of file damage, 'p4 verify' will now print "BAD!"
    where formerly it printed "MISSING!".

Important note:

Please refer to:
http://www.perforce.com/perforce/r13.3/user/relnotes.txt
to get up to date GA and post-GA information about this release.

Important changes to perforce database tables 2013.3 **

NEW DATABASE FORMAT **

    This release contains major changes to the perforce database
    implementation (BTREE). These changes are not compatible with
    the previous version (i.e. this is NOT a drop-in upgrade) and 
    requires a restore from a checkpoint (note the journal format 
    has not changed).

    This release is functionally the same as 2013.2 apart from the
    new btree format and the improved concurrency that can be enabled
    with these database changes.

    Before checkpointing your existing database, please read the
    release note for Bug 68870 carefully to see if it applies to you.

Major new functionality in 2013.3

#616010 (Bug #64576, #64577) **
    Improved concurrency through lockless reads.  This release 
    benefits from a new type of perforce lock known as 'peeking'.
    When 'peeking' is enabled many common commands no longer 
    block other commands attempting to update tables. Consistency
    is applied through a new counter 'maxCommitChange' obtained
    at the beginning of each command and through client entity
    locks, which are fine-grain unique client locks that prevent
    concurrent read/write access to an individual client.

    A slightly different table lock-order is used with 'peeking' 
    enabled, this is due to requirements when multiple tables
    are accessed with a mixture of read and peek.  Also, submit 
    is broken into 2 transactions,  the first is the update to 
    key tables (i.e. the bulk of the submit) the second is an 
    update to the submitters client data, this reduces the overall
    update lock time for a submit.

    Lockless reads are enabled when starting the server with the 
    command line option '-vdb.peeking=2' or by the configurable 
    'db.peeking' followed by a server restart.

    e.g.  'p4 configure set db.peeking=2'  (needs server restart).

    value   
      0   disabled   (default)
      1   new lock-order / entity locks       (diagnostic only)
      2   peeking enabled               (hx/dx optimization on)
      3   peeking enabled               (hx/dx optimization off)

    A typically installation would run with peeking set to 2, the
    value 3 is only intended for certain repositories as it carries
    a trade-off between concurrency and command completion speed.
    If your repository has many revisions per file then setting a
    value of 3 may cause some commands to complete slower but will
    not require read locks on the db.revhx/db.revdx tables.

    List of commands that run lockless (peeking enabled):

    annotate, branches, changes, clients, counters, depots, diff, 
    diff2, dirs, filelog, files (-a) fixes, fstat (peeking=3), have, 
    interchanges, integ, integed, istat, jobs, keys, labels, merge, 
    print (-a), resolved, streams, sizes (-a), sync (peeking=3), users

    List of commands that run partial lockless (peeking enabled):

    copy, cstat, fstat, interchanges (copy), istat (copy), opened, 
    sync

    NOTE: With 'peeking' server.locks.dir can no longer be disabled,
    that is because these locks are required for client consistency.
    If you are a customer who has disabled this in the past due to
    problems with syncs,  you can turn-off the longer duration lock
    by setting server.locks.sync=0.

Minor new functionality in 2013.3

#685514 **
    This release has made changes to the way that 'p4 sync' manages
    its memory consumption.  For all cases memory usage has been
    reduced (up to 50% for initial syncs and forced refresh).

#662490 **
    Due to the heavy reliance on server.locks for better concurrency
    the default value for spec.hashbuckets has been changed to 99.
    Typically this value has already been increased from its previous
    default of zero.

Bugs fixed in 2013.3

#1239015 (Bug #80722) **
    A file which was integrated from a streams depot to a local
    depot, or vice versa, would be placed into the wrong location in
    the proxy cache if it was accessed via the proxy by a command
    such as 'p4 sync' or 'p4 print'. Note that the symptom of this
    bug is in the proxy cache, but the fix is in the server.

#1213529 (Bug #79647) **
    p4d -jr would mis-handle the revStatus field if replaying db.rev
    journal records written by a 2005.2 or older server.

#1061247 (Bugs #78830,#78915) **
    A replica with rpl.checksum.change set to 2 or higher might
    incorrectly write its own journal file under conditions of high
    concurrency on the master, resulting in incorrect behavior and
    problems with replicas of this replica.

#1058411 (Bug #78785) **
    If a replica with rpl.checksum.change set to 2 or higher
    encountered an internal error processing a changelist checksum
    note, it would halt replication. Now, it logs the error but
    resumes replication.

#1047418 (Bug #78444) **
    The replica-specific table db.user.rp is now journaled. This means
    that the table data will appear in checkpoints, journals and
    dumps. The replica pull thread automatically filters out all
    db.user.rp records from its P4TARGET server, which is normally the
    desired behavior, since records in this table are unique to each
    replica's activity. However, for maintaining warm standby replicas
    of other replicas, you can set rpl.replay.userrp=1 for the standby
    replica to disable the filtering and replicate db.user.rp data.

#1039831 (Bugs #73075, #74961) **
    The revision specifier @client was not working properly for
    clients bound to a build-server.

#1036596 (Bug #77433) **
    In a distributed configuration, 'p4 unshelve' no longer takes
    the global exclusive file lock for a file of type +l which is
    unshelved for add.

#1035769 (Bug #78256) **
    A replica running 2014.2 or later which is connected to a 2013.2
    master server no longer displays 'Unknown command' when the
    'p4 pull -lj' command is run.

#1031176 (Bug #76013) **
    'p4d -xx db.working db.have' could create spurious delete records
    for db.working if a file opened for move or delete is subsequently
    moved and submitted by another client and the opened file is
    then synced to the head revision.

#1030313 (Bug #77559) **
    A build-server replica would incorrectly process the View: field
    for labels, causing the wrong set of revisions to be specified
    by the label.

#1028751 (Bug #56707) **
    The presence of a client spec with the same name as the TCP/IP
    address of a replica machine no longer causes that replica to
    issue the error: "Don't know how to translate paths for OS ''".

#1028372,#1028461 (Bug #77558) **
    A replica with lbr.replication=cache was not able to access
    labels using the autoreload option.

#1027668 (Bug #77595) **
    'p4 export -f' now formats the domain type column correctly for
    unloaded clients, unloaded labels, and unloaded task streams.

#1010386 (Bug #77471) **
    The 'reload -p' command, used to migrate a workspace from one
    Edge Server to another, or between an Edge Server and the Commit
    Server, failed in certain specialized licensing scenarios.

#811622 (Bug #71819) **
    'p4d -xf 71819' may now be used to clear invalid or unnecessary
    charset values from the database.  Note that this will scan the
    entire revision table.

#811455 (Bug #71765) **
    'p4 reopen' will no longer set a charset on a non-Unicode file.

#799439 (Bug #71686) **
    'Accept theirs' charset resolves from revisions with corrupt
    charset values will no longer cause a crash.

#798198 (Bug #71648) **
    A case in which a file with multiple sequential deleted revisions
    could require integration unnecessarily has been fixed.

#782068 (Bug #71155) **
    'p4d -xx db.working db.have' could create spurious delete records
    for db.working if a file opened for edit is subsequently moved
    and submitted by another client and the opened file is then synced 
    to the head revision.

#781820 (Bug #70845, #70906) **
    Some merge cases involving files being moved, deleted, and readded
    in unusual ways are now handled better.

Bugs fixed in 2013.3 PATCH2

#778881 (Bug #70696) **
    With 'db.peeking' enabled in 2013.3, long running (overlapping)
    'p4 sync' operations would block 'p4 obliterate' from running.

#778845 (Bug #70908) **
    Disabling the db.peeking level and then running 'p4 admin restart'
    would not change the lock order back correctly, resulting in lock
    order errors.

#778057 (Bug #70962) **
    A 'sync -s' or client with the 'allwrite' option during a sync
    can cause a Server fault if max results is hit.  This has been
    corrected.

#777796 (Bug #70950) **
    A 'p4 revert' command which ran concurrently while a 'p4 shelve'
    command was underway using the same workspace and changelist
    could cause that shelve command to crash, if the shelve command
    included certain undocumented arguments.

#774784 (Bug #69991) ***
    Under some unusual circumstances a client network error could
    cause the broker to hang and use 100% of a cpu core.

#773134 (Bug #70702) **
    With 'peeking' enabled and a very high submit concurrency rate, the
    maxCommitChange counter may get updated in the wrong order. This
    bug might cause some transient inconsistency (most likely with
    aggressive automation that tracks submits).

#772545 (Bug #70700) **
    A long running connection that switches between task and non-task
    streams could run into lock order issues when issuing a submit.
    The error "Locking failure: db.revtx locked after db.revdx!"
    would be observed on submit.  A subsequent attempt to submit
    the change would result in success.

Bugs fixed in 2013.3 PATCH1

#768990 (Bug #70620) **
    It was possible for 'p4 integrate' of a file that was moved in two
    different branches to be matched up with the wrong variant of the 
    file if it had been deleted and re-added in one of the branches 
    prior to being moved.  This has been fixed.

#768126 (Bug #70627) **
    'p4 interchanges' could report extra changes in cases where
    a file had multiple sequential delete revs.  This has been fixed.

#760537 (bug #70422) **
    With 'peeking' enabled on a forwarding-replica, the entity locks
    used to maintain client consistency were not being correctly
    released.

#755431 (Bug #70230) **
    With 'peeking' enabled, remote depot files with a change number
    greater than the maxCommitChange value would be ignored.

#753191 (Bug #70144) **
    A case involving integration of files with a tricky combination
    of prior ignore and copy records is now handled better.

#752970 (Bug #70168) **
    A performance problem in 'p4 archive' introduced by change 696998
    is addressed. The performance of 'p4 archive' now correctly depends
    on the number of revisions being archived, not on the total number
    of revisions examined by the 'p4 archive' command.

#749884 (Bug #69604) **
    'p4 istat' in a merge direction did not indicate all outstanding
    changes reported by 'p4 merge'.  Regardless if the the content in
    the target stream was correct, 'p4 istat' did not report identical
    change information reported by 'p4 merge'.

#748216 (Bug #70041) **
    Resolve will no longer give a false "already opened" error when
    resolving an edited depot file against a moved depot file.

#745284 (Bug #69946) **
    Integrate will now consider all reverse integration records
    between the source and target when trying to determine whether
    the files share a close enough connection that scanning for
    renamed variants is not necessary.

#744839 (Bug #69776) **
    A server with security=3 which uses a P4AUTH server that has an
    auth-check trigger defined will no longer perform password strength
    checking, since the external authentication system is responsible
    for enforcing password strength requirements.

Bugs fixed in 2013.3

#736593 (Bug #69548) **
    p4 resolve' no longer crashes when attempting to handle database
    records with invalid file charset values.

#723545 (Bugs #69286, #69288) **
    An update command submitted via a forwarding replica which is
    interrupted while it is waiting for replication processing to
    complete will no longer cause unnecessary system resource usage
    in the forwarding replica.

#716980 (Bug #68870) **
    On a case-insensitive server, the 'p4 server' command was
    incorrectly allowing the creation of two separate server specs
    with ServerIDs that differed only in case. Additionally, the
    'p4 servers' command was displaying the list of server specs
    in case-sensitive sorting order on a case-insensitive server, and
    the 'p4 configure show <serverid>' command was only showing
    configuration variables for the server which matched exactly
    in case. Starting with this change, case-insensitive servers
    will process the ServerID value using case-insensitive matching.

    Due to the new database format introduced with this release,
    a restore from checkpoint is required. On a case-insensitive
    server, this restore will have the following effects on the
    existing server specs:
    1) If there are multiple server specs with ServerIDs that differ
       only in case, all but one of those server specs will be deleted;
       only the last server spec will be retained.
    2) The sort order of the existing server specs will be repaired,
       so that the 'p4 servers' command now displays them in
       case-insensitive sort order.
    If you are operating a server in case-insensitive mode, then
    prior to upgrading to this release, you should run 'p4 servers'
    and see if you have multiple server specs for the same
    case-insensitive ServerID. If you do, use 'p4 server -d' to
    delete the unwanted server specs before checkpointing and restoring
    your database, to ensure that the correct server spec is retained.

Important note:

Please refer to:
http://www.perforce.com/perforce/r13.2/user/relnotes.txt
    to get up to date GA and post-GA information about this release.

Major new functionality in 2013.2

#616528 **
    The new 'p4 integrate' engine made available in 2011.1 and 
    refined in subsequent releases is now the default.  Sites 
    which are using streams, or which have set the dm.integ.engine
    configurable to an explicit value, will not see any difference 
    in behavior.  Sites which wish to continue using the old 
    (2006.1) integration logic must set the dm.integ.engine 
    configurable to '2'.  Sites switching to the new engine should 
    expect the following changes:
    1) New types of resolve scheduled for differences other
       than content: filename, filetype, attribute, etc.
       Note that in order to resolve differences in filename,
       move/add and move/delete revisions must be integrated
       together in pairs; attempting to integrate only half
       of a moved file pair will by default result in an error.
    2) Many situations which used to cause integrate to fail
       with an error and prompt for a flag in order to verify
       the user's intent will now instead result in a resolve.
       For example, files which have been deleted in the source
       and edited in the target may now be resolved such that the
       user can choose to accept or ignore the deletion.
    3) Base selection now considers the individual edits made to
       each file in order to more accurately propagate changes.

#575959 (Bugs #58134, #59015, #60774) **
    The 'p4 server' spec now allows the definition of two new types
    of Perforce server nodes: Commit Server, and Edge Server. An
    installation with exactly one Commit Server, one or more Edge
    Servers, and (optionally) other replicas, proxies, and brokers,
    supports Federated Server functionality. An Edge Server is a
    Forwarding Replica which independently supports local work in
    progress. A Commit Server is a master Perforce server which
    cooperates with each Edge Server to support submitting that work
    via the Edge Server. Most work which requires a client workspace
    is performed directly on the Edge Server, and is fully offloaded
    from the Commit Server. Most administrative work, including the
    commands which edit most spec objects, is performed on the
    Commit Server, and is automatically forwarded when a spec
    command ('p4 protect', 'p4 group', 'p4 stream', etc.) is issued
    against an Edge Server. Since Edge Servers support distinct sets
    of work in progress, they must be adequately provisioned,
    securely administered, and reliably backed up; please contact
    Perforce Technical Support if you need assistance in planning or
    deploying Edge Server instances in your environment.

Minor new functionality in 2013.2

#716174 (Bug #68945) **
    A Windows Commit Server might crash under heavy load.

#681927 (Bug #65134) **
    'p4 list' now accepts the '-C client' flag.  This option 
    limits the files to those mapped through the users client
    workspace.

#671247 (Bug #67318) **
    'p4 reviews' now accepts the '-C client' flag.  This option 
    limits the files to those opened in the specified clients
    workspace (can be used with -c).

#668192 (Bug #60133) **
    The 'p4d -jd' and 'p4d -jr' commands now support '-k/-K' flags
    for table-level filtering. These flags are uncommon, and are
    generally used only by Perforce technical support.

#647654 (Bug #66372) **
    The lbr.replication configurable for a replica now accepts the
    new setting 'cache'; see 'p4 help replication' for details. Also,
    the rpl.verify.cache configurable can be specified to instruct the
    replica to verify archive digests on every reference (this can be
    expensive). Some variants of 'shelve -r' and 'shelve -f' now write
    additional @dl@ journal records describing the archive files that
    are being replaced in the shelf.

#639050 (Bug #66099) **
    'p4 sizes' now accepts the '-A' flag to display file size
    information for files in the Archive depot.

#625219 (Bug #64412) **
    'p4 property -l -A' now includes the property sequence number in
    its output.

#623802 (Bug #2054, #65142) **
    'p4 diff' and 'p4 diff2' now support a '-Od' flag to limit their
    output to differing files only.

#623464 (Bug #64868) **
    Set security=4 to specify that authenticated service users must
    be used for all replica server and remote depot connections
    to this server.

#618347 (Bugs #61231,#40707) **
    'p4 unshelve' will now schedule a branch resolve when unshelving
    an edit to a file that has been deleted or that does not exist.

#618344 (Bug #64824) **
    'p4 unlock' supports the '-x' flag in a distributed installation to
    enable clearing of orphaned exclusively locked files.

#616600 (Bug #64822) **
    'p4 opened' supports the '-x' flag in a distributed installation to
    display files which are opened exclusively across the entire
    installation.

#616051 (Bug #52759) **
    'p4 sync' now defaults to the '-s' behavior for clients with
    'allwrite' and 'noclobber' set.

#615297 (Bug #63617) **
    'p4 submit' will now record 'branch' and 'copy' resolve records
    that come from earlier revisions of the same file as permanent
    integration records.  This makes it possible to record that an
    earlier revision was copied over a later one to roll it back.

#612073 (Bug #64526) * **
    'p4 reconcile' and 'p4 status' will now attempt to convert
    'add' and 'delete' actions into paired 'move/add' and 'move/delete'
    actions by comparing the added client files to the depot versions
    of their missing counterparts.

#605110 (Bugs #63955,#66716) **
    'p4 revert' now accepts a '-w' flag to indicate that files which
    are open for add should be deleted (wiped) from the workspace.

#604353 (Bugs #60118,#62068) **
    The server spec for a replica server now contains a new optional
    field, named ArchiveDataFilter. This field can be used to specify
    the files which are to be immediately scheduled for transfer to
    the replica upon submit. Other files in the repository are still
    available to the replica users, but since they were not fetched
    immediately by the pull -u threads, there will be a delay when they
    are first referenced while they are transferred from the master.

#603759 (Bugs #64097, #64098) **
    'p4 -ztag info' now reports on the status of the client workspace
    lock, if called with a valid client. Also, administrators may set
    server.locks.sync=0 to specify that the sync command should not
    take the client workspace lock at all; at the default setting of 1,
    the client workspace lock is taken in shared mode as before.

#602564 (Bug #56252) **
    'p4 verify' now accepts the '-s' flag to indicate that, in addition
    to verifying the file's digest, the file's size should also be
    verified. 'p4 verify -t' no longer implies the '-s' flag; specify
    '-s' explicitly to cause 'verify -t' to verify the size.

#601710 (Bug #59275) **
    Files that have been moved and are open for edit at an older
    revision may now be scheduled for a filename resolve by syncing
    to the move/delete revision.  Accepting the new filename will
    move the open file, similar to 'p4 move -f', allowing the edit
    to be submitted under the new filename.

#599833 (Bug #59476) **
    The 'p4 clients' and 'p4 labels' commands now take the -a and -s
    flags, which are useful when running in replicated configurations.

#597710 (Bug #21852) **
    The configurable server.commandlimits can be set to a non-zero
    value to disable the use of command-line overrides for the
    MaxResults, MaxScanRows, and MaxLockTime limits defined in the
    group specs. Set server.commandlimits=1 to allow per-command flags
    to specify lower, but not higher, resource limits, and set it to
    the value 2 to quietly ignore command-line resource limits entirely.

#591780 (Bug #61585) **
    Various improvements have been made to the 'p4 journaldbchecksums'
    command and to related tools for monitoring the integrity of
    replica servers in a multi-server installation. Administrators
    who have one or more replica servers deployed should:
    a) ensure they have an 'integrity.csv' log defined for all servers
    b) configure the new rpl.checksum.* configurables for the
       appropriate level of integrity checking
    c) routinely monitor the integrity.csv file for issues
    d) use the new features of the 'journaldbchecksums' command to
       investigate and resolve server integrity problems that arise.

#589668 (Bug #41143) * **
    When connecting to unicode-enabled servers, a default value for 
    the client's P4CHARSET will now be chosen based on the platform 
    and code page if P4CHARSET is not set explicitly.

#588464 **
    A server which has a non-empty serverid, but does not have a
    P4NAME specified, will now use the serverid as the P4NAME. We
    recommend that all servers should be configured with a serverid,
    and you should use the serverid in your 'p4 configure' commands
    to specify the configuration for that server. Specifying the
    P4NAME or -In value when starting the server is then no longer
    necessary.

#586875,#677508 (Bug #67550) **
    Trigger definitions can now request the expansion of three new
    trigger variables: %servername% is set to the value of the
    server's P4NAME; %serverid% is set to the value of the
    server's server.id. In a distributed installation, %submitserverid%
    is set to the server.id of the Commit Server or Edge Server where
    the submit command was run.

#569772 (Bug #62259) *
    On Windows, 'p4 set -S <service>' will now issue an error message
    if there is no corresponding sub-key in the Windows registry.

Bugs fixed in 2013.2

#1239015 (Bug #80722) **
    A file which was integrated from a streams depot to a local
    depot, or vice versa, would be placed into the wrong location in
    the proxy cache if it was accessed via the proxy by a command
    such as 'p4 sync' or 'p4 print'. Note that the symptom of this
    bug is in the proxy cache, but the fix is in the server.

#1213529 (Bug #79647) **
    p4d -jr would mis-handle the revStatus field if replaying db.rev
    journal records written by a 2005.2 or older server.

#1061247 (Bugs #78830,#78915) **
    A replica with rpl.checksum.change set to 2 or higher might
    incorrectly write its own journal file under conditions of high
    concurrency on the master, resulting in incorrect behavior and
    problems with replicas of this replica.

#1058411 (Bug #78785) **
    If a replica with rpl.checksum.change set to 2 or higher
    encountered an internal error processing a changelist checksum
    note, it would halt replication. Now, it logs the error but
    resumes replication.

#1047418 (Bug #78444) **
    The replica-specific table db.user.rp is now journaled. This means
    that the table data will appear in checkpoints, journals and
    dumps. The replica pull thread automatically filters out all
    db.user.rp records from its P4TARGET server, which is normally the
    desired behavior, since records in this table are unique to each
    replica's activity. However, for maintaining warm standby replicas
    of other replicas, you can set rpl.replay.userrp=1 for the standby
    replica to disable the filtering and replicate db.user.rp data.

#1039831 (Bugs #73075, #74961) **
    The revision specifier @client was not working properly for
    clients bound to a build-server.

#1036596 (Bug #77433) **
    In a distributed configuration, 'p4 unshelve' no longer takes
    the global exclusive file lock for a file of type +l which is
    unshelved for add.

#1035769 (Bug #78256) **
    A replica running 2014.2 or later which is connected to a 2013.2
    master server no longer displays 'Unknown command' when the
    'p4 pull -lj' command is run.

#1031176 (Bug #76013) **
    'p4d -xx db.working db.have' could create spurious delete records
    for db.working if a file opened for move or delete is subsequently
    moved and submitted by another client and the opened file is
    then synced to the head revision.

#1030313 (Bug #77559) **
    A build-server replica would incorrectly process the View: field
    for labels, causing the wrong set of revisions to be specified
    by the label.

#1028751 (Bug #56707) **
    The presence of a client spec with the same name as the TCP/IP
    address of a replica machine no longer causes that replica to
    issue the error: "Don't know how to translate paths for OS ''".

#1028372,#1028461 (Bug #77558) **
    A replica with lbr.replication=cache was not able to access
    labels using the autoreload option.

#1027668 (Bug #77595) **
    'p4 export -f' now formats the domain type column correctly for
    unloaded clients, unloaded labels, and unloaded task streams.

#1010386 (Bug #77471) **
    The 'reload -p' command, used to migrate a workspace from one
    Edge Server to another, or between an Edge Server and the Commit
    Server, failed in certain specialized licensing scenarios.

#960002 (Bug #73909) **
    When a workspace on an Edge Server was used to merge new files into
    a task stream, the workspace's have records were not properly
    updated at the completion of the submit.

#870882 (Bug #72411) **
    'p4 admin journal' and 'p4d -jj' could incorrectly rotate the
    server's journal on a heavily loaded Linux server, resulting in
    some journal records which were generated after the journal
    rotation being written to the end of the already-rotated journal.

#777730 (Bug #70950) **
    A 'p4 revert' command which ran concurrently while a 'p4 shelve'
    command was underway using the same workspace and changelist
    could cause that shelve command to crash, if the shelve command
    included certain undocumented arguments.

#753181 (Bug #70144) **
    A case involving integration of files with a tricky combination
    of prior ignore and copy records is now handled better.

#748166 (Bug #70041) **
    Resolve will no longer give a false "already opened" error when
    resolving an edited depot file against a moved depot file.

#744138 (Bug #69946) **
    Integrate will now consider all reverse integration records
    between the source and target when trying to determine whether
    the files share a close enough connection that scanning for
    renamed variants is not necessary.

#739254 (Bug #69832) **
    Integrate will no longer attempt to remap the source to earlier
    (later readded) variants of the target file that have more
    direct connections with it than the current head revision.

#736559 (Bug #69654) **
    Resolving an open file that has been moved at the head depot
    rev will no longer produce a false "not in client view" error
    when a filename argument is given to the resolve command.

#735760 (Bug #69656) **
    When integrating moved files, the search for earlier filename
    variants will stop if the earlier variant is not mapped in the
    current branch/stream view provided that a target file matching
    a later filename has already been found.

#735695 (Bug #69698) **
    Files that have been re-added in the source branch will no longer
    be remapped into moved counterparts in the target branch when
    there is no connecting history with the re-added variant.

#732377 (Bug #45535) **
    Certain 'p4 integrate', 'p4 interchanges', and 'p4 copy' commands
    would incorrectly display the message "Database scan error on
    db.integed!" if the command was terminated due to MaxResults,
    MaxScanRows, or MaxLockTime.

Bugs fixed in 2013.2 PATCH1

#723755 (Bugs #69429) **
    Journal replay into the new server type 'edge-server' was
    acquiring unnecessary locks when propagating a submit from a
    commit server.

#723545 (Bugs #69286, #69288) **
    An update command submitted via a forwarding replica which is
    interrupted while it is waiting for replication processing to
    complete will no longer cause unnecessary system resource usage
    in the forwarding replica.

#721940 (Bug #69315) **
    A failure from a change-commit trigger during a submit
    from an edge server could cause the edge server submit to
    leave the submitted change status as pending on the edge server.
    This has been fixed.

#721669 (Bug #65583) **
    Change #589668 (charset detection) introduced a regression by
    setting a charset before acknowledging whether the server was
    unicode or not.  This problem could happen against a unicode
    enabled server and if P4CHARSET was not set.  The following is
    an example of the kind of error observed:

    p4 add <filepath in local charset>
    //depot/path/????txt#1 - opened for add
    No Translation for parameter 'path' value...

    The (charset detection) feature has been disabled until this
    problem can be resolved.

Bugs fixed in 2013.2

#708462 (Bug #68808) **
    Changing the spec.hashbuckets configurable no longer causes all
    existing autoreload labels to be empty.

#705600 (Bug #66770) **
    A replica which used the ClientDataFilter or RevisionDataFilter
    options would stop replicating after the completion of a large
    'p4 sync' command on the master server.

#700621 (Bug #68446) **
    'p4 unshelve -b' could previously carry resolve records from older
    revisions on the originating branch over to the destination branch,
    which in turn would create permanent integration history on submit.
    These records are now discarded during the unshelve.

#700115 (Bug #68342) **
    'p4 unshelve' was not permitting an ignored branch to be unshelved
    on top of a previously deleted depot file.  This has been fixed.

#698342 (Bug #66972) **
    'p4 interchanges' on a virtual stream no longer requires the 
     force (-F) flag to ignore the stream's expected flow.

#696998 (Bug #67954) **
    'p4 archive' will now refuse to archive a revision which is used
    as the source of a pending or shelved integration.

#694657 (Bug #68200) **
    A rare case where 'p4 merge' could loop indefinitely when trying
    to track a renamed target file has been fixed.

#693514 (Bug #67698) **
    Integrating and resolving a moved file would sometimes suggest 
    ignoring the move when it had been copied over by another file.  
    This has been corrected.

#693503 (Bug #67951) **
    A rare case where ignore credit could be lost in the process of
    overwriting a change via copy has been corrected.

#693346 (Bug #68018) **
    Change numbers recorded in the db.template index are based on
    the previous change committed +1.  To reduce the chance of
    missing pending changes at time a stream spec is modified, the
    template index will now reflect the greater value between
    'commmitted change +1' and 'change counter'.

#691799 (Bug #67611) * **
    Reconcile mangled paths when called from a root directory (ie.
    '/' or 'C:\') This has been fixed.

#869231 (Bug #66849) **
    Police maximum date range for SSL Certificate creation so that 
    the date does not exceed the precision of the underlying int.
    Issue error indicating maximum number of days that can be specified.

#688624, 690969 (Bug #67981, 68100) **
    A file that was overwritten by a copy and then moved was previously 
    not joined with its parent/child file when merged back.  This has 
    been fixed.

#688064 (Bug #67680) **
    'p4 user' will not fail when noautocreate is set to 1 and the
    security level of the server is > 0 due to the password not
    being set.

#686560 (Bug #66854) **
    The server consistency checker 'p4d -xx' would report depot
    inconsistencies during the 'db.integed vs db.rev' check should a
    file within a task stream be integrated to a target within the
    same task stream.  This has been fixed.

#682378 (Bug #66785) **
    The error message raised when a server connects to a remote
    depot server via an SSL connection and the trust check fails
    has changed to ServiceNoTrust which requires an administrator
    to correct the trust problem.  The previous error messages
    wrongly implied that the end client user could correct the
    problem.

#680865 (Bug #67203) **
    P4TRUST value was not honored for Windows Service settings
    ie. p4 set -S <service>  Fixed.  Also can be set via p4 configure.

#671142 (Bug #53464) **
    The network-related performance of a 'p4 sync -f', 'p4 sync -p',
    or 'p4 print' command issued via a proxy over a long-haul network
    is improved by performing fewer network duplex flush operations.
    The new behavior, if problematic, may be disabled using the
    undocumented tunable 'rpc.deliver.duplex=1'.

#670223 (Bugs #52464,#54911,#66981) **
    The server no longer allows a Build Farm workspace to be edited
    on the master server. Build Farm workspace definitions should be
    created and edited by issuing the 'p4 client' command directly
    to the Build Farm replica, not to the master server. It is still
    possible to delete a Build Farm workspace directly from the master
    server, but this requires the -f flag to be passed on the
    'p4 client -d' command by an administrator; it is preferable to
    delete Build Farm workspaces by issuing the 'p4 client -d' command
    directly to the Build Farm replica.

#668938 (Bugs #34426,#65796) **
    Accessing a file of type +X could cause the server to crash.

#668764 (Bug #67156) **
    A Build Farm replica now refuses the 'client -d' command if it
    specifies a workspace not bound to that Build Farm replica.

#666659 (Bugs #67081,#67375) **
    A 'p4 sync' command issued via a forwarding replica which accesses
    a file that is not in the replica's cache and for which the replica
    fails to retrieve the file from the master server would incorrectly
    be recorded as sync'd in the client's have list. This also caused
    incorrect file delivery when the forwarding replica was accessed
    via a proxy.

#661948 (Bug #66666) **
    On Windows if the Server log file is made busy by another
    application, an error is placed in the Windows Application
    Event log.

#658282 (Bug #66768) **
    'p4 annotate -i' will no longer attempt to follow history from
    remote depots.

#656862 **
    'p4 copy' could fail to propagate a change in filetype or
    attribute when the target revision was already recorded as
    a direct copy of the source.  This has been fixed.

#652978 (Bug #66630) **
    It is no longer necessary to restart a Unix server following a
    'p4 configure unset' of a configurable value.

#652052 (Bug #66384) **
    A Windows replica server will now dynamically recognize when a
    'p4 configure unset' command is replicated.

#651403 (Bug #66597) **
    'p4 interchanges' with a revision range could produce different
    results from the equivalent 'p4 integrate' command in some cases.
    This has been fixed.

#651019 (Bug #65773) **
    If the client is terminated or the network is disrupted during
    the execution of a 'p4 sync' command, the server now notices the
    disruption more quickly and cleans up its own state (including
    the client workspace lock) more rapidly, thus avoiding situations
    in which the client workspace lock remained held by a 'p4 sync'
    that was no longer actively connected to its client.

#649135 (Bug #66256) **
    Labels using the 'autoreload' option were being incorrectly updated
    by a 'labelsync' command which specified filespec argument(s) but
    did not specify the -a or -d flags. Files present in the label
    which did not match the filespec argument were lost from the label.

#648350 (Bug #66349) **
    Certain server-to-server network messages (e.g., 'rmt-Journal')
    specify the workspace name as a string of length zero. The server
    log, monitor table, audit log, and structured server logs will now
    log these network messages with a workspace name of: "unknown".

#648013 (Bug #66251) **
    'p4 diff #head' will now correctly pair up files that are open
    for move.

#644053 (Bug #66309) **
    'p4 unload' will now refuse to unload a client which has one or
    more files of type +l opened. Such files must be explicitly
    reverted prior to unloading the client.

#643157 (Bug #63668) **
    'p4 integrate' now has more sophisticated logic in place to select
    a target from among multiple renamed variants of a file that all 
    share common history with the source.

#641784 (Bug #66176) **
    When 'p4 verify -t' on a replica server reported a BAD! file and
    scheduled the file to be re-transferred from the master server,
    the re-transfer request was quietly ignored by the 'pull -u' thread.

#638593 (Bug #66011) **
    'p4 shelve' will no longer fail with a 'missing from rev table'
    error when shelving a file that is open for branch and has a
    scheduled resolve from a remote depot.

#638364 (Bug #66081) **
    Replica servers now treat 'logger -c N -t X' as an update command,
    instead of executing it locally on the replica server.

#635226 (Bug #65955) **
    Replica servers now treat 'obliterate' as a read-only command if
    it does not specify the '-y' flag, thus executing the read-only
    obliterate command on the replica.

#634123 (Bug #65912) **
    'p4 integrate' will now recognize when a previously deleted change
    has been explicitly reinstated in the source, and permit it to
    override a deletion in the target when that is the case.

#630677 (Bug #65579) **
    'p4 submit -e' is now supported for use with task streams.

#621164 (Bugs #65121, #65124) **
    Fixed a memory leak in 'p4 attribute' in replica servers.

#619878 (Bug #64650) **
    The server no longer maintains the 'last access time' for
    service users.

#617921 (Bug #64944) **
    Trying to connect a replica to a server which has journaling
    disabled now results in an error message, not a server crash.

#616323 (Bug #61797) **
    'p4 diff2 -q' would sometimes not give the 'no differing files'
    message when all files were identical.  Fixed.

#614102 (Bug #64703) **
    Partial information about an unloaded task stream can now be
    displayed using the command 'p4 -ztag stream -o <task-stream>'.

#614086 (Bug #64744) **
    On a replica server, 'p4 verify -t' now allows the '-z' option.

#613774 (Bug #64781) **
    The server now refuses to allow a client's ServerID field to be
    set to a non-existent server identifier.

#608529 (Bug #60612) **
    'p4 fstat -mN -Ru' now correctly limits the results based on
    the number of unresolved files, not the number of open files.

#607046 (Bug #64413) **
    'p4 property' now detects out-of-range values for the -s flag.

#605852 (Bug #64354) **
    The replica server's journal pull thread was keeping the rdb.lbr
    file open even when it wasn't actively using it.

#603339 (Bug #64177) **
    'p4 fstat' was omitting the otherOpen tags for a deleted revision.

#598622 (Bug #63963) **
    'p4 resolve -at' of a file opened for edit will no longer produce
    'corrupted during transfer' errors when keyword expansion differs
    between the depot and client files.

#598401 (Bug #63986) **
    When an autoreload label is deleted, its server.locks lock file
    is now deleted as well.

#598303 (Bug #63987) **
    A memory leak in replica on-demand file transfer is fixed.

#596612 (Bug #63873) **
    'p4d -jd /dev/null' was issuing a confusing message about being
    unable to write to /dev/null.md5.

#591150 (Bug #63488) **
    It is no longer possible to submit a move/add revision without
    a corresponding 'moved from' integration record.

#587922 (Bugs #52464, #56428) **
    When a client workspace is created on a Build Farm replica, the
    client name is also now created on the central server, resolving a
    race condition in which a client by that same name might be
    simultaneously created on another Build Farm server, or on the
    central server itself.

#587664 (Bug #60715) **
    A replica configuration which accidentally specifies multiple
    metadata pull threads no longer causes multiple threads to run.
    The extra metadata pull threads now block on a lock and are idle.

#585006 (Bug #62994) **
    The 'submit -e' command now deletes the shelf database records
    using a single database transaction.

#577771 (Bug #62637) **
    The 'p4 merge' command was not correctly checking that move
    operations were propagated atomically (per change 465399). This
    has been fixed.

Important note:

Please refer to:
http://www.perforce.com/perforce/r13.1/user/relnotes.txt
    to get up to date GA and post-GA information about this release.

Major new functionality in 2013.1

#555450 (Bug #59844) **
    This release provides support for lightweight short-lived branches
    when using Perforce streams. This new type of branch is utilized
    by creating a stream of type 'task'.  This special type of stream
    behaves similarly to a 'development' stream except that branched
    data is not stored in the regular repository tables.  Submitting
    revisions that are not simple branches will promote file data to
    regular (visible) database tables, otherwise most meta-data for
    the 'task' stream will remain private.  Task streams come with
    some caveats, they cannot be re-parented, they cannot have child
    streams and private data (un-promoted) is not visible except to
    clients of the task.  When a 'task' stream is completed it should
    be either deleted or unloaded,  this keeps task meta-data to a
    minimum and reduces checkpoint time.

#521779 (Bug #11379) * ** ***
    IPv6 network connections are now fully supported (in addition
    to the existing IPv4 support). An IPv4 or an IPv6 address may
    be used wherever an address literal is allowed, and hostnames
    may now resolve to an IPv6 address.  Servers can now listen
    on either an IPv4 address or on an IPv6 address, and by
    listening on the IPv6 wildcard address ([::]) they can accept
    both IPv6 and IPv4 connections (if the host OS supports it).
    P4PORT strings can require either IPv4 or IPv6, or allow
    both (in which case they can specify a preference). See
    'p4 help networkaddress' for additional details on syntax.

    In particular, IPv6 addresses may be used in the host field
    of the protects table. IPv4 addresses in the host field will
    also apply to the corresponding IPv4-mapped IPv6 address, and
    vice-versa.

    For backwards compatibility, IPv6 is disabled unless explicitly
    requested or allowed, via either P4PORT or the net.rfc3484
    tunable. When IPv6 is allowed, addresses that are reported
    (in log files, messages, etc) will be IPv6 addresses for IPv6
    connections.  Customer scripts that parse such strings should
    be enhanced to support IPv6 address strings.

#539809 (Bug #53058) **
    Shelved changes containing files that do not require resolve
    may be submitted directly without unshelving first via
    'p4 submit -e <shelvedChange#>'. See 'p4 help submit' for
    details and restrictions.

#538913 (Bug #36686) **
    Shelved changes may now be unshelved into different branches
    or related streams via 'p4 unshelve -b' and 'p4 unshelve -S'.  
    See 'p4 help unshelve'.

Minor new functionality in 2013.1

#573464 (Bug #62517) **
    At times the stream view generator is changed causing different
    client or branch views to be generated.  The existing method to
    force a new client view to be generated is by editing the stream
    view, or parent fields.  Now 'p4d -xf 57689' can be used to cause 
    all existing stream-client views to be marked stale, forcing new
    client views to be generated on next stream-client usage.

#571383 (Bug #62343) **
    'p4 unlock -s <shelvedChange>' will unlock files left locked
    by an aborted 'p4 submit -e' command.

#557509 (Bug #61754) **
    The '-T' argument to 'p4 export' and 'p4 pull' now allows the
    table name list to be separated by either commas or spaces.

#555572 (Bug #61641) **
    'p4 counters' and 'p4 keys' now support the '-m max' option
    to limit the output to the first 'max' counters/keys.

#549890 (Bug #15834) **
    A trigger may now specify the variables %peerip% and/or
    %peerhost% when it needs to distinguish between the ip/host
    that originated the command and the ip/host of the proxy, broker,
    or replica which conveyed that command to the server.

#549743 (Bug #51831) **
    'p4 pull -l -j' now includes information about the replica's
    current time and time zone.

#549223 (Bug #53334) ** ***
    Added an additional field "SV" to the credentials config
    file that allows the user to overwrite the "Starting Valid" 
    date for the certificate.  This value is interpreted as an 
    offset of days from the default value of "now" and it can 
    be positive or negative. The documentation for this new 
    field is as follows:

    SV: number of days from now for starting date of validity
    Note that value can be positive or negative. Also note that
    the units value DOES NOT pertain to this field, it is always
    in "days".
    (default: 0, e.g. starting validity is now)
    SV =

#549167 (Bugs #60033,#60461) **
    A delay has been added when failing to login after a configurable
    number of attempts.  The delay increases up to a maximum of 10
    seconds (controlled by configurable dm.user.loginattempts), the
    default attempts maximum is 3.

#549153 (Bug #53542) ** ***
    Files in P4SSLDIR can now have user read-only permissions. Prior 
    to this release, files had to be user read-write permission. In 
    addition the P4SSLDIR can now be user read-execute permission.

#546277 (Bug #61243) **
    'p4 change -U <newuser>' changes the owner of an empty pending
    change.

#542934 **
    'p4 copy' will now produce a "no such file(s)" error when the
    source path is completely empty, rather than opening all target
    files for delete.

#529441 (Bug #59601) **
    'p4 opened -a file ...' can now be used with a new flag '-s' to 
    improve performance with large repositories that have many clients.
    Using '-s' (short) output reduces the information returned but
    enables quicker processing.

#540894 (Bug #41825) **
    A replica server can now filter revision data and/or active client
    data when journal records are retrieved from the target server.
    For more information, see 'p4 help server' and 'p4 help pull'.

#538414 (Bug #17818) **
    When 'security' is set to a non-zero value, setting the new
    configurable 'dm.password.minlength' (default 8) will require 
    that a password has at least that many characters.

#536043 (Bug #55700) **
    A replica server may specify 'lbr.replication=ondemand' to
    indicate that file content transfers should not be scheduled.

#535812 (Bug #45046) **
    The replica server now supports the 'p4 pull -d' command to
    cancel an unwanted file content transfer.

#530488 (Bug #44943) **
    The stream spec now allows a 'group' as the stream owner instead
    of a user.  When a stream is owned by a group, any user within
    that group or subgroup can update a locked stream or submit to
    the stream when the 'ownersubmit' option is set.

#527471 (Bug #53537) **
    Invocations of 'p4d -Gc' and 'p4d -Gf' are now logged as event
    records in structured server logs.

#527364 **
    Server performance tracking now includes information about
    triggers which take an unexpectedly long time to execute.

#519545 (Bugs #33242,#49675) **
    Setting the configurable 'server.maxcommands' to a non-zero value
    will cause the server to refuse to accept more than that many
    simultaneous command requests. We encourage you to set
    'server.maxcommands' to a value which is low enough to detect a
    runaway script or denial of service attack before your server
    hardware resources (swap file, process/network limits, etc.) are
    exhausted, yet high enough to maintain a substantial cushion
    between your server's typical average number of connections and
    the max value, in order to accommodate normal bursts of activity.
    If P4LOG is defined, the server log will contain lines of the form
    'Server is now using N active threads'.
    which will help you assess your current level of activity; consider
    setting 'server.maxcommands' to a value which is larger than your
    current normal activity level, but small enough to protect the
    server from extreme request loads. Note: on AIX platforms, the
    server.maxcommands feature requires that monitoring be enabled.

#519339 (Bug #59013) **
    Configuring a replica of a replica is now possible. Note that this
    is an advanced scenario and you should first become comfortable
    with simple replication scenarios. Certain configurations are not
    useful (e.g., configuring a forwarding replica of a read-only
    replica is pointless); please contact Perforce technical support
    for guidance if you are considering a multi-level replica
    installation.

#508420 (Bug #59515) **
    The new command 'p4 property' can be used by administrators to
    view and update property definitions stored on the server. The
    server does not use property definitions itself; it provides this
    capability for client software that finds it useful.

#505844 (Bug #61399) **
    'p4 sync' now accepts a '-N' flag to display a summary of the
    estimated size of the sync command, without actually executing it.
    In addition, for servers with structured server logging enabled,
    'p4 sync' commands now log size estimation information in new
    log record type 14.

#503533,503656 (Bugs #1231, #7727) ** *
    The p4 command now supports a global '-q' flag. When set, this flag
    suppresses all informational messages; only warnings and errors
    are displayed. A new flag '-q' has been added to 'p4 integrate',
    'p4 copy', and 'p4 merge'; when set, it suppresses normal output
    about the list of files being integrated, copied, or merged.

#503080 (Bugs #1344, #54775) **
    The new configurable 'run.users.authorize' can be set to 1 to
    cause the server to require authentication and authorization
    for the 'p4 users' command.

Bugs fixed in 2013.1

#1213529 (Bug #79647) **
    p4d -jr would mis-handle the revStatus field if replaying db.rev
    journal records written by a 2005.2 or older server.

#749425 (Bug #69604) **
    'p4 istat' in a merge direction did not indicate all outstanding
    changes reported by 'p4 merge'.  Regardless if the the content in
    the target stream was correct, 'p4 istat' did not report identical
    change information reported by 'p4 merge'.

#723545 (Bugs #69286, #69288) **
    An update command submitted via a forwarding replica which is
    interrupted while it is waiting for replication processing to
    complete will no longer cause unnecessary system resource usage
    in the forwarding replica.

#708462 (Bug #68808) **
    Changing the spec.hashbuckets configurable no longer causes all
    existing autoreload labels to be empty.

#705600 (Bug #66770) **
    A replica which used the ClientDataFilter or RevisionDataFilter
    options would stop replicating after the completion of a large
    'p4 sync' command on the master server.

#696998 (Bug #67954) **
    'p4 archive' will now refuse to archive a revision which is used
    as the source of a pending or shelved integration.

Bugs fixed in 2013.1 PATCH3

#677117 (Bug #67554) **
    After upgrading a user could experience a 10 second delay logging 
    in for the first time.

#675716 (Bug #66603) **
    On Server shutdown, client commands which do not terminate
    in time will no longer cause a Windows Service stop error.

#673894 (Bug #67259, #67285) **
    Old stream path entries recorded in db.template are not always 
    deleted from the stream when the stream is saved.  This regression
    was caused by change #655696 and has been fixed.  This change
    also uses the last committed change number, rather than the
    current change number for template indexing.

#672185 (Bug #67318) **
    Using 'p4 reviews' with many file arguments (>1000) can lock
    out the db.user and db.review tables for long periods.

#664350 (Bug #66853) **    
    The server consistency checker 'p4d -xx' would report missing
    depot entries during the 'db.rev vs db.have' check should an
    unpromoted task stream be populated and sync'd to a client.  If 
    one or more of the files in that sync'd client also be open for 
    edit, there would be errors reported during the check of tables
    'db.working vs db.rev'.  This has been fixed.

#659745 (Bug #66721) **
    'p4 copy' could fail to propagate a change in filetype or
    attribute when the target revision was already recorded as
    a direct copy of the source.  This has been fixed.

Bugs fixed in 2013.1 PATCH2

#655696 (Bug #66132) **
    When switching a stream-client between versioned (ie.
    StreamAtChange) and default, the new client was not always
    referencing the whole map.  This was cause of 'sync' and 
    'have' commands with no parameters to not always reflect the 
    correct haveMap entries.  This has been fixed.

#655694 (Bug #66266) **
    Change numbers recorded in the db.template stream table
    reflect the previous change submitted, rather than the next
    change to be submitted.  This has been deemed to reflect 
    incorrect results when using the StreamAtChange field of a
    stream client.  This fix requires an additional administrative
    run of a bugfix to correct existing rows.

    With the system quiet, and this new P4D in place, run the
    command 'p4d -xf 66266', which will update all previously 
    existing records in the db.template with change-counter + 1.  
    This bugfix should be run only one time.

    When the installation is brought back up, subsequent stream
    specification modifications will correctly store the new
    change-counter + 1 to the db.template.

#653833 (Bug #66666) **
    On Windows if the Server log file is made busy by another
    application, an error is placed in the Windows Application
    Event log.

#651019 (Bug #65773) **
    If the client is terminated or the network is disrupted during
    the execution of a 'p4 sync' command, the server now notices the
    disruption more quickly and cleans up its own state (including
    the client workspace lock) more rapidly, thus avoiding situations
    in which the client workspace lock remained held by a 'p4 sync'
    that was no longer actively connected to its client.

#647594 (Bug #65830) **
    Its possible under certain race conditions or sequence of
    commands to circumvent the (+l) exclusive locked file type.

#630820 (Bug #65680) **
    Integrations into task streams will now correctly handle files
    that have been moved in the parent stream.

#630442 (Bugs #65539) * **
    The diff option '-dl' (ignore line endings) will correctly
    match the last line of a file with no line ending.

Bugs fixed in 2013.1 PATCH1

#628176 (Bugs #65599, #65611, #65612) **
    Using the 'revertunchanged' flag when submitting to a task
    stream could result in the error:

    Operation 'user-submit' failed.
    //filepath/file is missing from the rev table!

    Further problems may also happen to files that were partially
    submitted when this error occurs.  To clear the error this
    task stream should be deleted.

#625965 (Bug #60612) **
    'p4 fstat -mN -Ru' now correctly limits the results based on
    the number of unresolved files, not the number of open files.

#625432 (Bug #65155) **
    In some cases unpromoted task stream files were not being seen
    by certain commands.  This problem could also manifest itself 
    by causing an unnecessary sync replace operation when switching
    between stream clients.  The commands affected are sync, diff,
    edit, reconcile, fstat, files, filelog, annotate and delete.

#624649 (Bug #65272) **
    'p4 copy -b branch @label' did not work correctly if the label did
    not include the target files.  This has been fixed.

Bugs fixed in 2013.1 (GA)

#606657 (Bug #60500) *
    'p4 reconcile -a' generated translation errors with clients using
    a non-utf8 P4CHARSET setting against a unicode server. This has
    been fixed.

#603329 (Bug #64013) **
    'p4 revert' of unmatched move/delete files could in rare cases
    produce librarian errors or a crash.  This has been fixed.

#598303 (Bug #63987) **
    A memory leak in replica on-demand file transfer is fixed.

#598155 (Bug #63967) **
    Updating the label spec for an autoreload label was incorrectly
    clearing the existing label contents.

#597848 (Bug #63333) **
    On an outer server configured to use another server as its
    P4AUTH server, if a command requiring remote authentication is
    issued with a client of a Stream, the P4AUTH server would fail
    to authenticate with an incorrect error message.

#596664 (Bug #63713) ** ***
    Broker and proxy fail client authentication when net.mimcheck=5
    and IPv6 literal addresses are used.

#596288 (Bug #63533) **
    'p4 reconcile -a' could generate 'Database get' errors trying
    to add files that are already opened when the client uses
    overlay mappings, or has changed the client map without syncing.
    This has been fixed.

#595808 (Bug #63812) **
    On a unicode-enabled server configured to use another unicode
    server as its P4AUTH server, 'p4 review' was failing.

#590013 (Bug #62918) **
    'p4 annotate -iI' will now produce a usage error rather than 
    silently ignoring the '-i'.

#589943 (Bug #63121, #63191) **
    'p4 integrate' will no longer consider contiguous ranges of 
    directly credited source revisions for integration.  Previously 
    it was possible for revisions that were integrated with "-f" to 
    be re-integrated due to the resulting history not clearly 
    indicating which changes were applied by the merge.

#588844 (Bug #63236) **
    'p4 integrate' of a file that has been repeatedly deleted and
    re-added will no longer produce a conflict when the file has been
    deleted in the target branch.

#584476 (Bug #62805) **
    'p4 submit' will fail with an appropriate error if the change
    being submitted has shelved files due to a concurrent
    'p4 shelve' command.

#583869 (Bug #62823) **
    Using a client or label as a template now updates its access time.

#583451 (Bug #62790) **
    'p4 interchanges' will no longer report changelists associated with
    revisions that have been made irrelevant by a 'copy' operation.

#582893 (Bug #62837) **
    Edits made prior to a user-specified integration range are now
    considered to be ignored for purposes of deciding how important
    it is to include them in the merge base versus already-integrated
    edits.

#582216 (Bug #62819) **
    Previous edits made to deleted files that have been ignored are now 
    considered ignored by future integrations.

#581888 (Bug #62138) **
    Files with sizes greater than 2^31 bytes had their file size
    incorrectly displayed by 'p4 pull -l' and 'p4 pull -l -s'.

#581498 (Bug #62787) **
    'p4 integrate' will now schedule move resolves correctly for files
    that were previously opened for integrate.

#581376 (Bug #62579) **
    'p4 reconcile -a' and 'p4 status' would try to open or report
    a file already opened for add if the file had been deleted
    at the head revision. This has been fixed.

#580235 (Bug #62734) **
    A corrupted RCS archive which was missing the deltatext for the
    head revision could cause the server to crash.

#580188 (Bug #42670) **
    Running concurrent 'p4 shelve' commands to both update and
    delete the same shelved change could cause unexpected loss
    of shelved data. This has been fixed.

#580136 (Bugs #62686,#62922) *
    Fixed 'p4 delete symbolic-link-to-directory', which was broken
    by change 492002.

#579718 (Bug #62604) **
    The command 'p4 diff @=<shelved changelist>' would return incorrect
    results for branched files.

#579138 (Bug #62606) **
    Fixed 'p4d -jd' crash on a read-only database due to change 508345.

#575512 (Bug #62061) **
    Change #397964 introduced a regression allowing streams of 
    type 'mainline' be saved with another stream as Parent.  
    This has been fixed.

#569569 (Bug #62171) **
    'p4 -u <newuser> user' will now fail to create a new user if
    there is an error in the user spec when the 'noautocreate'
    configurable is set. Previously the new user would be created
    anyway.

#569270 (Bug #57689) **
    Stream view generation has used an algorithm that has placed
    significance in a single dot in view mappings.  The result is
    inconsistent client or branch views, based on the complexity
    and lineage of the stream.  This algorithm, by default, will
    no longer place such emphasis on single dots in view mappings.  

#569052 (Bug #57370) **
    Leading wild-cards of Stream path definitions are not always 
    flagged as errors when the stream is saved.  Bug fix #484326
    was not stringent enough for certain surreptitious mappings, 
    which this change corrects.

#568019 (Bug #62081) **
    'p4 integrate' could report ignored revisions as still requiring
    integration when ignores had been combined with a copy into the
    same revision.  Fixed.

#566564 (Bug #57798) **
    Stream views have been reordering Remapped paths causing certain
    views to be generated incorrectly.  This has been corrected but
    for the new correct views to be generated, the streams will need 
    to be updated and saved.

#561180 (Bug #52246) **
    'p4 unshelve' to open a file for add will schedule a baseless
    merge and open the file for edit if the file already exists
    in the depot.

#559674 (Bug #61920) **
    Two or more submits running concurrently could lock-step each 
    other in a way that would delay the call to get the wallclock
    time for the submit,  this could result in changelist/time
    ordering anomaly.

#558151 (Bug #61809) **
    Specifying an unloaded client or label as a template using the -t
    flag to 'p4 client' or 'p4 label' now issues an error message.

#555164 (Bug #61646) **
    'p4 verify -q //pattern...' now prints an appropriate message if
    there are no such files matching the pattern.

#554167 (Bug #61573) **
    'p4 submit -c' could succeed even if the change had shelved
    files if the files in the change had been previously locked.
    This has been fixed so that the submit will fail as expected.

#553462 (Bug #51589) **
    shelve-delete triggers would not fire unless there were files
    opened at that change in a workspace. This has been fixed.

#553344 (Bug #58397) **
    'p4 sync -q' was failing to report non-existent files.

#549497 (Bug #53669) **
    A  stream depot can be deleted while stream specifications
    still point to the depot.  The deletion of the depot now checks
    for streams first.

#548995 (Bugs #57794,#41323,#42956) **
    A workspace with a name which contains a backslash (\) character
    no longer creates an invalid spec depot entry on a Windows server.

#548246 (Bug #61303) **
    The message 'Forwarder set trusted client address' no longer
    appears in P4LOG unless the server trace level is set to 4 or more.

#547623 (Bug #61235) *
    'p4 reconcile' no longer crashes on Windows8 X64.

#547586 (Bug #61280) **
    Password expiration problems on a replica server which specifies 
    lbr.replication=none are resolved.

#545955 (Bug #59572) **
    Server restart command on Windows now allows client commands
    to stop before initiating the restart operation.

#545904,#569710 (Bugs #22844,#60304) **
    The server now refuses attempts to create a user name with an
    embedded NUL byte inside the name.

#542396 (Bug #58064) **
    Audit records written to structured server logs for file contents
    transfered from server-to-server for remote depots and replicas
    (f_action="import") now contain accurate revision identifiers.

#540594 (Bugs #53165,#60056) ** ***
    A Windows virus scanner will no longer block access to the
    logfile and cause multiple concurrent threads to hang.

#539320 (Bug #49295) **
    Restricted changelist descriptions will no longer be visible if 
    all the files associated with that change have been obliterated.

#538652 (Bug #60705) **
    'p4 unload' command can report misleading success message even
    when the command fails.  This has been fixed.

#535454 (Bug #60483) **
    The 'p4 admin resetpassword' command may not be issued against
    a replica server.

#532397 (Bug #58303) **
    'p4 describe' no longer issues the fatal error message:
    'Change NNNNN description missing!' if a simultaneous 'p4 change -d'
    command deletes the change while it is being described.

#532068 (Bug #58474) **
    Some commands which reacquire locks e.g. 'p4 changes -l' were
    not cacheing effectively.  Some disk read I/O's were also
    missing from track information.  Fixed.

#531369 (Bug #58857) **
    Interrupting a checkpoint 'p4d -jc' or journal rotation 'p4d -jr'
    could leave the counters table in a corrupt state.  Fixed.

#528848 (Bug #48725) **
    'p4 diskspace' now includes spec depots, archive depots, and unload
    depots in its report.

#528378 (Bug #49612) **
    The '-s' flag to 'p4d' is only valid when '-jr' or '-jrc' is
    also specified.

#528207 (Bugs #48719,#57850) **
    A change-content trigger that queried the server for information
    about a file moved by 'p4 move' could get incorrect results.

#527665 (Bug #53520) **
    'p4 logschema' now includes a human-readable name for the
    log record type.

#527589 (Bug #52729) **
    'p4 logappend' now issues a warning if no logs have been configured
    to record user log events.

#503100,526227 (Bugs #59284,#59285) **
    The 'p4 submit' command can now detect certain specific types of
    damage to the db.revhx index, and will prevent further damage.

#521622 (Bug #55320) * ** ***
    The server and proxy no longer support the Zeroconf server
    registration protocol. The P4ZEROCONF environment variable is no
    longer implemented, and the 'p4 browse' command has been removed.

#520723 (Bugs #21350,#36126) **
    The 'p4d -jr' command now checks to see if a checkpoint is being
    replayed into an existing database directory by mistake. To bypass
    the check, and allow replaying a checkpoint over an existing
    database, specify 'p4d -jrF <checkpoint-file>'.

#520399 (Bug #59310) **
    When the same event is logged to multiple structured log files, the
    log record will now have the same high precision timestamp in each
    log file.

#515167 (Bugs #59192,#51548) **
    A memory leak in the client workspace lock feature is fixed.

#514839 (Bug #58872) **
    The 'p4 client -o' and 'p4 label -o' commands will now display a
    placeholder line in the View: field for a client or label which
    has been unloaded with the 'p4 unload' command.

#514334 (Bug #59197) **
    A 'p4 diff2' command issued against a replica server might have
    reported librarian errors if the files were of type ktext.

#514181 (Bug #59204) ** ***
    Low-level file locking errors on Windows are now reported.

#513549 (Bug #58934) **
    A 'p4 verify' command which is run against a server which has a
    spec depot defined and which has millions of non-mappable damaged
    revision entries will no longer crash the server.

#513373 (Bug #59131) **
    A shelve-commit trigger which updates the same client that is used
    to submit the shelf will no longer deadlock on the client lock.

#513214 (Bug #59085) **
    'p4 protects //pattern/...' will no longer crash if the protections
    table contains a single line with hundreds of wildcards.

#512707 (Bug #58967) **
    'p4 dbschema' now includes the db.monitor table in its output.

#504133 (Bug #7908) **
    'p4 verify' now reports bad and missing revisions as error
    messages, not info messages; the command-line exit code is also
    now set to a failed value if any such errors are reported.

#503857 (Bug #58257) *
    A user whose name contained a colon was unable to login.

#491284 (Bug #57110) * ** ***
    There are 4 new configurables to control network timeout of idle
    connections; all are initially set to 0:
        net.keepalive.disable
          - if non-zero, disable sending TCP keepalive packets
        net.keepalive.idle
          - idle time (in seconds) before starting to send keepalives
        net.keepalive.interval
          - interval (in seconds) between sending keepalive packets
        net.keepalive.count
          - Number of unacknowledged keepalives before failure
    If set, these configurables override the system-specified default
    values.

Important note:

Please refer to:
http://www.perforce.com/perforce/r12.2/user/relnotes.txt
    to get up to date GA and post-GA information about this release.

Important update for integration engines 2012.2 **

    Two integration engines are supported in the 2012.2 release.

    The new integration engine (v3) was introduced in the 2011.1
    release and provides improved base selection semantics and 
    expanded resolve capability.  The default integration engine
    is still the (v2) engine which has been around since its first
    release in 2006.

    For new installations of Perforce, it is advisable to select 
    the new integration engine as the default.  Admins can set the
    global configuration parameter like so:

    'p4 configure set dm.integ.engine=3'

    The simplified integrate command 'merge' always uses the new (v3)
    engine.  By using streams for your branching strategy, you will 
    automatically be using the new engine.

    We recommend that customers who upgrade should try this new engine
    by using the 'merge' command instead of 'integrate'.  You can also
    use 'p4 integrate -3' flag to specify the new engine.  After you 
    have tested the new engine's behavior as it relates to your branch
    history, you can set the dm.integ.engine configurable to '3' to 
    make the change apply to all users at your site. 

    We anticipate that the (v3) engine will likely become the default
    in a 2013 release. 

    For more details on enabling the new engine, and further information
    see the following link: 

    http://kb.perforce.com/article/1631/generation-3-integration-engine

Major new functionality in 2012.2

#408756 **
    A new depot of type 'unload' can be configured so that old or
    infrequently used clients and labels can now be unloaded.
    Unloading removes database records from the live database tables 
    and writes them to files in the unload depot. Routine use of the 
    new 'p4 unload' and 'p4 reload' commands frees up space in the 
    db.have and db.label tables for active clients and labels.
    Clients and labels can be reloaded as necessary.  A label with
    the autoreload option set in its spec is always unloaded, and
    does not need to be explicitly reloaded prior to use. Note that
    unloaded labels and autoreload labels, like automatic labels, are
    always omitted from the results of 'p4 labels <filespec>'.

Minor new functionality in 2012.2

#485057 (Bug #43361) **
    'p4d -xf 43361' can be used to create new db.have records from
    existing db.working records.

#483800 (Bug #57375, #53798) **
    A new command 'p4 key' allows users with review permission to set, 
    delete, and access key value pairs.  These values can be viewed
    and searched with a complementary command 'p4 keys'. For more
    information see 'p4 help key/keys'.

#479199 (Bug #56618) **
    On Windows, 'p4s -V' can be issued at the command line to view
    the version information of the p4s executable.

#471920 (Bug #16588, #15260) **
    A new configurable, 'submit.unlocklocked', causes 'p4 submit'
    to unlock files from a failed submit.

#469562 (Bug #56270) **
    'p4 print' now accepts a '-k' flag to suppress keyword expansion.

#462379 (Bug #39317) **
    New command 'p4 admin resetpassword' allows a super user to
    force user(s) with passwords to reset their passwords
    before issuing another command. In addition, a new configurable
    'dm.user.resetpassword' allows forcing password resets for all
    newly created users with passwords. See 'p4 help admin' for
    more information.

#460143 *
    'p4 -I submit' displays a progress indicator as files are being
    sent to the server during a change submit.

#452158 **
    'p4 fstat -Or' now displays all resolves associated with each open
    file, along with the type of resolve (content/branch/delete/etc),
    similar to "p4 resolved" and "p4 resolve -n".

#451955 **
    'p4 integrate' and 'p4 merge' now accept a -O flag that enables
    more verbose output.  '-Ob' causes the base to be displayed, and
    '-Or' causes each scheduled resolve to be displayed.  The old '-o'
    flag on 'p4 integrate' continues to function as a synonym for '-Ob',
    but is considered deprecated.

#448526 (Bug #25974) **
    Automatic labels can now be used as 'pure' aliases for a single
    revision specifier (e.g. @change) by clearing (leaving blank) the 
    view specification.  When used in this way labels will perform 
    better and behave exactly as the revision specifier rather than 
    computing a label on-the-fly.  See 'p4 help label' for more 
    information.

#443861 (Bug #14936) **
    'p4d -jj' and 'p4d -jc' can now run a user supplied command
    as part of their operation while the locks are held on the
    database.  Example usage: 'p4d -c "snapshot /depot" -jj
    The command is run after the journal rotate and before locks
    are released.

#438803 (Bugs #44867, #45119, #47718, #54043) **
    'p4 configure set defaultChangeType=restricted' can now be used to
    specify that new changelists should default to Type: restricted.

#436459 (Bug #53622) **
    'p4 list' now supports the '-M' flag, for use in forwarding replica
    scenarios. 'p4 list' by default is executed on the replica; if the
    '-M' flag is specified, 'p4 list' is forwarded to the master.

#436300 (Bug #53349) **
    Audit logs on forwarding replicas now include user and client
    information when a 'p4 sync' command issued via the forwarding
    replica causes file content to be delivered by the replica.

#389844 **
    'p4 lockstat' now accepts the flags '-c client' and '-C' to
    specify reporting on the client workspace locks added in 2011.1.

#384638 *** ** *
    The net.maxwait configurable can be used to specify a hard limit
    (in seconds) on the maximum time that a connection will wait for
    any single network send or receive to complete. The 'p4 sync'
    command now supports a '-r' global flag to specify that the sync
    command should be retried if a network error occurs.

Bugs fixed in 2012.2

#752957 (Bug #70168) **
    A performance problem in 'p4 archive' introduced by change 696998
    is addressed. The performance of 'p4 archive' now correctly depends
    on the number of revisions being archived, not on the total number
    of revisions examined by the 'p4 archive' command.

#708462 (Bug #68808) **
    Changing the spec.hashbuckets configurable no longer causes all
    existing autoreload labels to be empty.

#696998 (Bug #67954) **
    'p4 archive' will now refuse to archive a revision which is used
    as the source of a pending or shelved integration.

#608133 (Bug #64478) **
    Replica servers failed in certain specialized licensing scenarios.

#606617 (Bug #64384) **
    Customers with large domain tables (million+ records) can
    experience performance problems if the data is continuously
    scanned for domain information.  This change improves performance 
    when querying with the name filter '-e|-E' and has support for a 
    secondary index to allow fast access when using the '-u username'
    option. The index is created by using 'p4d -xf index.domain.owner'.

#603329 (Bug #64013) **
    'p4 revert' of unmatched move/delete files could in rare cases
    produce librarian errors or a crash.  This has been fixed.

#603012 (Bug #62738) **
    Concurrent 'p4 shelve -d -c <filename' could cause a server
    crash if the 'server.locks.dir' configuration setting had been
    disabled.

#598303 (Bug #63987) **
    A memory leak in replica on-demand file transfer is fixed.

#598155 (Bug #63967) **
    Updating the label spec for an autoreload label was incorrectly
    clearing the existing label contents.

#592561 (Bug #63437) **
    Fixed license check failure on AIX 5.3, 6.1 on PPC; error was
        Perforce server error:
            Licensing error -- invalid server IP address.
            socket: create: Protocol not supported

#580136 (Bug #62686) *
    Fixed 'p4 delete symbolic-link-to-directory', which was broken
    by change 492002.

#579523 (Bug #62712) **
    Fixed a problem introduced by change #571446 where 'integrate'
    could return inconsistent results.

#579138 (Bug #62606) **
    Fixed 'p4d -jd' crash on a read-only database due to change 508345.

#576317 (Bug #62589) **
    Fixed a server crash in 'p4 interchanges' and 'p4 merge' 
    when files had been added, ignored, and then re-added,
    introduced by change #571446.

#574827 (Bug #62500) **
    Corrected memory free pool management issue on Windows.

#572555 (Bug #62418) **
    Fixed case where 'p4 copy' could report nothing to do if
    the latest source rev was a copy of an older target rev.

#571446 (Bug #57211, 62338) **
    'p4 merge' will now recognize when previously ignored changes
    have been forcibly re-integrated, and propagate those changes
    in future merges.

#567824 (Bug #62247) **
    Fixed a server crash involving integrate of ignored changes
    between independently added files.

#565785 (Bug #62127) **
    Fixed a rare server crash involving complex combinations of
    exclusions in protections, branch view, and client view in 
    integrate.

#561051 (Bug #61920) **
    Two or more submits running concurrently could lock-step each
    other in a way that would delay the call to get the wallclock
    time for the submit,  this could result in changelist/time
    ordering anomaly.

#550724 (Bug #61278) **
    Fixed crash and "cyclic dependency" warning when integrating
    into a file with a resolve scheduled from its own head revision.

#547239 (Bug #61205) **
    Fixed a timing problem impacting forwarding replica reliability
    on Windows servers.

#546019 (Bug #59572) **
    Server restart command on Windows now allows client commands
    to stop before initiating the restart operation.

#545511 (Bugs #53165,#60056) ** ***
    A Windows virus scanner will no longer block access to the
    logfile and cause multiple concurrent threads to hang.

#542667 (Bug #60854) **
    'p4d -jr' and 'p4d -jc' were mistakenly printing error messages
    to the log defined by P4LOG or by the -L flag, rather than to
    stderr. That behavior is reverted, and these commands once again
    print any error messages to stderr.

#541593 (Bug #59534) **
    When an unloaded client or label was deleted from the master
    server, the replica server would fail to delete the unload file
    from the replica's unload depot filesystem.

#541534 (Bug #59746) **
    A 'p4 obliterate' would be unnecessarily delayed by a 'p4 submit'
    which was waiting for the client workspace lock held by a
    long-running 'p4 sync' command on the same client workspace.
    'p4 lockstat -c|-C' now also reports on the server 'meta' lock,
    which is used to synchronize depot-wide commands such as
    'p4 obliterate' and 'p4 retype -l'.

#532763 (Bug #60277) **
    Server crash caused by malicious connection. Fixed.

#531495 (Bug #59407, #60228) **
    'p4 resolve' should now run faster with very large numbers of
    files.      

#530355 (Bug #60086) **
    Files of type '+S' that were both copied and moved in the same
    changelist could have incorrect digests recorded at submit,
    requiring 'verify -v' to correct.  This has been fixed.

#519219 (Bug #58589) **
    Unshelved resolved ktext files that are re-shelved or
    submitted with tamper-checking no longer report bogus
    'tamper with after resolve' errors.

#517852 (Bug #59338) * ** ***
    A memory leak of NetSslTransport if SSL Handshake fails.

#515167 (Bugs #59192,#51548) **
    A memory leak in the client workspace lock feature is fixed.

#511535 (Bug #59042) **
    'p4 unshelve' would fail for files that had been shelved via
    'p4 merge' if the files had not been resolved prior to shelving.
    This has been fixed.

#510327 (Bug #34560) **
    'p4 move' will now correctly handle 'apple' type files on non-Mac
    clients.

#509653 (Bug #58973) **
    Files that do not have stored digests will no longer produce
    spurious 'tampered' errors on resolve.

#508345 (Bug #58843) **
    'p4d -m -jr' now processes @dl@ journal records.

#507162 (Bug #56087) **
    'p4 interchanges' no longer takes a shared lock on the spec 
    database table 'db.revsx'.

#506974 (Bug #52926) **
    'p4 login -h' now uses the correct host when the auth-check-sso
    trigger is defined on the server.

#506481 (Bugs #53506, #57610) **
    Certain low-level fatal assertion-failed messages are now captured
    in the highest-numbered structured server log file which records
    event log records, if such a server log has been configured.

#504683,#506265 (Bugs #51740,#55195) **
    When an archive file is damaged or missing, the server error
    message now includes an additional line providing the librarian
    file name and revision string.

#503491 (Bugs #58614,#57495) **
    'p4 monitor show -s R' was including IDLE threads in its display.

#502859 (Bug #57725) **
    A replica server might fail to transfer a file with the message:
    "Wildcards (*, %%x, ...) not allowed in '//path/to/file', if the
    file contained a certain pattern of embedded wildcards.

#502560 (Bug #58554) **
    'p4 jobs -e DateField=YYYY/MM/DD' would return a job with a date
    value of exactly midnight on the next day.

#496643 (Bug #58153) **
    'p4 logschema' was missing the 'f_' prefix on log field names.

#495402 (Bug #57694) **
    The command 'p4 jobs -e query' is now restricted by maxScanRows,
    previously a malformed query could cause a scan of the db.ixtext
    table.

#493204 (Bug #57484) **
    When 'p4 populate' invokes a 'change-commit' trigger, it now
    ensures that the %oldchangelist% and %changeroot% trigger
    variables are set.

#493031 (Bug #57467) *
    On Windows, 'p4 set' now issues a warning if asked to set an
    unknown variable, even if the variable name is in lower case.

#492542 (Bug #52567) **
    'p4 submit' with the 'revertunchanged' option will no longer
    revert files that have been resolved.  This behavior now more
    closely mirrors 'p4 revert -a' with respect to which files are
    considered 'unchanged'.

#492002 (Bug #57360) *
    'p4 sync' will no longer issue the confusing message:
        unlink: //path/to/file: Is a directory
    in the case where:
    a) there exist both a (deleted) file and a directory which have
       the same name,
    b) the directory is currently sync'd on the client, and
    c) the sync command was instructed to delete the file.

#490279 (Bug #57672) *
    The presence of a P4CONFIG file would inadvertently turn off
    buffered i/o for standard output.  

#483306 (Bug #57202) **
    A Windows server would produce a minidump if it encountered an
    error opening the server.id file.

#482308 (Bug #58492) **
    When using a Build Farm replica server, the preferred usage pattern
    is to define bound clients solely on the replica. In such a case,
    if a client, branch, depot, label, or stream is later defined to the
    master server with the same name as the bound client on the Build
    Farm server, the Build Farm replica server will no longer corrupt
    the bound client definition during replication of the conflicting
    change from the master. Instead, the replica will issue a message,
    halt replication, and wait for the bound client to be explicitly
    deleted before resuming replication.

#481402 (Bug #57038) **
    'p4d -jd' now issues an error message if the dumpfile name is
    a database table name, to avoid accidentally overwriting it.

#476723 (Bug #56552) **
    'p4 reconcile' with no arguments would fail to find files to
    add if the server was on windows and the client was not
    a windows client. This has been fixed.

#473903 **
    A forwarding replica on a case-sensitive platform will now cache
    files submitted via that replica using case sensitive file and
    directory names in the replica depot directory.

#469767 (Bug #48489) **
    'p4 print' will now display headers for deleted or otherwise
    "empty" revisions that previously were omitted entirely.

#467458 (Bug #29995, #44294) **
    Attempts to open one workspace file with multiple different
    depot file mappings will now fail with the error message
    "can't open FILE1 (already opened as FILE2)".

#465399 (Bug #46119, #46330, #46364, #47555, #52561, #53282, #53307, 
         #53810, #54143, #55603, #59884) **
    A number of bugs have been fixed in the v3 base selection engine
    that is used by the 'p4 merge' command.  Merge base selection
    should now be optimal in more cases, and atomicity of move
    operations is now enforced when opening files for integrate.

#465201 (Bug #59070) **
    'p4 client -d' now removes the server.locks entry for the client.

#464243 (Bug #56085) **
    A 'move' type resolve of a file open for 'branch' will now relocate
    the file with the original action, rather than reopening it for
    'move/add' (similar to the 'p4 move' command).

#463703 (Bug #56037) **
    'p4d -s -jr' now respects a P4JOURNAL configuration set via the
    'p4 configure' command.

#461647 (Bug #52265) **
    On a replica server, 'p4 admin checkpoint [-z|-Z]' now validates
    the option flags passed on the command.

#460619 (Bug #51837) **
    'p4 configure show' now displays the serverid, if it has been set,
    as well as the Name and Address from the server definition, if set.

#459963 (Bug #55879) **
    'p4 admin updatespecdepot' would add an extra copy of the typemap
    spec to the spec depot each time it was run.

#454277 **
    An improved message is now issued when a remote depot access fails
    because the initiating server's service user is not currently
    logged in to the remote server.

#453368 (Bug #55599) **
    The 'p4 server' command now validates the 'Type' and 'Services'
    fields more completely.

#451742 (Bug #55560) **
    A file that receives a content merge and is moved in the same
    changelist will now have an "edit into" reverse integration record.

#449001 (Bug #52481) **
    Replica servers now reload their dynamic configuration only when
    the persistent configuration is changed, rather than on every
    configuration timer expiration.

#448082 (Bug #51880) **
    'p4 protects' will bail with an error if a user issues mutually
    exclusive -a/-g/-u flags together in the same command.

#447109 (Bug #38933) **
    'p4 move -f' will no longer try to move a file open for add into
    an existing file.

#447020 (Bug #42838) **
    The error message generated when trying to delete a client with
    shelved changes now includes the change numbers that need to be
    deleted.

#446212 (Bug #47460) **
    Group names longer than 128 characters no longer generate an error
    message about "server.locks filename too long".

#445617 (Bugs #54980, #55023) **
    'p4 configure set' now checks server log file configuration
    variables more thoroughly.

#443291 (Bug #54898) **
    'p4 populate' with a local filespec and no provided change
    description will no longer generate a description that references
    a top level depot path.

#442968 (Bug #53427) **
    Specifying an unknown logfile as the '-l' flag to 'p4 logrotate'
    now produces a "no such logfile" message.

#438461 (Bug #53789) **
    When integrate schedules a move resolve of a deleted source file
    it will now also schedule a delete resolve.  If the delete is not
    conflicting, the move resolve will be set up to ignore, and if
    another (non-deleted) source file maps to the same target, the
    delete will be set up to ignore.

#436823 (Bug #52944) **
    The setting of the net.maxwait tunable now affects the SSL
    handshake, so users of SSL connections should set net.maxwait to
    a value which is large enough to accommodate the typical handshake
    duration.

#435664 (Bug #53671) **
    Commands issued on a long-lived connection to a forwarding replica
    now recognize a new depot created earlier on that connection.

#426299 (Bugs #47645, #53006) ***
    Premature client disconnects, such as those caused by a
    user interrupting a command, on connections that include a broker
    or forwarding replica, are now detected more quickly by the server.

#396573 (Bugs #50941, #50960, #50961) **
    Client specifications with improperly escaped special characters
    in the client Root: or AltRoot: fields are now rejected when the
    client spec is submitted to the server.

Important note:

Please refer to:
http://www.perforce.com/perforce/r12.1/user/relnotes.txt
    to get up to date GA and post-GA information about this release.

Major new functionality in 2012.1

#383535 **
    The new 'p4 populate' command performs the initial population
    of a stream with files as a single-step operation (no submit
    or client workspace is required).  Note that populate will fire
    change-content and change-commit triggers, but not change-submit
    or any form triggers.

#372184,#373711,#389650 #423427 (Bugs #2493, #9875) *** ** *
    The Perforce client/server protocol now supports encrypted
    communication.  SSL support has been added to perforce clients
    and server as well as the Perforce proxy and broker. In addition
    the downloadable client API can be compiled with OpenSSL if
    encrypted connections are required. 

    A server, proxy or broker accepting SSL client connections 
    must define a P4SSLDIR variable.  This directory holds the
    server's certificate and public key files.  The files and
    directory must only be accessible by the effective UID
    under which the server runs.

    Two new stand-alone command options can be run on any
    server, proxy or broker:
    -Gc generates credentials files in the P4SSLDIR.  It will
    not overwrite the current contents.
    -Gf displays the fingerprint of the Public Key contained
    in the $P4SSLDIR/certificate.txt file.

    P4PORT settings may now include the 'ssl:' prefix. In addition,
    the existing but undocumented 'tcp:' prefix is now fully documented
    and supported; it can be useful for cases where you desire to
    explicitly indicate that the connection is cleartext.
    The 'ssl:' prefix may be specified in P4PORT values to cause
    the client and server to use SSL encryption of network traffic.
    If this prefix is used, it must be used in both server and
    and client. An SSL-enabled server will only accept connections
    from SSL-enabled clients, and a server which does not specify the
    ssl: prefix will not accept connections from clients that
    do.

    Upon first connecting to a new server using ssl the p4 client will
    fail if the fingerprint of the server's public key has not been 
    accepted before.  A new command "p4 trust" can be used to accept 
    a previously unaccepted fingerprint.  

    NOTE:  The server discovery feature 'zeroconf' which was added
           in 2008.2 will not work with SSL.  Due to potential security
           issues (spoofing) when configuring servers with zeroconf this
           feature is being discontinued,  this is the last release that
           it can be enabled.

           The beta clients for the 2012.1 release did not have the
           client trust check code.  Please make sure you update all
           beta clients to ensure trust for SSL connections.

#367753 (Bug #68, #889, #989) ** *
    A new command 'p4 reconcile' allows users to reconcile client
    with offline work. The command either previews or opens files
    in a pending changelist that will bring the client up to date
    with changes made to the workspace outside of Perforce.
    The new command 'p4 status' is a synonym for 'p4 reconcile -n'.
    Also for convenience, 'p4 status -A' is a synonym for
    'p4 reconcile -ade'.

#331092 **
    A client of a properly-configured replica server can be specified
    to perform server-private storage of its db.have data. This
    separation of db.have data provides improved scalability for
    build-farm operations.  The new 'p4 server', 'p4 servers', and
    'p4 serverid' commands are used to specify this configuration.
    The new 'server.id' file in the server root directory should be
    backed up as part of routine server backups.

#325599 (Bug #44042) **
    A replica server which has been configured to forward commands
    to its master server can be used in place of a traditional proxy 
    server.  This configuration will offload work from the master 
    server and in most cases perform better for its remote users. On
    such a replica, the 'p4 login' and 'p4 logout' commands will
    automatically log the user in/out of both servers (replica and 
    master).

#325315 (Bugs #3711, #8629, #11502, #12007, #18622, #19696, #19824,
         #23425, #24496, #29067, #29892, #29909, #33331, #33619, #37080,
         #37588, #37654, #38189, #41702, #42863, #43704,
         #45906, #45915) **
    The server can now be configured to write log files in a structured
    format which contain more detail and are also easier to parse.
    The new log files are also easier to administer, with support for
    log file rotation and retention behaviors. The new commands for
    working with these logfiles are: logparse, logrotate, logschema,
    and logappend; the existing logstat and logtail commands are also
    enhanced.

Minor new functionality in 2012.1

#454883 ** (Bug #53797)
    'p4 group' now has a new flag, '-A', that allows 'admin' level users
    to create new groups.

#423427 *
    A new (client side only) command 'p4 trust' is required when
    connecting to secure servers with the P4PORT prefix "ssl:".
    See 'p4 trust -h' for more details.

#410530 ** (Bug #9028)
    'p4 annotate' will now refuse to display diffs for binary files
    unless the new '-t' flag is provided.

#408858 ** (Bug #49801)
    A new optional field 'StreamAtChange' in the client spec allows
    the user to create a back-in-time stream client. 
    See 'p4 help client' for more details.

#397964 ** (Bug #43676)
    New stream type 'virtual' is a stream with no physical files
    branched to the stream.  Files are pulled from, and submitted
    to the first, non-virtual parent stream - based on the view of
    the virtual stream.  This can greatly reduce the number of files
    branched when working with streams.  See 'p4 help streamintro' and
    'p4 help stream' for details on streams and the virtual stream type.

#398705 **
    'p4 pull -l -j' now includes the last-modified-time of the replica
    statefile in its output.

#393549 ** (Bug #2165)
    'p4 files' now supports a new flag '-e',  which limits output to
    files that exist (i.e. have not been deleted, purged or archived).

#391471 **
    Obliterate has three new performance related flags '-abh'. These
    flags have been present but undocumented since 2009.2.  
    See 'p4 help obliterate' for more information.  

#390676 **
    'p4 dbverify -U' and 'p4d -xvU' perform a fast validation of
    the database tables, checking only the table UnlockCount.

#389341 ** (Bug #29848)
    Using per-revision attributes is now supported. The 'p4 attribute'
    and various 'p4 fstat' options for setting and retrieving attributes
    has been present but undocumented since 2004.2.

    #388781, #373493 * ** ***
        The version information returned by "p4 -V" now includes
    SSL license and version information if SSL is enabled:

    Perforce - The Fast Software Configuration Management System. 
    Copyright 1995-2011 Perforce Software. All rights reserved. 
    This product includes software developed by the OpenSSL Project 
    for use in the OpenSSL Toolkit (http://www.openssl.org/) 
    Version of OpenSSL Libraries: OpenSSL 1.0.0e 6 Sep 2011 
    Rev. P4/DARWIN100X86_64/2012.1.main/318424 (2011/05/19)

#385958 (Bug #35709) * **
    The new variable P4IGNORE names a file containing a list of
    expressions which can be used to match certain file patterns 
    and exclude them from the repository.  This mechanism is used 
    by 'p4 add' and the new 'p4 reconcile' command.

#385719 (Bug #48795) **
    'p4 merge' will now schedule resolves for all added and deleted
    files, similar to 'p4 integrate -Rbd'.

#385458 (Bug #156, #14183, #17037) **
    'p4 integrate' will now automatically schedule baseless merges
    to be performed with an empty base file (forcing conflicts on
    any differences).  The '-i' flag is still accepted but has been 
    deprecated.

#385004 (Bug #50613) *
    'p4 add' will now choose 'text+Cx' rather than 'text+x' as the
    default filetype for an executable text file larger than 10MB.
    Also, 'unicode+C' will be chosen instead of 'unicode' for a
    unicode file larger than 10MB, and 'utf16+C' rather than 'utf16'.

#378661 **
    'jnl.fix' files emitted by the server now include a @nx@ journal
    header note at the start to identify the journal file.

#374311 (Bug #41326) **
    A new command 'p4 list' allows the user to build up a list of
    files in-memory that can be used in subsequent commands just
    like a label.  The list is only available during the life of
    the connected session and therefore cannot be used across 
    multiple calls to the perforce command line program 'p4'.

#369970 (Bug #29164) **
    Form-in triggers can now be passed the %formname% variable.

#369400 * **
    File type detection was only looking at the first 8192 bytes
    of a file which could be adjusted on the client with the
    filesys.binaryscan tunable.  Now, this default value is
    65536 bytes and if this value is changed on the server,
    it will be sent to client to allow setting a central default.

#368694 (Bug #33723) **
    'p4 verify' now accepts the '-X' flag to specify that files of
    filetype +X should not be verified.

#367359 (Bugs #3453, #31916) **
    The 'p4 change' and 'p4 describe' commands now accept the '-O'
    flag to specify that the changelist number argument is the original
    number of a changelist that was renumbered on submit.

#363423 (Bugs #32055, #41995) **
    The '-g', '-u', and '-o' flags to 'p4 groups' are now supported.
    The functionality has been present but undocumented since the
    2009.2 release.

#360990 (Bugs #33080, #25377) **
    Providing a typemap entry that maps some or all of a spec depot's
    revisions to filetypes 'text+CS<n>' or 'text+FS<n>' will now cause
    the server to purge edit revisions of those spec depot files
    appropriately.

#359100 (Bugs #15959, #24457, #31911, #36804) **
    If the optional SpecMap field of the depot spec for a spec depot
    contains a mapping, only revisions that match that mapping will
    be stored in the spec depot.

#354289 **
    On a replica server, 'p4 pull -l' will now include information
    about each pending revision's change number, revision date, and
    last-modified-time.

#353194 (Bugs #3512, #29036) **
    Server trigger invocation lines may now use the new variables
    %clientprog% and %clientversion% to access the client's "prog"
    and "version" information, respectively.

#353068 (Bug #48562) **
    The 'p4 obliterate' command now ignores archived files by default;
    to instruct the command to process archived files you must pass
    the -A flag.

#353068 (Bug #48598) **
    The 'p4 print' command now accepts the -A flag, to print a file
    in an archive depot.

#351058 **
    The new table db.view.rp stores view mapping lines for clients
    bound to a single server.

#350377 (Bug #44455) **
    If the '-e' flag to 'p4 clients', 'p4 branches', or 'p4 labels'
    specifies a literal string with no wildcards, the server will now
    use the index in the search and avoid scanning db.domain.

#345318 **
    Running 'p4 sync' with no file pattern on a client with no opened
    files will now automatically remove un-needed havemap entries
    from the client's view.

#340478 **
    'p4 dbverify' and 'p4d -xv' will now specifically report
    problems with overflow data items, these are metadata records
    which are too large to fit on a single database page.  Also,
    spelling corrections to these reports and a new note that
    some problems are only warnings.

#340413 (Bug #47282) **
    Replica server re-configurations which affect background pull
    thread behaviors no longer require a server restart to take effect.

#338798 (Bug #46363) **
    The 'p4 verify' command on a replica server will no longer attempt
    to transfer missing or damaged files from the master server itself.

#336044 **
    The 'p4 pull' command now supports the '-T' and '-F' flags. These
    flags have the same syntax and meaning as they do for 'p4 export'.

#329784 (Bugs #26031, #42006) **
    The new command 'p4 dbverify' can be run by a super user or
    operator to perform low-level verification checks on the
    database tables. This is the same level of checking as is
    performed by the 'p4d -xv' command, which is now documented.

#321637 (Bug #23109) **
    The command 'p4d -jd dump.file db.tablename' can now be used to
    checkpoint just a single named table into the named dump file.

#321561 (Bug #20259) **
    'p4d -xv' and 'p4d -xr' will now set the operating system exit code
    to a non-zero value if problems were found in one or more tables.
    A summary message with the count of the problem tables will also
    be printed in this case.

#320029 (Bug #40288) **
    'p4 groups -v -i <user>' now supports combining both '-v' and '-i'
    flags to display both indirect group membership and group resource
    limits in a single command.

Bugs fixed in 2012.1

#547239 (Bug #61205) **
    Fixed a timing problem impacting forwarding replica reliability
    on Windows servers.

#513635 (Bug #58700) **
    'p4 integrate' could open files with an unset haveRev when the
    client mapping was complex.  This has been fixed.

#507528 (Bug #58819) **
    'p4 interchanges' now defaults to the '-3' behavior when run with
    a stream argument, in order to more closely follow 'p4 integrate'.

#505914 (Bug #58769) **
    'p4 shelve' no longer fails with a 'missing from the rev table'
    error when shelving files that have been moved by 'p4 resolve'.

#504825 (Bug #58325) **
    'p4 counter -i monitor' no longer fails with a locking error on
    the db.config table.

#502049 (Bugs #57862, #58199) **
    'p4 sync -f' could flag a file as 'corrupted during transfer' if
    the immediately preceding file was deleted from the client due to
    being not present in the label being sync'd, and if those two
    files had differing file types (e.g., one was binary, one ktext).

#499273 (Bug #58256) **
    'p4 filelog -i' will now correctly show branch history when a
    revision range is specified for the initial file.

#368980,#498941 (Bugs #28397, #28753, #29835, #43984, #57961) **
    'p4 login' would issue tickets without client address restrictions 
    if that command was submitted through a proxy, or a broker or if 
    P4AUTH was in use, this has been fixed.
    'p4 info' reported the proxy or broker address as the client 
    address if one of those were in use.  Now, 'p4 info' reports both 
    a PeerAddress and a ClientAddress.  The ClientAddress omits the 
    port.  The old 'p4 info' format is avaliable for api <= 70.

#497791 (Bug #58255) **
    "p4 merge" will now correctly recognize moved source files when 
    they have been deleted and re-added after being moved.

#496304 (Bug #58193) **
    "p4 copy" and "p4 integrate -t" will now copy all attributes
    (including those not set to be propagating) when opening files for
    "branch".

#486432 (Bug #56773) **
    On Server shutdown client commands are now prevented from
    running during the final stages of process termination.

#486047 (Bugs #55422, #33649) **
    Non fatal depot repository librarian errors are now reported
    in the Server logfile.

#486009 (Bug #57488) **
    It was possible to output the generated branch view of a -S stream
    with a -P parent when the stream and parent were not of the same
    depot lineage.  This is now disallowed.

#484326 (Bug #57370) **
    Validation of a stream specification form failed to reject spec
    Path fields containing leading wildcards ( *, ... ) causing 
    client and branch views to be incorrectly generated.  Existing
    streams containing such leading wildcards in Path fields will 
    invoke an error the next time they are attempted to be saved.  
    Correct these errors by removing leading wildcards.

#482580 (Bug #56339) **
    'p4 copy' with both (-S) stream and (-s) fromFile could falsely 
    report "CopyNeedsMergeFirst" error when no merge exists.  This has
    been fixed.

#482438 (Bug #18060) **
    'p4 add' will now fail if the file is slated as exclusive open
    in the typemap, and the file is already opened by
    someone else.

#481968 (Bug #56430) **
    'p4 group -a' was returning an "illegal command usage" error on some
    platforms.  This has been fixed.

#479612 (Bug #56607) **
    'p4d -xx' and 'p4d -xv' were mistakenly printing non-error messages
    to stderr. Those messages are now printed to stdout, and only
    actual errors are printed to stderr.

#479503 (Bug #54048) **
    The 'archive' and 'restore' commands now copy compressed binary
    files between the local depot and the archive depot in their
    compressed format (i.e., without uncompressing, then recompressing).

#478740 (Bug #55738) **
    'p4 reconcile' ignored typemap entries. This has been fixed.

#478690 (Bug #56331) *
    On Windows, the p4 client would mistakenly attempt to create a
    directory when that directory already existed as a symbolic link
    created via 'mklink /d'.

#472861 (Bug #56416) **
    Performance degradation from excessive scans of db.resolve
    with the 'p4 shelve' command has been fixed. 

#471479 (Bugs #56347,#56421) **
    On Windows, 'p4d -jd' would skip tables larger than 4GB, and
    'p4d -jc' would fail to truncate journals larger than 4GB.

#471096 (Bug #56243) **
    Added 'p4 help legal' to include the full OpenSSL license text
    with appropriate acknowledgements.

    #467304 (Bug #56226) **
    Server now detects if broker closes connection as a result
    of client control-C.

#462189 (Bug #55748) **
    Resolve records in 'p4 fstat' output will no longer have gaps in
    their numbering.

#458325 (Bug #44399) *
    Syncing an apple (resource filetype) file would fail with 
    network transfer errors.  This has been fixed.

#454430 (Bug #54729) **
    Police that private key is of type RSA.  Prevent loading
    of DSA private keys.

#453549 (Bug #55540) **
    'p4 counter -i' race condition removed.

#445556 (Bug #53950) **
    If a stream and the stream parent have any identical 'Ignored'
    fields, there is a redundant exclude entry in the generated 
    branch view.  This has been fixed.

    #443907 (Bug #54921) ** ***
    p4d, p4p, p4broker run as service on NT could not see
    P4SSLDIR value in registry. 

#440231 (Bug #54176) **
    If a form type had a form-save trigger defined, but did not have
    a form-in trigger defined, the form-save trigger was called with
    an empty formfile.

#436410 (Bug #53679) **
    'p4 integrate' could fail if the only depot for the source was
    a remote depot and a change range was specified.  The error
    'Relock failed in Position()' would be reported under this
    scenario.

#436206 (Bug #53742) **
    A Super user logged in via a ticket trying to login another user 
    through a proxy did not work.  Fixed.  Also applies to Auth
    server use.

#435729 (Bug #53366) **
    'p4 move' will now open files at the correct depot revision when
    the target of the move is an existing (deleted) file.  Previously
    the file would be opened for move/add at revision #1, which could
    lead sync to schedule spurious resolves.

#435626 (Bug #53776) *
    'p4 set P4WEBSERVICEFLAGS=<value>' works again.

#432300 (Bug #53529) **
    Files that have been opened with 'p4 copy -v' and then synced
    while open will now be transferred to the workspace when reverted.

#431728 (Bug #53461) **
    Resolving a move could in rare circumstances result in the file
    being opened in a workspace location that it was formerly mapped
    to rather than the currently mapped location.  (When this happened,
    a subsequent sync would correct the issue.)  This has been fixed.

#429428 (Bug #51965) **
    When replicating a server which was initially created prior to
    2008.2, and has not yet been reloaded from a checkpoint to enable
    the database checksums feature, 'p4 journaldbchecksums' will no
    longer report 'table checksums DIFFER' in the replica log but
    will instead report 'table checksums unknown (master)'.

#427158 (Bug #53155) **
    This change significantly improves performance of <filespec>@label,
    when filespec contains no wildcards and is not from a remote
    depot.

#426213 (Bug #53180) **
    'p4 resolve' could fail with a "can't resolve: (shelved change
    was deleted) error if the file was shelved in multiple places
    and the file to be resolved was from an older shelved change. This
    has been fixed.

#425360 (Bug #47395) **
    'p4 shelve' could fail with a "missing rev" error if a file to be
    shelved has resolve records to its head revision and also to a
    shelved file revision. This has been fixed.

#424140 (Bug #53126) **
    Attribute resolves now combine correctly with branch resolves.

#423257 (Bug #52484) **
    'p4 copy' no longer deletes target files in a parent stream when 
    those files are entered in the Ignored: path of the donor stream.

#422968 (Bug #52995) **
    'p4 populate' will no longer permit target files to be overwritten
    when a revision specifier is provided on the second file argument.

#421165 (Bug #52959) **
    Using the deprecated '-d' flag to 'p4 integrate' will now propagate
    move/delete revisions as plain deletes, rather than skipping them
    entirely.

#419958 (Bug #52820) **
    The replica was incorrectly reporting a digest mismatch for a file
    which was retyped using 'p4 retype -t text+k'.

#418980 **
    The 'p4 istat' command is no longer allowed on a read-only replica.

#417685 (Bug #52442) *
    A client command may now pass up to 256 command-line flags.

#414070 (Bug #52521) **
    A file that is moved back and forth between the same names in two
    codelines will now correctly propagate the most recent filename
    when integrated and resolved automatically.

#412671 (Bug #52372) **
    Replica server 'p4 pull' commands now use the server disk space
    configurables and will check for sufficient disk space periodically.

#412338 (Bug #52231) **
    Replica servers were incorrectly treating 'p4 counter -i' as a
    read-only command.

#411861 (Bug #51623) **
    The 'p4 verify -z' command now automatically disables file batching,
    and it is no longer necessary to specify '-b 0' when running
    'p4 verify -z' in order to get acceptable performance..

#410909 (Bug #52181) **
    When using 'p4 copy -S -P' or 'p4 merge -S -P' to copy or merge 
    changes by reparenting on the fly, directional flow and copy/merge
    rules are no longer enforced.  In the case of 'copy' however, a
    check for merged down changes is still performed.

#408930 (Bug #52147) **
    Using 'p4 client -s -S' to switch a non-stream client into a stream
    client will now issue a warning about destroying the clients static
    view.

#405701 (Bug #52069) **
    Files that have been opened for move from an old revision will now
    produce the correct base file (the origin of the move) when synced.

#397922 (Bug #51656) **
    'p4 monitor pause' no longer erases the application name, host
    address, and workspace name fields.

#393714 (Bug #51180) **
    'p4 users -m N <pattern>' could display fewer than N users matching
    the pattern, if some service users or operators also matched.

#393526 (Bug #51292) **
    A Remapped stream path disallowed files starting with a single
    dot, interpreting the file to be starting with a wildcard.

#393175 (Bug #51183) **
    It is once again possible to create, edit, and delete a client
    spec which contains a back-slash (\) character, when the server
    is on a Windows platform.

#390961 (Bug #17878) **
    A job name beginning with a hyphen is now disallowed.

#387667 (Bug #50828) **
    Reverting a file that has been synced after being opened by
    'p4 delete -v' will now correctly sync the file to the workspace.

#386216 *
    In some cases, a Windows client trying to delete a symbolic link
    to a directory could fail with the error message:
    "unlink: <symlink-name>: Access is denied.".

#384441 (Bug #50644) *
    The '-d' flag, which specifies the current directory, is now in
    effect for the 'p4 set' and 'p4 tickets' commands.

#379943 (Bug #50375) **
    A replica server with rpl.pull.position set might echo journal
    state information to the log excessively following a 'p4 monitor
    resume' command resuming the replica's pull thread.

#379327 (Bug #50311) **
    'p4 verify -t' will now schedule an archive transfer of a missing
    or damaged file which is a lazy copy.

#369361 (Bug #26775) **
    'p4 admin updatespecdepot -a' now includes protect, triggers,
    jobspec, and license forms in its list of form types to process.

#367474 (Bug #49092) **
    It is once again possible to submit a file whose name contains a
    single double quotation mark character using 'p4 submit -d',
    although only if the server has neither a form-in trigger of type
    'change' nor a form-save trigger of type 'change'.

#366680 (Bug #49557) **
    'p4 -ztag diff -sb' could report invalid data for the 'depotFile'
    and 'rev' tags for open branched files that had been modified.

#366184 (Bugs #42854, #49383) **
    The MD5 digest file which is created for a compressed checkpoint
    contains the digest of the uncompressed checkpoint data, so the
    filename has been changed to omit '.gz'.

#361586 (Bug #48744) **
    Updating a shelf such that a previously-shelved edit is changed to
    a lazy copy of a different archived file will no longer result in
    a revision that the replica server is unable to transfer.

#352567 (Bug #47699) **
    The '-h' flag on 'p4 login' is no longer restricted to super users.

#349544 (Bugs #42492, #46051) **
    A 'p4 retype' command which finds that no files need retyping will
    now issue a warning message describing that fact.

#349470 (Bug #43904) **
    An invalid form type for the 'p4 admin updatespecdepot -s' command
    will now generate a message warning about the unknown type.

#348775 (Bug #48125) **
    On a replica server, 'p4 license -i' will no longer update the
    spec depot entry for the license.

#348308 (Bug #48242) *
    When the assumed type of a newly-added missing file is modified
    by a partially-wild typemap spec, the message about the assumed
    file type now reflects the typemap information.

#345397 (Bug #48150) **
    A 'p4 cstat' command which retrieves no records due to exceeding
    map.joinmax1 will now display an appropriate message.

#341691 (Bug #33799) **
    A typemap entry which defines an invalid filetype for spec depot
    data is quietly ignored, and the spec depot files are stored in
    the default (text+C) type.

#340854 (Bug #34226) **
    A 'p4 obliterate' command which obliterates both local-depot files
    and spec-depot files with a single filename pattern will no longer
    leave a single extra row in either db.revdx or db.revhx.

#338261 (Bug #47013) *
    A 'p4 sync' operation which fails due to P4CLIENTPATH will no
    longer issue the message: "Fatal client error; disconnecting!"

#337986 (Bug #47021) * **
    Specifying an out-of-range port number now results in an error
    message, rather than interpreting the port number modulo 65536.

#337170 (Bug #21657) **
    Attempting to open a spec depot file for edit or delete no longer
    produces the message "File isn't in revisions table!"

#324724 (Bug #46254) **
    'p4 fstat -F' filter expressions are now evaluated properly when
    the arguments are larger than 2^32-1.

#321510 (Bug #36807) **
    The standard trigger variables (%client%, %user%, etc.) are now
    available to archive triggers.

#321281 (Bug #33612) **
    Submitting a file of type +X via the proxy no longer crashes
    the proxy.

#320613 (Bugs #16997, #18719, #29781, #32950) **
    Triggers of type "fix-*", "form-*", and "auth-*" now validate their
    path value more thoroughly.

#320243 (Bug #14434) **
    An improved error message is now issued for a 'p4 add' command of
    a file name containing the ellipsis wildcard (...)

#320100 (Bug #42051) **
    Invalid regular expression patterns in a 'p4 fstat' command now
    issue a syntax error message instead of quietly failing to match.

#319627 (Bug #45848) **
    Normal termination of a Unix server will now once again display a
    log message for each child connection that was running at the time
    of the shutdown.

#318993 (Bug #24639) **
    'p4 opened' now displays '*exclusive*' for opened files of type +l.

Important note:

Please refer to:
http://www.perforce.com/perforce/r11.1/user/relnotes.txt
    to get up to date GA and post-GA information about this release.

Important changes to default integration behavior for 2011.1 **

#427338 ** (Bug #53249)
    Two integration engines are supported with the 2011.1 server.  
    The new integration engine (v3) includes improved base selection 
    semantics and expanded resolve capability (see below).

    The GA release of 2011.1 moved to the v3 integration engine as
    its default engine across all commands (integrate, copy, merge).
    Given that the new engine will schedule new types of resolve and
    therefore can return unfamiliar results the default behavior has 
    been changed.

    Starting with this patch, the server uses the v2 (2010.2) engine
    for 'p4 integrate'. The new commands 'p4 merge' and 'p4 copy'
    continue to use the new v3 engine. 

    For more details on enabling the new engine, and further information
    see the following link: 

    http://kb.perforce.com/article/1631/generation-3-integration-engine

Major new functionality in 2011.1

#386481 **
    The unlicensed (free) server version user/client limit (2/5)
    has been raised to 20/20. Unlimited users and workspaces for 
    repositories with less than 1000 files has not changed.

#268731 ** *
    This release provides support for streams. This functionality
    provides a way to create and maintain customized branches, known 
    as streams, and regulate the flow of control of changes for 
    clients using those streams. A stream spec is used to detail 
    the relationship between a parent codeline and the branched 
    files on the workspaces of clients using the stream. Besides 
    using 'p4 integrate', 'p4 interchanges', 'p4 copy', and 
    'p4 merge' to handle integration of changes using streams, 
    a few new commands have been implemented for streams support:

    istat   - Check for integrations needed for a stream 
    stream  - Create or edit a stream specification
    streams - Display list of streams

    Additionally, 'p4 branch', 'p4 client', 'p4 clients',
    'p4 diff2', and 'p4 dirs' have command options that relate
    to streams.

    To find out more about streams, see 'p4 help stream', or
    see help for any of the other supporting commands.

#265906, #274187, #278007, #300647 
(Bugs #36, #835, #2360, #4834, #21342, #21415, #22187, #22281, 
 #24144, #25840, #29694, #34416, #37508, #39465 ) ** *
    With the v3 integrate engine enabled, 'p4 integrate' provides
    improved base selection semantics and expanded resolve 
    functionality, including:

    1) Files that have previously been "moved" within the source 
       and/or target branch will be paired up if there was common
       integration history prior to the move.  When the range of
       source changes to be merged includes "move" actions, a
       special resolve will be scheduled to accept, ignore, or
       merge the move action.

    2) When files have been edited in one branch and deleted in
       another, a special resolve will be scheduled to accept or
       ignore the branch or delete action.  (This replaces the
       old "can't branch/delete without -d flag" warning.)  The
       -Rb and -Rd flags to "p4 integrate" will force all branch
       and delete actions to be resolved, permitting them to be
       ignored even when they are not in conflict.

    3) When the range of source changes to be merged includes
       filetype changes, a special resolve will be scheduled to
       accept, ignore, or merge the filetype change.  (This
       eliminates the need to use the -t flag to ensure that
       filetype changes are propagated.)

    4) The new -Rs flag forces multiple resolves to be scheduled
       per source file when there is a non-contiguous set of
       unintegrated changes.  This prevents previously "cherry-
       picked" changes from being re-integrated, at the cost of
       requiring additional merge steps during "p4 resolve".

    A new client is required to perform new (non-content) resolves
    interactively (with prompts), although old clients may still
    perform these resolves with "p4 resolve -a".  The "p4 integrate"
    command will not schedule the new types of resolve if the client
    application indicates that it does not support them.

Minor new functionality in 2011.1

#342289 **
    'p4 fstat' will now return a 'reresolvable' field if the file
    has been resolved and may be re-resolved with 'resolve -f'.

#335746 * **
    The auth-check-sso ( auth type trigger ) is now supported.
    This simple single sign-on trigger has been present but
    undocumented since 2007.2.  Due to the requirement of the 
    client-side script component, the trigger will only function
    with clients at or above release 2007.2.  See 'p4 help triggers'
    for more information. 

#333847 (Bug #39308, #46830) **
    When a copy of a form is saved in the spec depot, the formname
    is stripped of any leading slashes ('/')  prior to file creation. 

#332191 (Bug #46870) **
    The 'dbschema' command is now available to service users.

#331093 (Bug #46259) **
    'p4 shelve' now performs tamper checking on lazy-copied files,
    similar to 'p4 submit -t', by default.

#323005 (Bug #17757) **
    'p4 interchanges', which lists changes that have not been 
    integrated from a set of source files to a set of target files,
    is now supported.  The command has long been present but has 
    been undocumented.

#321120 (Bug #32218) *
    'p4 resolve' will now suggest 'ae' after an editor or merge
    tool has been invoked to produce a result identical to the
    'yours' file.  The resulting 'edit from' record will be a
    candidate for integration in the reverse direction.  (The user
    may still enter 'ay' to produce an 'ignored'.)

#319257 (Bug #39693) **
    'p4 fstat -Or -e <change> -Rs <file>' now shows pending
    integration records for shelved files.

#314657 (Bug #45291) **
    Compress checkpoint but not journal files.  A new flag '-Z' when
    used with 'p4 admin checkpoint' and 'p4d -jc' requests that the 
    checkpoint be compressed but that the journal remain plain text.  
    Note that the existing '-z' option compresses both the checkpoint 
    and the journal; '-Z' is useful to allow a replica to read the 
    uncompressed journal, while allowing the master to save disk space 
    by compressing the checkpoint.  See 'p4d -h' and 'p4 help admin' 
    for details.

#312885 (Bug #43878) * **
    MD5 routines are somewhat faster now for some platforms.

#312551 (Bugs #44398, #44626, #40974, #42629 ) **
    Replica servers now implement the 'p4 login' command locally,
    rather than forwarding it to the master server. Each user may
    separately log in and out of the replica server independently
    from their login to the master server. Replica-server-specific
    login information is tracked in the db.user.rp table. The new
    flags '-r' and '-c' to the 'p4 users' command can be used on a
    replica server to observe replica-specific or central-server
    login information, respectively. A 'p4 logout -a' or 'p4 passwd'
    command issued on the central server will also log the user out
    of the replica server, and deleting the user on the central server
    deletes them from the replica as well.

#310768 (Bugs #1415, #2087, #16395, #37612) *
    P4CONFIG files now validate variable names more carefully. They
    also are more tolerant of line ending differences. 'p4 set' now
    reports the name of the actual P4CONFIG file that was used, and
    also includes any tunables that were set in the config file.

#309049, #309070, #324902 (Bug #43718) **
    Create a new 'operator' user type.  There are now three types of
    users:

        standard: a normal user (licensed)
        service: a service user (not licensed)
        operator: an operator user (not licensed)

    The purpose of an operator user is similar to that of a restricted
    admin; he or she can perform various administrative tasks:

    stop or restart the server
    monitor and confirm its correct and timely operation
    return a server to proper operation
    assure the safety and integrity of the data and metadata

    However, the operator user cannot access or modify any metadata 
    or file contents.  Operators are intended to be used to manage the 
    operational aspects of a Perforce server (as opposed to an admin 
    user, who can also change configuration, etc).  We expect that 
    large companies might separate functional roles by creating 
    operators to run the day-to-day management of a Perforce server,
    admins to perform tasks that have access to metadata or file 
    contents, and superusers to handle everything else.

    We expect that the main use of operator users will be to manage a
    replica; as these users will almost by definition not be co-located
    with the people responsible for a server, it is desirable that they 
    can handle the day-to-day operation of a replica without being able
    to access or to modify metadata or confidential data.  Like service 
    users, operators are severely limited in what they can do.
    Operators can run only the following commands:

        p4 admin stop
        p4 admin restart
        p4 admin checkpoint
        p4 admin journal
        p4 dbstat
        p4 diskspace
        p4 configure
        p4 counter (including -f)
        p4 counters
        p4 jobs (including -R)
        p4 journaldbchecksums
        p4 login
        p4 logout
        p4 logtail
        p4 logstat
        p4 lockstat
        p4 monitor
        p4 passwd
        p4 ping
        p4 verify

    Note that the only one of these commands that takes a file path
    argument is 'p4 verify'.  Operators require LIST access to verify
    a file, but are not limited by their client spec (they don't even
    need one).

    Note also that operators can't run 'p4 client', so they can't
    create or edit their client spec.  A superuser could create one
    for them, but it would be pointless: none of the commands they can
    run use the client spec.

    Multiple operators can be created, with any desired user names.
    As is usual, however, the type of a user can't be changed after
    he or she is created.  Once an operator, always an operator.

    Finally, note that if a password is set for an operator then they
    must login (as usual) before running any commands.

#308967 **
    'p4 clients' and 'p4 branches' now accept a '-t' argument to
    output both the date and time of the last update of the client
    or branch.

#308775 (Bug #1928) **
    'p4 resolve' now accepts a '-c' option to limit itself to files
    open in a particular pending changelist.

#308703 (Bugs #36850, #39046, #40348, #41933) **
    'p4 clients', 'p4 branches', and 'p4 labels' now accept a '-E'
    argument to perform case-insensitive name filtering.

#308611 (Bug #10863) **
    'p4 filelog' now allows a revision range to be specified.

#307793 **
    'p4 rename' is now a synonym for 'p4 move'.

#306575 (Bug #42888) **
    'p4 archive' can now operate on RCS files via the '-t' flag.

#306446, #307153 (Bugs #7756, #18886, #20385, #24183, #25261,
              #28208, #30281, #34859, #38949, #39587, #40804,
              #40834, #41685, #41746, #42691, #44200, #44685,
              #45078) **
    Concurrent operations using the same client workspace over
    separate network connections are now coordinated using locks
    in the server; this also applies to concurrent 'obliterate',
    'snap', and 'retype' commands. The locking behavior may be
    disabled using the 'server.locks.dir' configurable. By default,
    a new directory "server.locks" is created in P4ROOT to hold lock
    files for workspace locks; the contents of this directory are
    transient and do not need to be backed up.

#304688 (Bug #44656) **
    Long running integrate commands will no longer block submits
    if they do not need to add integration history. 

#302035 **
    A new option '-b <batchsize>' for the command line client allows
    the user to specify how many arguments should be sent to the 
    server.  This option is for use in conjunction with the '-x'
    option,  which by default sends arguments to the server in 
    batches of 128.

#302002 **
    'p4 fstat' and 'p4 sync' now take a new '-L' flag.  When this
    flag is used all file arguments supplied must be in full depot
    syntax and contain a valid (numeric) file revision.  The '-L'
    flag causes file arguments to be processed together by building
    an internal table similar to a label. This file list processing
    is faster and more efficient than computing the results for each
    individual argument.  Error handling is subtly different (non-
    existent files, for example, are ignored) but the performance
    gain can be significant.

#301617 **
    'p4 pull -l' now takes a new '-j' flag. 'p4 pull -l -j' displays
    a short summary report of the metadata replication state.

#301506 **
    The 'p4 copy' command will now translate moved source files
    into paired move/add and move/delete actions in the target.

#301255 (Bug #44740) **
    The server can now detect a database table which was not closed
    properly due to a power failure or system crash. Each time such
    an event occurs, a counter is incremented in the table's header.
    The counter value, if non-zero, is displayed by 'p4 dbstat'.

#300930 **
    The 'p4 admin checkpoint' command can now be issued against a
    replica server; the checkpoint is not taken immediately, but
    rather is performed by the "pull" thread at the next journal
    rotation that it replicates from the master server.

#300870 (Bug #3824) **
    The "-t" option of "p4 edit" allows the string "auto" to mean
    that the files being opened for edit should have their file types
    redetected and looked up again via the typemap.  Other commands
    with similar "-t" options do not support this.

#299614 (Bug #38221, #39099) **
    Unshelving a file opened for edit over a file already opened
    for edit in the workspace is now allowed. A resolve record is
    created when unshelving, and the user must then run 'p4 resolve'
    to resolve the workspace files with the shelved files. 

#298266 (Bug #16321)
    When a copy of a form is saved in the spec depot, the form text
    will now include a comment at the top identifying the user who
    supplied that revision of the form data.

#298099
    'p4 pull -u' commands in a replica server with monitoring enabled
    will now display which file is currently being pulled from the
    master server in the output of 'p4 monitor show -a'.

#295632 (Bugs #23544, #11545, #4383, #14431, #27386, #38044) ** *
    Provided all server and client components are at 2011.1 or
    higher release levels, Perforce no longer truncates passwords to
    16 bytes. Users with existing passwords that were truncated
    should reset their password once all components have been upgraded;
    otherwise they must enter only the first 16 bytes of their password
    when prompted by a new client. Users who must use a mix of new
    and older clients should avoid using passwords longer than 16
    bytes as the behavior can be confusing. The new password length
    limit is 1024 bytes.

#293927 
    "p4 copy" will now report "file(s) up to date" when attempting
    to copy between files that are already identical, rather than
    "all revisions already integrated".

#291190 **
    'p4 pull -l' now takes a new '-s' flag. 'p4 pull -l -s' displays
    a one-line summary report of pending archive transfers.

#291139 (Bug #38674) **
    The default value for server command logging is now 'server=1'.
    Sites which were previously not specifying server log levels
    should direct server log output to a file by setting P4LOG and
    should periodically rotate the log and clean up old copies to
    ensure that disk space usage is managed.

#290500 (Bugs #19806, #40554) **
    On Mac OS X and FreeBSD platforms, SO_REUSEPORT is no longer set
    by default on the server's listening socket. To specify that
    SO_REUSEPORT should be set, configure net.reuseport=1.

#289313 **
    'p4 integ' and 'p4 copy' now support the '-m max'
    option to limit the output to the first 'max' files.

#289299 (Bugs #39394, #43519) **
    Added "-k" option to delete to keep the local file on the client.
    This option (keep) leaves the local file on the client; the file
    will still be deleted in the repository when the change is
    submitted.

    After running the "delete -k" command, the specified files will be
    marked for deletion in the repository, but will not be deleted on
    the client.  After this change is submitted, the files will be
    deleted in the repository, but will not be deleted on the client.

    Without "-k", p4 delete operates as it did previously.

#288318 (Bug #43504) **
    The 'p4 copy' command now produces revision ranges more similar
    to those produced by 'p4 integrate'.

#286960 (Bug #2784) **
    The new command 'p4 admin restart' can be used to restart a
    running server using the latest configurable settings.

#286630 **
    Checkpoints produced by 'p4d -jd' now include MD5 digest files.

#286414 (Bug #4558) **
    The following server configurables may be set to control the
    automatic enforcement of sufficient available disk space on
    the server: filesys.P4ROOT.min, filesys.P4JOURNAL.min,
    filesys.P4LOG.min, filesys.TEMP.min, and filesys.depot.min.

#286303 **
    A new journal record type @dl@ now appears in journals and
    checkpoints. @dl@ records contain information about file content
    which has been deleted from the server's repository by a command
    such as 'p4 obliterate', 'p4 archive', 'p4 shelve -d', etc.
    External programs which parse journal records should be enhanced
    to recognize the @dl@ records and skip them. 

#285084 **
    The new command 'p4 diskspace' can be used by a super user to
    display the current disk space usage conditions on the server.

#284481 (Bugs #546, #2048, #13073) *
    Symbolic links are now supported on Windows 7, Windows Vista, and
    Windows Server 2008, using NTFS file systems, provided that the
    CreateSymbolicLink privilege has been granted, or that Perforce
    is running as Administrator for administrators with UAC enabled.
    If the target of the symbolic link does not exist, the symbolic
    link is created as a link to a file, not as a link to a directory.

#283889 **
    New commands 'p4 monitor pause' and 'p4 monitor resume' can be
    used to pause and resume long-running 'verify' and 'pull' commands.

#283726 (Bugs #32090, #42917) **
    'p4 license -u' shows the license limits and the entity
    counts towards the limits.

#283449 (Bug #3153) **
    The new server configurable 'journalPrefix' can be used to
    persistently configure the directory or prefix for checkpoints
    and rotated journals.

#282209
    'p4 client' now supports a new flag '-s'. This flag allows the
    user to switch views without the need for calling a form editor.
    The view can either be a template from a client '-t template'
    or a stream '-S stream'.  Switching views is not allowed if the
    client has open files,  unless the force '-f' option is used.

#281596 (Bugs #2122, 42800) **
    'p4 sync' has been optimized when replacing files on a client
    that have been remapped but are identical. Previously the server
    always sent the identical file to the client, this change uses
    MD5 digests on the server to see if the file needs sending.

#281208 (Bug #5991) **
    'p4 sync' now supports a new flag '-s'. This flag adds a safety
    check using MD5 digests to prevent overwriting previously synced
    files that have been modified outside of Perforce control.  An
    alias 'p4 update' has been added for 'p4 sync -s' for users more
    familiar with this command.

#281461 **
    The new command 'p4 journaldbchecksums' can be used by
    administrators of replicated configurations to verify that table
    checksums on the replica match those on the master server.

#280421 **
    The configurable 'lbr.retry.max' can be set to limit the number
    of times that a replica server will retry a failed file transfer.

#280322 **
    The configurable 'rpl.compress' can be set to cause a replica
    server to enable data stream compression for connections it makes
    to the master server. Legal values of compression are: 0-3.

#280226 **
    The replica now retrieves compressed binary archives from the
    master server in their compressed format.

#280165 **
    'p4 verify -t' can be used on a replica server to schedule the
    transfer of missing or damaged file revisions from the master.

#279986 (Bugs #26286, #36423, #42369) **
    'p4 verify' now processes files in batches, and will no longer
    run out of virtual address space when processing an extremely
    large number of file revisions. The batching is disabled if
    the '-z' flag is used.

#278207 (Bug #37707) **
    'p4 login' now supports a new flag '-h host'. This flag allows a 
    super user requesting a login for another user to bind the ticket 
    to a different host (IP address).

Bugs fixed in 2011.1

#744802 (Bug #69776) **
    A server with security=3 which uses a P4AUTH server that has an
    auth-check trigger defined will no longer perform password strength
    checking, since the external authentication system is responsible
    for enforcing password strength requirements.

#598303 (Bug #63987) **
    A memory leak in replica on-demand file transfer is fixed.

#515167 (Bugs #59192,#51548) **
    A memory leak in the client workspace lock feature is fixed.

#499291 (Bug #53456) **
    Resolving a move would fail if the target of the move was already
    opened for add on another client.  This has been fixed.

#479968 (Bug #56770) **
    On a Windows server, if 'p4 admin restart' cannot successfully
    quiesce all the server threads, it will now issue an error message
    and force the server to shut down, rather than crashing.

#444979 (Bug #55038) **
    Running 'p4 integrate/merge/copy' with a bad P4CHARSET value
    resulted in a server crash.  This has been fixed.

#437449 (Bug #53834) **
    'p4 unshelve' would allow unshelving a '+l' file that has been
    already opened in a different workspace. This has been fixed.

#425753 (Bug #53138) **
    A replica server which re-processes a segment of journal data
    containing one or more row-deletion (@dv@) records will no longer
    halt replication with the message "Journal record replay failed!"

#405122 (Bug #52037) **
    Change #392899 introduced a possible crash when 'p4 sync'
    schedules resolves.  Fixed.

#395917 (Bug #51611, #51599) **
    Some tunables were not initialized to the correct value.  These
    bad settings could result in non-optimal diff output for large
    files and some bad transfer errors when syncing files that have
    a different base file type (lazy copy) compared to the client
    file type (Binary+D).

#395714 (Bug #51605) **
    'p4 integrate' could fail to propagate move actions when the
    moved file had been overwritten from another branch.  Fixed.

#392899 (Bug #50843, #51372) **
    'p4 integrate' would include additional changes in certain
    circumstances involving cherry-picking of copied revisions.  This
    has been fixed by reverting to older behavior of picking the base
    revision just prior to the cherry-pick.

#390611 (Bug #50948) **
    'p4d -xu' would incorrectly increment the UnlockCount.

#388275 (Bug #50814) **
    Performance changes to the 'p4 integrate' command would incorrectly
    report a 'relock' failure when the maxlocktime limit was exceeded.

#387901 (Bug #50836) **
    Spec depot revisions created by a 2011.1 server have an incorrect
    filesize value. To correct the data, run 'p4 verify -v' against
    those spec depot revisions after updating to this patch.

#385159 (Bug #49324) *
    On Windows Vista, Windows 7, or Windows 2008, a client running as
    Administrator would fail to properly process file names in
    non-ASCII character sets (such as Shift-JIS).

#380915 (Bug #49890) **
    Incompatible journal data which a replica can not handle due
    to a central server upgrade would be silently ignored by
    the replica which should have stopped replication.
    Now, a central server upgrade will stop replication by an
    older replica.  Also, in case of replication errors such
    as a failed connection, the replica will wait for a minute
    before retrying so as to not cause wasteful network traffic.
    This wait time may be set with a -b flag on the pull command.

#379362 (Bug #50416) **
    'p4 integrate' would miss integrations in a scenario involving
    a particular combination of copies and ignores.  Fixed.

#378640 (Bug #50324) **
    A replica server would experience concurrency bottlenecks on the
    rdb.lbr table when replicating 'p4 obliterate' or 'p4 archive'
    operations: unrelated archive transfers would be blocked.

#378292 (Bug #50325) **
    'p4 integrate' will now search the entire branch view when
    looking for moved file pairs, even when limited by filespec.

#372168 (Bug #49630) **
    An interactive 'p4 change' command no longer keeps the client
    workspace locked during the form editing session.

#371869 (Bug #49691) **
    A performance change to 'p4 dirs' in this release caused a
    regression with respect to the time taken in detecting a
    twisted client map.  In this scenario 'p4 dirs' has the
    potential to block other processes,  this has been fixed.

#363564 (Bug #43979) **
    Server start up errors on Windows may not be logged.  These
    errors will now appear in the Windows Application Event log.

#355223 (Bug #6144) **
    Triggers may now use a %quote% variable which expands into a "
    character.

#342070 (Bug #47657) **
    'p4 copy' will no longer treat ktext files in remote depots as
    needing to be re-copied.

#339848 (Bug #47469) **
    'p4 pull -u' no longer reports 'Broken pipe' when transferring
    files with +X filetype modifiers.

#336867 (Bug #46210) **
    'p4 unshelve' will no longer open files in more than one changelist
    after changing the client view.

#332013 (Bug #46774) **
    A 'p4 sync' via a proxy of a server file with a corrupted
    librarian filetype field will no longer hang.

#330225 (Bug #46683) **
    A server which fails to start due to an invalid license will now
    report that error to the P4LOG file (if set), not to stderr.

#324939 (Bug #46264, #48538) **
    Performance of protection table processing against a user who
    is a member of many groups has been significantly improved.

#323993 (Bug #46191) **
    Server trace messages now obey the P4LOG setting on Windows.

#323644 (Bug #46153) * **
    An already-logged-in superuser may specify his own username as
    the argument to the 'p4 login' command.

#321044 (Bug #45968) **
    Setting filesys.bufsize to 2147483647 no longer crashes the server.

#320241 (Bug #43747) **
    The error handling for 'p4 submit' when there are outstanding
    shelved files has been improved to not make suggestions that
    may cause data loss.

#318067 (Bug #28741) *
    'p4 set' now properly supports 'P4CHANGE' and 'P4AUTH' settings.

#318053 (Bug #32479) **
    A 'p4 revert' command might fail to issue the message "//depot/file
    has been moved, not reverted" if the command also included the
    revert of at least one other move operation.

#317078 (Bug #36720, 44704, 44808) * **
    The replication journal position kept in a state file by
    a replica server or the 'p4 replicate' command could be
    corrupted or lost in an out of disk space condition.
    Now when state files are written a temporary file is used
    and moved into place which should preserve the existing
    state file if something goes wrong when updating it.
    Also, if the state file should be empty or missing, the
    replica server will refetch from the start of its last used
    journal position and not from journal number 0.

#317030 (Bug #45669) ** *
    In some cases, a super user logging in as another user might fail.

#316949 (Bug #45646) **
    The replica now properly handles the case where a +S type file is
    purged by the addition of a subsequent revision while it is
    simultaneously being transferred to the replica.

#316119 (Bug #45018) **
    Replica servers will report a warning if they are running
    in a different timezone than their master server.  This
    timezone difference causes problems with keyword expansion.

#315817 (Bug #44794) **
    If a master server crashes with outstanding transactions,
    replicas would not detect this and not apply journal records.
    Fixed.

#314387 (Bug #45044) **
    Shelving a branched file with the +m storage modifier will now 
    copy the modified time correctly from the source of the branch.

#314293 (Bug #41311) **
    Accidentally configuring more than one metadata 'p4 pull' command
    in a replica server no longer exposes the replica server to the
    risk of metadata corruption.

#312534 (Bug #45414) **
    'p4 ping -p10 -i3' now flushes intermediate messages to the client
    prior to the pause between tests, rather than after the pause.

#312469 (Bug #45394) **
    'p4 counter -f -i <counter>' may now be used (by a super user)
    to increment a protected counter.

#312141 (Bug #45413) **
    'p4 dbstat -s' now reports a syntax error if any arguments follow
    the '-s' flag.

#311519 **
    Files opened 'virtually' by 'p4 integ -v' or 'p4 copy -v' and then
    reopened with 'p4 edit' will no longer be considered 'virtual' and
    will now be cleaned up correctly by 'p4 revert'.

#310266 (Bug #39450) *
    'p4 set' now issues a warning if asked to set an unknown variable.

#310094 (Bug #45337) **
    'p4 unshelve' now properly unshelves a file which has been shelved
    while opened for edit, then sync'd to a deleted revision.

#309553 (Bug #11404) **
    'p4 obliterate' is now able to properly clean up the working/locks
    records for a file which has been opened for edit, then sync'd to
    a deleted revision.

#308291 (Bug #18396) **
    'p4 sync -f' will now delete an existing client file when syncing
    to a deleted revision that the client was currently sync'd to.

#307786 (Bug #13229) **
    The error message for a 'p4 integrate' command with a missing file
    path in either the source or target now indicates which argument
    was missing the file path.

#307622 (Bugs #41007, #43965) **
    'p4 configure show' will now include the p4d '-i' and '-f' flags,
    if either was set when the server was started.

#307552 (Bugs #33638, #43875, #43876) **
    Command line flags that expect non-negative integer values, e.g.
    'p4 clients -m max', now validate the argument more completely.

#306175 (Bugs #44961, #44962) **
    Access to a non-head revision in a remote depot will no longer
    report "no file(s) at that revision".

#305502 (Bug #44849) *
    Errors detected by P4CLIENTPATH will no longer cause the message
    "Fatal client error; disconnecting!" to be displayed.

#305025 (Bugs #27168, #32828) **
    When a super user logs in as another user, the expiration value
    for the ticket will now be based on the group membership of the
    logged-in user, not on the groups to which the super user belongs.

#304734 (Bug #44882) **
    Import or sync of a remote ktext file no longer erroneously fails
    due to faulty MD5 verification. This has been fixed.

#304010 (Bug #41174) **
    'p4 configure show <variable>' will now show both named and
    unnamed configurable values, if both are set for that configurable.

#303228 (Bug #44762) **
    'p4 fstat -Ol' will now display fileSize and digest values for
    revisions that have been purged, archived, or moved.

#303074 (Bug #43929) **
    Configurable 'net.backlog' can now be set as high as 64K.

#302300 (Bugs #18950, #25816) **
    'p4 change -i' no longer allows a user who is not the owner of the
    pending changelist to update that changelist.

#301961 (Bugs #43814, #44254) *
    P4CONFIG files located in the root directory of a Windows
    filesystem are now located properly at startup of a command from
    a sub-directory.

#300089 (Bugs #33102, #28493) **
    form-in and form-save label triggers are now fired by 'p4 tag',
    and form-in and form-save change triggers are now fired by
    'p4 submit -d' and by 'p4 change -t'.

#299335 (Bug #44391) **
    'p4 diff' of a file opened for edit, but sync'd to a deleted
    revision, could incorrectly diff the file against an unrelated
    depot file.

#297400 (Bug #43604) **
    Some wildcard expressions against a remote server (windows),
    could return incorrect (missing) results.

#297383 (Bug #44288) **
    Extra spaces in the 'p4 configure' command no longer result in
    the setting or clearing of a configurable with the wrong name.

#291473 (Bug #41841) **
    'p4 configure show' now indicates if a configurable setting was
    set via P4DEBUG, via the '-v' argument, or via 'p4 configure set'.

#291277 (Bug #43917) **
    A spec depot cannot be deleted unless all of its contents have
    first been removed with 'p4 obliterate'.

#290793 (Bug #23413) **
    'p4 depot -d' now prevents the deletion of a depot which still
    contains the archive content for files in other depots. After
    obliterating the other files which are lazy copies of the files
    in this depot, you can delete the depot normally.

#290314 (Bug #41070) **
    'p4 opened -u' no longer requires setting P4CLIENT.

#290128 (Bug #41558) **
    'p4 change -o' now requires only 'list' permission, not 'open'.

#290043 (Bugs #23787, #38931) **
    The type of an existing depot cannot be changed after creation.

    #288884 (Bug #29921) ** ***
    Librarian filenames on case insensitive unicode mode servers will
    now case fold non-ascii characters.

#288772 (Bug #34940) **
    The owner of an empty pending changelist is now allowed to change
    the client field of that changelist via 'p4 change'. This can be
    useful when handing off a shelf from one user to another.

#288193 (Bug #22967) **
    When one or more 'p4 obliterate' commands have resulted in the
    situation where the oldest available revision of a file is an
    'edit' revision, 'p4 describe' of the changelist that created that
    'edit' revision no longer fails with a fatal error.

#287921, #288760, #288833 (Bugs #43557, #43612, #31456, #43628) **
    The server will no longer allow any of the counters used by the
    server itself (change, job, journal, etc.) to be set to a
    negative value or to a non-numeric value.

#287785 (Bug #43552) **
    Taking a checkpoint on a server with journaling turned off no
    longer crashes the server.

#287583 (Bug #24588) **
    The file suffix field for a spec depot now rejects invalid suffix
    values, such as "@", "...", and "/".

#287548 (Bug #2235) **
    'p4 diff -sd' and 'p4 diff -sl' no longer list files opened
    for delete in their output.

#287284 (Bugs #42965, #43873) **
    'p4 pull' now removes obliterated files from the replica.

#285810 (Bug #43267) **
    'p4 configure set' and 'p4 configure unset' now support tagged
    output.

#285333 (Bug #43217) **
    p4d -xf 18362 now resets auth-check-sso and service-check triggers.

#284948 (Bugs #9638, #42928) *
    When reading settings from P4CONFIG files, trailing blanks are
    now ignored.

#284828 (Bug #43034) **
    In a P4AUTH configuration, the 'license' command is now forwarded
    from the outer server to the central server.

#283363 (Bug #43011) **
    When a spec depot is in use, and a spec object was deleted, the
    record in db.revsx for the deleted revision contained invalid
    data for the digest and fileSize columns. This will no longer occur.

#283211 (Bugs #29324, #42505) **
    Accidentally defining P4CHANGE or P4TARGET to loop back to the
    same server is now detected as a runtime configuration error.

#281564 (Bugs #41265, #42755) **
    The replica server no longer needs to be restarted following the
    addition of a new depot to the master server.

#281180 (Bug #25034) **
    'p4 revert' no longer reports a librarian error when a revert of
    a modified +S filetype file fails because the revision that is
    opened has already been purged from the repository.

#281105 (Bug #13393) **
    'p4 describe' no longer reports a librarian error when describing
    a change which includes a purged revision of a +S filetype file.

#279464 (Bugs #2309, #36424) **
    'p4 verify' no longer processes files in remote depots.

#279258 (Bugs #28640, #33247) **
    'p4 verify' no longer reports MISSING! for +S files purged after
    the verify command has started.

#278478 (Bug #3454) **
    'p4 verify -q' no longer prints 'file(s) already have digests'.

#277960 (Bug #41593) **
    If your password has expired, 'p4 login' will no longer allow
    you to login with the old password.

Important note:

Please refer to:
http://www.perforce.com/perforce/r10.2/user/relnotes.txt
    to get up to date GA and post-GA information about this release.

Major new functionality in 2010.2

#274269 (Bug #20896) **
    P4AUTH (central authentication) and P4CHANGE (central changelist)
    server options are now fully supported.  Both options have long
    been present but undocumented.  As of this release, a server that
    is being used for authentication must have a valid license.  See 
    the System Administration Guide for more details.

#272848 (Bug #19628) **
    This release builds on previous replication infrastructure adding
    two major enhancements:

        (i) depot file (content) replication

        Perforce replicas can now be configured to transfer new file
        content as well as metadata. The transfer is initiated as soon 
        as the replica detects new version content.  Depending on how 
        frequently new content is committed multiple processes can be
        started to handle the various loads.

        (ii) server-to-server replication

        Replication has now been incorporated into the communication 
        protocol.  This allows a configured replica to run without 
        the need for external processes to drive the transfer.  
        Configuration is accomplished by using the new 'p4 configure' 
        command.

    See the replication chapter in the System Administration Guide
    for more details.

#254889 **
    A depot of type 'archive' may be defined, and used to implement
    the controlled transfer of revision content to archival storage.
    An 'archive' depot is typically mapped to a storage location which
    can be placed offline to save on storage costs. Having defined an
    archive depot, the 'p4 archive' command can be used to move
    revision content to the archive; the 'p4 restore' command can be
    used to restore archived revisions. The 'p4 files' command now
    takes a '-A' argument to limit output to files in archive depots.
    See 'p4 help archive' and 'p4 help restore' for more information.

#264717 *
    The p4 client, and the C++ client API, now support client
    protected regions. Perforce client regions define "safe areas"
    in a Perforce client's filesystem where files can be accessed
    or modified, under the control of the Perforce server (through
    the API); any attempt by a Perforce server to direct participating
    client APIs to access or modify files outside a client protected
    region will cause a client-side error in the client API and the
    relevant files will not be touched. To enable this feature, you
    may define the P4CLIENTPATH variable (as an environment variable,
    via 'p4 set', or in a P4CONFIG file) to a (semicolon-separated)
    list of one or more local filesystem directories.

#259157, #261720 (Bug #1291, #28884) * **
    By default, transfer of data between the client and server is
    now verified against corruption. This check is performed on the 
    client for 'p4 sync/revert/unshelve/integ' and on the server 
    for 'p4 submit/shelve'.  These checks may be turned off using
    'p4 configure' if they adversely affect performance.

#259145 **
    The new '-I' flag causes 'p4 annotate' to trace all integration
    records, rather than only branch records.  If a line was added
    in one branch, merged into a second, and merged from there into
    a third, 'annotate -I' on the third branch will show the first
    branch's changelist as the source of that line.

#257689 **
    A new journal record type @nx@ now appears in journals and
    checkpoints. @nx@ records contain identification information,
    such as timestamps, checksums, and version numbers, and are
    recorded by the server periodically, including at the start and
    end of each checkpoint or journal, when a server is started or
    shut down, and when the database is upgraded. External programs
    which parse journal records should be enhanced to recognize the
    @nx@ records and skip them. 

#257688 **
    To help administrators keep track of successful checkpoints, a
    new internally generated counter 'lastCheckpointAction' has
    been added which contains the operation timestamp.  Also, when
    the checkpoint completes, the MD5 digest of the checkpoint is
    written to the file 'checkpoint.N.md5'. Together these data points
    can help in verifying complete and undamaged checkpoints.  Note 
    that if the -z flag was used to compress the checkpoint, it must 
    be uncompressed to verify the checksum.  When restoring from a 
    journal, the server will now produce a warning if the journal 
    was written by a different version of the server, and will produce 
    an error if the journal was written using different case-handling 
    flags than are currently defined for the server.

#255892 (Bug #1492) **
    The change spec has a new field, 'Type', to specify whether a 
    change is 'public' or 'restricted'. By default, a change is 
    'public', which means that it is visible with 'p4 changes', and 
    can see the change descriptions in 'p4 change' or 'p4 describe'. 
    The type of 'restricted' will restrict the view of the change 
    depending on user permissions.  Owners may always see their 
    changes, and 'restricted' can be overridden by an admin user 
    with '-f'. This field affects the operation of 'p4 change', 
    'p4 changes', and 'p4 describe'.  See 'p4 help change', 'p4 
    help changes', and 'p4 help describe' for more information.

#255729 **
    The new 'p4 copy' command allows files to be copied (integrated)
    from one path to another based on file content differences rather
    than on prior integration history between them.  Files opened with
    'p4 copy' will be resolved automatically in a single step, and
    will not be downloaded to the client if the '-v' flag is used.
    See 'p4 help copy' for more information.

#246820 (Bug #14713, #23831, #23822, #41783) **
    Server configuration variables are now stored in the db.config
    table, and may be displayed and set using the new administrator-
    only command "p4 configure". Most server configuration variables,
    including tunables and debug levels, are now dynamic, and will
    take effect beginning with the next connection to the server.

Minor new functionality in 2010.2

#281541 (Bug #42790) **
    'p4 pull' now supports the '-J prefix' flag to allow the
    specification of the journal file location on the master server.

#275795 (Bug #16285) * **
    'p4 ping', which sends messages from the server to the client
    and back, timing performance, is now supported. It has been
    present since 2009.2, but undocumented.

#275057 (Bug #39375, #39412, #39421) **
    'p4 fstat -F' filtering now supports regular expression matching
    similar to that of 'p4 grep'. The syntax to enable this filtering
    is '~='.

    #264938 **
    'p4d -jr' now has new flags. '-s' will cause recovered
    journal records to be written to the server's journal file.
    And '-m' which records new file revisions in a new table
    'rdb.lbr' which is used to fetch the archive data of those
    new revisions by a replica server.

    #264054 *
    'p4 replicate' now has a '-R' flag to attempt to reconnect
    to a server continuously.

#262094 *
    A new flag '-T' was added to 'p4 replicate' that allows the user
    to specify a quoted, space separated list of table names which
    should not be transferred for replication.

#262649 (Bug #7727) **
    A new flag '-q' has been added to 'p4 sync' and 'p4 labelsync' 
    which will suppress informational messages during operation.  

#261187 **
    A new flag '-T' was added to 'p4 export' that allows the user
    to specify a list of database table names which will be excluded
    from exported output.

#259417 **
    A new flag '-t' was added to 'p4 change' that allows the user
    to change the change type on the command line.  This is useful
    for scripting or triggers

#259124 **
    'p4 annotate' will no longer operate on files larger than 10MB.
    This limit can be changed via the dm.annotate.maxsize configurable.

#257282 (Bug #39527) **
    When the target of an auto-merge is a file that was synced from the
    depot and is not flagged as writable (i.e. open for "integ"
    rather than "edit"), the client file's digest will be compared
    against the corresponding digest in the depot.  If it does not
    match, the resolve will terminate with a "tampered" error message.
    If the client file is verified as matching the depot revision,
    the server will use the depot revision for the merge rather than
    transferring the file from the client.

#256953 (Bug #3416) **
    Browsing remote depots has been improved by reducing the amount
    of data that is passed from the remote server to the local server
    and then processed.  In particular 'p4 dirs' performance has been
    improved significantly by computing the directories at the remote
    end.  Both local and remote servers need to be upgraded to this
    release to benefit from these improvements.

#252485 **
    When a deleted file is added back to the depot by syncing to an
    earlier revision and running 'p4 add', an 'add from' integration
    record will associate the added revision with the previously
    synced revision.  This will make it possible to determine when an
    'add' was a reversal of a delete as opposed to a new file.

#250349 (Bugs #7605, #21295) **
    The server now tracks the date when each user most recently
    changed their password, and also provides a simple password
    aging mechanism. The date when the user last changed their
    password is now visible as a new read-only field in the user spec,
    and is also displayed by the new '-l' flag to 'p4 users'. The
    group definition now contains a new PasswordTimeout field which
    may be set to the number of seconds after which members of this
    group will be required to change their passwords. If a user is a
    member of multiple groups, the longest timeout is used. The
    password and ticket expiration information is now provided as
    tagged output from 'p4 -ztag login -s'.

#250142 **
    A new type of user, called a 'service user', can be defined by
    specifying 'Type: service' in the user definition. Service users
    are useful for authenticating and securing network traffic between
    intermediate servers in a distributed configuration. Service users
    do not count against your license limit, and it's not necessary
    to set the 'jobView' or 'reviews' information for a
    service user. A service user can only run the following commands:
    login, logout, password, info, and user. Service users should be
    used as the value of the '-u' flag for intermediate services
    (proxies, replica servers). When a server connects to another
    server for remote depot access or for replicating data, the
    connecting server will authenticate itself using the service user,
    and the accepting server can control access by including the
    service user in the protections table specifications.  When
    using service users, you should be running at server security
    level 1 or higher, since service users without passwords are not
    valuable. External authentication for service users can be
    implemented by providing the 'service-check' trigger. To include
    service users in the output of 'p4 users', specify '-a'.

#249892 *
    On Mac OS X, 'p4 set' now sets Perforce variables as user or
    system preferences in your Mac preferences folder.

#247383 **
    'p4 info' now supports a new flag '-s'. If this flag is provided,
    the info command will no longer check the user name and client name
    to verify whether they are known to the system or not. For uses
    where checking for unknown user names or client names is
    unnecessary, 'p4 info -s' should provide faster execution.

Bugs fixed in 2010.2

#598303 (Bug #63987) **
    A memory leak in replica on-demand file transfer is fixed.

#470383 (Bugs #53678,#56359) **
    On Windows an external application will no longer cause sporadic
    loss of the RCS archive head-1 revision.

#427939 (Bug #49890) **
    Incompatible journal data which a replica can not handle due
    to a central server upgrade would be silently ignored by
    the replica which should have stopped replication.
    Now, a central server upgrade will stop replication by an
    older replica.  Also, in case of replication errors such
    as a failed connection, the replica will wait for a minute
    before retrying so as to not cause wasteful network traffic.
    This wait time may be set with a -b flag on the pull command.

#425753 (Bug #53138) **
    A replica server which re-processes a segment of journal data
    containing one or more row-deletion (@dv@) records will no longer
    halt replication with the message "Journal record replay failed!"

#423699 (Bugs #52987, #52837) **
    Replica server performance could be severely impacted by read-only
    commands which access new files that have not yet been transferred.

#370742 (Bug #49769) **
    Moved files with the +S filetype will no longer be lazy-copied.

#370100 (Bug #46264, #48538) **
        Performance of protection table processing against a user who
        is a member of many groups has been significantly improved.

#369984 (Bug #49691) **
    A performance change to 'p4 dirs' in this release caused a 
    regression with respect to the time taken in detecting a
    twisted client map.  In this scenario 'p4 dirs' has the
    potential to block other processes,  this has been fixed.

#369871 (Bug #44794) **
    A replica server might stop replicating if the central server
    crashes with outstanding transactions.  Fixed.

#369868 (Bug #43062) **
    A monitor-enabled replica server will no longer log the message
    "'pull' exited unexpectedly, removed from monitor table." when
    'p4 monitor show' is issued.

#361749 (Bug #49095) **
    net.mimcheck level 5 did not validate properly causing
    all commands through a non-local intermediate server to be
    rejected.  Fixed.

#308107, #345509 (Bugs #44640, #44713, #44875, #47466) **
    'p4 print -o' and 'p4 unshelve' no longer fail with a bogus
    'corrupted during transfer' error with shelved ktext files.

#345500 (Bug #46430) **
    The replica server will no longer report "No such file" errors
    when a move operation is shelved.

#345377 (Bug #47944) **
    Metadata changes to replicas could be lost when forms with
    large numbers of items, such as groups, are changed.  Fixed.

#345072 (Bug #48002) **
    A 'p4 change -o' operation that fails to list files due to
    excessive joined mappings will now produce the appropriate
    error message rather than silently omitting the file list.

#331394 (Bug #46820) **
    A failed 'p4d -jr' operation will now set the operating system
    exit status to a non-zero (failed) value.

#322148 (Bug #42260) **
    A replica server will now only transfer a single revision of
    an RCS file at a time from the master server.

#322108 (Bug #44853) **
    Replica servers will no longer report spurious digest mismatch
    errors for shelved file content; replica servers in a different
    timezone than the master will no longer report spurious digest
    mismatch errors for ktext files containing $Date$ or $DateTime$.

#320770 (Bug #45601) **
    Accessing an offline remote depot could cause a server crash.

#320763 * ** (Bug #41078)
    Improve network protocol sanity check to prevent crashes
    when garbage data is received on a connection.

#315777 ** (Bug #45062)
    Nested server side errors could result in allowing premature 
    invocation of a new command.  This new command on the same
    connection could result in a server crash.

#310293 **
    Change 256113 (from the initial 2010.2 release) has been reversed
    so that files opened by 'p4 integrate -v' or 'p4 copy -v' may be
    reopened by 'p4 add' or 'p4 edit'.  Note that these files may
    not be submitted until they are manually added to the workspace.

#309223, #309512 (Bug #45042, #45121) **
    In a specific happenstance a Perforce Server trigger may inherit
    a Windows file handle which belongs to a depot repository file.
    If the trigger holds that handle long enough, the submit using
    that repository file can fail.  Files are no longer inherited.

#300591 (Bugs #43858, #44353) **
    Accidental multi-threaded sharing of a single client connection
    will no longer cause a server crash.

#297671 (Bug #44375) **
    Changes to the locking algorithm for SOLARIS10 could result in
    a server hang when multiple p4d processes were chasing the same
    file locks.

#297301 (Bug #44354) **
    'p4 job -i' could block other commands while waiting for a
    lock.  

#294117 (Bug #43930) **
    'p4 dirs' could hang if the client had excessive exclusionary
    mappings. Now it will exit with an error instead of hanging.

#293676 (Bug #43942) **
    'p4 shelve' commands specifying invalid file names no longer crash.

#292172 (Bug #43797) **
#293382 (Bug #44092) **
    In rare cases a Windows virus scanner may block access to the
    server logfile for extended periods of time and cause a server
    exit or crash.  This has been corrected.

#293249 (Bug #43888) **
    'p4 delete -v' would fail to preserve propagated traits if
    the file was not on the user's have list. This has been fixed.

#288575 (Bug #42969) **
    The replica server will no longer print the error message:
    "dbget rdb.lbr: no read lock!" during archive transfer.

#285568 (Bug #42662) **
    'p4d -xf 925' did not update the change field of the locks table,
    resulting in incorrect reporting of the 'otherChange' field by
    'p4 fstat'. This has been fixed.

#285240 (Bug #42828) ** *
    A 'p4 sync' via a proxy of a missing server file will no longer
    hang; also, the client will no longer report a digest mismatch
    related to the failure to deliver the missing file.

#285127 (Bug #42971) **
    A replica server will no longer report archive transfer errors
    for the contents of deleted shelves.

#285003 (Bug #43149) **
    An outer server using a P4AUTH (central server) would fail on 
    submit due to incorrect checking of local user count. This has
    been fixed.

#283415 (Bugs #36103, #38200, #42977) **
    When the server is logging commands via -vserver=n, replication
    support operations such as user-export, rmt-Journal, rmt-FileFetch
    would be reported many times, now they are only reported
    when initially run or when they take a long time. "-vserver=4"
    will force even these repeated operations to be logged.

#282873 (Bug #42997)  **
    On 32-bit Windows,  a bug with the heap manager could result 
    with memory allocation problems that could lead to a server 
    crash. This has been fixed. 

#282799 (Bug #33543) **
    'p4 sync <filepath>#none' would make a scan of the db.rev table 
    for the specified argument even though its redundant.

#282081 (Bug #42889) **
    Removed an invalid flag from the help output of 'p4 archive'.

#282065 (Bug #42858) **
    If a Windows server was running with a non-zero security level,
    excess data was being returned on the first response from the
    server to the client. This has been fixed.

#280377 (Bug #40748) **
    Metadata replication with p4 pull stored information
    in a counter 'sequence' however that causes the counters
    table to differ from the master server.  This information
    is now kept in a file 'state' instead.  This file name
    may be changed with the 'statefile' configurable.

#280361 (Bugs #26753,#41870,#42313) *
    'p4 -p "rsh:p4d -i -r ." passwd < password.txt' now works
    properly on Windows. Additionally, marshalled invocations such as
    'p4 -G login < password.txt' now work properly on Windows.

#280347 (Bug #42664) **
    'p4 copy' will no longer delete files from the target if they are
    excluded from the branch view.

#280332 (Bug #42226) **
    When a replica fails to transfer a binary file revision from its
    master server, it no longer leaves a temporary file in the
    replica's depot directory.

#280021 (Bug #42221) **
    'p4 pull' run interactively would sometimes hang.  Fixed.

#278187 (Bug #42429) **
    'p4 pull' would not work for unicode mode servers.  Fixed.

#277329 (Bug #42231) **
    Excluded trigger paths were ignored by shelve-submit triggers
    when file arguments are used in the 'p4 shelve' command.
    This has been fixed.

#276005 (Bug #28693) **
    The central changelist feature (P4CHANGE) can now be used in
    configurations where all servers are Unicode-enabled.

#275889 (Bug #42081) **
    'p4 print' of a shelved revision via the proxy will no longer
    erroneously print the content from an earlier version of the shelf.

#275814 (Bug #6589,#37177) **
    Windows UNC paths now work in a client root and depot map.

#275765 (Bug #25700) **
    In a P4AUTH configuration, to determine whether a username is
    known, run 'p4 -ztag info' against the central server. When run
    against an outer server, 'p4 -ztag info' now always displays that
    the username is unknown.

#275754 (Bug #40923) **
    In a P4AUTH configuration, 'p4 info' displays the server license
    information only when run against the central server.

#275738 (Bug #32971) **
    User job views are now operational in the outer server of a
    P4AUTH configuration.

#275581 (Bug #41914) **
    'p4 unshelve' could create db.have/db.rev inconsistencies
    if unshelving files that were not on the shelving client's
    have list. This could happen if a user shelved files after
    'p4 delete -v'. This has been fixed.

#275083 (Bug #40842) *
    'p4 replicate' now catches cntl-c to shutdown cleanly.

#274912 (Bugs #39630, #40903) **
    An administrator may now use 'p4 shelve -d -f' to delete a shelf
    without having to specify a valid client name for the command.

#274855 (Bug #41575) **
    'p4 integrate' with no arguments now issues a usage message. The
    arguments to 'p4 integrate' must specify either '-b branchspec'
    or exactly two file specs.

#274673 (Bug #42028) * ** ***
    Perforce crashes or hangs on some 64-bit Linux platforms
    due to glibc change.  Fixed.

#273231 (Bug #41819) **
    'p4 describe' could spend a long time scanning the 'db.integed'
    table before giving up with the error 'Can't find successor rev'.
    This was due to bug #37058 which is also fixed in this release.

#271204 (Bug #41504) **
    'p4 sizes', 'p4 files', and 'p4 sync' now support the '-m max'
    option to limit the output to the first 'max' files.

#271044 (Bug #39870) **
    'p4 move' has been improved to check for content changes before
    transferring files to the server.  By checking if the source and 
    target files are the same, 'p4 move' can implement a lazy copy
    instead of adding extra files to the archive.

#270938 (Bug #41442) **
    On a case-insensitive server, 'p4 counter -f minclient 2009.2'
    no longer sets the minClient counter to an invalid value.

#270765 (Bug #41319) **
    Delete -v would, in some cases, generate an incorrect error 
    "Can't delete (already opened on this client)" message, and
    refuse to delete a file even if file was not opened on that
    client.

#270764 (Bug #40730) **
    Spurious error messages were generated by p4 diff -du when
    a deleted file was diffed. Diffing deleted files generates
    a "delete diff" that removes all of the lines of the deleted
    file if the output of diff -du is run through patch.

#270710 (Bug #7326, #41203) **
    New tunable 'dm.user.noautocreate' has been created to
    provide control over automatic user creation. By default, if
    unset or set to 0, the server allows users to be created on
    the fly as permitted by the protects table. If this tunable is
    set to '1', users may only be created using the 'p4 user' command.
    If set to the most restrictive value of 2, users may only be
    created by a super user using the 'p4 user' command.

#270688 (Bug #16379) *
    Use of a .p4tickets file with DOS-style line end conventions no
    longer confuses Unix/Linux clients, and the tickets file can thus
    now be shared between different systems.

#269913 (Bug #41053) * **
    The merge algorithm has been improved to detect a delete adjacent
    to a conflict, and include the deleted lines in the conflict
    region.

#268822 (Bug #41101) **
    A trigger specification which mentions a %variable% whose name
    exceeds 64 characters will no longer cause a server crash.

#267930 (Bug #40800) **
    'p4 describe' of a pending changelist now properly includes
    files with leading special characters in the Affected Files list.

#264435 (Bug #6479)
    Version resources are now embedded into executables on Windows.

#264291 (Bugs #36052,#34255) **
    The performance of 'p4 unlock -f' has been greatly improved for
    sites that have many files open.  

#263471 (Bug #40589) **
    'p4 revert -a -k files...' no longer issues the error message
    'Illegal command usage. Try 'p4 help' for info.'.

#263034 (Bug #40520) **
    If a trigger emitted "\n" as its standard out, and nothing else,
    then the server would access an invalid memory location and
    might crash.

#261184 (Bug #39375, #39421) **
    Implements two new escape combinations to fstat. Allows
    user to specify \0 to represent an empty field and \... to
    represent the wildcard expression ... 

#260495 (Bug #35426) **
    The TCP/IP listen() 'backlog' parameter may now be configured to
    a value larger than 5 on Windows, and the default backlog value
    is now 10 on all platforms, whereas formerly on Windows it was 5.

#258947 (Bug #32695) **
    Attempting to labelsync a revision that is not in the label's
    view will now produce the correct "not in label" error rather
    than "no permission".

#258410  (Bug #40020) **
    'p4 dbschema' is now present in the output of 'p4 help commands'.

#257615  (Bug #023018) **
    Duplicate log output is written to log when certain conditions
    are met.  This has been fixed.

#257026 (Bug #39846) **
    'p4 describe' of a pending change allowed users without
    'list' permission for its files to view them. This should 
    work the same as describe of submitted changes. Both should 
    restrict running the command to having 'read' access (or 'list'
    if '-s' is used), but should only list files to which there
    is at least 'list' access. This has been fixed.

    #256225 (Bug #39682) *
    'p4 replicate -x -s <statefile>' would not update the statefile
    on journal rotate exit (the -x flag) in a way such that the
    next run of the command would continue with the next journal.
    Fixed.  Also, the -o <file> option would leave the target file
    read only on journal rotate exit.  Also fixed.

#256195 (Bug #38909) **
    Operations that produce no result because of exclusions in a
    a combination of mappings (e.g. protect + client + branch) should
    now more accurately produce an error message that indicates which
    mapping was empty due to exclusions.  For example, integrating
    into an excluded client path could previously report "no permission
    for operation," and will now report "not in client view".  A more
    subtle effect of this fix is a change from "no permission" errors
    (insufficient access) to "protected namespace" (no access at all)
    for some commands where the user does not have "list" access.

#256113 **
    Files opened for branch but not present on the client (the result
    of 'p4 integrate -v') may no longer be reopened for 'add'; this
    was unintended and in most cases undesirable behavior.  Users who
    had been making use of this behavior to avoid extra downloads 
    when renaming files should be able to get similar (but better)
    behavior with a combination of 'p4 sync -k' and 'p4 move'.

#256017 (Bug #39601) **
    'p4 unshelve' operations are now logged to the audit log when
    audit logging is enabled.

#255335 (Bug #14771) * **
    Handling of ^C interrupts of 'p4 sync' commands has been improved:
    the client's ^C signal handler now flushes buffered messages, and
    the server's connection-dropped logic now processes buffered
    acknowledgements more thoroughly.

#254916 (Bug #39653) **
    The '-T' flag to 'p4 fstat' has been fixed to correctly handle the
    tags otherOpenN, otherLockN, otherActionN, and otherChangeN.

#253916 (Bug #39595) **
    'p4 integrate -t' will now correctly propagate the filetype
    of the source when the target file is already open for integrate.

#253773 (Bug #39458) **
    The 'have list' could become confused when a file was opened,
    deleted at the head rev, synced, remapped to a different file,
    and synced again.  This has been corrected.

#253333 (Bug #23248) *
    If the Perforce client was unable to delete a binary file on a
    Windows platform due to the file being in use by another process,
    the file was being mistakenly left with read-write permissions,
    instead of being restored to read-only permissions.

#253325 (Bug #15981) **
    When 'p4 integrate' is run with a branchspec and multiple toFile
    arguments, each argument is processed fully before starting on the
    next.  This should prevent the "muddled resolve" error that could
    result from a file being opened for branch multiple times by a
    single command.

#253264 (Bug #22184) **
    A usage error now occurs for 'p4 submit -d xxx -i', since the
    -d and -i flags cannot both be used together. Prior to this change,
    the -i flag was quietly ignored in this case.

#253055 (Bug #37058) **
    A 'copy' resolve will no longer override an earlier 'moved' and
    change it to an 'ignored'.  This should prevent a subsequent
    'describe' of that change from producing a 'can't find
    successor rev!' error.

#252662 (Bug #37694) *
    When using a Perforce client on Windows that spans multiple drives,
    drive letters were being mistakenly processed in case-sensitive
    fashion. They are now once again automatically lower-cased.

#252513 (Bug #3830) **
    Files that were open for branch before being reopened for add
    will now be deleted from the workspace when reverted.  New
    files opened for add will still be "abandoned" on revert.

#252446 (Bug #20380) **
    The performance of 'p4 dirs' has been greatly improved in the
    case where a user has exclusionary permissions under the
    specified path. In this case, the number of rows scanned has
    been significantly reduced, resulting in faster performance.

#252366 (Bug #38831) **
    The command 'p4 jobs -e "Job >= jobNNNNNN"' was mistakenly
    treating the >= operator as though it was =.

#252228 (Bug #38955, #20516) **
    If 'p4 reopen -t +ko file' is used to add the +ko modifier to
    a file which is already marked as +k, the +ko is now ignored,
    and the file remains marked with filetype +k.

#251611 (Bug #34018) * **
    On Windows platforms, it is now once again possible to specify
    parameters such as P4EDITOR using double quotation marks to
    surround the parameter value.

#251384 (Bug #35357) **
    'p4 annotate' did not respond properly to a user attempting
    to interrupt the command with ctrl-c.

#251342 (Bug #35562) **
    When computing the set of groups to which a user belonged, the
    server could fail to notice an indirect group membership via
    a subgroup, if another group of which the user was a member
    happened to be the very last entry in the db.group table. Fixed.

#251119 (Bug #28201) *
    'p4 [cmd] -i < /some/directory' would crash because the I/O
    error that resulted from re-directing stdin to a directory was
    not caught. This has been fixed.

#251093 (Bug #30807,32404,32405,34003) **
    'p4 fstat -T' now validates the field list more thoroughly and
    rejects unknown field names as errors.

#250920 (Bug #37475) **
    When an integrate command reported 'File(s) not in client view',
    a memory leak was occurring, and has been fixed.

#250482 (Bug #30780) * **
    Validation of the port number in P4PORT has been improved, and
    port numbers that start with a digit but contain non-numeric
    characters are no longer accepted.

#250142, #255123 (Bug #39294, #21949) **
    'p4 user -o' or 'p4 user -d' for an unknown user would fail
    if the license quota was full. Fixed.

#249529 (Bug #38785) **
    A malformed date specification combined with another search
    expression could cause "p4 jobs -e" to crash.  Fixed.

#246985 (Bug #26138,38051) **
    Running 'p4 verify' on a compressed-binary revision file in
    the versioned file tree would loop forever if the binary was
    truncated. Fixed.

#239657 (Bug #38194) *
    'p4 replicate -k' would not terminate if the subprocess
    terminates abnormally.  Fixed.

Important note:

Please refer to:
http://www.perforce.com/perforce/r10.1/user/relnotes.txt
    to get up to date GA and post-GA information about this release.

Major new functionality in 2010.1

#235471 (Bug #1400) **
    The new 'p4 grep' command enables users to search through a 
    revision range of archived text files on the server.  Regular 
    expressions, case-insensitive and inverse search are supported.  
    See 'p4 help grep' for more information.

Minor new functionality in 2010.1

#243979 (Bug #994) **
    A new flag '-d' for 'p4 add' now allows the user to downgrade
    some open file actions which previously would require a revert.
    This flag can be used if a file is opened for 'edit' and synced
    to a (deleted) head revision or for a file that is opened for
    'move/add'.  See 'p4 help add' for more information.

#242851 **
    Per change 227535, the error message on attempting to submit a 
    deleted file that is open for edit will now suggest "sync & add" 
    as a possible solution.

#241134 * **
    Perforce clients, servers, and proxies will attempt to increase
    TCP send and receive buffers to 64Kbytes if those buffers are less 
    than that amount.  This can improve network performance on high 
    latency networks.

#236504 **
    'p4 export -r' command to report journal records will now
    report the table name of a record if the record is a database
    table record and the '-F' filter option will now work with
    these raw journal export records.

#236044 (Bug #3440, #37905) **
    A new system counter 'minClient' may be set to a release
    number which the server will enforce as a minimum
    client version to work with.  If set, another counter,
    'minClientMessage' may also be set to supply a message to the
    client regarding how to get newer clients.  The server must be
    restarted after changing these counters.

#235925 **
    A new flag '-S' for 'p4 sizes' reports size information for
    files that have been shelved.  See 'p4 help sizes' for more
    information.

#235755 (Bug #37597) **
    The server may be operated with the -C1 option to force
    the server to operate in case insensitive mode on a normally
    case sensitive platform.

#235393 (Bug #34869) **
    String case handling of a p4d server is now specified in the
    output of 'p4 info'

#235026 (Bug #36327) * **
    A new flag '-f' for 'p4 move' allows the user to force a move
    to a file already synced to the client workspace.  One use of
    this command is the ability to move and resolve a file that is
    opened for edit but has been renamed at the head revision.

#233651 (Bug #2319) **
    Atomic update of counters.  A new flag '-i' for 'p4 counter' 
    increments the supplied counter by 1 and returns the new value.

#232628 (Bug #35860) *
    PKZIP and Java archives are now detected as compressed
    binary files and added to the server by default as ubinary
    meaning they are not compressed by Perforce.

#230242 (Bug #23422) * **
    Perforce clients running on (windows) NTFS filesytems can suffer
    from performance problems due to fragmentation.  This change
    pre-allocates space for files larger than 32K.

#227793 **
    The performance of 'p4 unshelve' has been improved by batching 
    its updates to benefit from the internal cache and a reduction 
    in lock requests.

#225620 **
    New triggers are available for use with shelving files.
    The 'shelve-submit' trigger is similar to 'change-submit', 
    but trigger failure prevents shelving. The 'shelve-commit'
    trigger operates similarly to 'change-commit'. Finally, the
    'shelve-delete' trigger can be used to prevent shelved file
    deletion. Please see 'p4 help triggers' for more information.

Bugs fixed in 2010.1

#282873 (Bug #42997)  **
    On 32-bit Windows,  a bug with the heap manager could result 
    with memory allocation problems that could lead to a server 
    crash. This has been fixed. 

#276388 (Bug #41364) **
    Resolves between 'text' and 'symlink' files will now be treated
    as 'binary' (at/ay) by default.

#264737 (Bug #40395 and #40396) *
    Change #258714 introduced a regression that caused the client
    spec option 'rmdir' to not delete directories on Windows. 
    This change resolves that problem.

#264094 (Bug #40089) **
    The p4d server on SOLARIS10 suffers from poor concurrency due
    to changes in the way that the file locking system call fcntl()
    has been changed. Unlike other platforms, SOLARIS does not allow
    shared access to files if an exclusive lock is waiting.
    This change fixes the problem by using region level locks for
    each reader and should provide improved concurrency.

#258714 (Bug #12200) *
    RmDir operation (invoked by client rmdir option) will delete
    junction points, causing undesirable side effects, including 
    deleting files unexpectedly.

#257930 (Bug #39886) **
    Multiple simultaneous grep commands could cause server instability.

#256855 (Bug #39815) **
    Problems with the TCP connection would be reported if
    the proxy (or configurable broker) was in use and a
    TCP forwarder (or older proxy) is between the client
    and that proxy.  Fixed.

#248446 (Bug #34305) **
    'p4 changes -s pending @change' would result in a 'no read lock'
    error message. This command now works correctly.

#248320 (Bug #39200) *
    When a file created in winter (during standard time) is added
    in summer (during DST), using a Windows platform for the client,
    the modification timestamp on the file is incorrectly computed.
    This has been fixed.

#248131 (Bug #39140) **
    'p4 diff @=<shelved>' could fail to find the files to
    diff if files were opened outside of the shelved change under
    certain circumstances. This has been fixed.

#248086 (Bug #37881) **
    'p4 diff -f' did not handle moved files correctly, it would
    diff the target of the move against the wrong depot file, this
    has been fixed.

#246764 (Bug #38800) **
    'p4 shelve' now requires open access rather than write access.

#246502 (Bug #38992) **
    'p4 change -f' was erroneously changed in 2009.2 to disallow
    changing the 'user' to a non-existent user. This has been
    fixed.

#244697 (Bug #38850, #38915) **
    'p4 revert' will now allow users to revert a file opened for
    move/delete even if its move/add partner isn't open in the
    user's client. 

#244448 (Bug #36927) **
    Submission of a changelist in which one or more modified files
    failed to be transferred to the server could improperly
    complete (rather than being aborted) if an unchanged file in the
    same changelist was reverted or excluded due to the use of the
    revertunchanged or leaveunchanged client submitoptions.

#244379 (Bug #36875) **
    'p4 tag' command would not save forms to the spec depot, this
    has been fixed.

#243724 (Bug #38117, #38813) **
    Issuing 'p4 unshelve' with ktext files resulted in $Change$,
    $Date, and $DateTime expanding to values from the shelved
    revisions rather than the depot revisions, causing spurious
    diffs based only on expanded keywords. This has been fixed.

#243445 (Bug #38776) **
    'p4d -jrc' used with 'p4 replicate' or 'p4jtail' would stall
    the last transaction until the next transaction starts.
    If interrupted during this stall the last transaction would
    be lost.  Fixed.

#243220 (Bug #37618) **
    The 'p4 describe -S' command would fail if a shelved file
    was deleted at the head revision.  This has been
    fixed to perform the describe, list the files, but skip 
    printing impossible diffs.

#243221 (Bug #38349)) **
    p4 diff -du gives errors when run against files open for move.
    This has been fixed.

#243165 (Bug #38286) **
    'p4 annotate -i' could take a long time if the branched files
    being followed stepped into protected namespace.  
    this has been fixed.    

#243180 (Bug #37720, #38349, #37689) **
    p4 diff -du does not run against files open for integrate,
    but not yet resolved.  Also fixes 'p4 diff -du -f' against
    unopened/all files. 

#243163 (Bug #38350) **
    p4 diff -du gives wrong output when diffing shelved files open 
    for add. This has been fixed.

#242670 (Bug #16782) *
    On Windows platforms, when using the 'modtime' client option
    or the +m filetype modifier to cause sync'd files to have
    their last-modified date set to the last-modified date from
    the revision on the server, the date could sometimes be off by
    an hour. Specifically, if the last-modified date was during
    standard time, and the Windows machine is now observing daylight
    saving time, or vice versa, an erroneous time zone adjustment
    was performed. This has now been fixed.

#242130 (Bug #37007) **
    When sorting output with 'p4 fstat -Sd' added files would not
    be consistently ordered if the command was run at exactly the
    same time (in seconds) as some of the other files were submitted.
    This change considers that newly added files are not part of
    the existing repository and hence do not have a submitted date
    to order on, they will always appear first in the sorted output 
    list.

#242074 (Bug #38596) **
    When 'p4 replicate' or 'p4 export' was invoked to export the
    current journal file against a server which is running with
    journaling disabled, the server would crash. This has been fixed.

#242015 (Bug #37481) **
    When the job counter exceeded ten million, a server error would
    occur trying to create the next job. This has been fixed, and
    the job counter can now go up to 2,147,483,647.

#241872 (Bug #37934) **
    When multiple triggers were fired by a single operation, if the
    second trigger's command line length was exactly 1 character
    longer than the first trigger's command line, the second
    trigger's final argument was not properly null terminated.
    This has been fixed.

#241218 (Bug #38024) **
    Obliterating a deleted revision from a spec depot was issuing
    a warning about a non-existent RCS file in the archive. This
    warning was incorrect and has been fixed so it no longer appears.

#241181 (Bug #37822) **
    The usage message displayed by 'p4 protects' when an invalid
    command line switch is passed was missing the '-g' option.
    This has been fixed.

#241038 (Bug #36180) **
    'p4 fstat -F' gets wrong results when the filtering value began
    with a number, but was actually a string value. The filter was
    mistakenly performing numeric comparisons using only the numeric
    prefix of the string, rather than string comparisons using the
    entire string. For example, the filter '-Ol -F "digest=9"'
    would display all files with a digest starting with a 9.

#240993 (Bug #38507) * **
    'p4 replicate' may produce duplicate journal records as
    output or to a subprocess if a server transaction exceeds
    the poll time interval ('-i' option) of the replicate command.
    Fixed.

#240721 (Bug #36004,#38389) **
    When server command tracing is set to level server=2 or higher,
    'p4 -Ztag counter' and 'p4 -G counter' commands were logging
    the counter's value as an extra line of command completion
    trace output. This has been fixed.

#240699 (Bug #36135) **
    When a single change fires both the fix-add and fix-delete
    triggers, the value of the %jobs% variable for the fix-add
    trigger now correctly contains the added jobs, not the
    deleted jobs.

#238565 (Bug #38103) **
    Under certain conditions 'p4 login' could issue a ticket
    to a user with a weak password even if the server security
    level required strong passwords. In that event, the user
    had a ticket, but could still not issue any commands.
    Now a ticket will not be issued unless the password
    strength is sufficient.

#238346 (Bug #37870) **
    Users will receive a warning message when shelving a file
    opened for edit with exclusive open (+l).

#238025 (Bug #37815) **
    Password strength could be computed incorrectly in certain
    circumstances when server security level is less than 2. This
    has been fixed.

#237764 (Bug #37836) **
    In some cases strong passwords were not being enforced
    correctly when using command line arguments. This has been
    fixed.

#237028 (Bug #37630) **
    'p4 group' will no longer save a completely empty group.

#236158 (Bug #19844) **
    This change delays a reverse DNS lookup for the trigger 
    variable 'clienthost' until it's actually needed.  

#235848 (Bug #37543) **
    'p4 diff @=<shelved change> will now show diffs for files
    which have been opened for add and shelved against their
    corresponding file(s) in the client workspace. 

#235845 (Bug #37882) **
    'p4 diff @=<shelved change> would show incorrect results
    if the change contained files which were moved. This has
    been fixed.

#233698 (Bug #12574) **
    'p4 integ' with no rev range specified could pick a non-existent 
    base revision when the first revision of the source file had 
    been obliterated, leading to a 'missing from rev table' error 
    on resolve.  This situation will now be treated as a baseless 
    integrate, using the first available revision as a base.

#233519 (Bug #29969) **
    'p4 sync' to a path that has been excluded from the workspace
    yielded a "protected namespace" error instead of a "file(s) not
    in client view" error. This has been fixed.

#232867 (Bug #37121) **
    'p4 info' command run against a p4d server on a Windows machine
    whose timezone name includes non-ascii characters would show
    a server date with the timezone corrupted.  Now, any non-ascii
    characters will prevent the timezone from being displayed.

#232454 (Bug #1870) * **
    'p4 diff2 -q' would report the confusing message "No file(s) to
    diff" if the files were identical. Now it will report "No
    differing files" instead.  Users requiring the old behavior
    for scripts or applications can set the protocol variable 'api' 
    to a pre 2010.1 value, such as 'p4 -Zapi=66 <cmd>'.


Major new functionality in 2009.2

#215740 * **
    This release brings together two commands which provide core
    infrastructure required for replication.  These commands are
    administrative only and should not be used without reading and
    understanding the available documentation.

    'p4 export' (first introduced in 2009.1) is now a fully supported
    command for extracting checkpoint and journal meta-data out of a
    Perforce repository.  See 'p4 help export' for more information.

    'p4 replicate' is a new command built into the command line
    client that polls for new journal entries from a server and
    allows them to be played into a replicating repository.
    See 'p4 help replicate' for more information.

    Please see the Perforce System Administrator's Guide for more 
    details on replication functionality and usage.

#208746 (Bug #15043) **
    Two new commands, 'p4 shelve' and 'p4 unshelve', enable 
    developers to store and retrieve files on the Perforce server 
    without submitting them.  These commands make multi-tasking, 
    code sharing, testing and review much easier and more practical.  
    Users gain access to shelved files and their content through 
    the following commands:

        'p4 describe -S change#' displays files that are shelved 
        for the specified change (along with any diffs).

        'p4 changes -s shelved' limits the output of the command
        to only those changes that have shelved files.

        'p4 fstat -e change# -Rs' displays file information for
        those files shelved at the specified change.

        'p4 diff/diff2/files/print' have access to shelved files
        through the '@=change' revision specification,  where 
        'change' is the pending changelist number.

    See 'p4 help shelve/unshelve' for more information.

Minor new functionality in 2009.2

#220795 **
    'p4 dbschema' (first introduced in 2009.1) is now a fully 
    supported command that reports database schema information.
    See 'p4 help dbschema' for more information.

#216422 **
    The variable %changeroot% is now available to change-commit 
    triggers,  its value being the root path of submitted files.

    #215113 (Bug #34319) **
    The access time updates on users and domains/clients are now
    tunable.

#214910 (Bug #35399) *
    A password specified on the command line might be visible
    in a list of processes (ps). To reduce this possibility,
        add logic to obscure memory.

#214697 (Bug #35363) **
    Deleting a user with 'p4 user -d' now checks for open files
    in a separate transaction. This approach improves concurrency 
        by reducing lock duration for the other tables.

#213147 (Bug #35353, #35354) **
    'p4 filelog' has two new flags.  The '-s' flag returns
    a shortened form of output.  The '-c changelist#' flag restricts
    output to files submitted at the given changelist.  
    See 'p4 help filelog' for details.

#209865  (Bug #35224) *
    P4PORT=rsh: can now handle quoting of spaces on UNIX.  
        Use double quotes. For example, the P4CONFIG file can contain:

    P4PORT=rsh:p4d -r "root directory"

    and "root directory" is recognized as a single argument
    (without the quotes).  A " can be specified by using "".  Note
    that, on Windows, the whole string (after the rsh:) is passed
    to cmd.exe for handling, and must obey cmd.exe's quoting
    rules.

#205590 (Bug #33826) **
    'p4 edit' and 'p4 move' now accept a '-k' flag, which
    updates the server so that it appears that a client
    workspace already has the file(s) requested.  Using this
    flag prevents files from being synced to the client workspace.

#205204 **
    'p4 change' now permits the owner of a pending changelist
        to modify the User field of a pending changelist, if
        the changelist is empty.

#203942 (Bug #32494) **
    The client/server network connection handling has been
    adjusted to prevent it from hanging.  The server logic has
        been changed so that it complements TCP's send/receive buffers
    with buffers of its own and uses polling to buffer what TCP
    won't.  With this change, the server's "himark limit" can be set
    arbitrarily high.

#203415 (Bug #34227) **
    Modify the fstat filter option to support wildcard comparisons
    for text fields.

#201673 **
    Two database tables, db.boddate and db.ixdate, have been
    combined into two other tables, db.bodtext and db.ixtext,
    to improve access times for jobs.

#199579 **
    New data type for jobspec fields: bulk. 'bulk' is like 
        'text' but the field contents are not indexed for searching 
        by 'p4 jobs -e'.

#199599 **
    Updates of the last access time for a client/label/user
    now happens only when those tables are free to be updated. 
        If no update has happened for over an hour, the
    update is forced (the command waits for the lock).

Bugs fixed in 2009.2

#260664 (Bug #40045) **
    'p4 describe -s' was taking an unnecessary shared lock out on
    the db.integed table.

#255952 (Bug #39742) **
    A performance change has been made to reduce the number of times
    that the db.monitor table is read when monitoring is in effect.

#247496 (Bug #39061) **
    'p4 unshelve' could fail to unshelve moved files if the files
    were mapped differently on the user's client workspace than
    the shelver's client workspace. This has been fixed.

#245854 (Bug #038771) **
    In rare cases traversing a large db.archmap table may cause
    a stack overflow.  This problem has been corrected.

#244299 (Bug #038062) **
    The Server's Smart Heap memory manager retained free memory
    in an internal heap free list.  Capped the level of free list
    memory retention to 4 Gbytes. (Windows x64, Linux 2.6)

#244254 (Bug #37717 ) **
    'p4 change -f -s' would fail to allow a super user to
    change the user of an empty pending change if there were
    opened files in the client's default change. This has
    been fixed.

#241894 (Bug #38580) **
    A jobview filter that specified date-field > date-value would
    incorrectly return jobs where the date-field was exactly equal
    to the date-value (that is, the > was processed as >=).
    This has been fixed.

#237368 (Bug #37964) **
    Several password and security bugs that required manipulating
    the protocol stream have been fixed.

#237994 (Bug #37073,#22531,#29638) **
    Under certain conditions a user with admin privilege could set a
    weak password for another user on a system with level 2
    security. This has been fixed.

#236925 (Bug #37956) **
    The server could crash when a table containing an invalid
    permission was being parsed to create a spec.  Fixed.

#235183 (Bug #37752) *
    Users could still erroneously submit unicode type files
    to a non-unicode enabled server by locking the files
    (via 'p4 lock') prior to submitting them. Now this
    scenario will cause the submit to fail as it should.

#232016 (Bug #37534) *
    Changes to the client/server network connection handling did not
    check for certain error conditions on windows.  An application
    could fail with the message 'WSAEWOULDBLOCK'.

#231847 (Bug #37464) *
    Allowing the P4CONFIG file to contain tunable values caused
    a regression on case insensitive clients (windows).  Any variables
    in configuration files that did not exactly match the case as
    documented would be ignored.

#231272 (Bug #37395) **
    'p4 diff -du' would diff files that had been deleted from
    a client workspace even if they were not opened. 

    #230553 (Bug #37173) *
    'p4 replicate' when run against a Unicode mode server
    would translate journal records into the P4CHARSET
    specified character set which should not happen because
    those records are expected to be in UTF 8 when loaded
    into a replica server.  'p4 replicate' will now not translate
    those journal records when in Unicode mode.

#230416 (Bug #37377) **
    Users were removed from groups during upgrade to 2009.2
    if the group db records were in 2007.2 db record format.
    This has been fixed.

    #229997 (Bug #37318) * **
    p4 export and p4 replicate did not properly handle journal
    file positions > 2Gbytes.  Fixed.

#229380 (Bug #37147) *
    Significant delays occur on Windows 64 bit platforms when
    using PowerShell with a current directory of a remote mount point.
    Fixed.

#229048 (Bug #37229) **
    'p4 shelve' could get confused if during its operation a 
    concurrent revert of the same data is executed.  Now the
    the shelve command issues a warning message and terminates. 

#228752 (Bug #37144) **
    'p4 filelog -c' would incorrectly display all revision history
    rather than starting with the revision created by the changelist
    for each file submitted.

#227737 (Bug #37083) **
    'p4 export -r' would not properly return large trait journal
    records.  Extra newlines were added which would prevent
    journal recover from working.  'p4 replicate' was affected
    by this also.  Fixed.

#227563 (Bug #36959) **
    'p4 diff -du' in some cases, where files from the workspace
    were deleted through the OS, would segmentation fault..

#225273 (Bug #36644) **
    'p4 job' would allow saving a job with a required field
    of type 'line' even if the field had not been set. This
    has been fixed to fail to save the job in this situation.

#223167 (Bug #32018, #33885) **
    'p4 integ' could produce non-optimal results when processing
    a branch view and a protection table that have many embedded
    wildcards. Typically this manifests itself by ignoring previous
    integration history and files that are synced on the client.
    This condition is now correctly detected and an error message
    output to the user.

#222817 (Bug #32962) **
    Some complex client views, when combined with other internally 
    generated views create a map with more than 10 wild card
    combinations.  These may crash the server, or fail to match
    filepaths when they should. This change detects the overflow
    and returns an error.

#222762 (Bug #36460) **
    Commands logged by a unicode mode server into the log file
    with long argument lists would elude the argument list, but
    that did not understand multi-byte characters and would
    corrupt characters around the eluded bytes.  Fixed.

#222207 (Bug #36364) **
    Editing of a job would fail if the job contains a read-only 
    timestamp within the repeated hour of the Fall time change.

#222099 (Bug #35887) **
    p4d could crash if an archive rcs file was missing a final
    '@'.  Fixed.

#221032 (Bug #34579) *
    p4 set command would not always find configuration files if
    the P4CHARSET is set to shiftjis and certain characters
    are in the current directory path.

#219888 (Bug #28251) **
    Utf16 files submitted by clients older than 2007.2 could
    be wrongly stored on the server.  These old clients are
    no longer permitted to submit utf16 files.

#219031 (Bug #34607) *
    On Windows platforms, files with unicode characters in their names
    are not created with their correct names if the P4CHARSET is
    set to a unicode charset other than utf8.  Fixed.

#218555 (Bug #19487) **
    The server consistency checker 'p4d -xx' would report missing
    spec and remote depot entries during the 'db.have vs db.rev'
    check.  This fix ignores db.have entries that originate from
    spec or remote depots.

#217700 (Bug #24167) **
    'p4 obliterate' of a spec depot file would not remove the
    archive file content.  Fixed.

    #217455 (Bug #35714) **
    'p4 submit' of a ktext file through a proxy when the ktext
    file was integrated from another file which is not in the
    proxy's cache would cause the refresh of submitted keyword
    expanded files to fail with an Illegal operation error.
    The submit would succeed but a subsequent sync would be
    needed to update keyword expanded files.  Fixed.

#217426 (Bug #13033) **
    On a non-unicode enabled server, the 'unicode' file type is not
    supported. As from 2009.2, users can no longer submit 'unicode' 
    files.  Therefore the file type must be changed to 'text' before 
    submission.  (Prior to this change unicode files were treated the
    same as text when the server was non-unicode anyway).

#213786 (Bug #35361) **
    The 'p4 changes' command now completes if the number of 
    changes is greater than the setting for maxscanrows.  
    The maxscanrows check has been disabled for the db.change 
    table on this command when no filepath is specified. 
    Excessive scanning of other tables is still enforced, however.

#213783 (Bug #35349) * ** ***
    Too many flag arguments to a command can no longer cause
    a server or client crash.  Now limited to 20 flag arguments.

#207848 (Bug #34239) **
    The 'p4 group/change/depot/license' commands no longer
    crash the server if a custom field has been added to
    the top of a spec definition (using the undocumented
    "p4 spec" command). 

#202956 (Bug #308, #14219, #14859, #18403) **
    The 'p4 diff' command flag '-du' (unified diff output)
    now produces diff files that are compatible with 
    patch. This fix changes the diff output to be compatible
    with patch; adds correct handling of lines that don't
    with a newline; and improves handling of added and 
    deleted files. Note: patch generally lacks features
    to create or delete files, so this fix only empties 
    files, it does not delete them.

#199648 (Bug #33644)
    The 'p4 fstat' flag '-mN' is now compatible with the
    "-F <filter>" flag,  and no longer returns too few results.

#199356 (Bug #23215, #28804, #32354, #33268) **
    'p4 group' now allows a member name to be used for more
    than one type in a group. Previously, the same member
    name could only be specified as either a subgroup, owner,
    or user. Also, an owner was also automatically made a user
    member of the group.  Now the same name can be used in any
    combination of user, owner and/or subgroup. Also, a group
    owner must be explicitly made a member by adding the
    name to the Users field.


Major new functionality in 2009.1

#177023 * **
    The new 'p4 move' command allows for better support for
    renaming files.  A file must be already opened for 'edit'
    or 'add' in order to be moved.  Moved files can be synced,
    resolved and diffed against the repository just like files
    opened for 'edit'.  See 'p4 help move' for more info.

Minor new functionality in 2009.1

#205042 (Bug #25229) **
    Password strength checking was not done for unicode
    mode servers.  With 2009.1 this checking is performed.
    Passwords will still need a roman letter in addition
    to unicode characters, that is they can not be purely
    non-roman letters.

#205034 (Bug #31826) **
    Most metadata tables will now have 50% more pages cached
    by default.

#195179 (Bug #1141, #13396, #17288) **
    Support for external archive access with new 'archive' trigger
    and new +X filetype modifier.  For files with the +X storage
    modifier, the server will now run a command defined with the
    'p4 triggers' command to access the file's content in the
    server archive.  Note that this new functionality partially
    addresses the above mentioned bugs but not completely.  The
    Perforce proxy does not cache +X type files: they are always
    delivered from the server.

#194895 **
    Multiple fix, form, or auth triggers with the same name 
    will now all be run.  Previously, only the first would be
    run.  That was consistent with change triggers, but an
    unneeded restriction.

#193862 (Bug #25041) **
    Change p4 delete to allow 'virtual delete' -- deletion 
    of files in the depot without first syncing them into the 
    client workspace. Implemented with a new flag, -v.

#191989 (Bug #27021) **
    The new 'p4 logtail' command returns error log data to 
    the client with an offset value for getting updates. 
    See 'p4 help logtail' for more information.

#191795 (Bug #18774, #27387) **
    The limit on RCS files of 1.5GB has been lifted, and p4d
    now supports arbitrarily large RCS files on server platforms
    that support 64 bit file sizes (most all nowadays).  Further,
    the limitation of 50M lines on any single revision has also
    been lifted.  RCS files are used by p4d to store text files
    revisions.

    It is still a better idea to treat very large text files
    as type 'ctype' (so that they are stored as compressed text
    files on the server), but the regular text type may now be
    used for any size file -- it may just be slower than ctext
    to access a large RCS archive.

#191373 **
    p4d journal commands such as 'p4d -jr' will now honor the
    -q flag to suppress messages.

#190670 **
    Commands with no revision specifier (head revision only) will 
    see an improvement in the compute phase time. By reducing the 
    amount of internal record copying lock times of certain 
    commands have been reduced as much as 10%.

#190515 **
    'p4 submit' now batches database updates during the transfer
    phase.  This change improves concurrency by reducing the number 
    of lock requests.

#190322 **
    'p4 edit', 'p4 integ' and 'p4 revert' updates to database
    tables have been improved by dynamically changing the batch
    size. Previously the number of rows updated was fixed at 100.
    In this release the update batch size is adaptively increased
    when the database tables are busy.

#189833 **
    The performance of 'p4 edit' has been improved by batching 
    its updates to benefit from the internal cache and a reduction 
    in lock requests.  

#189522 (Bug #32565) **
    Modify fstat to report adds by other users when two users
    have the same depot path open for add at the same time.
    Prior to this change only 'p4 opened' reports this. Now fstat
    generates a similar message.

#186609 **
    'p4 filelog' will automatically follow the history of files
    that were renamed with the new 'p4 move' command.

#183505 (Bug #6603) **
    A new flag '-u user' for 'p4 opened' restricts the output
    to files opened by the specified user.

#175099 (Bug #21832) **
    A new option '-z' for 'p4 verify' allows the user to choose
    to skip verifying any duplicate archive files for that
    command. Note that the output may report a lazy copy
    revision if it happens to be the first revision in the
    sort order to access a common archive file. That may
    be confusing, but it's correct behavior.

#166067 (Bug #30784) **
    A new flag '-T fields' for 'p4 fstat' allows the user to choose 
    which fields are included in the fstat output.
    See 'p4 help fstat' for more info.

#174443 (Bug #31190) **
    A new flag '-t' for 'p4 labels' allows the user to choose to
    output the date and time of the label instead of just the 
    date.

Bugs fixed in 2009.1

#247476 (Bugs #34562,#36123) **
    Recovering from a journal which was truncated, or which was
    unreadable due to I/O errors, could result in a crash instead of
    an error message describing the journal file problem. Fixed.

#216895 (Bug #35295) **
    'p4 revert' of a moved file could sometimes leave the client
    with the 'move/delete' half of the rename.  Fixed.

#212299 **
    A 'change-commit' trigger could be erroneously fired during 
    submit even though the target file had been reverted.  This
    would only happen if the files were submitted with the option 
    'revertUnchanged'.  (Bug #34819).

#208500 (Bug #34730) **
    The Perforce Server on Linux (32-bit) would fail to
    start or log errors if a database file exceeded 2 Gbytes.
    This platform has been fixed to correctly support large
    files.

#205435 (Bug #32494) **
    On certain platforms (Linux, Solaris), the client/server
    connection could hang due to deadlock.  This change lowers
    the 'himark' (buffer value) to prevent this.

#205388 (Bug #34466) **
    'p4 filelog -m -i' was inconsistent in its output, this has
    been fixed.  Previous versions would define 'maxRevs' on
    revisions of files output rather than the files specified
    on the file[rev] argument.  Users requiring the old behaviour
    for scripts or applications can set the protocol variable 'api' 
    to a pre 2009.1 value for example -Zapi=64.

#205051 (Bug #32792) **
    p4 resolve would report incorrect keyword differences
    if either the base or theirs files were ktext files
    which were branched from text files which had expanded
    keyword fields as their original text forms.
    Fixed by explicitly removing keyword expansion from ktext
    base and theirs files during resolve.

#200645 (Bug #33896) *
    Tagged output (or other than C++ apis) from 'p4 jobs'
    against a unicode server with user defined fields which
    are not translatable into the P4CHARSET could crash
    the p4 command line or other p4 api programs.

#200638 (Bug #33983) *
    p4 set would not allow the P4CHARSET variable to be cleared on
    Windows platforms.  It could be set to 'none' however.  Fixed.

#199805 (Bug #32202) **
    The fstat filter flag '-F' operators '<' and '<=' were reversed
    in their operation behavior,  this has been fixed.

#199277 (Bug #33645) **
    The fstat flag '-r' (reverse order) would not reverse output
    when used with the '-Sr' (sort by revision).  This has been
    fixed.

#192904 (Bug #32200) **
    'p4 obliterate' was not providing accurate journal information
    for non-key record data.  Although this doesn't break journal 
    replay,  it has been fixed for improved accuracy and diagnostic 
    benefits.

#192695 (Bug #14789) **
    'p4 info' now reports the server IP address from the 
    license file if it is available.

#188592 (Bug #28540) * **
    'p4 add' upon detecting a text file assigns the filetype
    'text'.  This is not optimal for large files.  The default
    will change to 'ctext' if the added file is greater than
    10MB.

#188212 (Bug #28268) *
    Undocumented 'p4d -jds' crash fixed.  This operation is
    still not meant for regular production use.

#168530 (Bugs #6390, #31344) *
    'p4 revert' would fail to revert a file if the type changed
    from symlink to text (or visa versa) and the contents remained 
    unchanged.

#186041 (Bug #32335) * 
    'p4 -R' would crash when reading strings with lengths in
    the ranges: 128-255, 32768-65535. This has been fixed.

#182939 (Bug #31755) *
    The 'p4' command would search for a P4CONFIG file from
    the real current directory prior to the directory
    specified with the '-d' option which could cause
    automounter problems.  Fixed.

#176992 (Bug #31375) **
    'p4 obliterate -y' would fail to purge a revision 
    immediately prior to a deleted revision as a result of a
    bug introduced in 2008.1. This has been fixed.

#172617 (Bug #31503) **
    The server could crash if the db.trigger table was locked when
    accessed. This could happen if, for instance, the files were 
    opened by anti-virus programs examining them. Fixed.


Major new functionality in 2008.2

Support for Zeroconf (service registration and discovery) * ** ***

    Perforce servers can now register their service using multicast
    DNS. The service type for the server and proxy is '_p4._tcp'.  
    By registering a human-readable name as a service it is
    possible to browse for perforce servers using standard DNS
    service discovery utilities.

    example register

    % p4d -0 -In "artists store" -p 4211 -r /usr/dep/art

    example browse (using bonjour dns-sd utility)

    % dns-sd -B _p4._tcp

    Timestamp     A/R Flags if Domain   Service Type  Instance Name
    15:00:03.330  Add     3  4 local.   _p4._tcp.      graphics-dev
    15:00:03.330  Add     3  4 local.   _p4._tcp.      code-dev

    The perforce command line also has a built-in browse command
    'p4 browse'.  

    To establish a connection to the server using the human
    readable name,  simply use it where you would usually specify
    P4PORT.

    example connect

    % p4 -p "artists store" info

    Although this works seamlessly on Mac OSX most platforms will
    require some software installation or configuration to make 
    use of this new feature.  Note on linux and freebsd perforce
    dynamically loads the avahi implementation for zeroconf services
    rather than apple's bonjour implementation.

    Registration is available also with p4p, p4ftp and p4web. 

    Note:  Authentication will not succeed through any process that
           sits between the client and the server. This restriction
           is required to prevent unauthorized server access. 
           (consequently registering p4p is generally of little
       use). This restriction is also true when trying to
       connect to old 2007.3 servers, since they do not have
       the extra security protocol support.

Minor new functionality in 2008.2

#165397 (Bug #30393) * **
    'p4 -z tag', which produces 'tagged' output like 'p4 fstat'
    is now supported.  It has long been present but undocumented.

#163750 (Bug #29931) **
    'p4 admin' has new command options to report the sizes of
    the db tables, journal and log files. 'p4 admin dbstat -s'
    reports the sizes of the db tables. 'p4 admin logstat' 
    reports the sizes of the journal, error log (if it exists),
    and audit log (if it exists).

#163087 (Bug #8941) **
    'p4 changes @change,@change' and 'p4 changes
    @datetime,@datetime' have been sped up by using the db.change
    table directly.  Apart from generally being much faster,
    commands with this syntax will also report changes that have
    no files attached due to obliteration.

#161413 (Bug #29930) **
    'p4 sizes' has a new flag (-z)  which will ignore lazy copies
    when summing up the file sizes for a path.

#159758 (Bug #26621) **
    A new flag '-F filter' for 'p4 fstat' allows the user to limit 
    the output to files satisfying the expression given as
    'filter'.  See 'p4 help fstat' for more info.

#156356 **
    'p4 sync' locking has been changed to improve concurrency 
    during very long compute cycles.  The new algorithm allows
    for early release of locks on the db.have table.  The
    combination of this change and #155509 should result in
    less demand for the lock on the db.have table.

#155509 **
    'p4 sync' updates to the db.have table have been improved by 
    dynamically changing the batch size.  Previously the number of
    rows updated was fixed at 100. In this release the update batch
    size is adaptively increased when the db.have table is busy.

Bugs fixed in 2008.2

#189734 (Bug #32494) **
    The new tcp buffer calculation could cause a deadlock in
    client/server communications.  This problem was only detected
    on configurations involving Solaris or Linux.  Due to the
    complications of platform specific tcp implementations the
    algorithm has been reworked to make allowances for certain
    eccentricities. 

#188676 (Bug #32384) *
    'p4 resolve' using the automatic option could crash the client
    application when running on windows.  This would only happen
    if the 'theirs' file had been locked by another windows
    application e.g. microsoft word.

#188603 (Bug #31933) **
    A user with a complicated view map could crash the server
    by creating a spec using '-i' or editing a spec to use
    a name which contains '%%<somenumber>'. This has
    been fixed.

#187408 (Bug #32247) **
    'p4 opened -C' with a non existent client spec causes the server
    instance to terminate abnormally.  Fixed.

#185697 (Bug #32178) *
    'p4 browse' could return an invalid error message when no
    Perforce services were available.

#185416 (Bug #32266) *
    Setting P4CHARSET via 'p4 set' on Windows platforms
    to an invalid value could not be reset to a correct value.
    Fixed and P4CHARSET setting restricted to legal values.

#185329 (Bug #32255) **
    Submitting a keyword expanded file (+k) which was integrated
    to and resolved with an ignore (-ay) might falsely trigger
    the tamper check reporting and fail to submit.  Fixed.

#185198 (Bug #32138) *
    'p4 login', and 'p4 passwd' did not work on AS/400 and MVS
    due to problems in ASCII/EBCDIC conversion. This problem has
    been corrected.

#187080 (Bug #31946, #32428) * **
    'p4 admin dbstat -s' and 'p4 admin logstat' could report
    negative file size when the file size exceeds 2GB. This has
    been fixed.

#184476 (Bug #31737) **
    Excessive wildcard use in client views could crash the
    ntx64/p4d server under circumstances that would be handled
    correctly by the ntx86/p4d server. It was discovered
    that the 64-bit version of the windows server requires more 
    stack space to perform commands involving excessive wildcard
    usage in client mappings. This has been resolved so that the 
    ntx6/p4d process behaves similarly to the ntx86/p4d.

#181214 (Bug #31771) **
     'p4 fstat -F' with a filter that contains a not (^) crashes
     the Perforce server. This has been fixed.

#183252 (Bug #31952) **
    A failure to open a temporary file during submit of a
    compressed file could lead to a server crash.  This problem
    could occur on a windows server only.  Fixed.

#168149 (Bug #30403) **
    'p4 admin updatespecdepot' had a memory leak. This has
    been fixed.

#167560 (Bug #30910) * **
    'p4 resolve' run interactively with 'accept theirs' after
    a 'p4 integrate -t' which will change the target file type
    from symlink into something else did not record the new
    file type properly such that a following 'p4 integrate -f -t'
    followed by 'p4 resolve' would produce an error.  Fixed.
    If an old client is used with a new server in this case,
    the resolved file will be left read-write when it should
    be read-only, using a new client prevents this.

#166870 (Bug #30750) **
    'p4 annotate -i' using a revision range erroneously applied
    that range to the source as well as the target. Now the range
    is correctly only applied to the target, and the data
    originating from the source will now be credited from all
    of its revisions.

#165299 (Bug #18774) **
    The 1.5GB maximum size for an RCS checkin has now been imposed
    on non memory-mapped I/O available systems. Some 64-bit
    platforms could exceed the maximum which would make file
    archives incompatible.

#165270 (Bug #30647) *
    'p4 sync -f' would fail to update the db.have table correctly
    if a previous refreshed file had encountered an error.  This
    has been fixed.

#165134 (Bug #30569) **
    'p4 submit -t' would still submit a changelist even though
    one of the files had been tampered with and reported to
    the user.  This has been fixed.

#164667 (Bug #26025) *
    'p4 tickets' would report garbage characters if p4v was
    used to login via a ticket and the server is in unicode mode
    with a P4CHARSET not utf8.  This fix causes the user name
    in the ticket file to always be stored in utf8 and translated
    as needed to P4CHARSET.  Ticket entries from old clients
    may no longer be compatible as they may have been stored
    with other character encodings than utf8.  When a
    character in the ticket file can not be translated it
    will now appear as '?'.

#164511 (Bug #30640) **
    'p4 diff -sb' could sometimes return a confusing error: 
    "Can't find  in depot map",  this has been fixed.

#164280 (Bug #29205) **
    Multiple integrations and resolves where an earlier resolve
    required an edit and the later resolve(s) were 'accept yours'
    could falsely trigger a tamper check error.  Fixed.

#164153 (Bug #30136) **
    'p4 edit -t <filetype>' was not changing the mode of
    the file immediately as it had in 2007.2 and earlier.
    Fixed.

#163731 (Bug #29609) **
    'p4 annotate' using a revision range scanned the db.rev
    table beyond the file being annotated. This has been fixed.

#163482 (Bug #15660) **
    The Spec depot now handles spec names with characters in
    them that are illegal characters in the spec depot 
    filesystem.  For example ':' is a legal character for 
    a client workspace name but is an illegal character on
    a windows filesystem.

#163028 (Bug #29993) **
    Tagged output for 'p4 counter' did not report the value
    of the counter being set. This has been fixed.

#162617 (Bug #30352) **
    Tagged output for 'p4 groups -v' caused a memory leak.
    This has been fixed.

#162324 (Bug #30404) **
    'p4 admin lockstat' caused a small memory leak.  
    This has been fixed.

#161719 (Bug #30247) *
    'p4 login user' against a unicode enabled server would
    overwrite the originating users ticket rather than generating
    a new ticket for the supplied user.  This has been fixed.

#161285 (Bug #30304) **
    The metadata btrees may lose track of a free page
    when a row delete causes several levels of btree nodes
    to be freed.  This is very rare and does not damage
    the data stored in the btree file.  Fixed.

#159549 (Bug #29916) **
    'p4 info' using tagged protocol now reports the client's
    current working directory.

#158730 (Bug #29951) *
    'p4 login' could create multiple ticket entries in the
    Perforce ticket file for the same user. This would happen
    when executing multiple logins (mixed case username)
    against a case insensitive server (windows).  Fixed.

#157167 (Bug #10490) **
    'p4 labelsync' and 'p4 tag' now only require 'list'
    permission.


Major new functionality in 2008.1

Performance improvements - #135973, #149641, #148921 **

    1) Server Lock acquisition

        The algorithm to lock database tables has been changed to
        prevent wedging.  Some commands,  for example 'p4 client
        -d' need to writelock a large group of tables.  Previous
        server versions acquired locks in a blocking fashion.  This
        new algorithm will release previously acquired locks if
        another command is holding onto a lock which would cause it
        to block. After a third attempt to acquire the necessary
        locks in this fashion fails,  the command will fallback to
        a blocking mode.

    2) Connection protocol * ***

        TCP connections between Perforce processes; clients,
        proxies and servers, now discover network buffering levels
        and make better use of that buffer space.  Performance
        should be improved especially for long proxy to server
        connections.

    3) Proxy compression (Bug #16398, #28490) ***

        Uncompress of binary files can be done on the client
        instead of the server when the proxy is in use.  Both the
        server and new proxy are required.

Command improvements - #138839, #145664, #144624, #149074 
               (Bug #9314, #28223, #26563, #27706,
               #28452) **

    1) 'p4 fstat'

        'p4 fstat' has been optimized to reduce memory allocation
        and improve performance.  The result of this optimization 
        is a 40% decrease in memory usage and a 30% speedup of the 
        compute phase.

    2) 'p4 changes'

        'p4 changes -m max <filepath>' optimization has been
        improved for this release.  Performance of this command is
        now less dependent on filepath depth or number of changes
        specified.  The new algorithm makes use of a field in the
        db.change table, which is calculated on submit or (for
        existing changes) by a 2008.1 upgrade.

    3) 'p4 integrate'

        'p4 integrate' has been sped up (again), markedly in cases
        where there is much integration history between the source
        and the target.

    4) 'p4 obliterate'

        'p4 obliterate' has been sped up, sometimes significantly,
        when obliterating many files in a repository with a large
        db.archmap table.  (Tested with db.archmap with >100,000
        entries.)

New admin command - #137848 **

        New command 'p4 admin lockstat' reports the read or write
        lock status for each database table.

Minor new functionality in 2008.1

#152278 **
    'p4 protect' now allows specification of permission 'rights'.
    Previously, 'p4 protect' only allowed using permission levels 
    which include the specified access (ie 'read') and also all
    of its lesser permissions (ie 'read' = 'read' + 'list').
    Permission rights make it possible to deny individual rights
    without having to re-grant lesser rights.  The new 
    permission rights are '=read', '=branch', '=open',
    and '=write'. This functionality was previously undocumented,
    and is now fully supported for 2008.1.

#151491 (Bug #2362, #18057, #19935) **
    'p4 group' fields MaxScanRows, MaxResults, MaxLockTime,
    and Timeout now use the value 'unlimited' to specify no
    limit for a parameter regardless of the limits 
    imposed by a user's other groups. The value of 'unset'
    is used to specify no limit, but this will be
    trumped by any other limit for that parameter imposed by
    a user's other groups. Old group specs with this server
    will have the values of 'unlimited' replaced with 'unset',
    and members of all groups should have the same behavior
    as before. Similarly, Timeout of '0' will be replaced
    with 'unset', and also '0' Timeout will no longer be
    allowed for this field (use 'unset'). 

#150806 (Bug #6554) **
    A new flag '-e nameFilter' for 'p4 labels/clients/branches'
    allows the user to limit the query using wildcards. This is
    very useful for sites that have a large collection of these
    domains.

    e.g.  p4 labels -e "*sep*2000*" //depot/main/releases/...

#146787 (Bug #26473) **
    'p4 triggers' can now make triggers on 'p4 triggers'.
    Previously, triggers were specifically excluded to avoid
    trouble.  If a broken trigger is installed that prevents
    the 'p4 triggers' command from working, the only recourse
    is to rename or remove the db.triggers file from the
    server root directory.

#146678 (Bug #9471) **
    'p4 jobspec' can now specify the default status for fixes
    created by 'p4 fix' and 'p4 change'.  (It had been hardwired
    to "closed".)  This default status is given in the jobspec's
    Presets value for the Status field, as an optional 2nd value
    preceded by the string "fix/", e.g. "Status open,fix/fixed"
    makes the default value for job status "open" but fix status
    "fixed".  The fix status replaces the job status when the
    associated change is submitted.  The new special fix status
    "same" leaves the existing job status in place.

#146676 **
    'p4 fix' and 'p4 fixes' now report the job status associated
    with the fix in all cases.  Previously the status was
    suppressed if it was the status "closed".

#141168 (Bug #1340) **
    'p4 info' now reports the uptime of the Perforce Server.

#140525 (Bug #27198) **
    The performance of 'p4 revert' has been improved by batching 
    its updates to benefit from the internal cache and a reduction 
    in lock requests.

#140369 (Bug #27287) **
    Change-commit triggers now use a new script variable,
    oldchangelist, to report the pre-commit changelist number.

#138643 (Bug #6096) **
    Counters managed by 'p4 counter' can now be any string, not
    just a number.

#137438 **
    After a submit has completed,  ktext files need to have
    their digest and size recalculated.  Previously updates
    of the db.rev and db.revhx tables happened individually 
    for each file. These updates are now batched.  This change 
    results in fewer lock requests,  potentially improving the
    total elapsed time for submit.

#139128 (Bug #26301) **
    'p4 fstat' has two new flags.  The '-S' flag is used to request
    a different sort order for output.  The '-r' flag will reverse
    the output order.  See 'p4 help fstat' for details.

#134117 **
    New server identification startup flags:

    p4d -In <name>
    Specify a unique identifiable name for your server.  
        This name is visible with 'p4 -ztag info' output.

    p4d -Id <description>
        Specify an identifiable comment for your server.  
        This description is visible with 'p4 -ztag info' output.

Bugs fixed in 2008.1

#179182 (Bug #31775) **
    'p4 sync -p' via the proxy did not transfer files which
    were not in the proxy's cache.  Fixed.

#175236 (Bug #31596) **
    When using the proxy, 'p4 print' of binary files without
    the '-o' flag would be output as compressed and possibly
    output twice in a row.  Fixed.

#174121 (Bug #31547) **
    'p4 monitor' with the options '-a' or '-ae' could crash the
    Perforce server (on windows only).  This has been fixed.

#171553 (Bug #29148) **
    'p4 integrate' has been modified so that changes which have
    been copied out of and back into the same branch will now be
    candidates for re-integration into other branches.  This
    should make synchronizing branches after forced integrations
    easier, at the cost of scheduling extra integrations in some
    cases.

#168144 (Bug #30753) *
    Shell wildcard expansion on Windows can once again be disabled
    by double quoting arguments.

#164029 (Bug #30616) **
    Using 'p4 -x' with many thousands of files would take longer
    due to an optimization that was made for the more general
    use of Perforce.  This optimization became a penalty for
    single file operations.  Fixed.

#161164 (Bug #30289) **
    'p4 admin lockstat' had a protocol error which caused 
    p4v (and possibly other client applications) to generate 
    incorrect results if used jointly with another command
    using tagged output. This has been fixed.

#160022 (Bug #29974) **
    The new tcp buffer calculation could be too aggressive
    on some platforms (causing a deadlock in client/server
    communications).  The algorithm has been tweaked to 
    prevent this from happening.

#158746 (Bug #29943) **
    Change #153657 introduced a regression that could cause
    'p4 integ' to scan the db.integed table excessively.
    This has been corrected.

#156864 (Bug #29811) **
    'p4 integrate' of temporary files followed by 'p4 resolve -at'
    done multiple times with the same target file before a
    submit would not submit the final resolve but instead
    the first resolved file.  Fixed.

#156771 (Bug #12510) **
    Commas are no longer allowed as part of branch, client,
    depot, or label names. Existing entities containing
    commas in their names can still be accessed, but no new 
    clients, branches, depots or labels can be created with 
    commas in their names.

#154569 (Bug #29250) **
    'p4 user -f' or 'p4 user -f -i' would allow creation of
    new users with all-numeric user names. This has been
    fixed to work as intended, which is to disallow 
    all-numeric user names.

#153657 (Bug #20413, #29176) **
    'p4 integrate' has been adjusted to detect when a revision
    has been integrated out and then back into the same file,
    and to suppress integrating the later revision into another
    file if the original revision has already been.  

#152854 (Bug #28635) **
    The proxy was storing revisions which were lazy copied
    between different local depots in multiple locations.
    Fixed.

#149573 (Bug #25380, #28412) **
    'p4 change -u' no longer requires both the username and 
    workspace of the user to match those of the owner of the 
    submitted change. Now only the username needs to match.

#149297 (Bug #22108) *
    'p4 set' will now report on the P4POPTIONS variable.

#149109 (Bug #28605) **
    Editing a client spec form with 'p4 client' can reset
    'LineEnd' or 'SubmitOptions' to their default values.  This
    problem only occurred if the 'Options' field was processed
    after either of the other two (usually through the api).

#147069 (Bug #25357) **
    'p4 obliterate' now purges archive files in numerical order
    rather than alphanumeric.  Removing RCS revisions in the
    correct ascending order is much faster.

#146485 (Bug #13892) **
    p4d will now report a non-zero exit status and a summary
    error message of journal files skipped due to recovering
    those files out of sequence.

#146472 (Bug #26042) *
    'p4 set' on the Windows platform did not always find the
    right P4CONFIG file when the P4CHARSET is set to shiftjis.
    Fixed.

#144699 (Bug #27493) **
    'p4 sync' to a deleted revision using tagged protocol no
    longer reports a bogus file size in its summary data.

#142417 (Bug #452, #2061, #6339, #10563, #20914) **
    'p4 integrate' and 'p4 diff2' could produce misleading error
    messages when trying to explain why there was no output.
    The most common message was 'No target files in both client
    and branch view.'  Now this message has been augmented with
    a number of more specific error messages, and the correct
    argument (source file or target file) is displayed with the
    error message.

#142061 **
    A user with only an unmapping access line in 'p4 protect'
    (e.g. 'list user * * -//...') could still cause a license
    to be consumed.  Now such a user gets the same response
    ("Access for user 'xxx' has not been enabled by 'p4
    protect'.") as with no access at all.

#141985 (Bug #26279, #23447, #22998, #18164, #16797, #13491,
         #26793) **
    'p4 help' for diff, diff2, describe, annotate, and resolve
    have been updated to clarify the usage and behavior of 
    -d<flags> and -s<flag> diff options. The server's usage messages 
    have also been updated.

#141042 (Bug #3539, #5899) **
    Users may now revert their own files so long as they have at 
    least "list" permission on the files to be reverted.
    Previously 'p4 revert' required at least "open" permission to
    revert files.


Major new functionality in 2007.3

Ability to specify group owners - (Bug #1591, #9600) **

    'p4 group' has a new 'Owner' field which is used
    to specify users allowed to modify the group
    spec without SUPER permission. Owners may change or
    even delete a group via the new 'p4 group -a' 
    command. Owners are members of their owned group, 
    but with enhanced privilege to also administer the group.

Performance improvements - #122007, #124181, #124726,
                               #128272 **

    'p4 integrate' locking changes.

        To improve concurrency during very long complicated 
        integrate compute cycles,  database queries have been 
        modified.  The new algorithm allows for early release 
        of locks on the db.working, db.have, db.locks and 
        db.resolve tables.  Besides a significant reduction 
        in the time that "update" commands have to wait, the 
        overall elapsed time for a branch has been reduced by 
        as much as 25%.

    'p4 submit' locking changes.

        A rewrite of the commit phase for 'p4 submit' in a 
        previous version improved concurrency for a number 
        of commands.  This has now been extended to commands 
        that make use of the db.counters table.  For example
        'p4 change' can run concurrently during the first
        (and longest) commit phase of a large branch submit. 

    'p4 sync' locking changes.

        Sync has been modified so that during its compute
        phase it is less likely to block commands that need
        access to the db.resolve table.  This allows commands
        like 'p4 revert' to operate during this time.  Also
        initial syncs or 'p4 sync -p' operations will no longer
        read lock the db.have table,  thus allowing concurrent
        syncs update access to this table.

    'p4 labels' locking changes.

        When used with a file argument 'p4 labels' attempts to
        cache all of the file db.rev data so that the lock on that
        table can be released early.  Sites that have a very large 
        number of labels and run 'p4 labels <filepath>' will no 
        longer wedge the server,  only 'p4 labelsync' commands 
        will have to wait.

    Cache management change.

        Caching of disk pages has changed. Pages are written
    earlier to avoid writing too many pages together
    when table locks are released.  This also reduces
    memory and cpu usage by the metadata cache system.

    TCP buffering change.

    Perforce clients, servers, and proxies will attempt
    to increase TCP send and receive buffers to 32Kbytes
    if those buffers are less than that amount.  This can
    improve network performance on high latency networks.

Minor new functionality in 2007.3

#132766 (Bug #6964) **
    'p4 sync' and 'p4 integ' with large data sets and large
    protections tables now consume less CPU than before.

#132360 **
    Protections have been tidied up in a few odd cases: 'p4 dirs
    -H', 'p4 have', 'p4 labelsync', and 'p4 opened' now require
    having 'list' access.

#130733 (Bug #25273) **
    'p4 groups -v [group]' provides summary data for the named
    group, much like 'p4 users [user]'.

#130372 (Bug #7546) **
    Trigger standard output is now passed to the client on success
    as well as failure.  As previously, on trigger failure an
    error is sent to the client with the standard output embedded.
    Now, on trigger success a message is sent to the client with
    the standard output, unadorned.  Previously the output was
    discarded on trigger success.  Users can force the old
    behavior by setting the "api" protocol level to 61 or less
    with 'p4 -Zapi=61 <command>'.

#129728 **
    'p4d -jc' and 'p4d -jj' now only hold read locks on the
    database files, allowing read operations in the server to
    continue.  The db.counters file is still locked, as it is
    updated.

#129045 (Bug #10866) ** ***
    Proxy will now cache files as they are submitted
    through the proxy.  A new cache validation system
    based on MD5 signatures is being used.  If a new
    proxy is working with an old server, the old timestamp
    validation is used.  Recommend running "p4 verify" to
    assure that the p4d server has MD5 signatures computed
    as the proxy will not validate its cache for revisions
    which the p4d server does not have an MD5 signature.

#127926 (Bug #24825) **
    'p4 filelog' now sports a '-h' option.  This option allows 
    the user to follow 'branch from' and 'copy from' integration
    history.  For more details see 'p4 help filelog'.

#125001 (Bug #21537, #24909) **
    Journal rotation with 'p4d -jc' or 'p4d -jj' is now an
    instantaneous rename (rather than a copy) on UNIX. 
    The -z flag (compress checkpoint/journal) still copies.

#124026 (Bug #3372) **
    'p4 protect' entries may now use CIDR syntax for
    IP address specification.  For example "172.16.0.0/16"
    would match all IPv4 addresses which start with 172.16.
    You cannot combine wildcards with CIDR notation except
    at the start to allow proxy or no proxy matching.

#129897 (Bug #25366) **
    'p4 change' now allows the user to modify the client of
    a pending changelist,  provided there are no open files.

Bugs fixed in 2007.3

#159007 **
    The 64-bit windows Perforce server version now handles 
    exceptions caused by invalid parameters. This is necessary
    due to a change in the way that microsoft is now  handling 
    artificial C runtime faults. (Bug #27279).

#152382 (Bug #29016) **
    Sometimes 'p4 integrate' would find a distant base when
    cherry picking revisions to integrate.  Now 'p4 integrate'
    insists that the base be the revision before the first
    revision being integrated when cherry picking revisions.

#152296 (Bug #28853) **
    'p4 submit' could report "No files to submit" if the
    combination of client mapped files and protections table 
    exceeded an internal limit.  This limit was incorrectly 
    reached on case-insensitive Servers (Windows) by repeated
    values in a generated map.  This has been fixed.

#149704 (Bug #28659) **
    'p4 integrate' could skip integrations in the face of
    large branch views coupled with large protection tables.
    This has been corrected.

#149541 (Bug #28422) **
    'p4 integrate' could report "no permission on file(s)" if
    the protections managed by 'p4 protect' had excessive
    wildcards (too many ...'s in too many entries).  Now 'p4
    integrate' should be no more sensitive than other commands to
    the number of wildcards in protections, and in any event
    should fail with a more appropriate message ("too many
    wildcards").

#145613 (Bug #27892) **
    Change #130372 caused a server with a form-out
    spec trigger that generates standard output upon success
    to crash when a user issued 'p4 spec' or 'p4 jobspec'. 
    Form-out trigger standard output upon success also caused 
    command-line options to be ignored during execution of 
    'p4 change', 'p4 group', or 'p4 submit' commands that fire 
    the trigger.  This has been fixed.

#143891 (Bug #27919) **
    'p4 change' would take out unnecessary write locks on 
    certain tables. This has been fixed.

#143551 (Bug #27922) **
    Change #142077 could cause a truncation error bug, if the
    journal file supplied with the -J option was in a different
    file system.  This has been fixed.

#142077 (Bug #27607) **
    Some Unix platforms (Solaris, HPUX, AIX) would fail trying
    to rotate the journal file.  This has been fixed.

#141953 (Bug 27585) *
    Change #127617 caused P4EDITOR, P4DIFF, and P4MERGE 
    settings with spaces to no longer be broken apart into 
    distinct arguments on non-Windows platforms.  This has been
    fixed.  Windows clients continue to treat all parts of the 
    command before the first +, -, or / as an executable path.

#141402 (Bug #27504) **
    'p4 client/label/branch -d' would request write locks
    of database tables that were not required for its
    operation.  This has been fixed.

#139650 (Bug #26763) **
    Rpc inbound and outbound sizes in bytes were sometimes
    incorrectly reported as negative when server tracking
    had been enabled. This has been fixed.

#139099 (Bug #25684, #24578) **
    Rpc inbound size in bytes was incorrectly reported
    to be zero when server tracking had been enabled.
    This has been fixed.

#138968 (Bug #27061) **
    Change #119708 introduced a regression causing
    'p4 revert -k' to fail to report results of a
    successful revert when using tagged protocol.
    This has been fixed.

#137032 **
    Upgrading to 2007.3 will rebuild db.archmap and db.view
    (haveMap entries).  This upgrade will fix bad data which 
    was introduced by bug #24943 and previously patched 
    on-the-fly by change #136742.

#136601 (Bug #26468) **
    Failure to connect to a remote depot resulted in a
    garbled error message. This has been fixed.

#133838 (Bug #25794) **
    'p4 help protects' clarifies the behavior of
    the '-m' flag by noting that it does not report
    exclusionary mappings.

#133764 (Bug #26005) *
    'p4 set -S <service>' will now print $P4AUDIT if it is set.

#133327 (Bug #25771) **
    'p4 submit' would let you update the changelist form with
    files not currently open for add/edit.  Although these files
    would be ignored, the error would not be reported.  This has
    been fixed.

#133189 (Bug #26009) **
    The change #117342 introduced a regression that 
    would prevent the use of 'p4 login' against a server
    that failed to find a reverse DNS entry. This has been
    fixed.

#132920 (Bug #25968) **
    Very small journal files concatenated together might fail
    to replay with 'p4d -jr'.  This has been corrected.

#130369 (Bug #25408) **
    Issuing a 'p4 unlock' of a file which someone else was 
    submitting might not always be detected.  This has been fixed.  

#130219 (Bug #12532) **
    'db.monitor' entries are not journalled but are incorrectly
    checkpointed.  This has been fixed.

#130201 (Bug #25326) **
    Fixed memory leak on 'p4 sizes' in summary mode.

#129956 (Bug #25373) **
    Fixed tiny memory leak when a query string is missing
    the right-hand side of a relational operation.

#129950 (Bug #25347, #25371) **
    Corrected processing of search queries which contain mixed
    case and wildcards. Searching is case insensitive. 

#129925 (Bug @25349) **
    Update the spec depot and index remaining content of jobs
    when a field contains a word which is extremely long. 
    Note that these words will not be indexed.

#129820 (Bug #25340) **
    'p4 change -d' would make an unnecessary scan of the 
    'db.working' table.  This could take a long time on 
    large sites with many open files.  Fixed.

#129045 (Bug #25274) **
    'p4 sync -p' run through the proxy would update
    the have list when the proxy needs to bring over
    a revision from the server.  Fixed.

#129045 (Bug #23408) ** ***
    The proxy can effectively cache files with a zero
    modtime.

#129045 (Bug #22802) ***
    'p4 -Zproxyverbose print' will now report if the proxy
    cache was used to satisfy the command.

#128995 (Bug #11155) **
    'p4 protect' now describes the 'admin' mode in the
    comments section.

#128595 (Bug #25245, #18873, #21511) **
    Corrected underlying issue which caused the server to
    fail with 'integbatch: too many handles!' or
    'syncbatch: too many handles!' errors.

#128356 (Bug #24800) **
    A perforce server will shutdown with the message 
    "License expired" even when a new license with a valid
    expire date is put in place (either manually or with
    the 'p4 license' command).  This only happened if the
    license that the server was originally started with 
    became out of date.

#128087 (Bug #17988) **
    Failed authentication attempts are now recorded in the 
    server error log.

#127651 (Bug #10125) **
    'p4 submit' of files imported from a remote depot could
    fail with the following error:

    Operation: dm-SubmitChange
    Operation 'dm-SubmitChange' failed.

    <filename> is missing from the rev table.

    This has been fixed.

#127617 (Bug #690, #5297, #24174) *
    Spaces in P4EDITOR, P4DIFF, and P4MERGE are now handled
    differently on Windows and UNIX.  On UNIX, as before, separate
    words are treated as the command name and initial arguments.
    On Windows, separate words are treated as the command name
    (with embedded spaces), until a word begins with +, -, or /, 
    which is assumed to introduce initial arguments.  

#127480 (Bug #20986) **
    'p4 diff2 -u' incorrectly included binary files,  which
    could result in unreadable binary diffs.  This has been
    changed.  Now binary files are only force diffed when
    the '-t' option is used.

#127031 (Bug #23377) **
    Server audit output '-A auditlog' could also end up in the 
    errorlog file '-L logfile'.  This was most likely to happen
    when tracking '-vtrack=1' was enabled.

#124983 (Bug #12956, #21593) **
    'p4 monitor show' will no longer show stale processes.
    Those processes that never exited correctly will have
    their status records automatically removed from the
    db.monitor table.

#124936 (Bug #19911, #21506) **
    %clienthost% in triggers will be replaced with the IP address
    of the client if no reverse DNS entry is found.

#124875 (Bug #16726, #18049) *
    'p4 sync' (and other commands) could loop if the underlying
    filesystem had certain permission combinations, such as the
    ability to create but not chmod a file (usually on network
    filesystems such as samba or NFS).  This has been corrected.

#124344 (Bug #24961) **
    Submitting a new revision to an RCS ,v file could result
    in losing previous revisions if the file access mode had
    been manually modified to remove the read permissions.
    This is now prevented.

#123740 (Bug #24900) **
    'p4 edit' of a file synced back to a point where it
    had a different filetype than the head revision's filetype
    would treat the file as if it were the head revision
    type instead of the sync'ed to revision.  This typically
    caused problems with symlinks either by not changing
    file modes or changing the file mode of the target
    of the symlink.

#121849 (Bug #24538) *
    Negative numbers, or numbers which overflow into negative
    numbers, are no longer allowed as changelist arguments to p4
    commands. For instance 'p4 review -c 111111111111' against a
    windows server would cause the changelist argument to overflow
    into a negative value, resulting in the server consuming 
    excessive cpu and hanging the machine. Now this no longer
    happens.

#121382 (Bug #24558) *
    Pending revision entries in db.revpx, created when
    content triggers are used, now correctly report the 
    file's size (instead of reporting size as -1).

 #131532 **
    Client commands originating through proxy servers are 
    now logged in the server and audit log files with 
    the proxy host/client host format.  The format for the 
    'p4 monitor show -e' now reports the client host, rather 
    than the proxy host for these same commands.


Major new functionality in 2007.2

New file type 'utf16' - #119109 * ** ***

    A new filetype utf16 has been added which is a textual
    file type which stores UTF16 client files.  These files
    must be valid UTF16 translatable into UTF8.  When the
    content of these files is used in command output such
    as 'p4 diff' that content will be in UTF8.  Only full
    file representations will be in UTF16.  This filetype
    works with the server in non-unicode mode as well as
    unicode mode.  If these files are sync'ed with pre-2007.2
    clients, they will be transferred as UTF8.  If the server
    is in unicode mode, command output with contents from
    UTF16 files will be converted according to the P4CHARSET
    selected.  BOMs are needed to automatically detect utf16
    with the 'p4 add' command.  Without a BOM, a file is
    assumed to be in client byte order.  When a file is written
    such as via 'p4 sync', it will be written with a BOM
    and in client byte order.

File type modifier '+S' enhanced - #115478 (Bug #1880) **

    The filetype modifier '+S' has now been extended to include
    an optional numeric value that informs the server of the 
    number of file revisions to keep.

    e.g.  p4 add -t binary+S7 foo.exe

    In the above example as the eighth revision is submitted, the 
    first revision will be purged.  The numeric values supported
    are 1 through 10, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512.

    Note that files with this filetype are never lazy copied. This
    means that although space is saved when purging old revisions,
    multiple branching of a file will result in more space used.

    See 'p4 help filetypes' for more information.  

New 'p4 sync' option bypasses db.have updates - #111247
(Bug #22857) **

    'p4 sync' now sports a '-p' option.  This allows the user to 
    sync files without the server keeping track of it.  This 
    option is very useful when populating  build clients or when 
    publishing content when there is no requirement for saving 
    the client workspace state.  

Performance improvements - #114771, #113299, #117618, #115072
(Bug #23907, #6837) **

    1) Submit of branched files

        Continuing on from the branch/submit improvements made in
        the previous release.  The commit phase of 'p4 submit' has 
        been rewritten to improve performance during large branch 
        creation.  Most commands are now blocked for only a
    fraction of the time when compared to previous releases.
    The overall time taken to create the branch has also been
    reduced as much as 30%.

    2) Connection protocol *

        The Perforce connection establishment protocol and
    buffering have been adjusted to avoid the nominal 1/10th
    second delay that TCP can introduce on some operating
    systems.  In some cases, this can drastically reduce the
    time needed for a series of short commands. 

    3) <filespec>@label,@label speedup

        Specifying revisions using <filespec>@label,@label could
        be really slow when there is little overlap between the
        filespec and the number of matching files in the label.

    4) Lockmode changes on last access updates

        The server no longer takes write locks on db.user or 
        db.domain to update access time unless the access time 
        is actually updated.

New admin commands - #108286, #118447 (Bug #19309) **

    'p4 admin dbstat'

        Dbstat scans the internal nodes pages of database file(s)
        then outputs some simple statistics. The operation will
        lock out write access to the database table during its
        scan, so therefore it should be used with care.  

    'p4 admin updatespecdepot'

        Updatespecdepot instructs the server to archive forms
        into the spec depot.  This command can be very useful
        for installations that have just enabled the spec depot
        and want to pre-populate it with existing form data.

    See 'p4 help admin' for more information about these
    new commands.

New triggers - #116132 **

    'fix-add' trigger will be executed prior to adding a fix
    with the 'p4 fix' command.

    'fix-delete' trigger will be executed prior to deleting a fix
    with the 'p4 fix -d' command.

    'form-commit' trigger is executed after a form has been 
    committed to gain access to automatically generated fields.
    (This trigger which was introduced in 2006.2 but undocumented
    is now fully supported).

    See 'p4 help triggers' for more information.

Minor new functionality in 2007.2

#119528 (Bug #14419) **
    'p4 protect' will not allow the user to delete its last
    'super' entry.

#119344 (Bug #23591) **
    Content triggers can now access the timestamps on the files
    being submitted via the 'headModTime' field in the output
    of 'p4 fstat @=<change>'. Previously timestamp information
    was not available until after the files had been submitted.

#118826 (Bug #1159)  **
    'p4 change' has a new '-u' option to allow the owner of a
    submitted change to update its description and/or jobs fields.

#116469 (Bug #202, #218, #7522, #8649, #13352, #15653, #16636,
     #16845, #16888, #20370, #22382, #23343) * **
    Changes to integrate and resolve.  

    'p4 integrate' now performs compatibility checking and will
    disallow integration between incompatible types, unless the 
    '-t' flag is used.  (see chart below for type compatibility). 

    When files have been integrated with '-t',  'p4 resolve' 
    behaves as follows:

    'accept theirs'  changes the type of the file on the client.

    'accept yours'   reverts the type change so that the open file 
                     type will match the 'yours' file type.  

    Note, this new behaviour is also true if the user issues a 
    'p4 reopen' and changes the file open type.

    T - Resolved as text
    B - Resolved as binary
    x - Incompatible types (requires 'integrate -t')

    Compatibility:
         text   binary  symlink  resource unicode apptxt apple
    text      T       B        x        x       T       x      x
    binary    B       B        x        x       B       x      x
    symlink   x       x        T        x       x       x      x
    resource  x       x        x        B       x       x      x
    unicode   T       B        x        x       T       x      x
    apptxt    x       x        x        x       x       T      x
    apple     x       x        x        x       x       x      B

#119955 (Bug #23698, #24251, #24207, #23469, #24150) **
    The 'p4 integrate' algorithms for suppressing reintegration
    and for picking the optimum base, which were reimplemented
    in 2006.1, have been tuned significantly for this release.
    The following new changes have been made:

    Integrating a single 'copy from' revision now gives credit for
    all earlier revisions, so that a subsequent 'p4 integrate' of
    any earlier revision will find no work to do.  This can only
    come about by 'cherry picking' (providing to 'p4 integrate'
    specific revisions to integrate).

    Pending integration records (files opened with 'p4 integrate'
    but not yet submitted with 'p4 submit') are now considered
    when finding the most appropriate base.  This makes
    integrating into a related file already opened for branch
    possible without the 'p4 integrate -i' flag.

    'p4 integrate' follows indirect integrations through
    complicated combinations of merge/copy/ignore integration
    records better.  This should result in fewer integrations
    being scheduled, and closer bases being picked, for
    integration between distant files.

    'p4 integrate' could wrongly choose a base on the source
    file after the revisions needing to be integrated if the
    revisions needing to be integrated were before revisions
    already integrated.  This normally only comes about in cases
    of 'cherry picking' (providing to 'p4 integrate' specific
    revisions to integrate).

    'p4 integrate' in certain cases wouldn't find a base (or
    choose a poorer base) if the source file was branched and
    reopened for add, and then the original file was changed
    further and branched again.

#115979 (Bug #11938) **
    'p4 monitor terminate [id]' can now be used successfully on
    commands that have moved beyond the compute phase of their
    processing.  Note, that it may take up to 10 seconds before 
    the process will actually terminate.

Bugs fixed in 2007.2

#140379 (Bug #27216) **
    When integrating between two branches separated by an
    intermediate branch, 'p4 integrate' would conclude there was
    nothing to integrate if the target file had merged from a
    revision of the intermediate file that itself was a copy of
    a revision in the source file.  This merge/copy chain is now
    treated as a merge, not a full copy.

#139758 (Bug #27240) **
    The p4d server on SOLARIS could intermittently terminate a
    command due to incorrect detection of a client dropped 
    connection.  This has been fixed.

#136754 (Bug #24800) **
    A perforce server could shutdown with the message 
    "License expired" even when a new license with a valid
    expire date was put in place (either manually or with
    the 'p4 license' command).  This only happened if the
    license that the server was originally started with 
    became out of date.

#136742 (Bug #26682) **
    'p4 obliterate' under certain conditions could purge an
    archive file which still had lazy copies pointing to it.
    This change prevents that from happening.

#136614 (Bug #24943, #26541) **
    In certain cases inconsistent results depending on depot 
    path could be observed for some commands.  Typically when
    this happened an unrestricted 'p4 sync' would bring back
    correct behaviour.  This problem only occurred when a file 
    that had been previously synced was no longer mapped by the 
    current client view and the client path name had a '.' in 
    a significant position of its path.  This has been fixed.

#135827 (Bug #26464) **
    The change (#120526) also introduced a regression that could
    cause 'p4 changes' to not work correctly with the '-u' or
    '-c' option when specifying '-m1 <filepath>'.  This has been
    fixed.

#135235 (Bug #25662) **
    Unintegrated revisions prior to a delete could cause
    undesirable file re-branching in subsequent integrations.
    This change brings back an older behavior, which is to
    not re-branch from revisions prior to a delete when the
    target is also deleted.

#132978 (Bug #25981) **
    In the rare case where the Perforce Server on Windows fails 
    to create a thread,  the reason is now logged in the server
    errorlog.  Under these conditions the server will no longer
    try to run the command in the main parent thread,  but will
    wait for resources to become available before executing any
    more commands.

#132390 (Bug #25828) **
    'p4 changes -i', 'p4 fixes -i' and 'p4 jobs -i' under
    certain conditions could exclude changelists that were 
    integrated into the specified files.  This problem 
    has been fixed.

#131348 (Bug #25612) **
    The Perforce Server on Windows could hang for some commands
    when the auditlog was enabled.  This has been fixed.  

#131114 (Bug #25312) **
    The change (#117342) also introduced a regression that 
    would prevent the use of 'p4 login' (perforce tickets)
    against a central authentication server.  This has been
    fixed.

#128851 (Bug #24156) **
    The server no longer exits after 10 consecutive attempts
    to accept an incoming connection.  Usually the reason for
    this is that the computer is under configured and its 
    simply a server resource problem.  In some cases the 
    problem can be on the client end.  Because of this the
    server now sleeps, then continues to retry.

#124999 (Bug #17409) **
    When the 'p4 integrate' command syncs files it will now
    sync file deletes before adds so as to remove directories
    in case they are replaced with normal files.

#124947 (Bug #25038) **
    'p4 submit' would wrongly prevent a check submission
    when a binary file is resolved due to simple version
    updating (i.e. p4 sync to head requiring p4 resolve)
    rather than due to 'p4 integrate'.  The submit
    report report, "edit or revert" but the file is
    already open for edit.

#123381 (Bug #24793) **
    Adding a job with three strings of about 2700 characters
    in the description could possibly corrupt the jobs index
    btree.  Fixed.

#123248 (Bug #24711).  **
    'p4 submit -d' would set the status field to "ignore" in
    all jobs matching the user's JobView. Now jobs matching a
    user's JobView are not modified when using "p4 submit -d".

#122782 (Bug #24663) **
    'p4 submit' could fail when 'p4 integrate' mistakenly
    attempts to branch from a deleted revision if that
    source file was re-added and that re-added revision was
    ignored into the target file.  Fixed.

#122672 (Bug #24270) *
    .DS_Store files are now deleted when removing a directory.
    (seen mainly on the Macintosh).

#122284 (Bug #24671) **
    'p4 submit' would not always honor the submit options if
    the change form had to be edited a second time.  This has
    been fixed.

#120969 (Bug #24454, #24205) **
    It is now possible to configure the filetype for spec depot 
    files by using 'p4 typemap'.

    e.g.   TypeMap: text //spec/client/...

    Note,  the default for spec files is ctext.  By changing the
    creation filetype to text (like in the example above) the
    server will not require subdirectories which can be a problem
    with sites that have more clients than their filesystem can
    create directories for.  When setting a filetype for spec 
    depot files only the server storage type has any relevance,
    setting storage modifiers will have no affect.

#120526 (Bug #17862) **
    'p4 changes -m1 <filepath>' optimization of using the db.revcx
    table does not always perform well.  Now if the scan of the
    db.revcx table does not find any matching files after trying
    a pre-set number of rows it will give up and fall back to
    using db.rev directly.

#120385 (Bug #24149) **
    'p4 integ' could change the HaveRev to 'none' of a synced 
    file when used with a branch spec and fileset that creates 
    an out-of-order integration list.  This has been fixed. 

#119979 (Bug #24335) **
    Under certain rare circumstances the error:

    'Database open error on db.<name>!' 
    'BTree is corrupt!'

    Could be incorrectly displayed.  This could only happen
    on windows servers due to an initialization problem.
    This has been fixed.

#119708 (Bug #21679) **
    'p4 revert -k <file>' was checking the client side file
    when it does not need to.  Fixed.

#119687 (Bug #24079) **
    Running p4 diff2 with tagged output would leak a small
    amount of memory on each pair of files diffed.  Fixed.

#119631 (Bug #23077) **
    Tagged output of p4 diff2 -q was including identical
    files.  Changed so that with the -q flag identical
    files are not included in the tagged output.

#119616 (Bug #23950) *
    'p4 -d <directory>' run in unicode mode would ignore
    the command line directory override.  Fixed.

#119597 (Bug #23999) *
    Exif format jpeg files were added as binary rather
    than cbinary (already compressed).  Fixed.

#119596 (Bug #24023) *
    p4 diff -sd would wrongly report a symlink as missing
    if that symlink's target was missing.  Fixed.

#119245 (Bug #24204) **
    Triggers run on Unix platforms were inheriting some
    open file descriptors from the server.  This should no
    longer occur.

#119012 (Bug #19922, #13231, #18962) **
    The error message and documentation have been improved for
    'p4 change -f' to reflect which fields are read-only.

#118635 (Bug #22297) **
    'p4 submit' could submit a branched file with a bad archive
    entry if the source revision of the branched file is purged 
    before the submit is completed. This has been fixed.

#118282 (Bug #24104) * 
    Hostname lookups that succeed without returning an address
    will no longer cause the client to crash.

#118102 (Bug #24116, #24081, #24447) **
    Error-handling for the spec commands has been improved to
    not allow the mutually exclusive '-i', '-o', and/or '-d'
    flags to be used together in one spec command. Previously 
    wrong errors may have been generated, and in some cases the
    command may have executed using any one of the flags.

#118064 **
    'p4 obliterate' no longer reports delete revisions in the
    list of revisions being "purged".  The "purged" message
    is now reserved for the act of removing file contents from the
    archive.

#118057 (Bug #23536).  * **
    'p4 submit' with the 'revertunchanged' submit mode would fail
    to reset the client file permissions.  This has been fixed 

#117730 (Bug #16296) **
    p4 job -d will only delete jobs that have no associated
    pending or submitted fix records.

#117342 (Bug #16707, #18349) * **
    Different values of P4PORT for the same server instance
    e.g. (ip:port# vs host:port#) would result in multiple
    ticket entries in the Perforce ticket file. This has 
    been fixed so that the same server instance will always
    produce a single ticket entry that either P4PORT value can
    use.

#117090 (Bug #23953) **
    'p4 integrate' between two deleted files would give a bogus
    error message about permissions.  Now it more properly says
    "all revision(s) already integrated."

#116771 (Bug #23915) **
    'p4 obliterate file@change' of a file opened for add would
    remove the open record, while 'p4 obliterate
    file@change,change' would not.  Now neither does: to remove
    an open-for-add record you must use 'p4 obliterate file'
    without a revision.  

#116451 **
    Superusers can now delete protected counters using
    'p4 counter -f -d'.  Previously they could be set,
    but not deleted.

#116428 (Bug #15562, #23777) **
    Syncing between revisions where the revision on the client
    was binary+w (or other non-text types) and the new revision
    was binary would incorrectly fail with a "Can not clobber"
    message.  Also, if a client had a writable file not
    controlled by Perforce and that file is then added by
    another client as a +w type Perforce would overwrite
    the file when syncing.

#116173 (Bug #14880) **
    Failed trigger of type 'change-content' would leave edited
    files on the client workspace in a read-only state.  This
    has been fixed.

#116113 (Bug #15520) * **
    Providing the security level permits it, expired perforce
    tickets no longer override valid P4PASSWD settings.

#115153 (Bug #23630) ** ***
    It is no longer possible to start more than one Perforce
    Server or Perforce Proxy Server on the same TCP port on a
    Windows platform. Now such attempts will correctly report
    that the address is in use.


Major new functionality in 2006.2

Client file tamper checking - #101065, #101345, 101699
                  (Bug #17607, #15928, #15654,
                  #20029, #20587) * **

    'p4 submit' will now check that files integrated and resolved 
    with 'am', or 'ay'  are not modified after 'resolve' and
    before 'submit'.  If such tampering is detected then an error 
    will display the modified file and request that the file be
    re-edited or reverted in order to complete the submit.

    e.g.

    //client/main/foo tampered with after resolve - edit or revert.

    To check for tampered files before submitting, 'p4 diff -sb'
    will now report files which are open for integration and have 
    been resolved but have been modified.  These files can be 
    reopened for edit with the command
    'p4 diff -sb | p4 -x - edit'.

    Note that in order for tamper checking to work with files 
    resolved with 'am', a 2006.2 client as well as the server
    is required.  

    Tamper checking for branch/sync files and resolve 'at'
    files is not done at submit time, but 'p4 diff -sb' will
    report those files.

    Tamper checking is not done on files imported from a remote
    depot.

New client option 'SubmitOptions' - #106812 **

    The new 'p4 client' field 'SubmitOptions' allows the user to 
    alter the behavior of submit.  The six different values for 
    this field affects what happens to unchanged files and if
    submitted files are reopened.  For more details see 'p4 help 
    client'.

    SubmitOptions             unchanged       submitted
    value                     files           files
    ----------------------------------------------------
    submitunchanged           submitted       
    submitunchanged+reopen    submitted       reopened
    revertunchanged           reverted
    revertunchanged+reopen    reverted        reopened
    leaveunchanged            left open
    leaveunchanged+reopen     left open       reopened

    In addition 'p4 submit' now sports a '-f option' flag.  This 
    allows the user to override the SubmitOption which is set in 
    the client.

    e.g.  p4 submit -f leaveunchanged

Speedup of 'p4 submit' branched files - #101435, 107393 **

    The time taken to update the metadata (locking db.* files) has
    been reduced by as much as 40% by a combination of the
    following changes.  The biggest reduction is seen when
    submitting a large number of branched files.

    1) db.archmap table replaces db.archive

        An earlier version of the server improved obliterate
        performance by introducing the db.archive table.  A side
        effect of introducing this table was a performance penalty
        when submitting files that resulted in lazy copies.  This
        table has now been replaced with the db.archmap (archive
        map) table that does not suffer the same performance
        problem.

    2) buffered journal file

        Performance has generally been improved by optimizing the
        way that journal records are written.  This change reduces
        the number of writes and the number of locks taken against
        the journal file.

'Automatic' labels - #107125 (Bug #20887) **

    The new automatic label feature introduced in 2005.2 but 
    undocumented is now fully supported.  By adding a "Revision"
    field to the label specification you can now make that label
    appear as if 'p4 labelsync' had been done on the label using
    that revision.  The only difference is that if the "Revision"
    specification is dynamic (e.g #head) the apparent contents 
    of the automatic label will change, while a static label set
    with 'p4 labelsync' will not.  Note that when executing the
    command 'p4 labels <filespec>' automatic labels will not be
    displayed.

Improved management of remote depots - #106497, #100829, #108461
                       (Bug #19730, #18694, #14896,
                       #22146) **

    Several changes have been made that improve the management
    and interoperability of remote depot servers.

    1) Better lock support

        The server no longer locks the db.rev (or db.revhx and
        db.revcx) tables when accessing only files in a remote
    depot.  This means that using 'p4 dirs' on a remote depot
    (often by expanding a remote folder in p4v) will no longer
    hold local locks.

    2) MaxScanRows/MaxResults support

        Remote depot operations are now subject to MaxScanRows and
        MaxResults limitation imposed by 'p4 group' on the remote
        user 'remote'.

    3) Protocol to negotiate table version.

        By negotiating the highest level for table compatibility
        several problems have been solved.  Previously, files with 
        some complex type modifiers (like text+Fk) could not sync 
        from remote depots.  The negotiation allows for new fields 
        like the file size to be included in data transfer from the 
        remote server ('p4 sizes' will work with remote depots).  

New MaxLockTime in 'p4 group' - #106371 (Bug #21206) ** 

    'p4 group' now has a 'MaxLockTime' field,  which can be used to 
    prevent queries from holding locks on database tables for too
    long.  See 'p4 help maxLockTime'.

Improved license file handling - #103739 (Bug #1948) **

    The new 'p4 license' administrator command allows a user with
    'super' access to add a new license file to Perforce without
    having to shutdown the server.  See 'p4 help license' for 
    additional information.

Minor new functionality in 2006.2

#112275 (Bug #3582) **
    Journal files now contain lines that demark rows written under
    a single database lock, to better support tools that parse it.

#107394 **
    'p4 obliterate' has been changed for this release.  Obliterate
    now makes use of the db.archmap (archive map) table to check
    for branched files (lazy copies).  If lazy copies exist then 
    the archive (file contents) will not be removed, consequently 
    obliterating a file does not guarantee that the corresponding 
    archive file is removed.  See 'p4 help obliterate'.

#107110 (Bug #21543, #22756) **
    Files are now stored in the database archive keyed to the
    filename and (pending) change number, rather than filename
    and revision number.  This information is normally only ever
    reported to users by the 'p4 obliterate' command, but
    administrators who examine the archive will notice the change
    as well.  Note that old revisions in the archives will not
    be renumbered.

#107943 (Bug #18440) **
    Resolve conflict markers will now use whole paths
    to indicate file names and revisions.  The ORIGINAL
    and THEIRS files will be in depot syntax while the
    YOURS file will be in client syntax.

#107082 (Bug #3271) **
    The new 'p4 sizes' command displays size information for 
    files in the depot. It is functionally similar to the UNIX 
    'du' command.  See 'p4 help sizes' for additional information.  

#106450 (Bug #258) **
    'p4 submit' now sports a '-d description' option.  This allows
    the user to submit files without the need for a changelist 
    dialog.  See 'p4 help submit'.

#105638 (Bug #10664, #19802) **
    'maxScanRows', which can be applied via 'p4 group' to prevent
    users from consuming too much server resources, has been
    extended to a number of additional commands and tables.

    Previously, it only applied to the db.rev, db.revhx, and
    db.revdx for all commands and the db.revcx table for 'p4
    changes'.   Now it applies to all tables for the p4 annotate,
    branches, change, changes, clients, describe, diff, diff2,
    filelog, files, fixes, fstat, have, integrate, integrated,
    jobs, labels, labelsync, lock, obliterate, open, opened, 
    release, reopen, resolve, resolved, reviews, sync, and tag 
    commands.

    maxScanRows applies separately to the number of rows read
    from each table, not the total from all tables.

    The most visible effect of this change is that 'maxScanRows'
    will limit access to the db.integed table for 'p4 integrated'.

#102279 (Bug #6053) **
    'p4 branches/clients/labels' now sports a '-u user' option.
    This flag limits the command output to those owned by the 
    specified user only.

#101906 (Bug #10634, #21275) **
    'p4 changes -s pending' now allows a filepath where previously
    it didn't.

#98791 (Bug #19375) **
    The Perforce Server on Windows now uses native I/O routines
    for database access rather that using the POSIX layer.  This 
    fixes the problem of hitting the maximum number of open POSIX
    file handles.

#121930 (Bug #24586) **
    'p4 verify -v' on Windows could leak file handles when
    encountering missing or corrupt revisions in RCS archive files.
    This has been fixed.

#121180 (Bug #24532) **
    Under very rare circumstances of data in a btree,
    which are more likely just after a checkpoint restore,
    a btree record insert could cause the server to loop
    forever.  Fixed.

#120458 (Bug #24389) **
    'p4 resolve' used interactively resolving a ktext file
    with 'ay' i.e. accept yours would incorrectly report
    the resolved file as being tampered with at submit time
    or with 'p4 diff -sb'.  Fixed.

#119263 (Bug #24236) **
    'p4 obliterate' could leave database files in an inconsistent 
    state.  This could only happen if the user hit ^C or the
    command 'p4 monitor terminate <pid>' was used during the
    processing of the obliterate.  This has been fixed.

#116847 (Bug #23776) **
    p4 submit would fail for files reopened by a previous
    p4 submit with a reopen option if those files were
    branched by the earlier submit.  Fixed.

#114374 (Bug #23004) *
    When p4d is in unicode mode, and the p4 command line
    has P4CHARSET set to a wide character set (i.e. utf16)
    and P4COMMANDCHARSET set to a character set other than
    utf8, p4 commands to edit specifications would interpret
    those specs as utf8 instead of the P4COMMANDCHARSET.
    Fixed.

#113270 (Bug #23258) **
    Files changed from type ktext to text would be stored
    at the server with the keywords unexpanded even if the
    files had been submitted with the keywords expanded.
    This behavior, present only in release 2006.1, has been
    fixed.

#112219 (Bug #23211) **
    'p4 describe -s' would fail if the change contained a file
    in which the file's previous revision had been obliterated.
    This behavior has been fixed.

#112011 (Bug #22578) **
    'p4 change -o' with tagged output would not see any
    modifications made by a form-out trigger.  This has been fixed.

Bugs fixed in 2006.2

#111144 (Bug #22987) **
    'p4 describe' on a change where an affected file's previous 
    revision has been deleted could report incorrect differences.
    This case is now correctly handled by displaying an error 
    message instead.

#110722 (Bug #22731) **
    'p4 protects' command now displays an error message if the
    protections table is empty.

#110294 (Bug #22537) **
    'p4 login <user>' which requires 'super' privilege can change
    the impersonated user's current session timeout.  This has
    been fixed.

#109913 (Bug #18387) *
    The cygwin 'p4' client program had trouble creating a
    directory if there was an executable by the same name in the
    parent directory.  This was due to the way cygwin makes "foo"
    and "foo.exe" look the same.  Now the 'p4' client program
    handles this case.

#109855 (Bug #18182, #10561, #19916) **
    Excessive wildcards (... and *) in client views, in branch
    views, in the protection table, and on the command line could
    cause the server to consume a lot of memory and time trying
    to work out all the possibilities.  An efficient algorithm
    has been put in place that simplifies this work, and so such
    use of wildcards should not cause nearly as much problem for
    the server.

    This problem was previously addressed in 2006.1 by enforcing
    an internal limit on wildcard handling, but that was too
    restrictive and the limit was removed as a patch.  A less
    restrictive internal limit is back in 2006.2, and that limit
    is very unlikely to be hit with the new algorithm.

#108679 (Bug #22113) **
    'p4 filelog' can make unnecessary scans of the rev table
    under certain conditions.  Typically this problem is
    triggered when the file following the argument filelist
    is excluded by a protection mapping.  Fixed.

#108376 (Bug #22332) **
    'p4 fstat -Rn' would not filter files correctly as 
    described in the documentation. This has been fixed.

#108292 (Bug #13476) **
    On some platforms, p4d would not start or log errors
    if the error log file exceeded 2 Gbytes.  Fixed, now 
    log files should not have problems exceeding 2 Gbytes
    if the platform supports such large files as database
    files.

#108230 (Bug #22296) **
    Corrected example trigger type in "p4 triggers" comments

#108021 (Bug #21864) **
    'p4 integrate -f' of a deleted file more than once would
    leave the target file in an unusable state, where 'p4 submit'
    would say "Merges still pending" and 'p4 resolve' would say
    "file - has been deleted - revert and sync".  Now the
    subsequent 'p4 integrate -f' has essentially no effect.  

#107629 (Bug #15878) **
    Errors from a remote depot (most likely lack of permission
    for the 'remote' user) were going unreported by the local
    server.  This has been fixed.

#107321 (Bug #14726) **
    Creating a new user with 'p4 user -f' with server security 2+
    would result in "Bad parameters passed to mangler!" errors.
    This no longer happens, and the user should now only get
    the expected password error messages instead.

#107305 (Bug #9814, #17099) * **
    Logic regarding file clobbering and symlinks has changed
    substantially.  Syncing a symlink onto a writable file
    should now honor the clobber client option.  If a file
    type changes from symlink to text, the sync will no longer
    report a clobber error if the previous symlink points
    to a writable file.  The P4 API also changed, see the
    p4apinotes.txt for details.

#106098 (Bug #21942) **
    Adding a View entry to any spec form with a leading '$' will
    result in an error and the form will not be saved. Previously
    this would not result in an error, and the spec would be
    saved without the entry, and also result in a bogus db.view 
    value with map state of 3 corresponding to this invisible 
    view. In the case of a branch spec, this would
    cause subsequent attempts to integrate using the spec to
    fail.

#105408 (Bug #19573) * **
    Temporary file handling has changed to not fail if
    a conflicting temporary filename already exists.
    Temporary files are also now named using a random sequence.

#105334 (Bug #20829) **
    Fields in spec forms (branch, client, label, etc) that have
    a # in the value are now quoted when output, so that the #
    is not stripped as a comment when the form is read back in.

#105272 (Bug #21901) **
    Date fields in jobs which are set by the server will be updated
    once after validating the job contents and again upon commit so
    that the value will reflect the time of commit.

#105043 (Bug #21822) * **
    Unknown field types or unknown field options in a
    spec definition no longer cause the server to
    abort on windows.

#104828 (Bug #20584) **
    'p4 resolve -at' after a 'p4 integ' between files
    where only one of the files has keyword expansion
    as part of its type caused problems because keyword
    expansion would be done based on the source file's
    type, but after submit, sync would expand keywords
    based on the target file's type leading to differences
    which would be reported with 'p4 diff -se'.  With this
    fix, in this case, 'p4 resolve -at' will expand keywords
    based on the target file's type.  The proxy was also
    caching the wrong keyword expansion which could appear
    in other clients later sync operations.

#104340 (Bug #19220) **
    Server lock errors "Locking failure: 'table1' locked after 
    'table2'!", and  "Locking failure: no upgrading 'table's'
    lock!" no longer cause the server to abort. Now the error is
    logged and will be tracked if server tracking is enabled, and
    the server will not exit.

#102859 (Bug #7130, #18896, #17100, #2540) * **
    A multiple resolves into the same target file revision
    where a subsequent resolve resulted in an 'at/accept theirs'
    i.e. a copy would cause earlier resolves to be converted
    into 'ignore'.  Now, if you have new clients and this
    new server these earlier resolves may be converted
    into 'merge' if the merge system can reasonably determine
    that no work is lost.

#100946 (Bug #12339, #13329) **
    'p4 integrate' will now integrate into files already opened
    for add/branch/import.  The action (add/branch/import) doesn't
    change, but a merge for 'p4 resolve' gets scheduled.  This
    is the same behavior that has been available with files
    opened for edit/integrate.

#100886 (Bug #20653) **
    'p4 integ -b' failure caused by invalid view mappings 
    is reported more accurately. If the failure is caused by
    invalid havemap entries, the error will not be erroneously
    reported as invalid overlay mappings.

#100847 (Bug #21172) **
    The # (comment) character in specs is now treated more
    consistently: it never introduces a comment in text blocks,
    and always introduces a comment in non-text block values.

#100814 (Bug #2146) **
    'p4 client -d -f <name>' will now delete pending changelists
    created by the named client and also delete any fix records 
    associated with it.  The -f flag is now always required when 
    deleting a client that has a numbered pending changelist
    associated with it.

#100613 (Bug 5422, 7152, 12904, 21751) **
    / is no longer allowed in client or depot names.  Because
    of the way Perforce manages views, having a / in the name
    can cause data inconsistencies.  Now / is simply disallowed.
    Most other entities (branches, labels, jobs, etc) can still
    have a / in them.


Major new functionality in 2006.1

User file access tracking - #99426 **

    The server can now log individual file access to an audit
    logfile.  When auditing is enabled the server logs every time
    file content gets transferred to the client. Consequently this
    file will get large very quickly and there may be a small
    performance impact.

    To enable this feature:

    % p4d -r /usr/perforce -A auditlog 

    Example output:

    2006/05/09 09:52:45 karl@nail 127.0.0.1 diff //depot/src/x.c#1
    2006/05/09 09:54:13 jim@ston 127.0.0.1 sync //depot/inc/foo.h#1

    This was undocumented functionality in the 2005.2 release, but 
    is now fully supported.

'p4 integrate' improvements - #96464 (Bug #413, #17318, #17577,
                  #17751, #18293, #20006) **

    'p4 integrate' has been rewritten to improve three areas,
    mostly with respect to indirect integration (when there is
    no direct relationship between source and target):

    1) Better performance, especially when faced with rich 
       branch history and many out-of-date files;

    2) Better recognition of previous integrations, resulting
           in fewer merges; 

    3) Better base selection, using a "closest ancestor"
       approach, resulting in simpler merges.  The previous
       logic almost invariably stuck to the source file when
       selecting the base.  Now any revision of the source,
       target, or indirectly related files is a candidate,
       with the revision that shares the most changes with
       both the target and source being selected.  As before,
       'p4 integrate -o' and 'p4 resolve -o' report the 
       selected base.

Minor new functionality in 2006.1

#99037 (Bug #20692) **
    'p4 integrated -b branch' now uses the branch view more
    efficiently to limit the number of integration records that
    have to be scanned.

#96538 **
    Minor 'p4 integrate' fixes with respect to deleted revisions:
    'p4 integrate -Di' now attempts to integrate all outstanding
    revisions of a file that has been deleted and re-added, rather
    than only those revisions since the last add.  Previously
    '-Di' would find a base prior to the add but would only give
    credit for the revision after the add.  'p4 integrate -d'
    now implies 'p4 integrate -Di', as 'p4 help integrate' seems
    to have suggested.

#95979 **
    The merge algorithm has been rewritten.  It now produces 
    fewer conflicts to resolve, making automatic merging ('p4 
    resolve -am') more likely to succeed. Also, it is now better 
    able to recognize identical changes that have been made in 
    'theirs' and 'yours' files.  This should reduce the chances 
    of getting duplicate inserts and generally improve merge 
    output.

#95535 (Bug #19994) *
    Clients operating in unicode mode with utf8 as their
    character set will now validate that data going to the
    server is valid utf8 and will error if it is not.
    New P4CHARSET options allow unvalidated operation.

#93413 (Bug #20097, #18869, #17246) **
    The 'monitor' counter now reflects the level of monitoring
    that the server provides. '0' and '1' are unchanged from
    from their current behavior of no monitoring or monitor
    running commands respectively. '2' also reports on idle
    processes that have run at least one command. Changes to
    the monitor counter requires a restart of p4d.

#91389 **
    'p4 submit' has been modified to improve concurrency through
    better database locking. 

#90477 **
    The following 'p4' commands now sport a '-m max' option:
    'branches', 'clients', 'diff', 'fixes', 'fstat', 'groups', 
    'labels', 'opened' and 'users'.  When this option is 
    specified it limits output to 'max' number of entries.

#88933 (Bug #7335) **
    'p4 groups' now has a -i flag to include subgroups when
    listing to which groups a user or group belongs.

#89305 (Bug #2102) **
    The new 'p4 protects' command shows the lines from the 
    protections table that affect the given user/path.

Bugs fixed in 2006.1

#114840 (Bug #23592) **
    CPU usage has been reduced for 'p4 integrate' when it is
    handling indirect integrations through a large number of 
    branches (hundreds or more).

#113964 (Bug #19865) **
    Concurrent 'p4 submit -c' and 'p4 change -i' of the 
    same changelist could (under rare circumstances) leave
    a pending change record.  Since the pending change record
    and the submitted change record share the same description,
    deleting the pending change would result in removing the
    committed change description.  This has been fixed.

#113941 (Bug #23440) **
    Unable to edit existing jobs which contain a TEXT
    field of type always or once and were set using a
    preset. This has been fixed.

#113687 (Bug #10201) **
    'p4 revert -a' could delete a local (modified) file, if 
    the head revision was deleted and the client had been 
    subsequently synced.  This has been fixed.

#113339 (Bug #23307) **
    'p4 opened -a //...' was being adversely affected by
    the optimization in change #109212.  It is now back to
    its previous performance.

#113270 (Bug #23258) **
    Files changed from type ktext to text would be stored
    at the server with the keywords unexpanded even if the
    files had been submitted with the keywords expanded.
    This behavior, present only in release 2006.1, has been
    fixed.

#112408 (Bug #23191) **
    'p4 depot' will not abort when it encounters a UNC
    path in the Map field so long as the path also ends in
    '...'.  UNC path handling in the depot form was broken
    by change 93286, but it has now been fixed.

#109659 (Bug #22438) *
    Apple file types (apple, resource, etc...) stored from
    a PPC or classic Mac and later synced onto an Intel
    Mac or vis versa would have their Finder information
    swapped.  Fixed.  However, such apple files submitted
    from Intel macs may need to be synced with an old
    client and resubmitted with a new client to fix
    bad Finder information.

#109240 (Bug #22460) **
    The internal buffer on labels for 'p4 labels filespec' has
    been raised from 10,000 to 1,000,000.  The command works
    regardless of the number of labels being examined, but if
    under the limit the command releases an important lock
    (on db.domain) early, allowing other commands to run.

#109212 (Bug #22288) **
    'p4 opened -a filename' has been sped up considerably for
    sites with a large number of client workspaces.  Previously,
    its performance was related to the total number of client
    workspaces on the server, but now it is only affected by
    the client workspaces that have the named file(s) opened.

#108308 (Bug #21706) **
    Change 89167 introduced in r06.1 restricted the use of
    '...' wildcards in client, branch and protections maps
    in order to prevent excessive use of cpu and server crashes.
    The limit imposed by that change was determined to be too
    restrictive, so the limit was lifted.

#108264 (Bug #22306) **
    'p4 fstat -W <filepath>' performance could be very slow if
    a large number of files are opened.  This has been fixed.

#107809 (Bug #22198) **
    'p4 integrate' would sometimes skip integrations when the
    integration history involved a copy away from the target.
    This has been corrected.

#105845 (Bug #21946) **
    Using 'p4 diff2' with a content trigger against a pending
    revision could incorrectly identify files as identical when
    they are different.  This has been fixed.

#105715 (Bugs #21893,#34376) **
    Submitting a new version of a file with a pre-2003.2 client
    would result in the wrong digest value being set. This has
    been fixed.

#104421 (Bug #21735) **
    Classic Mac OS clients could cause the 2006.1 p4d server 
    to exit with an error about translate paths for OS 'current'.
    Now the server will not exit. 

#104154 (Bug #21741, #21742) **
    Memory leaks fixed.  Server leaked a small amount of
    memory for each table opened which was modified.

#104130 (Bug #21624) **
    p4 integrate of files with many branches and a complex
    integration history could cause the server to run
    out of memory.  Fixed to limit the extent and depth of
    history searching.

#104074 (Bug #21595) **
    The new merge code was choosing an edit over a conflict even 
    though the "theirs" edit effectively stomped on the "yours" 
    delete.  In most cases since both "yours" and "theirs" are
    removing lines this is probably a safe thing to do, however
    for safe merging this case will now be marked as a conflict 
    like it was in the previous release.

#104039 (Bug #21693) **
    Integrating a ktext file to a text file resulted in bad
    checksums when running 'p4 verify' using the initial
    2006.1 server. Fixed.

#103879 (Bug #21587) **
    'p4 changes -i' under certain conditions could exclude
    changelists that were integrated into the specified files.
    Fixed.

#103651 (Bug #21613) **
    When a job is updated without specifying the '-f' flag, the
    server will reject changing the value of any 'always' or 'once'
    field to a new non-null value. If these fields are either
    omitted or have an empty value, then the server will set the
    'always' fields as specified in the presets or restore the
    current values for the 'once' fields. By using this method of
    updating jobs, an application loses the ability to have the
    server detect potential job clobbering and will instead have
    to implement its own method for preventing overwriting of
    valid data.

#103316 (Bug #21578) **
    Using an older proxy (i.e. prior to 2006.1) with a 2006.1
    server could cause binary files to be treated like
    text files and subject to newline translations.  Other
    cases where filetypes get changed to text also occur.
    Fixed.

#103097 (Bug #21451, #21589) * **
    The new merge code was not recognizing certain cases which
    were borderline conflicts.  This change applies a more
    conservative approach, now choosing to throw those edge 
    cases into conflict blocks.

#102793 (Bug #21513) *
    p4 integrate with a 'cherry picked' source range
    might choose a bad base when a 'dirty merge' from the
    target to the source files is present.  Fixed.
    Similar to bug #15656.

#102186 (Bug 21467) **
    'p4 revert -a' could incorrectly report "no file(s) opened
    for edit".  This was introduced by change #94600 which prevents
    file type changes from being reverted with the '-a' flag.
    This has been fixed.

#100015 (Bug #21070) **
    'p4 login' with a very high value for timeout would always 
    create a new server ticket, rather than extending it.  This
    would mean that logging in from one machine would effectively
    log you out of another.  This has been fixed.

#99861 (Bug #21033) **
    'p4 integrate' no longer needlessly locks the db.revsx
    table (the revision table for spec depot entries), so that
    long running 'integrate' commands don't block spec updates.

#99829 (Bug #20599) **
    Shell expansion of 'p4' command line arguments no longer
    occurs when the command invokes a trigger.

#95339 (Bug #19759) **
    p4 print without the -o option can constructively use the
    proxy's cache now.  For this to work both the server and the
    proxy must be upgraded.

#94979 (Bug #4169) **
    The error "Client 'client' can only be used from host
    'host.com'" would also be generated if the hostname was case
    mismatched.  This check has now been made case-insensitive.

#94951 (Bug #1138) **
    'p4 revert' has been changed to prevent a user from reverting 
    a file opened by different user.

#94600 (Bug #11390) **
    'p4 revert -a' default behaviour has been changed so that it
    no longer reverts files that have been opened with a different
    type.

#94008 (Bug #20002, #9869) **
    Starting 'p4d', or performing checkpoint, journal, or
    recovery options on a depot with upgrade counter = 0 will 
    generate the informational message "Perforce db files
    in 'P4ROOT' will be created if missing...".

#93944 (Bug #14864) **
    'p4 diff -sl [ file[rev]... ]' displays unopened files with the
    status of 'same', 'diff', or 'missing' as each file is compared
    to its revision in the depot. When used in conjunction with
    '-f', this command may show this diff summary for all files in
    the file argument, including opened files.

#93514 (Bug #18555) **
    The Spec depot now handles concurrency correctly. Multiple
    changes to a spec occurring at the same time should no longer
    result in missing revisions. 

#93503 (Bug #20111) * **
    The file types "text+C" and "text+F" are now treated by
    'p4 diff2', 'p4 resolve' using merge, and 'p4 describe'
    as text files. Now files of these types can be compared and
    merged.

#93286 (Bug #18580, #19128) **
    'p4 depot' will not save a depot spec unless the Map entry 
    contains a trailing set of ellipses. The trailing ellipses
    is the only wildcard allowed. 

#90843 (Bug #14813) **
    jobspec fields which are specified as 'always' will have the 
    read-only nature of the field enforced by the server unless 
    the -f flag is used.  Since the server will populate these 
    fields upon commit, any user data will be lost. This behavior 
    can be used to prevent most job clobbering situations by 
    including an always field of type date (e.g., a field for
    LastModifiedDate). 

#90571 (Bug #19566) **
    'p4 labels file[revrange]' can block other Perforce commands
    that need to update the db.domain table.  This problem has
    been fixed by early release of this table lock. 

#90261 (Bug #19649) *
    p4 print -o would fail when the result file specified
    is a device such as /dev/null or /dev/fd/1. 

#89366 (Bug #11188) **
    Wildcards (..., *, or %%x) are no longer allowed to be
    right next to each other in file arguments or views.
    Putting them together serves no useful purpose and consumes
    CPU as the server tries to deal with the combinations.

#89167 (Bug #18182) **
    Excessive use of ... wildcards in client or branch mappings
    (more than a few mapping lines with more than one ... in
    them) could cause the server to consume a lot of memory and
    time trying to work out all the possibilities.  Generally
    this was not the intent of the user.  Now the server has an
    internal limit and returns an error rather than wasting time
    when the ... wildcard handling gets excessive.  


Major new functionality in 2005.2

PERFORMANCE IMPROVEMENTS

A number of changes have been made in the 2005.2 server that
should result in better performance at most sites.

Optimization of head revision operations - #79472 **

    This release adds a new table db.revdx which when combined
    with the other head revision table db.revhx (2005.1) gives 
    faster access to the top revision required by some commands 
    e.g. 'p4 sync'.  This improvement will reduce the compute
    phase (where locks are taken) especially where files have
    many revisions.

Speedup for the 'integ' command - #77216 **

    The performance of 'p4 integ' has been improved by batching 
    its updates to benefit from the internal cache and a reduction 
    in lock requests.  Depending on usage,  performance can be as 
    much as 3 times faster than previous server versions.

Early release of db.working/db.resolve during sync - #84071, #85678
(Bug #14146) **

    Long running 'p4 sync' commands (compute phase) will no longer
    block 'p4 add/delete/edit' or 'p4 revert' in most cases.  

Server Performance Tracking - #86623 **

    The p4d server now produces diagnostic output to help identify
    performance problems.  The new support is on by default but
    can be turned off or adjusted with the '-vtrack=x' flag to
    the server.  Any user commands that exceed certain thresholds
    for resource usage (CPU, lapse time, database I/O, network
    I/O, among other things) automatically get logged into the
    server error log P4LOG.  The levels that can be set with
    -vtrack=x are:

        0 turn off tracking
        1 track all commands
        2 track excess usage for a server < 10 users
        3 track excess usage for a server < 100 users
        4 track excess usage for a server < 1000 users
        5 track excess usage for a server > 1000 users

    If -vtrack is not provided on the server command line or
    set with P4DEBUG, the tracking level is computed from the
    number of users listed in the server license file.

    The exact format of the tracking output is not documented,
    and subject to change.

Spec depot interferes less with other commands - #86495
(Bug #18939)  **

    Revision entries for a 'spec' depot are now kept in a separate
    database file db.revsx, so that long running reporting
    commands don't block updates to user/client/branch/etc forms.

Special handling for @changelist - #85130 (Bug #18689) **
    The syntax '//path/file@change1,@somethingelse' now performs
    better in many common cases.  Previously, the server would
    search based on changelist number or file path according to
    hard-coded rules.  This worked poorly in a few common cases:
    both '//singlefile@1,@date' and '//...@5000,5001' started
    with the wrong search.  This left users trying odd syntax
    to second guess the server.  Now the server adaptively tries
    searching by change number, but if that appears to be too
    inefficient (more than 80% of the revisions not matching the
    path), it switches to searching by path.

Speedup for clients with many opened files - #80624
(Bug #8348, #8929, #8930, #8931, #13439, #14006, #14500,
#16985) **

    2002.1 and 2005.1 special optimizations were made to avoid
    scans when accessing the db.have table with a depot file
    argument (the db.have table is keyed on the client file).
    This optimization has now been extended to the db.working
    table (also keyed on the client file), and largely eliminates
    the need for large scans when referring to a small set of
    files.

    Further, this optimization no longer depends on the client
    view and db.have table being "in sync", often referred to
    as "mapState 1".  Now the client view is augmented upon
    upgrade to 2005.2 and every time the client view is changed,
    and so mapState has been retired.

EXTERNAL AUTHENTICATION TRIGGERS - #83081 (Bug #2398, #6730,
#15417) **

External authentication support is built upon the 2004.2 support
for ticket based authentication.  When the user issues a 'p4 login'
request the first trigger of type auth-check is executed, with the
user's typed password on the trigger command's standard input.  If
the trigger successfully authenticates then a Perforce ticket is
issued.  Similarly, when the user issues a 'p4 passwd' request the
first trigger of type auth-set is executed to set the new password
(after the old one has been verified with any auth-check trigger).
The user name is available as %user% to be passed on the trigger
command line.

UTF-16 SUPPORT - #85454 (Bug #1536) *

When the server is in unicode mode, clients can support UTF-16
as a P4CHARSET setting.  Details in i18nnotes.txt.

Minor new functionality in 2005.2

#86443 (Bug #11924) **
    When using overlay mappings, adding a file on the overlay
    when a deleted file is present on the non-overlay mapping
    would give a file name changed error.  Fixed.

#86149 (Bug #18030) **
    Jobs saved in the special 'spec' type depot are now updated
    automatically if their contents are changed with 'p4 fix',
    'p4 change', or 'p4 submit'.  The most likely automatic
    changes are those to the 'Status:' and 'Date:' fields.
    Previously the 'spec' depot was only updated by direct edits
    with 'p4 job'.

#85670 (Bug #15369) *
    Character set translation failures during file transfers now
    report a line number near the first failure.  Also, we now
    inspect the first 8192 bytes of a file to determine if it
    is a likely unicode vs text or binary file.

#83894 **
    Job fields marked as being 'always' updated are now updated
    when a fix is added or deleting to the job using the 'p4 fix'
    or 'p4 changelist' commands, or when a changelist affecting
    the job is submitted with 'p4 submit'.  This is in addition to
    being updated when the job is updated directly with 'p4 job'.  
    Previously (but never clearly documented) the 'always' fields 
    were updated only upon the change of status due to 'p4 fix'
    (with a committed changelist) or 'p4 submit'.

#83599 **
    The trigger names in 'p4 triggers' have been renamed so as
    to clarify their purpose.  The old trigger names 'submit',
    'content', 'commit', 'in', 'out', 'save', and 'delete' are
    still recognized but the new names 'change-submit',
    'change-content', 'change-commit', 'form-in', 'form-out',
    'form-save', and 'form-delete' are preferred.

#82165 (Bug #15773) **
    'p4 monitor show -e' and server log output will display a
    version string appended to the program name. If a client's
    version string is not available to the server (as set
    via 2005.2+ ClientApi::SetVersion()), the version string 
    defaults to the protocolClient value.

#80660 (Bug #16132) **
    'p4 opened -a file' and 'p4 opened -c change' have both been
    optimized to avoid a wholesale scan of the db.working table.

#80493 (Bug #15451) **
    The new 'p4 annotate -i' flag follow branches, just as 
    'p4 filelog -i' does.

#78928 (Bug #17244) * **
    Unicode type files could be submitted to a depot with
    a leading Byte-Order-Mark (BOM) which is not translatable
    into any character set other than UTF-8.  Now, such files
    will sync into other character sets ignoring leading
    Byte-Order-Marks.  This may cause discrepancies with
    p4 diff -se or -sa for such files.

#77727 (Bug #8946) **
    The new option 'p4 add/edit/delete -n' just displays the
    files that would be opened without actually opening them.

#76458 **
    'p4 sync' now sports a '-k' option.  This (keep) files
    option updates the server so that it appears that a client
    workspace already has the file(s) requested.  Using this
    flag prevents files from being moved to the client workspace.

#76292 (Bug #16275) **
    'p4 revert' now sports a '-k' option.  This (keep) files
    option clears the open file action maintained by the server 
    but does not change files in the client workspace.

#75760 (Bug #8996) *
    Three Russian/Cyrillic character sets added.  They are
    'koi8-r', 'cp1251' (Windows Code Page 1251), and
    'iso8859-5'.

#73787 (Bug #16286) **
    'p4 annotate' now sports the -db and -dw flags from 'p4 diff'
    et al: ignore whitespace changes, and ignore whitespace 
    altogether.

Bugs fixed in 2005.2

#101271 (Bug 21127) **
    Memory leak fixed.  A server running with spec depot enabled or
    additional local depots would leak memory.  Typically this
    would be 20 bytes for each additional depot multiplied by the
    number of file arguments.

#99156 (Bug #20905) **
    Servers built with the SmartHeap memory manager (linux,
    windows),  could require input from the user when the server
    was unable to obtain more memory.  On linux this could happen
    when the server was holding locks, which (eventually) brings
    the server to a halt. The default behaviour has been changed
    so that the server does not prompt when out of memory.

#94339 (Bug #20192) **
    'p4 changes @changelist' could be slower in 2005.2 than it
    was in 2005.1 due to an optimization intended to speed up
    changelist ranges (@changelist,changelist).  The optimization
    has been tuned to be no slower than 2005.1.

#92200 (Bug #19757) ***
    The proxy would not properly expand the Date and DateTime
    keywords for file submitted with modtimes during daylight
    savings times while the submit actually happened not
    during daylight savings or vis versa.  Fixed.

#91541 (Bug #19576) *
    Temporary files were sometimes left in client workspaces
    by MacOS X clients.  Fixed.

#90419 (Bug #19600) * **
    'p4 -G jobs' lost the 'specdef' field when tagged output
    for forms was implemented in 2005.2. Now this field has
    been restored.

#90017 (Bug #16559, #18645) **
    'p4 submit' using files with invalid or missing file
    modification dates will no longer cause file corruption.
    Instead, an error will be generated and the submission
    will fail.

#89981 (Bug #19465) * **
    Add new environment variables P4DIFFUNICODE and
    P4MERGEUNICODE which are like P4DIFF and P4MERGE
    for invoking external tools from the command line
    except that when the file is of type unicode and
    the server is in unicode mode, the character set
    is passed as an argument to the commands those
    variables point to.  This can allow p4merge to be
    invoked from the p4 command line tool on UTF-16 files
    successfully.

#89793 (Bug #19529) *
    Arguments to commands defined in P4MERGE or P4DIFF will
    no longer cause the commands to fail to execute. This
    behavior was due to a short-lived bug only in the beta 
    release, and has now been fixed.

#89471 (Bug #19463) **
    'p4 edit/delete/add' of a file in a spec depot should not
    be allowed, this has been fixed.

#89406 (Bug #19455) **
    Deleting a form when a spec depot has been enabled will 
    result in a server crash, this has been fixed.

#88299 (Bug #19044) **
    The server was not updating the filesize or digest for spec 
    depot files.  This has been fixed,  older files can be updated
    by using the 'p4 verify -u' command.

#86806 (Bug #17563) **
    'p4 label' or 'p4 client' could cause the server to crash 
    if the label or client name contained the "%%" wildcard
    character sequence. Now this character sequence is not allowed
    in the name of any new labels, clients, branches or depots. 
    Any entity which already has this illegal character 
    sequence in its name is still accessible.

#86505 (Bug #15937, #17684, #18435) **
    p4 submit -r would leave branched files read-only while
    also open for edit.  Now such files are made read-write.
    p4 submit -r should now leave open all submitted files which
    remain on the client after a submit.

#86189 (Bug #18844) * **
    p4 resolve would wrongly duplicate a common insert
    in some cases.  Fixed.

#85995 (Bug #18780) *
    'p4 -x <argumentfile>' would report unknown client
    in the server log file for argument processing
    after the first 128 arguments which are run in second
    and subsequent commands.  Fixed.

#85795 (Bug #17823) **
    Importing from a remote depot could result in an unusable
    db.rev archive file. This would require a certain combination 
    of multiple integrations where the last is an ignored local
    depot file.  Subsequent access to the newly submitted revision
    would result in the error "Can't map //remotedepot/filename 
    to archive!".  This has been fixed.

#85674 (Bug #18652) **
    An integrate command may miss that a delete needs to be
    integrated when there are multiple levels of indirection
    between the source and target.  Fixed.

#85630 (Bug #18819) **
    A narrow performance problem involving labels, the "*"
    wildcard, and directories with lots of subdirectories has
    been fixed.

#85445 (Bug #18053, #18433) **
    'p4 -R' now works with marshalled input from Ruby 1.8.x

#84221 (Bug #13451) **
    A revision specification of @change,change against a remote
    depot works again.  For a long time using a change number
    in the revision syntax for remote depot files would use the
    local change index against the remote files.  Now it filters
    remote files using their own change numbers.

#84221 (Bug #18441) **
    A revision specification of pattern@1,@date now uses a lot
    less memory, related to the number of files matching 'pattern'
    rather than all files since change 1.

#81300 (Bug #17199) **
    Really long arguments (>2048 bytes) to 'p4 dirs' could crash
    the server.  This has been fixed.

#80547 (Bug #17798) **
    'p4 logout -a' now removes the ticket stored on the client
    as well as the ticket stored on the server.

#80127 (Bug #17727) **
    'p4 logout' can now be executed if the user has a valid ticket
    but it has expired.  Previously the user would have to run
    'p4 login' first.

#76684 (Bug #16957) **
    'p4 fstat' now accepts multiple -O and -R flags.


Major new functionality in 2005.1

PERFORMANCE IMPROVEMENTS

A number of changes have been made in the 2005.1 server that
should result in better performance at most sites.

Speedup for the 'dirs' command - #69248 (Bug #7068) **

    The performance of the 'dirs' command is now no longer
    affected by the number of files deleted at their head
    revision. Since the 'dirs' command is used by GUIs such as
    P4V and P4Win, browsing through portions of the repository
    with files deleted at their head revision will now be
    faster. This speedup uses the new db.revhx table.

Speedup for the 'obliterate' command - #72594 (Bug #15047) **

    A number of changes have been made to reduce the fixed
    overhead of 'p4 obliterate'. Now the overhead is more or
    less relative to the number of clients and labels, rather
    than the size of the clients and labels. Also improved is
    the handling of lazy copies in that obliterating a revision
    that is the source of many lazy copies no longer creates
    many revisions in the versioned files tree. This speedup
    uses the new db.archive table and leverages the MapState
    simplification (see below).

Btree passive reorganization - #68043 **

    As updates are made to the db.* tables, the server now
    reorganizes portions of the table as necessary to maintain
    sorted order across contiguous leaf pages. These passive
    reorganizations will result in better performance when
    scanning portions of the table since physical movements
    of the disk heads will be reduced and readahead will be
    more effective. This feature should reduce the need to
    periodically recreate the db.* tables from a checkpoint
    to improve performance, but may increase the size of
    some of the db.* tables due to the allocation of new
    contiguous pages.

MapState simplification - #72631 **

    Using depot syntax for a number of commands ('p4 sync', 'p4
    have', 'p4 fstat') has been sped up considerably in certain
    cases. Previously, such commands were fast only if the
    client workspace was 'in sync' with its current client view.
    This limitation no longer applies. Now the results of the
    first scan after changing the client view are used to avoid
    further costly scans, whether the client is in sync or not.

SPEC DEPOT - #69793 (Bug #250)  **

A new depot of type 'spec' archives all edited forms (branch,
change, client, depot, group, job, jobspec, protect, triggers,
typemap, and user) into special, read-only files in that
depot. The files are named //specdepot/type/name[suffix];
suffix is optionally given as the 'Suffix:' field on the
depot form. The archived forms can be accessed as any other
file, but there is no special provision for using the forms,
other than using the form-specific command's -i flag (e.g.
p4 client -i). Automatic updates to a form, such as access
times, opened files (for changes), status (for jobs), etc,
do not change the saved forms: only those made through the
regular form editing commands. The spec depot was introduced
as undocumented functionality in the 2003.2 release, but is now
fully supported.

PARTIAL FILETYPES - #68575 (Bug #594, #4003, #6562, #6742) **

The filetype given to 'p4 add', 'p4 edit', 'p4 reopen', and
'p4 typemap' can now be just a partial filetype, with the
'+modifiers' only. A partial filetype modifies rather than
replaces the default one. For example, if a text and binary
file are added to a location in the repository covered by a
typemap entry specifying a partial filetype of '+l', the text
file is added with a filetype of 'text+l' and the binary file
is added with a filetype of 'binary+l'. See 'p4 help filetypes'
for additional information.

DELETE TRIGGERS - #68258 (Bug #15235) **

Complementing the spec triggers introduced in the 2004.2 release
is a new spec trigger type of 'delete'. This trigger will run
prior to deleting the spec. A delete trigger can be used
to limit when a spec is deleted. For example, a delete trigger
can be used to prevent unauthorized users from deleting jobs.

Minor new functionality in 2005.1

#72238 **
    'p4 verify' has a new flag '-m maxRevs' which limits the number
    of revisions which can be verified.  Using this option may
    require several iterations before each revision has been
    processed.

    As of change #70719 newly submitted files will have the length
    maintained by the server.  Previous revisions will have their
    length computed when running verify with either the '-u' or
    '-v' option.  It is recommended for a large repository where
    this update could take a long time to use the '-m' option
    when updating the metadata for the first time after upgrade.

#71026 (Bug #15880) **
    'p4 filelog' has a new flag '-L'.  This option produces long
    output with a 250 character truncated changelist description.

#70950 (Bug #15791) **
    'p4 changes' has a new flag '-L'.  This option produces long
    output with a 250 character truncated changelist description.

#70906 (Bug #14912) *
    Allow the ticket file location to be configurable.  The user
    can now define the location of the file used by 'p4 login'
    and subsequent connection attempts by setting the environment
    variable P4TICKETS.  This variable, like other Perforce
    variables can be set at the command prompt or set in a P4CONFIG
    file or as an NT registry variable through 'p4 set'.

    e.g    setenv P4TICKETS /secure/myname/ticketfile   (UNIX csh)
       p4 set P4TICKETS=c:\secure\myname\ticketfile.txt   (NT)

#70719 (Bug #15844) **
    The server now maintains the filesize in the metadata, this
    makes the 'p4 fstat' option '-Ol' much faster.

#70543 **
    Remote depot access for 98.2 and 99.1 servers has been
    dropped.

#70419 (Bug #15810) **
    'p4 fstat' has a new flag '-Of'.  When this option is selected
    all revisions for the given file(s) are displayed.

#70345 **
    Some commands have now been given synonyms:

    synonym        command
    --------       -------
    changelist     change
    changelists    changes
    workspace      client
    workspaces     clients

    Either name will be accepted,  however errors and form fields
    will continue to refer to the original command name
    irrespective of what name the command was executed with.

#69880 (Bug #15693) **
    'p4 fstat' adds 'desc' (change description) to its list of
    output fields.  This field will only be displayed when the
    option to display files affected by a given changelist number
    '-e changelist#' is specified.

#69803 (Bug #15676) **
    'p4 opened' has a new flag '-C client' which limits output
    to files opened by the specified client.

#69639 (Bug #15599) **
    'p4 fstat' adds 'otherChange#' to its list of output fields.
    This field will only be displayed if the file is opened.

#68917 (Bug #15484) **
    'p4 fstat' adds 'digest' to its list of fields that are output.
    This field will only be displayed when the '-Ol' option is
    used.

Bugs fixed in 2005.1

#89300 (Bug #19381) **
    A Perforce server running with monitor enabled could encounter
    problems with a multi-threaded client issuing overlapping
    requests on the same server connection.  Under certain 
    conditions this could lead to a server crash.  This has
    been fixed.

#86943 (Bug #18960) **
    Under rare circumstances a btree passive reorganization
    may fail with an 'insert failure'.  Fixed.

#86558 (Bug #18951) **
    Using mmap (memory mapped) file access for the server platform
    AIX 5.3 has been disabled due to a problem with that O.S.
    implementation.

#82815 (Bug #17328) **
    Servers running on some versions of Linux prior to 2.6.11 
    could be prone to seeing sporadic zombie processes. Although
    this is a Linux kernel bug this change provides a workaround
    for those customers who cannot obtain a later release of
    the fixed kernel.

#82100 (Bug #18091) **
    Failure to archive forms to the 'spec' depot were not being
    reported to the client application, this has been fixed.

#81216 (Bug #17960) **
    Bug fix #80169 (update db files) could be executed for each 
    database access instead of once.  Although this update should 
    not pose any problems it could slightly affect performance.
    This has been fixed.

#81207 (Bug #17909) **
    'p4 verify -q' would not detect a missing archive file if
    the digest had already been computed and saved. This has
    been fixed.

#80631 (Bug #17752) * **
    p4 resolve or merge tools when 'accept theirs' is chosen
    could leave a file which did not match the server's
    version of the theirs file.  Bad auto merges are
    also possible.  Fixed.

#80628 (Bug #17822) **
    Upgrading to 2005.1 from a release older than the previous
    2004.2 release could result in an incorrect value for a files
    size being reported (p4v, p4ftp).   This has been fixed.

#80169 (Bug #17732) **
    Upgrading to 2005.1 (this release) when the server's
    db files were created originally by a p4d version prior
    to 2001.1 and which a checkpoint has never been recovered
    by a server version 2001.1 or later will have database
    update problems.  Fixed.  Once this fixed server is run,
    you can not run older 2005.1 servers without a checkpoint
    recovery.

#79941 (Bug #17691) **
    p4 filelog -i would show details of files for which
    the user has no permissions if those files were branched
    to files the user has access to.  Now, filelog -i will
    silently not visit ancestor files which the user does
    not have permission to inspect.

#79498 (Bug #14978) **
    Application-licensed servers cannot be accessed remotely. This
    has been fixed.

#79322 (Bug #16613) **
    For certain client views 'p4 labelsync' could repeatedly delete
    and add the same file each time its executed.

#78873 (Bug #13509) **
    On some platforms (linux) with 'monitor' enabled the command
    'p4 admin stop' could hang the server.  This has been fixed.

#77879 (Bug #17233) **
    Indirect Integrations involving recently branched files
    which are then deleted via integration might stop
    propagating the delete via indirect integrations.

#75719 (Bug #16806) **
    Under certain circumstances and on particular server platforms
    (Solaris) the 'Options' field of a Perforce client could get
    corrupted when being displayed. This has been fixed.

#75711 (Bug #16482) **
    'p4 -Rc -e #changelist' could take a long time if the 
    client view prevented any of the files in the changelist
    from being mapped.  This has been fixed.

#74983 (Bug #16300) **
    'p4 job Job' against an NT server would override the same
    storage used by 'p4 jobspec'.

#74847 (Bug #14524) **
    'p4 tag' would create labels with uninitialized access and
    modification times. This has been fixed.

#74432 (Bug #16478) **
    Indirect integration credit was missed in certain combinations
    of a copy from and a branch from a common ancestor.

#74228 (Bug #16031) **
    'p4 fstat -W' has been speeded up by removing the redundant
    db.have client file scan.

#73742 (Bug #16342) **
    'p4 fstat -e #changelist -W' on some platforms would fail to
    return the files opened in that changelist.  This has been
    fixed.

#73518 (Bug #16238) **
    The filetype option 'apple+k' would fail in previous versions
    with the error "AppleSingle/Double corrupted". This failure
    was due to an incompatibility between the apple resource fork
    code and the RCS keyword substitution code.  This combination
    is prohibited and is now rejected when trying to set it rather
    than after submit.

#72937 (Bug #15917) **
    Indirect integrations might schedule deletes without the
    -Ds or -d flags when such flags would be needed.  Fixed.

#72512 (Bug #15583) **
    Revisions for a 'group' stored in the spec depot did not
    contain all the users added to that group only the last ones
    added in the last update.  This has been fixed.

#72406 (Bug #15933) *
    On Windows clients operating with character set UTF8 use
    Unicode Windows APIs to get user related environment
    variables and allow Perforce variables to supply these
    environment values.

#71608 (Bug #15942) **
    Indirect Integration credit was not given for all paths
    when more than one credit path shares intermediate
    credit paths indirectly resulting in some unnecessary
    integrates being scheduled or base files for merging which
    are older than needed.  Fixed.

#71169 (Bug #15712) **
    The 'Timeout' field which can be set by 'p4 group' was not
    allowing a value of 0 (no timeout).  This has been fixed.

#70975 (Bug #11839) **
    Starting p4d as a service on NT would fail if upper case
    was used for the executable name.  Fixed.

#70890 (Bug #15719) **
    'p4 integ' would schedule integrations which are not needed
    when the source was a copy integration from a third file
    which was edited into the target.

#69841 (Bug #15602) **
    A trigger on 'p4 change' wouldn't fire on 'p4 change -s',
    which is used by p4win.  Now it does.

#68886 (Bug #15469) **
    'p4 login' IP based tickets would not work against a central
    authentication server. This has been fixed.

#67888 (Bug #15265) **
    If a post-submit trigger fails then the server can incorrectly
    issue the message "Submit validation failed -- fix problems
    then use 'p4 submit -c <changelist>'". If no ktext files are
    refreshed during the submit then no error message is seen at
    all.  This change fixes both these problems.

#67042 (Bug #15175) **
    p4 sync <filespec>#none no longer changes permissions
    on symlink target files (Mac OS X and Darwin only).


Major new functionality in 2004.2

SECURITY LEVEL (Authorization and security levels)

The new security features introduced in 2003.2 but undocumented
are now fully supported.

Most of the changes are built upon the existing system which when
used correctly provide adequate protection for most development
environments.  However, this system did not provide for password
enforcement, password strength enforcement and allowed unsafe
practices to be established.

2004.2 introduces the concept of a perforce server security level,
basically the higher the level the greater level of enforcement. In
some cases enforcing a greater security level will make the usage
too restrictive for some sites where it simply isn't necessary.

The new security features do not offer native data encryption. As
in previous versions, Perforce recommends SSH or VPN as a means of
access over insecure networks.

Setting a security level:

To provide backwards compatibility the default setting for security
allows similar authorization as previous versions.  To set a
security level in the server a super-user must set the new
'security' counter into the system:

e.g.  p4 counter -f security 1  (server must be stopped/restarted)

The following is a list of the values and their action.

security     feature/function

0 (unset)    * 'p4 login' support.

1        * 2003.2+ clients enforce passwords
         * 2003.2+ clients require strong passwords

2        * cannot modify password through 'p4 user'
         * cannot modify password through 'p4 passwd -O -P'
         * pre-2003.2 clients cannot set password
         * pre-2003.2 clients cannot use login
         * unverified strength passwords must be changed
         * passwords no longer stored/retrieved from registry
           (NT)

3        * 'p4 login' tickets are the only way to connect to
           a server, passwords are no longer accepted.

NEW LOGIN/LOGOUT COMMANDS PROVIDE PERFORCE ACCESS THROUGH TICKETS

    The new 'p4 login' command allows a user to establish an
    authorized connection to the Perforce server by a ticket
    granting mechanism.  A session can be terminated by issuing a
    'p4 logout' command.  See 'p4 help login/logout' for usage.

    New field 'Timeout' in 'p4 group'

    'p4 group' now has a 'Timeout' field, which can be used to
    change the default (12 hours) login timeout value for a group
    of users.  This value represents the number of seconds that an
    issued ticket from the server will be valid for.

NEW TRIGGER SUPPORT (mid-submit, post-submit and forms) (Bug #796,
#1651, #9738, #10536)

    'p4 triggers' now supports mid- and post-submit triggers in
    addition to the existing pre-submit ones.  mid-submit triggers
    happen after file transfer and use a limited set of commands
    to access the file content via the special revision
    specification @=change, where change is the pending changelist
    number.  post-submit triggers happen after the commit and
    therefore cannot stop the operation.  (Bug #1651, #1929,
    #11861)

    Also, 'p4 triggers' supports triggers on all forms (like 'p4
    branch' and 'p4 user').  There are three triggers available:
    'out', 'in', and 'save'.  An 'out' trigger is run when
    the form is generated; an 'in' trigger is run when the form
    is being saved, but before the server parses it.  Both 'out'
    and 'in' can modify the form.  A 'save' trigger is run after
    the form is parsed and validated by the server.  A 'save'
    trigger cannot modify the form.

NEW INDIRECT INTEGRATION DEFAULT

    'p4 integrate' now always considers indirect integrations
    through intermediate branches when determining that
    files are related and what changes need to be integrated.
    The direct/indirect option in branch specifications has
    been removed as all integrations will be considered
    indirect.  Related is that 'p4 integrate' may select a
    base for merge resolution from a common ancestor which
    is neither the source nor the target file.

NEW SMART RESOLVE LOGIC

    Conflict resolution with 'p4 resolve' has been changed.
    The new logic reduces conflicting regions with more
    complex detection of commonality of changes.

FILEPATHS THAT CONTAIN CHARACTERS @#%* CAN NOW BE ADDED TO DEPOT
(Bug #1339, #13270)

    Previously the special characters "@#%*" could not be included
    in a file submitted to the repository, instead an error would
    be generated.

    As of this release the Perforce command 'p4 add -f' will allow
    these special characters to be included as part of a filepath.
    Without the '-f' option an error message will be generated for
    files containing wildcards.

    Once added these files can only be referred to in their
    formatted syntax.  For example 'p4 add foo#bar' will result in
    a file being submitted under the formatted name 'foo%23bar',
    notice that the '#' gets translated to its ascii hexadecimal
    represented value '%23'.  The syntax to edit the file once it
    has been submitted would therefore be 'p4 edit foo%23bar'.
    Perforce commands like 'p4 have' and 'p4 fstat' will show both
    formatted and local (filesystem) names.  These filenames will
    of course be expanded back to their original submitted name
    when synced down onto client machines.

    Note that due to this change, the wildcard %d used in
    reordering filepaths in viewspecs has now changed to %%d.

NEW TAG COMMAND PROVIDES EASY WAY TO ASSIGN A LABEL TO A FILELIST
(Bug #9903)

    Similar in syntax to the more advanced 'p4 labelsync' command
    'p4 tag' allows the user to tag files with a label without
    requiring a client spec.  See 'p4 help tag' for further details.

Minor new functionality in 2004.2

#58026 (Bug #13343) **
    'p4 fstat' has two new flags.  The '-O' flag used to request
    extra information that is usually suppressed and the '-R' flag
    that is used to restrict output depending on certain criteria.
    A number of old fstat flags have been folded into these new
    options.  See 'p4 help fstat' for details.

#56674 (Bug #11929) **
    'p4 integrate -Di' allows the integrate command to find
    a base for file merge prior to the latest add of the
    source file.  That is if a source file was deleted and
    recreated (via add or a branch) those revisions prior
    to the add could provide a base for integration.  This
    is intended to support cases where files are deleted and
    re-added but still maintain content continuity across the
    delete.

#56035 (Bug #13380) **
    'p4 submit -r' now supports reopening of files that have
    been branched.

#56034 (Bug #413) **
    The 'p4 integrate' command can now determine if a base
    for merge resolution lies on any ancestor version even
    if that version is a file which is neither the source
    nor the target.  The base file and version is reported by a
    change in the output of 'p4 integrate', 'p4 resolve', and
    'p4 resolved' if a '-o' option is given with those commands.

#55851 (Bug #3757, #9034, #10740, #11631) **
    The new 'p4 integrate' default of considering indirect
    integration history allows the command to refuse baseless
    merges while considering indirect integrations when the
    -i and -I flags are not supplied.  Changes to help
    descriptions and spec descriptions and problems regarding
    integrate and branch are corrected.

#53703 (Bug #13258) **
    'p4 fstat' has a new flag '-e #changelist'.  When this option
    is selected only files that are affected by this changelist are
    displayed.

#53137 (Bug #13259) **
    'p4 fstat' adds 'type' to its list of output fields, this
    field will only be displayed if the file is opened.

#52894 (Bug #13184) **
    'p4 labelsync' is now atomic in its update of the label table.
    Previously if a user issued a 'p4 sync //...@labelname' command
    during a labelsync operation (of the same label) it could be
    possible to get an inconsistent sync.

#52329 * **
    Files stored as compressed binary (most binary files) are
    now left compressed over the wire and uncompressed only when
    they reach the client.  (Previously, they were uncompressed
    on the server and sent to the client that way.)  This new
    behavior is not optional, and is unaffected by the client's
    "compress" option, which continues to compress all data
    between the client and server.

#51751 (Bug #12737) **
    'p4 monitor' now sports a '-e' flag to allow superusers to
    see more about a users environment.  The '-e' flag adds the
    client program name (if known), client name and host address
    to the list of fields displayed.

#50570 *
    P4CHARSET now supports iso8859-15 which is essentially latin-1
    with the Euro currency symbol.

#50459 **
    Overlay (+) mappings are now supported in client views.
    This allows a client to overlay a sparse tree from the
    depot on top of a denser on already mapped on the client.
    Overlay mappings are specifically prohibited in branch views,
    and have no special effect in label or other views.

Bugs fixed in 2004.2

#81443 (Bug #17890) * **
    During change resolution via p4 resolve an 'accept theirs'
    could leave a file on the client which does not match
    the server's original 'theirs' file.

#80025 (Bug #17695) * **
    Problem with resolve/merge duplicating code when the
    base file has extra lines at the end that the source
    and target file do not has been fixed.  

#79733 (Bug #17654) **
    Triggers were inheriting too many handles from the
    server process on Windows and could exhaust a system
    wide handle resource limit.  Critical handles no longer
    inherited.

#79315 (Bug #17399) *
    P4 clients on MacOS X which change files not owned by
    the user who runs the p4 client may encounter crashes and
    many temporary files left after the crash.  Error messages
    will now be produced.

#76944 (Bug #17078) **
    Prevent server from exiting prematurely on encountering a lock 
    upgrade problem.

#76880 (Bug #16991) * **
    Resolve logic to expand common change regions could cause
    crashes or bad merges.  Changed to only rarely expand common
    changes when changes align at start.

#76510 (Bug #16959) **
    'p4 fix' of a job against a nonexistent changelist could
    result in a server crash.  This has been fixed.

#74828 (Bug #16596) **
    Resolve might cause a server crash or repeat the whole
    file contents as a conflict in rare cases.  Fixed.

#73359 (Bug #16118, #16425, #16248) **
    Bug fix #72493 introduced another possible crash.
    Revised that fix to avoid the crash.  Diffs may report
    slightly differently with this revised fix.

#73084 (Bug #16205) **
    With maxResults or maxScanRows set with 'p4 group', changing
    your client view to map files to a different location could
    result in being unable to refer to existing files in the
    client workspace using depot syntax (//depot/name).  This
    has been corrected.

#72935 (Bug #15831) **
    Trying to sync a compressed binary file from a pre-2004.2
    remote server would result in the error:

    "Operation 'rmt-FileFetch' failed.
    Unsupported librarian file type 7!"

    This has been fixed.

#72642 (Bug #16141) **
    Integrate might miss files which need integration
    when there is a mix of cherry picked integrations
    and those which are not in intermediate integrations
    when searching for indirect integration credits.
    Fixed.

#72638 (Bug #16142) * **
    Resolve might not detect conflicts when the two files
    have a change which starts as a duplicate, becomes
    a conflict, then one file has a change.  Fixed.

#72493 (Bug #16118) * **
    Resolve might cause the server to crash.  Crash was due
    to reading past the end of the yours file.  Fixed.

#71759 (Bug #15968) * **
    The new resolve logic might cause the server to crash.
    Would happen on very complex merges with overlapping
    changes and similar regions.  Fixed.

#71497 (Bug #15930) * **
    The new resolve logic might loop consuming all CPU in the
    server or merge tool when the two files being merged
    are substantially the same but with many small fragments
    in common with the base.  Fixed, but more cases may be
    reported as conflicts than before this fix.

#71324 (Bug #15597) **
    The variable '%change%' for submit triggers is no longer
    available.  This change corrects this omission.

#70948 (Bug #15867) * **
    The new resolve logic might loop consuming all CPU in the
    server or merge tool when blocks of lines are shuffled with
    few actual new lines or lines really removed.  Fixed.

#70343 (Bug #15751) * **
    The new resolve logic might drop a line in the following
    situation:

    * There is a change common to the 'theirs' and 'yours'
      files.

    * Just after that change a line in all files matches
      a line at the end of a change in one but not both
      of the 'theirs' and 'yours' files.

    When this problem happens that common line is lost at end
    of the insert block which is not common.
    Servers with versions between 69424 and this fix actually
    reported a conflict in this case and the conflicting
    base case would report lines already merged.  Fixed.

#70281 (Bug #15756) **
    'p4 obliterate' cannot distinguish between an already deleted
    archive file and failure to undo a lazy copy due to lack of
    disk space, this can lead to archive data loss.  This has been
    fixed by backing out change #45574.

#69739 (Bug #15657) **
    'p4 monitor show' could crash the server on SGI due to
    large pid value.  This has been fixed.

#69731 (Bug #15606) **
    Client server would deadlock with the server on a Linux
    machine.  Reverted change 55835 so that we once again
    look at the OS TCP send buffer size rather than the receive
    buffer and we reduced the maximum expected amount of
    returned data to 16000 bytes.  (himark limit)

#69727 (Bug #15656) **
    Integrations with source revisions ranges specified
    (so called cherry picked integrations) might choose
    the base on the target file instead of the source file.
    Fixed.

#69643 (Bug #15640) **
    The handling of 'p4 sync @=changelist' accidentally changed to
    cause files not in the changelist to be removed from the
    client.  This syntax is used by p4win to speed up syncing a
    single change.  Now 'p4 sync @=changelist' again means the same
    as 'p4 sync @changelist,changelist' as it should, and only
    affects the files in the given changelist.

#69424 (Bug #15425) * **
    The new resolve logic could report conflicting regions
    as too small and those lines would appear to not
    be conflicting.  If that happened, sometimes lines would
    also be omitted from the end of the file.

#69124 (Bug #15538) *
    Due to an inconsistent implementation of a specific system
    call on LINUX, it was possible for p4 clients such as p4v
    to consume lots of CPU and appear to hang. This has been
    fixed.

#69080 (Bug #15502) * **
    The new resolve logic could duplicate lines in the result
    if accept theirs were selected interactively from a client.
    Fixed, however there may be minor differences in the
    report of fragment counts regarding differences during
    result and differences in reported common lines.
    Standalone GUI merge clients are affected.

#65225 (Bug #13257) **
    The Perforce Windows Service now shuts down normally during a
    system reboot.  Before it was terminated by the Service Control
    Manager.

#62199 (Bug #11561) **
    'p4 -G job -o' and 'p4 -R job -o' failed if the jobspec
    contained required fields that deliberately defaulted to
    invalid values. This has been fixed.

#61038 (Bug #14462) **
    Saving a client spec with view arguments to depots which the
    user has no access (i.e. no 'list' access or better as granted
    by 'p4 protect') could cause the server to crash.

#60787 (Bug #14431) **
    Some passwords greater than 16 characters would not be
    recognized after being set by the user. This has been fixed.

#60299 (Bug #14461) **
    The server will now recognize a license file called
    "license.txt" as well as the default one "license".  This will
    make installation easier on Windows platforms where often the
    file has to be renamed before the server can be started
    correctly.

#59047 (Bug #13954) **
    Archive files with redundant versions of revision text and
    ancestral revisions of such a revision can be read properly.

#58393 (Bug #7096, #11534) **
    Mac OS X now uses Unix permissions instead of HFS locking
    to prevent edits to a file. If it detects a file has the HFS
    lock set, it will convert it to the new system. HFS locks will
    never be set by Perforce.

#58391 (Bug #13639, #13640) **
    Syncing or opening links for edit will no longer change
    the flags on the files pointed to by the link, but will
    affect the link itself. Mac OS X only.

#58964 (Bug #14229) **
    Archive files with missing revision contents but revision
    listed in archive header will no longer crash the server.

#57966 (Bug #14141) **
    Jobs with empty names can no longer be created (but they can
    be deleted).

#57268 (Bug #13931) **
    'p4 login' tickets would not work against a proxy server,
    this has been fixed.

#57034 (Bug #13096) **
    After 'p4 verify -u' had been used against the revisions in a
    spec depot, all new revisions would be reported as 'BAD' by
    'p4 verify'. This was caused by the server incorrectly reusing
    the checksum of the previous revision. This fault has now been
    fixed.

#57029 (Bug #4796) *
    Client connections would fail if P4PORT specified a hostname
    starting with a digit. This has been fixed.

#56972 (Bug #13803) **
    'p4 dirs' is no longer limited by the number of directories
    it can report.

#55835 (Bug #13364) **
    Client server would deadlock if the server's operating
    system reported more TCP buffer space available than
    was really available typically happens if a server has
    been configured with very large TCP buffers.  p4d is now
    more conservative and tries to keep less than 30000 bytes
    expected in its receive buffer.  Also, measure the OS
    TCP receive buffer rather than the send buffer for this
    setting (himark limit).

#55389 (Bug #13628) **
    Under certain conditions where old tempobjs and new tempobjs
    were being submitted together it was possible that some of
    the new tempobj archive files would not be deleted.  This
    has been fixed.

#54731 (Bug #13279, #4104) **
    During a 'p4 submit' operation it was possible for another
    Perforce client (same P4USER, same P4CLIENT) to interfere
    with the operation by (for example) reverting files currently
    being submitted.  Checks have now been put in place that make
    sure that this cannot happen. Should such a change be detected
    'p4 submit' will issue the error message "Files newly opened or
    reverted during submission" and abort.

#54050 (Bug #13346) **
    Missing '%' character in a 'p4 triggers' command string could
    cause a server crash during a submit.  This has been fixed.

#53436 (Bug #13228) * **
    Text file diffs would rarely produce non-optimal diffs
    on small files with short lines.

#51219 (Bug #12789) **
    Merely adding or removing a "-" to the mapping of a trigger
    table line of 'p4 triggers' would fail to be recognized as
    a change to the table.  This has been fixed.

#50451 (Bug #1445) **
    By remapping a file opened for edit to another depot file,
    and then syncing that depot file using depot syntax, it was
    possible to forget that the file was opened.  This has been
    fixed.

#50435 (Bug #2127) * **
    'p4 diff2' now always displays '<none>' to indicate "no file".
    Previously '< none >' was used on the left side.  Users
    requiring the old behaviour for scripts or applications can set
    the protocol variable "api" to a pre 2004.2 value for example
    -Zapi=56.

#50078 (Bug #13730) **
    'p4 client' and similar commands that edit specs could
    cause a server crash if a view argument was preceded
    by a double-quote with no matching end quote.  This
    has been fixed.


Major new functionality in 2003.2

Performance Improvements

2003.2 incorporates a number of changes addressed at the
performance of large installations.  While these changes were
tested against a server of 1M files they should, of course,
benefit all servers to some degree.

Optimization for frequent syncs - #47694 **

    A narrow optimization was made for large client workspaces
    that do frequent 'p4 sync' commands, typically automated
    build or test client workspaces.  The syntax 'p4 sync
    @changelist,#head' now makes use of a database index to make
    its speed related to the number of files affected since the
    named changelist, rather than the number of files already
    in the client workspace.

    To take advantage of this, scripted build or test clients
    must remember a recent changelist number and sync to changes
    since that changelist.  The provided changelist can be
    earlier than that previously synced, but the closer it is
    the faster.

    This optimization is targeted towards automated client
    workspaces, because they are in a position to track a recent
    changelist number.  Further, interactive users typically
    don't sync all of a large client workspace at once.

Label use speedups - #47813, #47771 (Bug #11540, #7225) **

    Specifying revisions using file@label,label, where the label
    doesn't contain the named file, no longer causes quadratic
    behavior.

    Specifying revisions using @label, where the label doesn't
    contain revisions from a remote depot, will no longer access
    the remote depot.

Locking and memory use improvements - #47939, #47402, #46797
(Bug #9893) **

    Concurrency and memory use on 'p4 sync' and 'p4 integrate'
    have been improved by freeing up temporary resources earlier.

    Subtle database locking improvements have been made.
    Previously, any command that could expect a revision
    specification locked tables (such as db.have and db.label)
    in anticipation of needing them.  Now they are only locked
    if the command actually makes use of them by including a
    @client or @label revision.

    'p4 sync' now batches its updates to benefit from the internal
    cache and reduce lock contention.

Speedups for large client views and protections tables - #48061 **

    Large client views or protection tables should no longer slow
    'p4 sync' or 'p4 integrate' quite so severely.

Indirect integration much faster - #47038 (Bug #10587) **

    Performance of 'p4 integrate -I', which looks at intermediate
    integrations when determining a base, has been significantly
    improved.  Its performance should now be similar to the
    normal direct integration only case.

Minor new functionality in 2003.2

#50484 **
    'p4 annotate' now sports a -c flag: output change numbers
    instead of revision numbers with each line of the file.

#48532 (Bug #11969) **
    Depots to which the user has no access (i.e. no 'list' access
    or better as granted by 'p4 protect') no longer show up in
    the output of 'p4 depots'.  Nor do they appear in the default
    branch, client, and label views.

#47719 (Bug #2696) * **
    The MD5 digest (fingerprint) of files are now computed and
    stored during submit.  For best performance, use both a new
    2003.2 client as well as server, as the new 2003.2 client
    programs offload the MD5 computation from the server.

#47373 (Bug #11639) *
    'p4 diff -db|-dw' now ignores line-ending differences as
    well as whitespace.  This is very useful when used in a
    mixed platform environment.

#46947 (Bug #4654) *
    'p4 diff' can now ignore line-ending differences when used
    with the flag "-dl". This is very useful when used in a
    mixed platform environment.

#46649 **
    'p4 integ' has an additional option -D<flag>, which allows
    the user to specify whether source or target deleted revisions
    are okay to integrate around.  See 'p4 help integ' for
    further details.


Major new functionality in 2003.1

2003.1 includes a number of as yet undocumented internal changes
required for versioning and configuring of p4 specs.

NEW MONITOR COMMAND DISPLAYS STATUS OF RUNNING P4 PROCESSES -
#41063 (Bug #2931, #9889) **

    The new 'p4 monitor' command displays the status of current
    running p4 processes.  It is functionally similar to the UNIX
    'ps' command.  A perforce administrator can also use monitor
    to terminate long running processes.

    See 'p4 help monitor' for usage.

Minor new functionality in 2003.1

#43840 (Bug #5547) * **
    'p4 resolve -a' of a binary file where either "yours" or
    "theirs" has changed from the base now does an automatic
    "accept theirs/yours", a conflict will still require manual
    selection.  Interactive resolve will now suggest "at/ay" as
    appropriate.

#39123 (Bug #9887) **
    The new option 'p4d -c command' runs the command while the
    database tables are locked.

#38864 (Bug #3224) **
    'p4 changes' has an additional option "-t" when specified
    will display the time as well as the date.


Major new functionality in 2002.2

INTEGRATE ACROSS DISTANT BRANCHES - #35537 (Bug #413, #9323) **

    'p4 integrate' now fully handles merging changes between
    branches that don't have a direct parent/child relationship.
    This occurs often when, say, both a release line and a
    development line are branched from a main line and changes
    must be merged directly from the development line to the
    release line.

    Previously, users had to rely on instructions in technical
    note #9 to ensure that the Perforce server chose the right
    base revision for merging.

    Now an updated option to 'p4 integrate' does the work.  The
    '-I' option looks for "indirect" integration history through
    intermediate files when determining the base for merging.
    This makes it able to handle files distantly related by
    branching, not just those with a direct parent/child
    relationship.

    The new branch option 'indirect' implies 'p4 integrate -I'
    for the branch, so that it need not be passed on the command
    line.

    While it is harmless to use the '-I' flag for directly
    related branches, it is slower.

    See 'p4 help integrate' and 'p4 help resolve' for updated
    descriptions of their operation.

NEW ANNOTATE COMMAND SHOWS HISTORY OF LINES IN A FILE - #35149
(Bug #574) **

    The new 'p4 annotate' command displays the lines of a file
    along with the number of the revision that introduced each
    line.  It is functionally similar to the CVS annotate command,
    except that it has the option to show deleted lines and
    note both the revision of introduction and deletion.

    See 'p4 help annotate' for usage.

SHARING CLIENTS USING MULTIPLE CLIENT ROOTS - #34879 (Bug #4471,
#6200, #6243, #6275, #6521, #7268) **

    Client workspaces that are shared across multiple platforms
    can now be better accommodated by the ability to specify
    multiple client roots.  If the same workspace is accessed
    from different hosts, the same set of client workspace
    files can appear with a different root directory.

    Previously, only one root could be given in the client spec,
    and the user had to change it manually as he moved among
    platforms.

    Now 'p4 client' supports up to three (3) client roots, one
    main (named "Root") and two alternates (named "AltRoots" ).
    The client's current working directory is tried against all
    three, and the first one that matches is used.  If none
    match, the main is used anyhow.  'p4 info' reports the
    applicable root.

    This support allows for client roots shared via multiple
    UNIX paths with symlinks, shared via NFS or Windows shares,
    or even between MacOS Classic and MacOS X.  When used with
    the 'p4 client' LineEnd 'share' option, client workspaces
    can be effectively shared between UNIX and Windows.

    See 'p4 help client' for details on using multiple client roots.

SPRUCING UP DIFFS

The various commands that diff files have seen some enhancements
to make them more compatible with the GNU diff and patch programs.

Ignoring whitespace - #31144, #31078 (Bug #879, #1671,
#1932) * **

    'p4 diff', 'p4 diff2', 'p4 describe', and 'p4 resolve' now
    can ignore whitespace changes, as the GNU diff does.
    The -db flag ignores changes in horizontal whitespace, and
    the -dw flag ignores horizontal whitespace altogether.

    'p4 resolve' also passes the flags to the diff option in
    resolve dialog.  Note that 'p4 resolve' will use text from
    the client (aka "yours") file where the files differ only
    in whitespace.

    'p4 diff' requires a p4 client upgrade; 'p4 diff2' and 'p4
    describe' require a p4d server upgrade.  'p4 resolve' requires
    both.

Patch-friendly output - #35143 (Bug #380) **

    'p4 diff2 -u', which produces more patch-friendly output,
    is now supported.  It has long been present but undocumented.

TEMPOBJ FILETYPE REDUX - #36061 (Bug #1025, #2642, #3888, #7775) **

    The 'tempobj' filetype, which stores only the head revision
    of the file (to conserve space), has been reimplemented to
    remove some of the serious problems associated with using
    this filetype.  It is now safe to use.

    Previously, the server knew there were multiple revisions
    but they all shared the same text.  This created problems
    with 'p4 submit' (aborted submits would update the text
    anyhow), 'p4 verify' (the revision fingerprint would change),
    'p4 sync' (syncing a non-head rev would still give the head
    rev's text), and 'p4 obliterate' (obliterating the non head
    rev would remove the head rev's text).

    Now the server associates text with each revision (just as
    with non-tempobj files) and goes through the extra step of
    purging the previous revision during 'p4 submit'.  'p4
    filelog' will display non-head revisions as 'purged' and
    they are treated like a deleted revision: 'p4 sync' will
    remove the file on the client and 'p4 verify' will ignore
    them.

    With this change, the filetype modifier "+S" changes from a
    storage type (uncompressed binary with only the head rev
    stored) to a storage modifier (purge non-head revs).  Any
    type of file (text, binary, compressed) may now take on the
    "+S" modifier.  The filetype modifier "+M", which previously
    indicated compressed binary with only the head rev stored,
    has been supplanted by +S's new meaning.

    This table might make it clearer:

    keyword     pre-2002.2  2002.2
    --------    ----------  -----------
    tempobj     binary+Sw   binary+FSw
    xtempobj    binary+Swx  binary+FSwx
    ctempobj    binary+Mw   binary+Sw

    +F = uncompressed
    +S = binary head-rev only (pre-2002.2)
    +S = purge non-head-revs (2002.2)
    +M = compressed binary head-rev only (pre-2002.2)

    +w = client file always writable (all tempobjs)
    +x = executable bit set on client

    The 2002.2 server will upgrade existing tempobj files to the
    new.  This requires a database upgrade with 'p4d -xu'.

NEW PROTECTION LEVEL FOR SEMI-SUPER USERS - #35832 (Bug #3037,
#1306, #2842, #3520, #5004.  This change only tangentially
addresses some of these bugs.) **

    A new 'p4 protect' level 'admin' has been introduced below
    'super' to permit many administrative commands without
    granting total superuser access.  The commands now requiring
    only 'admin' access are:

        p4 branch -f
        p4 change -f
        p4 client -f
        p4 job -f
        p4 jobspec
        p4 label -f
        p4 obliterate
        p4 typemap
        p4 unlock -f
        p4 verify

    The commands still requiring 'super' access are:

        p4 admin
        p4 counter -f
        p4 depot
        p4 group
        p4 jobs -R
        p4 passwd user
        p4 protect
        p4 triggers
        p4 user -f

Minor new functionality in 2002.2

#36081 (Bug #6881) **
    "p4 resolve" now writes its messages through the methods of
    the ClientUser class rather than directly to stdout to allow
    API users to capture and parse the output. This change is
    only relevant to API users.

#35972 **
    'p4 resolve' now recognizes if the resulting file has been
    edited to match either 'yours', 'theirs', or the automatically
    merged result, and changes its default suggested action
    appropriately.  In this way, if an external merge tool
    produces exactly 'theirs' then 'p4 resolve' can still arrange
    for a lazy copy in the server.

#35391 (Bug #13, #4974) **
    'p4 describe' of a pending changelist now includes the
    affected files.  This fixes our oldest open bug.

#35390 **
    The new option 'p4 revert -n' just displays which files
    would be reverted without actually reverting them.

#35368 (Bug #409) **
    Long running operations that have been canceled by the
    client can now be detected and terminated in the server.
    This feature may not be available on all platforms.

#35145 **
    The new options 'p4 files -a' and 'p4 print -a' display all
    revisions in a revision range, rather than just the highest
    revision.

#35114 (Bug #553) **
    'p4 filelog' has an additional option "-t" when specified
    will display the time as well as the date.

#35063 *
    Adding support for Mac OS Roman character set in i18n mode.
    To use, set P4CHARSET to "macosroman".

#34972 (Bug #9359) **
    p4 info now displays the offset from UTC of the server
    timezone numerically and with a symbol if the symbol supplied
    from the OS is ASCII.


Major new functionality in 2002.1

Internationalization (I18N) and Localization (L10N)

Release 2002.1 incorporates the I18N and L10N changes that went
into the 2001.2 release (made available only in Japan).  As of
2001.2, the Perforce clients and server have an optional mode
of operation where all metadata and some file content are stored
in the server in the UTF8 Unicode character set and are translated
into the local character set on the client.

Additionally, in 2002.1 all error and informational messages
returned from the server may be localized by the Perforce
administrator.

See the accompanying i18nnotes.txt for a full description of
Unicode and localization support.

Large Installation Performance Enhancements

A number of changes have been targeted at large installations
(typically those with more than a million files under Perforce
control).

Labels Command Speedup - #30690 (Bug #6531) **

    The "p4 labels" command when supplied with a file argument
    would run very slowly and potentially lock the system out to
    all users due to the significant amount of scanning that was
    required per label.  This command has now been optimized to
    position the rev table rather than scan when looking for a
    match.

Pending Changes Speedup - #29365 **

    Pending changes in the db.change table are now split into
    a db.changex table, to speed up the performance of p4win's
    frequent 'p4 changes -s pending' command invocation.  This
    requires a database upgrade with 'p4d -xu'.

Depot Syntax Speedup - #29329 (Bug #7069) **

    To speed p4win's frequent invocations of 'p4 fstat' on files
    in the explorer tree, a special optimization has been
    introduced.  Because p4win refers to files using depot
    syntax, normally the server must scan the client's entire
    list of files to find the named file.  This optimization
    allows the server to find the file directly if and only if
    the client's view still reflects the files on the client.
    This is always the case if the client has done a full sync
    since last changing the view.  Bottom line: if p4win's fstat
    calls are going slow, try syncing the entire client.

Larger Database Pagesize - #27795 **

    The server's default database page size has been increased
    from 4k bytes per page to 8k bytes per page.  For large
    tables this results in more efficient packing with less
    wasted disk space and better performance.  Existing databases
    continue to work unchanged, but to see the improvement a
    restore from a checkpoint is needed.

New MaxScanRows in 'p4 group' - #27952 **

    'p4 group' now has a 'MaxScanRows' field, which can be used
    to limit the number of rows that can be retrieved from the
    rev table during an operation. Use MaxScanRows when MaxResults
    cannot help control lengthy operations (these operations
    could typically be speeded up by defining the depot filepath
    more precisely).

    By default, users have no limit on the size of scans they
    can perform.  Once a user belongs to one or more groups with
    any limit, however, that user has the maximum of those
    groups' limits.  This allows, for example, an administrator
    to create a "novice" group with a low limit, thereby affecting
    only certain users.

    See 'p4 help group', 'p4 help maxresults' and 'p4 help
    maxscanrows' for further information.

Minor new functionality in 2002.1

#29455 (Bug #1066) **
    'p4 client -t' now copies client options as well as the
    view.  Same for 'p4 label -t'.

#28516 **
    Server database journalling is now always on, unless explicitly
    turned off with P4JOURNAL=off.  Previously, journalling was
    disabled if P4JOURNAL was unset and there was no 'journal'
    file in the server's root directory.  The absence of the
    journal file no longer disables journalling.

#28028 **
    'p4 integrate' by default now syncs the target files to the
    head revision before integrating.  To integrate using the
    current revision had on the client, use the new 'p4 integrate
    -h' flag.

#27808 (Bug #982, #1004, #1010, #5518) **
    Jobs searching now allows for matching punctuation: in
    addition to indexing all alphanumeric strings, the job
    indexer now also indexes all whitespace separated words.
    So words with embedded punctuation can be matched.  To match
    characters that are normally jobs search expression operators
    (=^&|()<>), escape them with a \ character.

    When searching for words with embedded punctuation in text
    fields, the wildcard (*) operator is useful, as English
    words often have trailing punctuation (commas, periods,
    etc).

    Existing jobs must be reindexed with the 'p4 jobs -R' command
    for words with punctuation to be found.  Warning: this can
    take considerable time on a system with lots of jobs.  It
    is harmless to interrupt this command or run it more than
    once.

#27227 (Bug #449) **
    "p4 submit" has a new option "-r",  this causes files that
    have been opened for 'add' or 'edit' on the submitted
    changelist to remain open after the submit has completed.

#26931 (Bug #2351, #5516) **
    Labels can now contain deleted revisions.  You must give an
    explicit revision specification in the file argument to 'p4
    labelsync' for it to include deleted revisions, because
    normally 'p4 labelsync' includes only files on the client
    (and clients can't have deleted revisions).

    By being able to contain deleted revisions, labels can be
    better used to control the operation of 'p4 integrate' and
    'p4 obliterate'.


Major new functionality in 2001.2

INTERNATIONALIZATION (I18N) SUPPORT

The Perforce clients and server have an optional mode of operation
where all metadata and some file content are stored in the server
in the UTF8 Unicode character set and are translated into the
local character set on the client.

When running in internationalized mode, all non-file data
(identifiers, descriptions, and so on), as well as the content
of all files of type "unicode" are translated between the
character set specified by the P4CHARSET variable on the client
and UTF8 in the server.

See the accompanying i18nnotes.txt for a full description of
Unicode support.

Minor new functionality in 2001.2

#26052 **
    "p4 unlock" now has a superuser option "-f",  this allows
    a superuser to unlock any file,  usually "unlock" is restricted
    to files locked by their owner.

#25966 **
    Performance of many small p4 commands issued rapidly together
    as might happen with scripts declined in 2001.1.  Such
    performance should be back to pre-2001.1 levels.

#24988 **
    The p4d server now logs the IP address of its client when
    the connection is closed unexpectedly.

#23682 **
    'p4 changes' now sports -u user and -c client options, to
    restrict the output to the named user and/or the client.


Major new functionality in 2001.1

DEFECT TRACKING INTEGRATION SUPPORT

In 2000.2 support was introduced for improved integration into
external defect tracking systems.  This functionality is now
supported for general use.

PYTHON I/O - #21918 *
    For ease of scripting the p4 command line client, it now
    supports a -G flag which formats output and expects input
    as marshaled Python dictionary objects.

FIX STATUS - #21918 **
    The jobs schema has been extended to include a 'fix' status,
    which is a status associated between a job and a change.
    When the change is submitted, the job takes on the fix's
    status.  'p4 change', 'p4 submit' and 'p4 fix' now take a
    -s flag to set a per-fix status, rather than using the
    default "closed" status.

CHANGELIST/JOB UPDATE LOGGING - #21918 **
    The new 'p4 logger' command tracks updates to jobs and
    changelists, enabling external scripting to export such
    changes.  See 'p4 help logger' for more info.

BY POPULAR REQUEST

SELECTABLE LINE ENDING ON ALL PLATFORMS - #20967 (Bug #2207) ** *
    For users who share workspaces among platforms with different
    line ending conventions, the Perforce clients now support
    all common endings (cr/crlf/lf) on all platforms (Macintosh,
    Windows, UNIX).

    Specifically, the client option "crlf/nocrlf" has been
    removed and a new LineEnd field added with a more flexible
    set of options:  mac, unix, win, local, and share.  (The old
    "crlf" is now "local", and the old "nocrlf" is "unix").
    mac, unix, and win force files to be read and written with
    platform-specific line endings (cr, lf, and crlf respectively).
    "local" reverts to the client's native format.  "share"
    writes unix style (lf) but reads either unix (lf) or windows
    (crlf) style.

EXCLUSIVE OPEN FILES - #20966 (Bug #233, #594, #1944) **
    Certain files under Perforce control are best not changed
    concurrently: images, libraries, and other binary files that
    are difficult or impossible to merge.  The Perforce server
    has a new filetype modifier that disallows multiple opens
    on the same file, serializing updates.  This modifier (+l)
    can use be used directly on the command line (by 'p4 add',
    'p4 edit', 'p4 reopen'), or can be used in the file mapping
    table managed by 'p4 filetype'.  For example, this makes it
    possible to ensure that all .gif files added are treated as
    exclusive-open binary files.  See 'p4 help filetypes'.

OBLITERATING OLD REVISIONS ONLY - #20978 (Bug #929) **
    'p4 obliterate' now allows a revision range, so that you
    can obliterate specific revisions of files.  This makes it
    easier to clear out old, unused revisions but keep the
    latest, active ones.

LABEL REPORTING - #21687 (Bug #403) **
    'p4 labels' can now take a file[revRange] argument, to limit
    the list of labels to those with that particular file/revision.
    This makes it easy to see what labels are on a particular
    revision of a file.

Minor new functionality in 2001.1

#22316 (Bug #5367) **
    #0 is now a synonym for #none when specifying (no) revisions.

#21725 **
    'p4 integrated' now reports a revision range on the target
    files, rather than just the last revision integrated.  This
    can only occur for reverse integration records (the ones
    that reflect a target's contribution back to its source:
    branch into, merge into, etc), because normal "forward"
    integration records reflect the creation of the single,
    newly submitted revision of the target file.

#21715 ** *
    A new 'p4 resolve' option has been introduced: 'ae' (for
    'accept edit').  This is the suggested and default option
    when the user edits the file (with the 'e' option), either
    to remove conflicts or to make any edit.  It is also the
    option used when merges with conflict markers in them are
    forcibly accepted.  The old 'am' (for 'accept merge') now
    indicates a purely automated merge, without original user
    changes.  Resolves completed with 'ae' will show up in 'p4
    filelog' as 'edit from' records.  This new distinction
    between 'merge from' and 'edit from' assists in determining
    whether the change should ever be integrated back: purely
    automated changes need not be, while original user edits
    should be.  Now if a user makes original edits, whether by
    using the 'e' option in 'p4 resolve' or by re-opening the
    file for edit with 'p4 edit', they will be candidates for
    merging back to the source file.

#21633 **
    The db.have table has been split, with label entries moving
    out to the new db.label table.  This eases database size
    constraints in two ways: first, just splitting the data
    means the individual tables will be smaller.  Second, having
    a separate table for labels allows for a more compact storage
    format: the new format requires about 60% of the old space.
    This requires a database upgrade with 'p4d -xu'.

#21574 **
    One of the larger database tables, db.integ, has been split
    into db.integed and db.resolve.  This requires a database
    upgrade with 'p4d -xu'.

#21089 (Bug #1509) **
    'p4 resolve -a' of a binary file where both versions are
    identical now does an automatic "accept theirs."  If they
    are not identical, a manual selection is still required.

#21009 (Bug #1074, 1339) **
    All identifiers (user names, file names, etc) may now contain
    characters previously considered unprintable, specifically
    those in the range 0x80-0xFF.  Normal ASCII control characters
    (such as backspace, bell, etc), as well as #, @, %, *, and ...
    in filenames, are still disallowed.


Major new functionality in 2000.2

2000.2 includes a number of as yet undocumented internal changes
for use by the Perforce Defect Tracking Integration project.

Otherwise, 2000.2 is a bugfix only release.

Minor new functionality in 2000.2

#19047 (Bug #163) **
    'p4 integrate' now supports a new -t flag, which makes 'p4
    integrate' propagate the source file's filetype to the target
    file instead of retaining the target file's previous filetype.

#18875 (Bug #526) **
    The default depot ("depot") no longer must be created before
    creating other depots.  Previously, the default depot was
    only implicit if there were no other depots defined, and
    creating another depot would eclipse the default one.  Now,
    the default depot "depot" is implicitly defined as a local
    depot with mapping 'depot/...' whenever it isn't explicitly
    defined by 'p4 depot'.

#18796 **
    The 'p4 jobspec' form has changed slightly: fields that
    allow only selected values are now listed under a single
    "Values" entry; fields with defaults are now listed under
    a single "Presets" entry.  Previously, for each such field
    there was a special entry "Values-<fieldname>" or
    "Preset-<fieldname>", but that format made it hard to
    automate the generation of the jobspec.


Major new functionality in 2000.1

FILE HANDLING OPTIONS

Mapped filetype selection - #15936 (Bug #604, #3819) ** *
    Filetypes for 'p4 add' can now be selected based on
    the file's name.  The new 'p4 typemap' command manages
    a file name-to-type mapping.  If a file's name matches
    an entry in that table, it will be used in preference
    over the type sensed by the client program.

    Note that this change only requires an updated server to work,
    but old clients will wrongfully report that empty or missing
    files are being added as text, even when the typemap is used.
    New clients are required for warning messages that mention
    the correct type.

More keyword expansion - #15900 (Bug #387) **
    More keywords are now available with ktext files:
    in addition to $Id$ and $Header$, there is now:

    $Date$ - date of file submission
    $DateTime$ - date and time of file submission
    $Change$ - change of file submission
    $File$ - just the file name, sans revision
    $Revision$ - just the revision number, sans file name
    $Author$ - the user who submitted the file.

    Notably absent is $Log$ (filelog).  It is still anticipated.

    For compatibility, previously existing ktext files are now
    named text+ko, which continues to expand just $Id$ and
    $Header$.

    In order to take advantage of the new keywords, files must
    have their type changed with 'p4 edit -t ktext' and
    resubmitted (presumably updated to include some new
    keywords).

    In order to produce valid values for $Change$ and $Date$ (at
    least), the client program now refreshes ktext files _after_
    the changed is committed, rather than just before.  If the
    refresh is interrupted, either by network failure or the
    user hitting ^C, files not refreshed will not be considered
    by Perforce to be on the client filesystem, and must be
    refreshed properly with a subsequent 'p4 sync'.

File modification time preserved - #15891 (Bug #844, #1254,
#2457) ** *
    File modification times can now be preserved.  The client
    spec's 'modtime' option continues to cause 'p4 sync' to
    update a file's modtime, but now to the modtime of the file
    as of the 'p4 submit', rather than the time of the 'p4
    submit' itself.

    Additionally, files with the new +m modifier always have
    their modtimes set on 'p4 sync', regardless of the client
    spec's modtime option.

    New client executables are required for the modtimes to be
    detected upon 'p4 submit'.  Pre-2000.1 client programs will
    continue to use the time of the 'p4 submit' as the modtime.

JOB SEARCHING

Wildcards - #14534 (Bug #1190, #1414, #2262) **
    'p4 jobs -e expr' now allows the wildcard * in its
    expression, to allow for partial word matches.  This also
    allows 'jobs' to check for the presence of a text field
    being set at all ('field=*').  It also makes it easier to
    search for all jobs except selected ones, as 'jobs -e'
    doesn't allow a lone "not" (^) operator.  E.g.  the
    expression 'job=* ^word' returns all jobs excluding those
    with 'word' in it, because 'job=*' matches all jobs.  See
    'p4 help jobview' for more details.

Minor new functionality in 2000.1

#16617 **
    The new option 'p4 print -o localFile' redirects the output
    to the named file on the client filesystem.  The difference
    between this and redirecting stdout (via the command shell)
    is that this creates a file of the proper type (text, binary,
    symlink, apple, xtext, etc).

#16298 (Bug #2923) **
    'p4 info' now reports the date, time, and timezone on the
    server machine.

#14126 (Bug #14126) **
    'p4 labelsync' now supports a revision range on its file
    argument, just as 'p4 sync' does.


Major new functionality in 99.2

MORE MACINTOSH FILE SUPPORT

New 'apple' filetype - #13015 (Bug #858, #863, #2699) ** *
    There is now an alternative mechanism for storing the resource
    fork and type/creator information of files originating on
    the Macintosh.  The new filetype 'apple' stores the following
    all under a single depot file name:  the data fork, the
    resource fork, the Finder info (including the type/creator
    information), and the comment string.  These files are
    encoded into AppleSingle format for storing on the server.

    The previous mechanism, which stores the data fork under
    the regular file name and the resource fork and type/creator
    information under a separate .file name with type 'resource',
    is still available.

    When 'apple' type files are synced onto non-Macintosh 99.2
    clients, they are decoded into AppleDouble format, with the
    non-data portion written into a %file.  Unlike the 'resource'
    type .file, the %file is manifested only on the client: the
    server only knows of the file by its normal name.

    If a pre-99.2 client syncs an 'apple' type file, it will be
    unaware of the encoding and get the raw binary contents,
    which is in AppleSingle format. Users of CWPerforce 99.1
    may want to wait for CWPerforce 99.2 before starting to use
    the 'apple' file type.

    It is permissible to submit AppleDouble format files from
    99.2 non-Macintosh clients or AppleSingle format files from
    pre-99.2 clients, but the 99.2 Macintosh AppleSingle
    implementation decodes only DATA, RESOURCE, COMMENT, and
    FINDERINFO entries.

Support for Macintosh Internet Config - #11821 *
    Internet Config (part of the MacOS 8.x "Internet" control
    panel) is now used by 'p4 sync' on the Macintosh to map file
    extensions to Macintosh type/creator.  This is overridden by
    type/creator information stored in 'apple' type files or in
    companion 'resource' .file's.

BRANCHING AND INTEGRATION IMPROVEMENTS

'p4 filelog' follows branch history - #12482 (Bug #599, #634,
#1690, #2192) **
    'p4 filelog' can now follow branch history.  If a file was
    created by branching, 'p4 filelog -i' displays the revisions
    of the source file (but only revisions up to the branch
    point).  It properly handles files that were branched
    from other files which themselves were branched from still
    other files.

No more 2-way text merges - #12354 **
    'p4 integrate' now refuses to arrange a baseless merge
    unless passed the -i flag.  A baseless merge arises when
    both the source and target files already exist but are not
    directly related by branching.  Previously, 'p4 integrate'
    would schedule a baseless merge, which 'p4 resolve' would
    then present as a 2-way text merge.

    If 'p4 integrate' is forced to schedule a baseless merge,
    'p4 resolve' now uses the first rev being merged as the
    base, rather than attempting a 2-way text merge.  This
    eliminates 2-way text merges altogether.

'p4 integrate' resists mistaken branching - #13292 (Bug #2672) **
    'p4 integrate' now specifically disallows branching a file
    from a non-add revision.  This means that it will no longer
    attempt to re-branch a source file on top of a deleted target
    file when the source file changes.  It also won't delete
    the target file of an integration if it has changed since
    it was last integrated into the source.  'p4 integrate -d'
    overrides this, reverting to pre-99.2 behavior, where it
    was permitted to mix edits with a deleted file.

Reverse integration records always created now - #10627 **
    A reverse integration record (one that shows up in 'p4
    filelog' as 'xxx into') is now created for each forward
    integration record (one that shows up in 'p4 filelog' as
    'xxx from').  Previously, an "impure" integration -- a branch
    downgraded to add, or integrate downgraded to edit, or
    integrate from multiple sources, didn't generate a reverse
    integration record.  This was meant to signal that the
    target file's changes still needed to be merged back into
    the source file, but the lack of integration record was
    confusing to users.  Now special "add into" and "edit into"
    reverse integration records are created.  This only affects
    reporting.

ADMINISTRATION

New 'p4 admin' command - #11701 **
    The new 'p4 admin' command allows the superuser to stop or
    checkpoint the server.  See 'p4 help admin' for command
    details.

Subgroups - #12240 (Bug #2301) **
    'p4 group' now allows other groups, rather than just users,
    to be members of a user group.

Journal format changes - #11722, #13174 **
    Server journal files are now marked with a version line
    to prevent them from being used to update a database created
    from a different checkpoint.

    Journal files now distinguish between new records being
    written (with the @pv@ mark) from existing records being
    replaced (with the new @rv@ mark).

Checkpoint naming changed - #11759 (Bug #1059) **
    The argument to 'p4d -jc' is now a prefix for the name of
    the checkpoint and journal files, rather than just the name
    of the checkpoint file.  ".ckp.N" and ".jnl.N" are appended
    to the prefix to generate the checkpoint and journal file
    names.  The prefix path is relative to the server's root
    directory.

    NOTE: THIS IS A CHANGE FROM THE USE OF THIS FLAG IN 99.1
    AND BEFORE.

Journal only flag - #13176 **
    'p4d -jj' copies and truncates the journal, just as 'p4d -jc'
    does, but without making a checkpoint.  This enables a
    checkpoint to be made offline by building a second database
    from a previous checkpoint and the newly saved journal (and
    checkpointing the resulting, second database).

Server runs in background - #13167 (Bug #729) **
    The new 'p4d -d' flag causes it to fork first before accepting
    connections, so as to act more like a typical UNIX daemon
    program.  The exit status of the parent indicates whether it
    successfully started up.

REMOTE DEPOT SUPPORT BETWEEN UNIX AND NT - #12114 (Bug #867) **

    Remote depot interaction between UNIX and NT is now usable,
    but still not complete.  In particular, browsing in the
    Windows GUI is not possible because 'p4 dirs' does not yet
    work correctly between UNIX and NT.

LOCKING WORKSPACES TO A SPECIFIC HOST - #12409 (Bug #1242) * **

    Client workspace access can now be restricted to a given
    host by setting the "Host" field in the 'p4 client' form.
    By default, new client workspaces are now created with the
    "Host" field set.  Delete the field from the form to allow
    unrestricted access.

    This functionality requires a 99.2 client and server.  The
    client will take the following as the host name, in order
    of preference: a name passed as 'p4 -H host' on the command
    line, the value of $P4HOST in the client's environment, the
    client host's "hostname" (which is generally platform
    specific).

    The restriction is not a security mechanism, as it can be
    circumvented with the 'p4 -H host' option.  It is meant to
    prevent accidental misuse of a client workspace from the
    wrong machine.

    'p4 info' displays the client host name as determined by the
    'p4' command.

Minor New Functionality in 99.2

#12805 (Bug #708) **
    'p4d -V' now uses $P4ROOT or the '-r root' option to find the
    license file, so that it can properly display the licensing
    information.

    The server root directory now defaults to the current directory
    if $P4ROOT is unset and '-r root' is not used.  Previously, it
    was a fatal error not to provide a root directory.

#12243 **
    'p4 branch' now rejects attempts to save the default view
    as the actual branch view.  The default view is just a sample
    that won't work.

#12103 (Bug #2661) *
    The BEOS p4 client now supports symlinks (as the UNIX p4
    clients do).

#12073 **
    The new 'p4 jobs -r' flag sorts jobs in reverse order by name.
    Normally, they are sorted in ascending order.

#11903 **
    'p4 diff' and 'p4 diff2' now take a -t flag to force a
    textual diff even for non-text (binary) files.  The 'p4
    resolve -b' flag has been renamed '-t' to match.

#11889 (Bug #601) ** *
    The new client option 'rmdir' causes the p4 client program
    to attempt to delete the enclosing directory if all files
    therein have been removed by 'p4 sync', 'p4 integrate', or
    'p4 revert'.  This action is recursive, in that if removing
    the directory makes the parent directory empty, that parent
    directory will be removed as well.

#11888 **
    'p4 filelog' now takes a '-m maxRev' flag to limit the number
    of revisions per file output.

#11825 (Bug #1405) ** *
    'p4 revert' now supports a -a flag, which reverts only
    unchanged files that are opened for edit or integrate, and
    that don't have any resolved integration records.

    'p4 revert' now avoids refreshing client files which haven't
    changed.  This requires a new p4 client executable.

   #11486 (Bug #2539) **
    A branch view that mapped a file back onto itself could, in
    rare circumstances, cause 'p4 integrate' to attempt to merge
    the file with itself.  Normally, 'p4 integrate' ignores
    these self-mappings.  This confused the logic in 'p4 submit',
    which assumed a file couldn't be integrated from itself,
    and lead to bogus integration records and revision records
    with null fields being created.  This has been corrected.

#11289 **
    'p4 flush', a command that fakes a 'p4 sync' without moving
    files, is now part of the documented and supported command
    list.

#11271 **
    Branch specifications can now be locked, via an option on
    the branch specification, just as client and label specs
    can be locked.

#11197
    'p4 diff -sx file#rev' now implies -f, namely that it will
    do the checksum comparison even if the client has the file
    at the named rev.  Normally, 'p4 diff' skips files if the
    client has the named rev, but -sx is generally used to verify
    that the client has the right text, so it makes sense to
    force the comparison.

#10769 **
    You now only need 'list' access, not 'review', just to view
    a counter with the 'p4 counter' command.  You still need
    'review' access to delete or change the counter.


Major new functionality in 99.1

PRESUBMIT TRIGGERS - #8594 **

    Pre-submit triggers are now supported.  These are commands
    run on the server after the change is created and the files
    are locked but prior to file transfers taking place, used
    to provide user-validation of the change being submitted.

    See 'p4 help triggers' or the manual for more information.

LINE COMPRESSION - #8622 (Bug #1000) * **

    The new client option 'compress' turns on compression of
    the client/server connection.  Both client and server must
    be 99.1 for this to work.  If either client or server are
    older, this option is silently ignored.

    Line compression's effectiveness depends on two factors:
    the nature of the data being transferred and the speed of
    the link balanced against the processor speed at each end.

    Because of the repetitive nature of Perforce file names
    (e.g.  //depot/this/that/theotherthing/...), among other
    factors, compression yields a 10:1 gain on the basic protocol.
    If text or binary files are being transferred, the gain is
    roughly the same as compressing the files before submitting
    them into Perforce.

    Because compressing data takes CPU cycles, line compression
    is only effective if the processors can compress faster than
    the link can pass the data.  As a rule of thumb, compression
    is best for WANs (wide area networks bridging remote locations)
    and not so good for LANs (local area networks, such as
    Ethernet).

EDITABLE CHANGELISTS - #8744 (Bug #14) **

    'p4 change' of a pending changelist now presents the jobs and
    files associated with the changelist, and allows you to
    add/delete those jobs and files.  Only files from the default
    changelist can be added, and removing a file causes it to
    return to the default changelist.

    'p4 change' of a submitted changelist now presents the jobs,
    and allows you to add/delete jobs.  Adding a job closes the
    job as with 'p4 fix'.

FLEXIBLE FILETYPES - #7724 **

    User-definable filetypes are now supported: individual bits
    that control how a file is manipulated and stored can now
    be set when specifying the filetype during 'p4 add', 'edit',
    or 'reopen'.  See 'p4 help filetypes' for more information.

NEWLINE TRANSLATION SUPPRESSION - #7880 (Bug #333, #695,
#940) ** *

    The new client option 'nocrlf' suppresses newline translation
    on Macintosh and Windows clients.  If this option is set,
    text files are read and written as binary files on the client,
    meaning that the newline is passed through untouched.
    Normally, newline is translated to carriage-return/newline
    on Windows and carriage-return on Macintosh.

    Note that the Perforce server uses newlines, not
    carriage-return/newline, in text files.  This is true even
    with the server on Windows/NT.

    This option works with pre-99.1 client programs, but 'p4
    diff' and 'p4 resolve' will not diff what they think are
    binary files, and they won't set the execute bit for xtext
    files.  Upgrade to 99.1 clients for full support of 'nocrlf'.

P4 DIFF2 OVERHAUL

Summary Line - #9151 (Bug #1311) **
    The header line has been changed to include a (one word)
    summary indicating content or type mismatches.

Comparing binary files - #9127 (Bug #1607) **
    Diff2 now compares binary files and prints out the line
    "(... files differ...)" if they are not identical.

Quiet flag - #8494 (Bug #693, #550) **
    Diff2 now takes a '-q' flag to suppress all output for
    files known to be identical (because they are the same file
    or because they were branched).  Also, 'p4 help diff2' now
    attempts to explain the output of diff2.

Using a branch view - #8306 (Bug #799) **
    Diff2 can now take -b branch name to specify the pairs of
    files to be compared.  If file arguments are also present,
    they can further limit the files and specify the revisions
    for comparison.

BIG INSTALLATION ADMINISTRATION

MaxResults avoids unwieldy operations - #8720 (Bug #1189) **
    'p4 group' now has a 'MaxResults' field, which can be used
    to limit the size of operations for users in that group.
    This enables large installations to prevent users from
    swamping the server with inadvertent, oversized requests
    (such as 'p4 files //depot/...').

    By default, users have no limit on the size of operations
    they can perform.  Once a user belongs to one or more groups
    with any limit, however, that user has the maximum of those
    groups' limits.  This allows, for example, an administrator
    to create a "novice" group with a low limit, thereby affecting
    only certain users.

    See 'p4 help group' and 'p4 help maxresults' for further
    info.

Access times for clients, branches, labels - #8276, #9648
(Bug #1236) **
    Branches, clients, and labels now all have last access dates
    to facilitate finding and deleting old, unused ones.

    - For branches, the last access is the last time the branch
      was used with 'p4 integrate' or 'p4 diff2'.

    - For clients, it is the last time the client was used for
      any command that _required_ a client (many commands, such
      as 'p4 describe', 'p4 changes', etc. do not), or when the
      client was used as a revision specification (@client).

    - For labels, it is the last time the label was updated with
      'p4 labelsync' or when the label was used as a revision
      specification (@label).

Archive validation - #8587 (Bug #861) **
    'p4 verify' now can save the MD5 digest (fingerprint) of
    file revisions and later compare them to verify archive
    contents.  This can be used, for example, to verify that
    the server's archive is consistent with the metadata after
    a restore from backup.

    The saved digests are also used by 'p4 diff' and 'p4 diff2'
    to avoid having to compute them for their normal operation.
    This can considerably lighten the server load if these commands
    are used frequently.

    See 'p4 help verify' for information.

Compressed checkpoints/journals - #8558 (Bug #61) **
    The server can now generate and read compressed (gzip)
    checkpoints and journals when the -z flag is used with -jc,
    -jd, or -jr.  The live journal of database updates remains
    uncompressed.

Minor New Functionality in 99.1

#9627, #9754 **
    'p4 integrate' now supports a '-s from' flag, which specifies
    the source files of an integration when a branch view is
    used (normally only the target files are allowed).  -s also
    tells it to use the union of the branch view and its reverse
    (with the target and source files exchanged).

#9662 **
    The 'p4 fstat' command, long present but undocumented, is
    now supported.  See 'p4 help fstat' for info.

    The 'p4 -s' flag, also long present but undocumented, is
    now supported.  See 'p4 help usage'.

#9260 **
    'p4 jobs' now has a '-m max' flag, like 'p4 changes', to limit
    the output to the first 'max' jobs.

#9240 (Bug #1319, #1670) **
    'p4 jobspec' has been altered to handle read-only fields,
    Required fields, and Default values differently.  Now a single
    'field-type' flag on the field definition line determines how a
    field is set (automatically, or otherwise).  See 'p4 help
    jobspec'. 

#9139, #9649 * **
    'p4 resolve' now takes a -b flag to force it to attempt a
    3 way merge, even if the files are binary.  It also makes
    the files editable/diffable in the resolve dialog.  When
    resolving binary files, Perforce uses an 8-bit clean path.

    This option works with pre-99.1 client programs, but 'p4
    resolve' will not or edit diff what it thinks are binary
    files.

#8951 **
    The 'p4 client' and 'p4 label' commands now allow you to use
    '-t template' for existing as well as new clients and labels.
    This copies a client or label's view from another client or
    label.

#8878 * **
    The new 'p4 passwd' command enables you to set the user's
    password without having it appear on the screen as editing
    the form for 'p4 user' does.  On Windows clients, 'p4 passwd'
    also sets the password in the registry in the same way that
    'p4 set P4PASSWD' does.

#8803 **
    You can now directly edit any (unlocked) client.  Previously,
    the Perforce server wouldn't allow you to edit a client other
    than the current one, but that could easily be circumvented by
    saying "p4 -c xxx client".  Now the more direct "p4 client xxx"
    works.  To protect a client against inadvertent updates by
    other users, you can use the upgraded lock mechanism
    (see #7787).

#8713 (Bug #812) **
    The new 'p4 counter' command allows users with 'review' access
    to set and delete counters directly.

#8557 (Bug #459) **
    'p4 add' now allows you to re-add a file that has been deleted
    if your client has 'p4 sync'ed to something other than the
    (deleted) head rev.

#8556 (Bug #420, #429) **
    File patterns in client, label, and branch views can now be
    quoted (") to allow embedded spaces.  The quotes must surround
    the file pattern.  Client roots must now be quoted if they
    contain spaces.

#7848 **
    The logging done by setting P4DEBUG to "server=1" now puts
    all info for each operation on a single line.

#7787 (Bug #850, #962, #1043, #1144) **
    Locking of clients is now possible, and locking of labels and
    clients has converged to mean: it can't be deleted, and its
    spec can't be updated except by the owner.  As before, 'p4
    labelsync' can't be used on locked labels.  Now, no commands
    that affect a client can be used on a locked client, _except by
    the owner_.

    The client option 'allwrite', present since 98.2, has now been
    documented in 'p4 help client'.  This option leaves all client
    files writable.


Major new functionality in 98.2

NEW JOBS FUNCTIONALITY - #6542 **

    Jobs have been upgraded.  Two major shortcomings have been
    rectified: lack of configurability and lack of searching.

    1.  Jobs may now contain user defined fields, rather than a
    fixed set of fields.  This is controlled by the jobspec,
    which is set by the superuser.  The default jobspec is
    compatible with 97.3 jobs.  See 'p4 help jobspec' for
    redefining the jobspec.

    2.  Jobs now support a fast searching mechanism.  As jobs
    are entered or updated, text and dates are indexed.
    The index can be searched by passing the 'p4 jobs'
    command a search expression with the new '-e jobview'
    flag.  The jobview field in 'p4 user' is likewise now
    a search expression.  See 'p4 help jobs', 'p4 help
    jobview', 'p4 help user' for more information.

EASE OF USE

P4CONFIG Names Client Config File - #5955 (Bug #349, #773) *
    The new variable P4CONFIG names a file containing variable
    settings for the client.  If the file can't be found in the
    current directory, then parent directories are searched for
    the file.  Each variable setting is alone on a line and of
    the form: P4VAR=value.  The variables that can be set for
    the client are currently:

        P4CLIENT
        P4DIFF
        P4EDITOR
        P4MERGE
        P4PASSWD
        P4PORT
        P4USER

New Revision Specification @date - #5628 **
    Wherever revision specifications are supported, @date and
    "@datetime" can now be used in addition to @change and
    @label.  The format for date is YYYY/MM/DD, and the format
    for datetime is YYYY/MM/DD:HH:MM:SS.  If no time is given,
    midnight is assumed.

Syncing Specific Revisions - #5808 **
    'p4 sync', 'p4 files', and 'p4 print' now allow their file
    specifications to include a revision range, which limits their
    operation to files affected within that range.  Previously,
    only the top revision could be specified, and all files as of
    that revision were considered.  This makes it possible to
    take a single change ('p4 sync @n,n') or to display the
    files affected between two labels ('p4 files @lab1,lab2').

PROTECTIONS/GROUP

User Authentication - #6323 * **
    Simple user authentication is now supported.  Each user may
    have an optional password set via 'p4 user'.  The password is
    provided by the client either by setting the new $P4PASSWD
    variable or by using p4's new '-P passwd' flag.  To make use
    of passwords, both the client and server must be 98.2 or
    later.  If an older client attempts to connect to the server
    and the user has a password, the server will reject the
    connection.

    SETTING THE PASSWORD WITH 'P4 USER' WILL TRANSMIT THE PASSWORD
    IN THE CLEAR, AND SHOULD BE DONE LOCALLY ON THE SERVER MACHINE
    OR OVER NETWORKS THAT ARE TRUSTED.  The authentication
    protocol itself does not transmit the password.

Protection Groups - #6355 (Bug #637) **
    User groups are now supported for use with the 'p4 protect'
    command.  Groups are created, updated, and displayed with
    the new 'p4 group' and 'p4 groups' command.  Lines in the
    protection table managed by 'p4 protect' now have an indicator
    as to whether they apply to individual users or to a group.

Unauthorized Access Doesn't Use a License - #6427 **
    Entries in the user table are now created only after the
    access level check completes, so that if a user does not
    have access to the server, then he will not accidentally
    consume a user license.

Protection Levels Make More Sense - #6484, #6471, #5310 **
    Non-superusers can now use the depot/group/jobspec commands
    with the -o flag, as that makes them display only commands.

    A superuser (a user with 'super' access granted by
    'p4 protect') can now create a new user with
    'p4 user -f username'.

    If a user has 'list' but not 'read' access to a file (as
    granted by 'p4 protect') and attempts to 'p4 sync' the file,
    the file will now be deleted.  Previously, it just pretended
    the client didn't have the file (and did nothing to it).
    This allows for part of the depot to be made obsolescent by
    granting only list access.

New "Force" Flags Empower Superusers - #5511 **
    The 'branch', 'client', 'label', 'job', and 'user' commands
    all now take a -f flag to force actions: deleting entities not
    owned by the current user and setting the modified date of
    entities.  The -f flag requires superuser access.

Directly Invoking p4d - #2884 * **
    UNIX ONLY.  The p4 client program can now directly invoke
    the p4d server program by setting P4PORT to "rsh:p4d -ir
    _root_".  The "rsh:" instructs the client to run the program
    following the :, and the -i flag makes p4d run once with
    its stdin/stdout as the communications pipe.  By setting
    P4PORT to "rsh:rsh host cmd" it is possible to invoke a
    server on a remote machine, if "cmd" is either the invocation
    of p4d or a wrapper script which does as much.

DATABASE UPGRADES

New database format with flexnames - #5312 **
    All identifiers may now be of arbitrary lengths.  Previously,
    identifiers were limited to lengths of 32 (user names), 64
    (client/label/branch/job names), or 128 (file name) bytes.
    Because the data is now manipulated using the actual size
    of the data, rather than the maximum size, the disk and
    memory usage for the Perforce server has shrunk considerably.
    Databases are typically 1/3 to 1/2 of their former size,
    and memory use is commensurately smaller.  Because much less
    data is moved around, the server Performs much better,
    especially on large queries which previously caused the
    server to page.

Big Databases for SGI Irix - #5713 **
    The p4d server now supports database files in excess of 2GB
    on SGI Irix.  Typically, it is the db.have ("have" and label
    lists) that grows the most, and on large installations these
    database files have approached the 2GB limit.  Now the internal
    limit for database files is 8TB (8000 GB) for SGI Irix.

Upwardly Compatible Checkpoints/Journals - #5313 **
    Checkpoint and journal files now have a version number on
    each line that indicates the format of the line.  This will
    allow checkpoints from previous releases and journals made
    from multiple releases to be handled properly.  Previously,
    a server could read checkpoints and journals only from the
    same release level.

    Most database upgrades are handled by compatibility code for
    the binary database itself.  In some cases, however, it will
    be necessary to checkpoint and restore in order to upgrade
    releases.  In those cases the compatibility of checkpoints (and
    journals) will come into play.

LIBRARIAN

Lazy Copy on Resolve - #5320 **
    'p4 resolve' 'accept theirs' now gets the text of the new
    revision of the file by doing a lazy copy from the integrated
    file, rather than taking the text from the client.  When
    using 'p4 integrate' to copy one set of files on top of
    another, the lazy copy can save space.

Compressed File Types - #6120 **
    Compressed file types are now supported for text and binary
    files. The existing binary, xbinary, and resource types have
    become compressed types, with the old uncompressed types
    being renamed to ubinary, uxbinary, and uresource.  There
    is also a new ctext and cxtext for storing compressed text.
    Compressed types are stored in gzip format on the server,
    but otherwise behave like regular text and binary files on
    the client.

New "Temporary Object" File Types - #6113 **
    Two new file types are now supported: tempobj and xtempobj.
    Both are binary files that are always left writable on the
    client and only have the head revision stored in the server.
    xtempobj also has the execute permission set on the client.

$Id:$ Now Expands More Like RCS - #6042 (Bug #819) **
    $Id:$ in ktext and kxtext files are now expanded with a space
    before the final $, so as to be compatible with RCS and its
    "ident" program.  This makes current ktext files look
    different according to 'p4 diff -se', so users of that
    command should refresh their ktext files with 'p4 sync -f'.

$Header:$ Mimics $Id:$ - #5608 **
    The keyword $Header:$ is now supported for ktext type files.
    It expands the same as $Id:$.

Minor New Functionality in 98.2

#6559 **
    The p4d server process id is now logged in the error log
    along with the date, client, command, etc when command
    logging is turned on.  Turn command logging on by setting
    P4DEBUG to "server=1".

#6360 **
    'p4 opened' now sports a '-c changelist#' to restrict output
    to the given changelist number.

#6021 (Bug #833) **
    'p4 where' now also outputs the local name of the mapped
    file.  This is in addition to displaying the name in both
    depot and client form in Perforce syntax.

#5381 (Bug #709) **
    'p4 filelog' now includes the filetype at each rev.

#5369 (Bug #694) **
    All ASCII forms are now more tolerant of indenting.  Except for
    text blocks (where the indent is exactly the first white
    space), values in the forms may be arbitrarily indented, as
    long as they are indented at all.  This makes 'p4 submit' more
    immune to accidental alterations to the 'Files:' list.
    'p4 submit' now has a kinder, gentler message when a file
    appears in the list that wasn't part of the default changelist.


Upgrading from 97.3 and earlier.

1.  NEW DATABASE FORMAT WITH FLEXNAMES.  The 98.2+ database
    is not compatible with earlier databases.  You must convert
    it using a 97.3 checkpoint (checkpoints from earlier
    releases will not be compatible):

        /path/to/97.3/p4d -r$P4ROOT -jc checkpoint.97.3
        (remove the $P4ROOT/db.* files)
        /path/to/98.2/p4d -r$P4ROOT -jr checkpoint.97.3

    The Windows/NT installer will perform this upgrade
    automatically for you if you do not do it yourself.

    See change #5312 for details on flexnames.

2.  NEW JOBS SUPPORT.  Jobs data (if any) must be upgraded
    after restarting from pre-98.2.   To convert, issue the
    client command:

        p4 jobs -R

    You must have 'superuser' access, as granted by
    'p4 protect' to use this flag.  It is harmless to run this
    more than once.

    Note: the jobview field of the user form is not
    automatically converted.  Users must replace their jobviews.
    The new jobviews that correspond to the old ones are:

        Old JobView New JobView
        ----------- -----------
        all     status=open
        mine        user=username status=open

    replacing 'username' as appropriate.

3.  The new password support (see change #6323) requires 98.2
    or newer clients and servers.  You cannot set the password
    if the client program is earlier than 98.2, and once the
    password is set you cannot connect at all with old client
    programs.

4.  You cannot mix a 98.2 server with a lower version server
    using remote depots.   Further, remote depots between
    Unix and NT do not work correctly because of the different
    sort ordering.

5.  $Id:$ EXPANSION CHANGED.  $Id:$ in ktext files now expands
    with a space before the final $, like RCS.  This makes
    current ktext files look different according to 'p4 diff
    -se', so users of that command should refresh their
    ktext files with 'p4 sync -f'.